Home

SINUS PENTA USER MANUAL

1. C043 M1 BASIC 1043 C086 M2 Current limit while accelerating 1086 150 C129 M3 ATMANE 1129 C044 Mi BASIC 1044 C087 M2 Current limit at constant rom 1087 150 C130 M3 ee 1130 C045 M1 BASIC 1045 C088 M2 Current limit while decelerating 1088 See Table 74 and Table 78 C131 M3 ee 1131 C046 M1 1046 C089 M2 Current limit decrease in flux weakening ADVANCED 1089 0 Disabled C132 M3 1132 C047 M1 1047 C090 M2 Minimum torque ADVANCED 1090 0 0 C133 M3 1133 C048 Mi BASIC 1048 C091 M2 Maximum torque 1091 120 0 C134 M3 pe eee 1134 C049 M1 1049 C092 M2 Ramp time for torque limit ADVANCED 1092 50ms C135 M3 1135 050 LM Frequency decrease during acceleration ee C093 M2 limit ADVANCED 1093 0 Enabled C136 M3 1136 287 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP C043 C086 C129 Current Limit While acceleratin 0 Disabled eich 0 400 1 0 Min peak inverter Imot 400 0 Default 150 Level BASIC C043 ADVANCED C086 C129 GEI 1043 1086 1129 el GI F D This parameter defines the current limit while accelerating it is expressed as a dies percentage of the rated current of the selected motor When this parameter is set to 0 Disabled no limit is applied The maximum allowable value depends on the drive size
2. C215 Enabling DCB at Stop function C216 Enabling DCB at Start function 1216 0 NO C217 DCB at Stop duration 1217 0 5 C218 DCB at Start duration 1218 0 5 C219 Speed at the beginning of DCB at Stop 1219 50rpm C220 DCB current level 1220 100 C221 DCB Hold 1221 0 C222 Ramp braking time for Motor 1 DCB 1222 C223 Ramp braking time for Motor 2 DCB 1223 Ge e C224 Ramp braking time for Motor 3 DCB 1224 C215 Enabling DCB at Stop Function Range 0 No 1 Yes Default Level ADVANCED Address Control IFD and VTC Enables DC Braking during deceleration when the speed set in C219 is Function reached or the speed set in C235 if in Power Down mode and C234 DCB is reached C216 Enabling DCB at Start Function Range 0 No Yes oO No SZ ADVANCED Address OPT IFD and VTC Function Enables the DC Braking at Start function C217 DCB at Stop Duration Range 0 1 60 0 sec Default Level ADVANCED Address Control IFD and VTC Function Determines the duration of the DCB at Stop function C218 DCB at Start Duration Range 1 600 0 1 60 0 sec Default Level ADVANCED Address Control IFD and VTC Function Determines the duration of the DCB at Start function 345 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP C219 Speed at the Beginning of DCB at Sto Range 0 1000 0 1000 rpm Default Lev
3. 0 ALARM Alarm tripped 1 STARTING UP The drive is starting up 2 MAINS LOSS Mains loss 3 TUNING The drive is tuning 4 SPEED SEARCHING Searching for motor speed 5 DCB at START DC Braking at start 6 DCB at STOP DC Braking at stop 7 DCB HOLD DC current for Hold function 8 MANUAL DCB Manual DC Braking 9 LIMIT WHILE ACCEL Current torque limit while accelerating 10 LIMIT WHILE DECEL Current torque limit while decelerating 11 LIMIT AT ST SPD Current torque limit at constant rom 12 BRAKING Braking module startup or deceleration ramp extension 13 RUN AT ST SPEED Drive running at speed set point 14 ACCELERATING Drive running with motor in acceleration stage 15 DECELERATING Drive running with motor in deceleration stage 16 INVERTER OK Drive on Stand by with no alarms tripped 17 FLUXING Motor fluxing stage 18 FLUXED MOTOR Motor fluxed 19 FIRE MODE RUN Constant rpm in Fire Mode 20 FIRE MODE ACC Acceleration in Fire Mode 21 FIRE MODE DEC Deceleration in Fire Mode 22 INVERTER OK old aarde is alarm tip in Ele Mode 25 SPARE Board in Spare mode 27 WAIT NO ENABLE Waiting for opening ENABLE command 28 WAIT NO START Waiting for opening START command 29 PIDOUT min DISAB Drive disabled due to PID output lt Min 30 REF min DISABLED Drive disabled due to REF lt Min 31 IFD WAIT REF wating tor feferenice in ofeer to stait Drive enabled with IFD control 32 POAN AIT ST
4. C225 Procedure in case of Power Down 3 Alarm C226 Power Down enable delay 1226 10 ms C227 Stop ramp time in Power Down 1227 20 sec C228 zA increment of ramp gradient in 1228 0 10 C229 Improved sensitivity of DC bus 1229 1 control 339V for class 2T 679V for class o 4T 380 480V c230 Voltage level of DC busin Power ENGINEERING 1230 707V for class 4T 481 500V 813V for class 5T 976V for class 6T PI Proportional constant for ENGINEERING C231 Automatic deceleration ENGINEERING 1231 0 050 PI Integral time for automatic NCINEERING C232 deceleration ENGINEERING 1232 0 5 sec C234 ali action at the end of Power ENGINEERING 1234 0 Stop c235 JA speed at the end of Power ENGINEERING 1235 O rpm C225 Procedure in Case of Power Down 0 Disabled 1 Yes 2 YesV 3 Alarm Range 0 3 Default Level ENGINEERING Address Type of power down 0 Disabled The Power Down function is disabled 1 Yes In case of mains loss after a time longer than the time set in C226 starting from the mains loss detection the deceleration ramp set in C227 is performed 2 YesV In case of mains loss deceleration is automatically regulated by a PI regulator see C231 and C232 so that voltage level in DC link is kept constant at the reference value set in C230 IFD control because no torque demand regulation is available the deceleration ramp gradient is adjusted de
5. INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP 6000 Device software 6010 Software reset Watchdog 6100 Internal software False Interrupt A043 Generic Motorola A063 1ms Interrupt OverTime A071 6200 User software User Fault A040 6300 Data record 6301 Data record No 1 SW Version KO A092 6302 Data record No 2 Option Board not in A054 6303 Data record No 3 Illegal XMDI in DGI A042 6304 Data record No 4 Illegal XMDI in DGO A052 6305 Data record No 5 Illegal XMDI in MPL A057 6306 Data record No 6 FOC No Encoder A079 6307 Data record No 7 Illegal Encoder Cfg A082 6308 Data record No 8 Illegal Motor Selected A098 6309 Data record No 9 MDI6 Illegal Configuration A100 630A Data record No 10 MDIB8 Illegal Configuration A101 7000 Supplementary modules 7100 Power 7110 Brake chopper Braking Resistor Overload A091 7120 Motor Motor Not Connected A097 7300 Sensor PTC Alarm A055 PTC Short Circuit A056 REF lt 4mA A066 AIN1 lt 4mA A067 AIN2 lt 4mA A068 XAIN5 lt 4mA A069 REF gt 20mA A102 AIN1 gt 20mA A103 AIN2 gt 20mA A104 XAIN5 gt 20mA A086 7301 Tacho fault Tracking Error A080 Encoder Fault A059 7310 Speed Speed Alarm A076 7500 Communication Ser WatchDog A061 SR1 WatchDog A062 Fbs WatchDog A070 Illegal Drive Profile Board A095 8000 Monitoring 8300 Torque control 8311 Excess torque Motor OverHeated A075 9000 External malfunction External Alarm
6. Encoder Frequency input operatin 0 Not used C189 mode k Sii P i 1183 Ze used C190 Number of pls rev for encoder A 1190 1024 C191 Number of pls rev for encoder B 1191 1024 C192 Speed searching error timeout 1192 5 00 sec C193 Error between reference and speed 1193 300 rpm C194 Tracking error alarm enable 1194 1 Active Filter time constant over value of C195 feedback from encoder 1195 5 0 ms Filter time constant over value of C196 reference from encoder 1196 5 0 ms C197 Number of channels of Encoder A 1197 0 2 Quadrature channels C198 Number of channels of Encoder B 1198 0 2 Quadrature channels C199 Encoder sign reversal 1199 O Fdbk NO Ref NO C189 Encoder Frequency Input Operating Mode Range See Table 98 Peo SSC Not used Not used Level Address This parameter determines the operating mode of quick acquisition digital inputs If MDI8 is used as a frequency input the option board for encoder B is not required MDI6 digital input may be used as a frequency input if used along with MDI7 it can be used for encoder A reading Reading both encoders A and B can be programmed parameter C189 defines the encoder to be used as a reference source if set as a speed torque reference source in the MOTOR CONFIGURATION MENU or as a PID reference source in the PID CONFIGURATION MENU and the encoder to be used as a speed feedback Configuration allowed for quick
7. 278 456 fia Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP Table 74 Parameters depending on the Drive Size and Model Class 2T 4T 2 0222 M2 5 5 0 0 0016 300 150 50 10 0017 300 f 150 50 50 150 0037 300 150 300 150 0049 f soo f 150 0060 f 300 f 150 0067 300 150 100 0074 300 150 100 0086 300 150 150 300 150 150 300 150 150 300 150 200 300 150__ 200 450 100 250 450 100 250 450 100 250 450 100 250 450 100 250 450 100 250 450 100 250 450 100 250 450 100 250 450 100 250 450 100 250 450 100 250 450 100 250 450 100 250 450 100 250 450 100 250 wo CH CH 279 456 CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO A Table 75 Parameters depending on the Drive Size and Model Class 2T 4T 3 C013 C034 C035 C036 C056 C077 C078 C079 C099 C121 C122 0005 0 CONST 0007 0 CONST 0015 0 CONST 0017 0 CONST 0016 0 CONST S05 512 E 0020 0 CONST 0 CONST 0 CONST 2 FREE 0 2 2 FREE 0 2 2 FREE 0 2 2 FREE 0 2 0 2 2 FREE 2 FREE 0 2 2 FREE 0 2 2 FREE 0 2 2 FREE 0 2 2 FREE 0 2 280 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA Table 76 Parameters depending on
8. 77 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 9 PRODUCT MENU 9 1 Overview The Product Menu includes parameter P263 Language allowing the user to select a dialog language it also contains the Fire Mode enabling Password and the following information read only about the product Product Name and Type Implemented Software SW Versions Serial Number Manufacturer 9 2 List of Parameter P263 and Fire Mode Enable Password Table 10 List of parameter P263 and Fire Mode Enable Password P263 Language BASIC 1 ENGLISH 863 Fire Mode Enable Password BASIC 0 868 P263 Language 0 ITALIANO 1 ENGLISH 2 ESPANOL 3 PORTUGUES 4 DEUTSCH S NN 4 ENGLISH Level Address The dialog language is factory set to English Use parameter P263 to choose a different language Function The software implemented in the display keypad is called MMI man machine interface its version is displayed in the SW screen of the Product Menu CAUTION By request Elettronica Santerno can provide the extended version of the MMI software containing languages different from the ones mentioned above 78 456 eon CG SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP Product Name and Type Fan control bits 0 to 3 0 7 see Table 16 Voltage class bits 4 to 7 0 3 see Table 12 Drive size bits 8 to 15 0 96 see Table 11 Address This screen dis
9. SE 1000 E rR ass 90 q E a 60 2 a Si a 0 E F100 a 0 10 a 100 150 200 250 300 350 1 FLC P000817 B Figure 62 Trip delay of alarm A075 based on the IEC Class Example The protection level is compliant with IEC Class 30 If the current flowing is 200 of the FLC alarm A075 will trip after approx 480s 8 minutes 365 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 42 4 List of Parameters C264 to C274 Table 107 List of parameters C264 to C274 C264 Heatsink temperature for fan activation 50 C C265 Thermal Protection activation for motor 1 1265 3 Fan Shaft C266 Trip current for motor 1 Imot ADVANCED 1266 105 C267 Thermal time constant for motor 1 BASIC 1267 720s C268 Thermal Protection activation for motor 2 ADVANCED 1268 3 Fan Shaft C269 Trip current for motor 2 Imot ADVANCED 1269 105 C270 Thermal time constant for motor 2 NCE 1270 720s C271 Thermal Protection activation for motor 3 _ ADV 1272 3 Fan Shaft C272 Trip current for motor 3 Imot ADVANCED 1271 105 C273 Thermal time constant for motor 3 ADVANCED 1273 720s C274 PTC Thermal Protection Enable BASIC 1274 0 Disabled C264 Heatsink Temperature for Fan Activation Range 1 Always ON 50 C Default 50 Level ADVANCED Address The heatsink cooling fans are switched on each time the drive is enabled and the IGBTs are switching When disabled the
10. P365 MPL2 P366 MPL2 Function applied to the result of the 2 tests Comparing value for Test B Min FBK value A AND B P366a_ MPL2 P366b MPL2 Function applied to the result of A B C AB AND O Selecting variable C D11 PID Out Max A B AND C P367 MPL2 Output logic level TRUE NOTE It is recommended that a TIMEOUT be entered for Dry Run Detection Enter a timeout for MPL2 output see TIMERS MENU P368 MPL3 Digital output mode DOUBLE ANALOG P369 MPL3 Selecting variable A A77 Output Power P370 MPL3 Selecting variable B A86 PID Feedback P371 MPL3 Testing variable A gt P372 MPL3 Testing variable B lt P373 MPL3 Comparing value for Test A Min operating PWR P374 MPL3 Comparing value for Test B Min FBK value P375 MPL3 Function applied to the result of the 2 tests A AND B P375a_ MPL3 Selecting variable C D51 MPL2 P375b_ MPL3 Function applied to the result of f A B C f A B OR C P376 MPL3 Output logic level TRUE NOTE 226 456 MPL3 detects when piping is clogged or faulty or when the delivery pressure sensor is malfunctioning e g the pump membrane is locked when the sensor is located downstream of the mains fic Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP P377 MPL4 Digital output mode DOUBLE FULL P378 MPL4 S
11. Slave address Function MSB 1 Error code Error correction The error code meaning is the following DESCRIPTION The function sent by the Master is different from 0x03 Read Holding ILLEGAL FUNCTION Registers and 0x10 Preset Multiple Registers ILLEGAL ADDRESS The Master wrote to or read from an illegal address ILLEGAL DATA VALUE e value the Master tried to write is not included in the correct DEVICE BUSY The drive refused the Master writing attempt e g because it is running anda Cxxx parameter is activated Other users are writing to the selected parameter when the Master is trying to ANOTHER USER WRITING write to this parameter e g display keypad in editing mode or Upload Download to from keypad The parameter the Master is trying to write to is not included in the selected BAD ACCESS LEVEL User Level e g it is trying to write an ADVANCED parameter when the BASIC user level is selected 399 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 49 SERIAL LINKS MENU 49 1 Overview NOTE Please refer to the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions Manual for the description of the serial links and connections For a greater immunity against communication interference an optional optoisolated serial board ES822 may be used instead of RS485 serial link Serial links RS232 and RS485 can NOTE interface with ES822 board Please refer to the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions Manual for the desc
12. 22 3 3 Derivative Action D Symbol Tuning function Main goal Td An input variance error generates an output Decreases the response time for the return to variance proportional to the variance rate the tuning point The derivative action set with Td increases the stability of the system thus increasing the transient response The derivative action tends to get an earlier response but it increases the system sensitivity to the disturbance overriding the error signal 22 3 4 Tuning Actions at Constant Speed When the system is operating at constant speed the system response shall be the most accurate as possible minimum error and shall adjust any little reference variations When at constant speed if the system does not promptly respond to little reference variations a shorter integral time may solve this problem Otherwise when little and long lasting oscillations affect the reference value setting a longer integral time could be the right solution 22 4 Anti windup The major benefit of the integral action is to ensure null errors at steady speed However just like the derivative action the integral action shall be applied with caution to avoid worse performance A case in point is the output saturation occurring at the same time as an excessive integral action When the output saturates the control action is limited so the error is still remarkable If the error persists the actuator will saturate bec
13. C18x C19x Encoder Frequency Input C189 UseEnc 0 A B Unused C190 pulsEncA 1024 C191 pulsEncB 1024 C192 SpdAlrTime 5 00 s C193 SpdErr 300 rpm C194 TrackAlrEn 1 Enable C195 tauFiltFdbk 5 0 ms C196 tauFiltRef 5 0 ms C197 nCH ENCA 0 2Ch Quad C198 nCH ENCB 0 2Ch Quad C199 EncSign 0 Fdbk NO Hei NO C21x_Braking Unit C210 Enab Vel BrakeO C211 BrakeTon 2 00 s C212 BrkDutyCycle 10 C213 FreqBoost 0 0000 C21x C22x DC Braking C215 Enab dch stop 0 No C216 Enab dcb start 0 No C217 Tdcb stop 0 5s C218 Tdcb start 05s C219 dcb speed 50 rpm C220 I dch 100 C221 dcb hold 0 C222 Tdefl M1 IN C223 Tdefl M2 H C224 Tdefl M3 C22x C23x Power Down C225 pwd type 3 Alarm C226 Tpdd 10 ms C227 Tpddec 20s C228 Pddecboost 0 10 C229 Pddcder 1 C230 Vpddel C231 Kpvdclc 0 050 C232 Kivdclc 0 500s C234 stopmode 0 Stop C235 stoplev 0 rpm C24x_ Speed Searching C245 Enab SpdSch 0 No C246 tssd 1s C247 SpsRate 10 C248 ls 75 C249 SpsSpd 0 Last Speed C250 SpdSch_En 0 Disable C25x _AutoReset C255 nPulsRes Disable C256 T ResCyc 300s C257 PowOnRes 0 No C258 UvMIStore 0 No C26x C27x Thermal Protection C264 FanTemp 50 C C265 ThermProt M1 3 Yes B C266 ThermCurr M1 105 C267 ThermConstM1 720s C268 ThermProt M2 3 Yes B C269 ThermCurr M2 105 C270 ThermConstM2 720s C271 ThermProt M3 3 Yes B C272 ThermCurr M3 105 C273 ThermConstM3 720s C274 PTC ThermProt 0 Disable C27x Maintenance C276 Set OP Time Oh C276 Set SP Time Oh C28x C29x PI
14. 206 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP P300 MDO4 Testing Variable A ONO Pan o Default Level Address This parameter defines the test to be performed for the variable detected by P298 Function using P302 as a comparing value P301 MDO4 Testing Variable B OOO eo OO Default Level Address This parameter defines the test to be performed for the variable detected by P299 _ Function using P303 as a comparing value 320 00 320 00 of the full scale value of selected variable A see Table 41 Default Level Address Function 320 00 320 00 of the full scale value of selected variable B see Table 41 BREUCI 32000 32000 Default C Level ADVANCED Address AWA This parameter defines the comparing value with the selected variable for test B 207 456 CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege P304 MDO4 Function Applied to the Result of the 2 Tests RESET B SET RISING EDGE SET B RESET FALLING EDGE RESET B SET FALLING EDGE Address Funation This parameter determines the logic function applied to the result of the two tests allowing calculating the output value P304a MDO4 Selecting Variable C Range See Table 41 oo Disable Level ADVANCED Address 648 This parameter selects the digital signal used to calculate the value of MDO4 Function digital output The digital signals that can be selected are given in Table 41 P
15. Function P356 MPL1 Comparing Value for Test B 320 00 320 00 32000 32000 of the full scale value of selected variable B see Table 41 Default Level ADVANCED Address AWA This parameter defines the comparing value with the selected variable for test B 231 456 CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ee P357 MPL1 Function Applied to the Result of the 2 Tests 0 1 2 3 4 5 Range 12 6 7 8 9 10 A RESET B SET RISING EDGE 11 12 C AND B SET B RESET FALLING EDGE RESET B SET FALLING EDGE Default OR B Level ADVANCED Nolo l c t 957 This parameter determines the logic function applied to the result of the tests allowing calculating the output value O SZ 000 GS00zmx Zoe oe E DO Function P357a MPL1 Selecting Variable C SEE e See Table 41 Default Defaut CO DO Disable Level ADVANCED Address 932 This parameter selects the digital signal used to calculate the value of MPL1 elle ebe digital output The digital signals that can be selected are given in Table 41 P357b MPL1 Function Applied to the Result of f A B C 0 1 2 3 4 5 BREUCI 12 6 Te 8 9 1 1 1 1 Default C O RESET RISING EDGE O2Z2Mmy DDO be DI RO O T ZZS zmg Z O00 OF Dm Domm D POO ZU O _ Bud el G h h h h h h h h h Ch EKKKEKKESKEKZ AND C RESET C SET RISING E
16. 0 0 1 1 0 In the MULTISPEED MENU menu set the speed steps as follows P080 1 Sum Speed P081 100rpm Multispeed 1 P083 200rpm Multispeed 2 P085 300rpm Multispeed 3 P080 Multispeed function the selected multispeed is summed up to the reference for the analog input P081 P083 P085 are the steps depending on the selected multispeed for digital inputs MDI4 MDI5 37 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO TRS CARRARO GROUP 5 3 Configuring the External Torque Limit Settin p P000 Write SE Selecting the Reference P001 Eng Access Level Source The Control Method menu contains parameter C147 for the selection of the torque limit source Forcing the Reference Sources Sources Sources REF REF Analog Input Serial Link Reference from serial link AIN1 AIN1 Analog Input Fieldbus Reference from fieldbus AIN2 AIN2 Analog Input Keypad Ref from display keypad Pulse Input Frequency Input MDI8 Encoder Encoder Input The reference scaling is obtained through the parameters included in the Reference menu No reference scaling is required References Each source is assigned to a parameter setting its are expressed as a percentage of the motor min value and max value for the min max rated torque Saturation of the reference torque of the connected motor e g Motor 1 C047 values depends on min max torque for min torque C048 for max torque parameter
17. Active This measure is available only if the Data Logger ES851 is installed and activated R021 ENABLE Address Level AUA Day of the week current value Day of the Month BEW 1 31 days Active This measure is available only if the Data Logger ES851 is installed and activated R021 ENABLE Address Level RUA Day of the month current value Daylight Saving Time REWOG Active This measure is available only if the Data Logger ES851 is installed and activated R021 ENABLE Address Level Status of the DST 0 Inactive 1 Inactive from less than 1 hour 2 Active Function 388 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP Month January February March April May June July August September 10 October 11 November 12 December This measure is available only if the Data Logger ES851 is installed and activated R021 ENABLE Active Address Level AA Month current value Year GEI 2000 2099 2000 2099 years This measure is available only if the Data Logger ES851 is installed and WE activated R021 ENABLE Address SIS BASIC Year current value 389 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 46 2 List of Parameters C310 to C316 Table 112 List of Parameters C310 to C316 Time Hours to be changed Time Minutes to be changed C310 Day of the Week to be changed Tues Wed Th Fri Sat Sun
18. Address 1715 Ae os time of the drive IGBTs M066 Supply Time Counter Range 0 65000 0 650000h Active Always active Address Silo Time elapsed after resetting the supply time counter PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Time elapsed after resetting the operation time counter The Operation Time is the activation M089 Drive Status See Table 125 AO Always active Address SA Describes the current condition of the Penta drive See Table 122 Active Always active Address li lge Alarm tripped at the moment 72 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 8 9 Data Logger Measures Menu This menu displays the status of the types of connections serial links Ethernet and modem supported by ES851 Data Logger board This menu can be viewed only if the Data Logger board is fitted See also the DATA LOGGER MENU M100 Data Logger Status Line 3 0 NOT FITTED 1 OK not interlocked 2 OK interlocked Active This measure is active only if programmed from parameter R021 Address 0 NOT FITTED ES851 is not installed on the Penta drive 1 OK not interlocked ES851 is operating independently of the drive where it is installed To program ES851 a connection to a computer via the RemoteDrive software is required or a special preset set via display keypad is required see the DATA LOGGER MENU 2 OK interlocked ES851 is ready to be configured even through the display keyp
19. CARRARO GROUP C303 Braking Activation during tracking error Default Level ENGINEERING Address 1304 Control VTC and FOC This parameter determines whether after a the speed tracking error occurs see ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU parameters C192 C193 C194 the output controlling the electromechanical brake is deactivated thus causing the activation of the brake 0 No In case of speed tracking error the output controlling the electromechanical brake is kept activated 1 Yes In case of speed tracking error the output controlling the brake is deactivated and the brake is activated If C194 1 or in some cases 2 the speed tracking error triggers alarm A080 In the event of an alarm the brake output is deactivated independently of the value in C303 386 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 46 DATE AND TIME MENU 46 1 Overview The Clock Calendar of the control board RTC Real Time Clock is based on the Clock Calendar of the Data Logger ES851 please refer to the Installation Instructions manual The Data and Time Menu may be accessed only if the Data Logger board is installed even NOTE the ES851 RTC version only and if parameter R021 Data Logger setting is set to 2 ENABLE The clock calendar can be updated via special parameters The display keypad permits to immediately update the clock calendar just select the Set Time page or the Set Date page and press ENTER Press ESC to go to t
20. Set the number of pls rev for the encoder being used parameter C191 Check to see if the encoder is properly connected the drive MDI2 When autotune is over one of the following messages is eA059 Encoder Fault wrong encoder reading check parameters in the jumper selecting the encoder supply mode being used parameter C190 CAUTION the motor must start running displayed Encoder Frequency Input menu and check wiring If encoder B is used check the When performing the Autotune function the encoder signal used as feedback is Checking the Encoder In the Autotune menu set 1073 Encoder Tune and close the enabling contact of W31 Encoder Ok encoder direction matches with the motor direction of rotation configuration of the dip switches in the encoder board and the configuration of the automatically corrected see C199 SANTERNO SINUS PENTA 39 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP 5 5 Configuring a Reference from Encoder Setting P000 Write Enable P001 Eng Access Level See flowchart A for the reference selection and set the encoder as the reference source Selecting the Encoder ENCODER A Push Pull single ended 24V encoder connected to digital inputs MDI6 and MDI7 ENCODER B Encoder acquired with option board ES836 see the Installation Instructions manual for the configuration of the jumper and the dip switches for the encoder type
21. The PID feedback M049 can be sent from the fieldbus if at least one of the parameters C288 to C290 is set as 6 Fieldbus The value sent by the Master to the Sinus Penta as the PID feedback must be multiplied by 100 E g In order to send a PID feedback of 50 the word must contain the value 500019 or 1111101002 50 19 x 100 500010 PID feedback from FIELDBUS 408 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS 5 From the Sinus Penta to the Master SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA 1 Status Alarms 2 M026 Output Current 0 65000 A x 10 3 M004 Motor Speed 32000 32000 rpm x1 Third measure that ma See selected See selected S be configured with P330 Alle measures measure measure 5 Fourth measure that may dee See selected See selected be configured with P331 measure measure 6 DIN Digital Inputs 7 DOU Digital Outputs 8 REF REF Analog Input 16380 16380 9 AIN1 AIN1Analog Input 16380 16380 10 AIN2 AIN2 Analog Input 16380 16380 Word 1 Status Alarms The Status and Alarms are displayed over the fieldbus in the following format The Status codes may be found in Table 125 The Alarm codes may be found in Table 122 Word 2 Output Current The output current measure M026 is displayed as a value that must be divided by 10 to obtain the actual motor current As a result if the returned valu
22. e One motor cable is disconnected e Failure in the current measure circuit e Wrong setting of current regulator parameters for FOC control 1 Check motor connections terminals U V W 2 Check parameterization of current regulators for FOC control see the FOC REGULATORS MENU Perform a new current regulator autotune see AUTOTUNE MENU 3 If the alarm persists please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer Service A061 Serial Link Watchdog 0 tripped A062 Serial Link Watchdog 1 tripped The serial link watchdog has tripped Communication failure no read write query sent to serial link for a time longer than the time set in the parameters relating to serial link watchdog see the SERIAL LINKS MENU e Serial link is disconnected e Communication failure on remote master side e Watchdog operating times too short 1 Check serial link 2 Make sure that the remote master constantly sends read write queries with max intervals between two queries lower than the preset watchdog operating time 3 Set longer watchdog operating times see R005 for serial link O and R012 for serial link 1 Mains loss Mains loss e One supply cable is disconnected e Mains supply too weak e Mains gap 1 Check voltage in terminals R S T Check mains voltage value M030 Also check the value of M030 sampled in the FAULT LIST when the alarm tripped 2 This protection may be disabled or delayed see the POWER DOWN MENU
23. fcarrier 18000 Hz Com 16000 14000 12000 10000 8000 6000 4000 coo 2000 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 C001 C003 fout Hz C002 C003 Figure 40 Carrier frequency example Suppose that C003 192np so that C002 C003 16000 192 83 33Hz The max carrier frequency is obtained with this output frequency The min frequency is kept constant until frequency C001 C003 8 33 Hz is attained corresponding to 250 rpm of the motor speed In the output frequency range ranging from 8 33 to 83 33Hz synchronous modulation is obtained and the carrier frequency applied results from f carrier fout C003 Hz 252 456 fics Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 31 1 3 FOC Control The FOC control algorithm selects the silent modulation mode C004 and allows increasing the carrier frequency with parameter C002 The FOC algorithm uses a carrier frequency corresponding to e max carrier freq allowed for the Penta size concerned if freq is lt 8kHz see Table 73 and Table 77 e the greatest between C002 and 8 kHz if the max carrier freq allowed is gt 8kHz this means that the value set in C002 is applied only when exceeding 8kHz The carrier frequency is not affected by the value set in C001 31 1 4 Any Control Algorithm The maximum preset carrier frequency value also limits the maximum speed value to be programmed Max programmable speed rated speed maximum output frequency r
24. 1 Reset the alarm send a RESET command 2 If the alarm persists please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer Service DC bus Voltage lower than minimum voltage Voltage measured in DC bus capacitors has dropped below the min value allowed for a proper operation of the drive class being used e Supply voltage has dropped below 200Vac 15 class 2T 380V 15 class 4T 500V 15 class 5T 600Vac 5 class 6T e Alarm A047 can trip even when voltage temporarily drops below the allowable min value which is caused for example by the direct starting of the connected load e Ifthe drive is powered directly by the bus bar the bus feeder is responsible for the alarm e Failure in DC bus voltage measure circuit 1 Check voltage in terminals R S T Check mains voltage value M030 and DC bus voltage value M029 Also check the values of M030 and M029 sampled in the FAULT LIST when the alarm tripped 2 If the alarm persists please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer Service 427 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP A048 Overvoltage Re eet Overvoltage in DC bus voltage in DC link E Voltage measured in DC bus DC link capacitors has exceeded the max value vent i allowed for a proper operation of the drive class being used e Check that voltage does not exceed 240Vac 10 class 2T 500Vac 10 class 4T 600Vac 10 class 5T 690Vac 10 class 6T
25. 431 456 SINUS PENTA A065 Autotune KO Description Event Possible Solution Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP Autotune failed Autotune aborted or failed e The ENABLE contact was opened before autotune was over e Autotune aborted maybe because the parameter values were inconsistent with the motor ratings 1 Reset the alarm send a RESET command 2 Check the motor parameters and make sure that they are consistent with the motor ratings see the MOTOR CONFIGURATION MENU and perform a new autotune procedure 3 If the alarm persists please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer Service A066 A067 A068 A069 Current input lt 4mA Description Possible cause Solution A066 REF Current input 4 20mA lower than 4mA A067 AIN1 Current input 4 20mA lower than 4mA A068 AIN2 Current input 4 20mA lower than 4mA A069 XAIN5 current input 4 20mA lower than 4mA A current value lower than 4 mA has been detected over one input REF AIN1 AIN2 XAIN5 set with the following range 4 20mA e Wrong setting of SW1 on the control board except for A069 Signal cable disconnected Failure in the current signal source Check setting of SW1 except for A069 Check that the signal cable is properly connected to its terminal Check the current signal source NOTE The alarms above trip only if the relevant inputs have been selected see CONTROL METHOD MENU and PID CONFIGURATION MENU
26. CARRARO GROUP 8 4 Digital Inputs Menu This menu allows checking the state of the command sources for the digital inputs local terminals serial link and fieldbus the terminal board resulting from their combination and the terminals which are actually used for the drive control The terminals which are actually used to control the drive also consider any timers applied to the digital inputs M031 Delayed Digital Inputs Bit controlled Active Always active Address State of the virtual control terminal board used by the drive This is the terminal board resulting from the combination of the preset command sources local terminal board serial UWA link and fieldbus where the ENABLE command is given by the AND logic of all the ENABLE commands For the other inputs the OR command between the different command sources is used See also the CONTROL METHOD MENU and the TIMERS MENU M032 Instant Digital Inputs Bit controlled mawe See Table 1 Active Always active Xoo gt 1682 State of the virtual control terminal board before applying the timers to the digital inputs if no timer is applied it matches with M031 This is the terminal board resulting from the combination of the preset command sources local terminal board serial link and fieldbus where the ENABLE command is given by the AND logic of all the ENABLE commands For the other inputs the OR command between the different command sources is used See als
27. Default Level ADVANCED Address 0 gt Inactive Function 1 Forces to 0 Inactive the settings of all the digital inputs 2 Forces to the default values the settings of all the digital inputs C149 START Input 0 gt Inactive 0 16 1 8 MIDI MDI8 9 12 MPL1 MPL4 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is fitted 13 16 gt TEL TFL4 17 24 gt XMDI1 XMDI8 Default Level Address When the START input is activated the ENABLE input is activated as well RUN is enabled the speed torque setpoint increases following the programmed ramp until it reaches the active reference In IFD control mode the main speed reference Slip Shall be other than zero for RUN enable When the START input is inactive even if the ENABLE input is activated RUN is disabled the reference is set to zero and the speed torque sefpoint drops to zero based on the programmed deceleration ramp If the PROFldrive option is present parameter C149 START Input must be assigned to value NOTE wou 309 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP C149a START B Input 0 gt Inactive 0 16 1 8 MDI1 MDI8 a 9 12 MPL1 MPLA 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is fitted 13 16 gt TFL1 TFL4 17 24 gt XMDI1 XMDI8 Pe Inactve Level ADVANCED Address Function The START B input behaves as the START input see the START section when terminal board B is active C150 STOP Input 0 gt Ina
28. Default Level Address Function 316 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP 5 0 gt Inactive 1 8 MDI MDI8 9 12 MPL1 MPLA 13 16 gt TFL1 TFL4 17 24 gt XMDI1 XMDI8 fo inactive ADVANCED 1160 IFD and VTC For other types of control this function has no effect even if C1600 The DCB command enables DC braking for a time period depending on the speed value determining the input activation See the DC BRAKING MENU for more details 0 16 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is fitted 0 gt Inactive 1 8 MDI1 MDI8 9 12 MPL1 MPLA 13 16 gt TFL1 TFL4 17 24 gt XMDI1 XMDI8 Inactive 0 16 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is fitted ADVANCED 1161 1162 This function increases UP or decreases DOWN the reference for which the UpDown source from MDI has been selected by adding a quantity to the reference itself This also depends upon the following parameters C163 Up Down Reset P067 Up Down Ramp Time P068 Store Up Down value at power off P068a Speed Torque Up Down Reset at stop P068b PID Up Down Reset at stop PO68c Speed Torque Up Down Reset at sources changeover P068d PID Up Down Reset at sources changeover P069 Up Down Reference range 0 gt Inactive 1 8 MDI MDI8 9 12 MPL1 MPLA 13 16 gt TFL1 TFL4 17 24 XMDI1 XMDI8 Inactive 0 16 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is fitted ADVANCED This function sets to zero the refer
29. MDO4 energizes in case of Inverter Run Ok Drive running no standby 24 3 Structure of the Digital Outputs A digital output is composed of two logic blocks allowing data processing before actuating the actual digital output Block 2 depends on the settings in parameters P277a P286a P295a P304a yes INPUTA Output f A B gt logic Bock set by NO parameters Output INPUTB P271 P277 f A B Logic block H st by P277b J f A B C that tests HAD CR and signal C P000659 b Figure 31 MDO block diagram 180 456 fis Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP Operating modes set in MDO1 2 3 4 Digital Output P270 P279 P288 P297 The user can select one of the following operating modes Table 40 Digital Output Mode DISABLE The selected digital output is disabled DIGITAL The digital output depends on a selected digital signal and on the logic output function True False See Examples 1 and 2 DOUBLE DIGITAL The digital output depends on 2 selected digital signals on the logic function calculating the output value and on the logic output function True False ANALOG The digital output depends on a selected analog variable which is tested through Test A and Test B thus obtaining 2 digital signals starting from their value the selected logic function calculates the output value whereas the True False logic output function calculates the end value See Example 3 DOUBLE ANALOG The d
30. The Encoder source is an encoder input it can come from the terminal board terminals MDI6 MDI7 in Encoder A or from the optional Encoder B board see the ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU It generates a reference resulting from the correct setting of the relevant parameters P073 P074 allowing the relevant scaling see the INPUTS FOR REFERENCES MENU UP DOWN from digital inputs To enable the UP DOWN from digital inputs also set the relevant Up and Down inputs see the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU XAIN4 and XAIN5 XAIN4 and XAIN5 come from the analog inputs in the terminal board of ES847 and generate a reference determined by the settings of the relevant parameters P390 to P399 allowing proper scaling offset compensation and filtering see the INPUTS FOR REFERENCES FROM OPTIONAL BOARD C143 C144 C145 C146 Sources Reference vector 12 Reference 1 Sources Reference vector C143 Ref Saturation 0 Disabled 1 Ref T Max 2 AINI 3 AIN2 PTC Reference 2 Sources Reference vector C144 E A EI 5 Serial Link vy 6 Field bus Reference 3 Sources Reference vector C145 Min 7 Keypad 8 Encoder ENEE Reference 4 Sources Reference vector C146 11 XAINS 12 13 Reference gt gt PQ00656 b Figure 46 Selecting the source references 34 1 3 Alternative Command and Reference Sources A digital input can be set as a selector between 2 alternative command
31. The motor speed is higher than the current value set in parameter C031 for motor 1 or equivalent parameters for motors 2 and 3 If C031 0 the limit speed protection is disabled If the encoder is disabled the variable used for this software protection is e The current speed setpoint for IFD e The estimated motor speed for VTC control Possible e Value of parameter C031 too low e Torque reference too high for SLAVE mode 1 Check the compatibility of the parameter with respect to the maximum speed Solution parameter 2 In SLAVE mode check the torque reference value FOC control but encoder not enabled The FOC control is active but no encoder has been enabled with parameter C012 for motor 1 or equivalent parameters for motors 2 and 3 Otherwise no encoder enabled for speed measure with parameter C189 see the ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU e C012 0 for motor 1 or equivalent parameters for motors 2 and 3 See the MOTOR CONTROL MENU e The value set in C189 does not enable any encoder for speed measure Possible e The FOC control has been improperly enabled Solution Set parameters correctly 434 456 er on Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP A080 Speed Tracking RI d deidteiv Encoder speed measure error The system detected an error between the measured speed and the measure setpoint Speed has been exceeding the value set in parameter C193 for a time longer than the value set in para
32. but the direction of rotation of the connected motor will always be negative Function 357 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO Teen CARRARO GROUP C250 MDI for Speed Searching Enable 0 gt Inactive 0 16 1 8 MDI1 MDI8 ACUI Q 24 with ES847 or ES870 9 12 MPL1 MPLA fitted 13 16 TEL TFL4 17 24 XMDI1 XMDI8 0 Inactive Default 0 Level ENGINEERING LIENE 1250 Control F D If programmed to Inactive this parameter has no effect Otherwise the speed searching function occurs only if the programmed input is activated Function 358 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 41 AUTORESET MENU 41 1 Overview The Autoreset function can be enabled in case an alarm trips You can enter the maximum number of autoreset attempts and the time required for resetting the attempt number If the Autoreset function is disabled you can program an autoreset procedure at power on which resets an active alarm when the drive is shut off Undervoltage alarms or mains loss alarms can be saved in the fault list in the Autoreset menu To activate the Autoreset function set a number of attempts other than zero in parameter C255 When the number of reset attempts is the same as the value set in C255 the autoreset function is disabled It will be enabled again only when a time equal to or longer than the time set in C256 has passed If the drive is turned off when an alarm is active th
33. csssscsssssssseseeseeeenses 23 PASSWORD ou eeccsscssssssssseesseccsssssssseesecccssssisiseeseees 17 82 PID CONFIGURATION ccssssssssssssecccossssseteeeeeceesee 369 PID DISABLE INPUT csccssssssssssessscccssssssiteseeeeeenss 320 PID FEEDBACK REFERENCE scssssssseeeeeeeeeooes 30 PID PARAMETERS scsssscsssssssssessecccssssssseeeseesensen 163 PID REFERENCE s issiisiissiiisirisirrerrsrrsrrsrisnns 30 PID UP DOWN RESET INPUT cscccssssssseeeeeeeeooen 323 PID PID2 UNITS OF MEASURE ccssssssseeeeeseeeeoees 88 PID2 PARAMETERS csssssssssssssessecceossssseeeeeeeceense 178 PIPE FILL 228 POWER DEN 31 347 POWER OFF LIST sssssssscssscscossssssseesececssssssnieesseseensns 77 PROFIDRIVE scccssssssssesscccossssssseeseccessssssseesseeeensen 412 PROHIBIT SPEEDS ccsccsssssssseeseeeeeeneen 32 126 129 BECH 70 214 EE 362 R REAL TIME CLOCK RT 387 REFERENCE FROM ENGODER 40 332 REFERENCE VARIATION PERCENT 126 131 REMOTE LOCAL eieiei 297 BEE 307 RESET UP DOWN NEU 316 REVERSE B INPUT ccccsscssssssssseesecccsssssseteeeeeceesen 312 REVERSE INPUT beer geee 311 ROOT EWEG Zeen 84 ROUNDING OFF csssssescsssccsosssssiseesseeccsssssnieeeeeeeensen 94 S S RAMPS ee 93 456 456 5 SANTERNO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP SERIAL COMMS eee eet cet cere e test teeeteeees 397 SERIAL LINKS eegene eisai estates 400 SERIAL NUMBER A 80 81 SLAVE ANPUT 225 j sec csecssnas l
34. 0 IFD Voltage Frequency C parameters may be set up when the Enable input is active and the motor is stopped independently of P003 83 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 11 DISPLAY KEYPAD MENU 11 1 Overview NOTE It is recommended that the Operating and Remoting the Keypad section in the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions Manual be read as well The Display Keypad Menu contains programming parameters to do the following Set the navigation mode within the drive menus Select the Root Page Select measures from the Root Page and the Keypad Page Select the type of Keypad Page displayed in Local mode Set custom PID units of measure Disable the LOC REM or FWD REV keys in the keypad The Root Page the Keypad Page and Local mode are detailed in the following sections 11 2 Root Page N VERTER The Root page is factory set as the startup page to be displayed when the drive is turned on You can access the four main menus only from the root page MEA Measures NOTE PAR gt Programming parameters CF Configuration parameters IDP Product identification Line 1 on this page displays the drive operating status see the description of parameter M089 Lines 2 and 3 display two measures which may be selected with parameters P268 P268a These measures can be scaled through parameters P268y and P268z Line 4 displays the four main menus of the drive The selected menu is displ
35. 10000000 00 kWh Active Always active Address 1723 1724 LSWORD MSWORD Counter of the drive energy consumption aA This is a value expressed in 32 bits divided into two 16 bit words the low part and the high part 56 456 came S SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP M029 DC Bus Voltage Range 0 1400 Active Always active Address deel Measure of the voltage in the drive DC link SINUS PENTA M030 Supply Voltage Range 0 1000 Active Always active Address aA Measure of the RMS value of the drive supply voltage 57 456 SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO ToS 8 3 PID Regulator Menu This menu contains the measures relating to the input and output values of the internal PID regulator M018 PID Reference at Constant RPM 100 00 Note The actual range depends on the max value and the min value of the PID reference set in parameters P245 P246 Always active Address Function This is the measure of the PID reference expressed as a percentage Scaling is detailed in the PID PARAMETERS MENU and the PID CONFIGURATION MENU 100 00 Note The actual range depends on the max value and the min value of the PID2 reference set in parameters P445 P446 Active This measure is active if enabled from C291a Address 1731 This is the measure percent of the reference selected with C286 for the PID2 or the 2 zone AUG Mode Scaling is detailed in the PID2 PARAMETERS MENU and the PID CONFI
36. 359 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP C257 Alarm Reset at Power On Range 0 Disabled 1 Yes Pogo Disabled E ER ENGINEERING Address Function At power on this parameter enables the automatic reset of the alarms tripped when the drive is powered off C258 Enable Saving Undervoltage and Mains Loss Alarms IS O 1 0 Disabled 1 Yes eo Jor Disabled Level ENGINEERING Address 1258 AWA This parameter saves Undervoltage and Mains Loss alarms to the fault list 360 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 42 MOTOR THERMAL PROTECTION MENU 42 1 Overview The Motor Thermal Protection function protects the motor against overloads Some Sinus Penta models offer the possibility to set the heatsink temperature for the activation of cooling fans All relevant parameters are included in the Motor Thermal Protection menu Each connected motor has its own thermal model NOTE If the drive is used to control only one motor and its control mode is selected through the selection of the different motors the motor thermal protection is ensured by setting PTC protection for all motors For each programmable motor thermal protection can be configured in 4 modes which can be selected with parameter C265 or C268 or C271 for motor 2 and 3 respectively depending on the cooling system being used configuration modes 1 2 and 3 0 NO Active The Motor Thermal Protection functio
37. 432 456 er on Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP A070 Fieldbus WatchDog RI ee Watchdog Fieldbus tripped The watchdog fieldbus tripped and communication is suspended Communication is interrupted the Master did not send any valid message for a time longer than the time set in the parameter relating to the value set with parameter R016 of the fieldbus watchdog time see the FIELDBUS CONFIGURATION MENU e Voltage removed from Fieldbus e No communication from Master e Watchdog times too short 1 Check fieldbus connections 2 Check that the master ensures a constant sequence of legal messages FIELDBUS CONFIGURATION MENU with max time intervals lower than the preset watchdog time 3 Set longer watchdog times see R016 Solution 4 To reset alarm A070 force communication between the Master and the Penta drive with bit 15 of the digital input word always set to 1 and reset the drive control board If communication between the Master and the Slave Penta cannot be restored alarm A070 is restored after setting parameter R016 to zero and after resetting the Penta drive When the drive is next powered on the alarm reset will affect the drive control board Possible cause A072 3 A089 90 Parameter Upload Download Error from Keypad to Drive Upload download failed one of the controls of the parameter consistency detected a Description fault Event A communication error occurred while uploading
38. 50 FIELDBUS CONFIGURATION MENU 50 1 Overview See the OPTIONAL BOARDS FOR FIELDBUS section in the Sinus Penta s Installation NOTE Instructions Manual for the description of the optional board required The parameters included in this menu are Rxxx parameters NOTE Once saved they are active only when the drive is next switched on or when the control board is reset by holding down the RESET key for more than 5 secs This menu is not applicable to ES919 communications boards see relevant section in the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions Manual ES919 boards act as gateways and change the MODBUS RS485 packets into the packets of each protocol being used N CAUTION The exchanged parameters are all the Mxxx measures from the Sinus Penta to the Master and all the Ixxx inputs from the Master to the Sinus Penta as detailed in the MEASURES MENU Table 82 Remote command inputs from serial link and Table 83 Reference inputs from serial link 50 1 1 Alarm A070 Communication Suspended Alarm A070 trips if the Sinus Penta is not sent any legal message via FIELDBUS within the timeout set in parameter R016 Set parameter R016 to 0 to disable alarm A070 A legal message is the word of the digital inputs M035 with bit 15 1 written by the master Important this is enabled only when the drive receives the first message with bit 15 1 To reset alarm A070 force communication between the Master and the Penta drive with bit 15 of t
39. AO1 output value with reference to P178 P183 10 0 V Max AO1 output value with reference to P179 Figure 20 Curve voltage speed implemented by AO1 Example 4 20 V Pal a F A al ad ad oJ gd 8 T r r 0 100 200 300 400 500 rpm Example 5 Table 34 Programming AO1 10V P176 10V AO1 Analog output P177 1 Speed Selected variable for AO1 analog output P178 500 rpm Min value of AO1 selected variable P179 500 rpm Max value of AO1 selected variable P180 0 000 V AO Analog output offset P181 0 ms Filter for AO1 analog output P182 10 0 V Min AO1 output value with reference to P178 P183 10 0 V Ge output value with reference to 500 400 300 200 100 0 100 200 300 400 500 rpm Figure 21 Curve voltage speed implemented by AO1 Example 5 147 456 SINUS PENTA 5 SANTERNO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP 20 3 List of Parameters P176 to P215 Table 35 List of parameters P176 to P215 P176 AO1 analog output ADVANCED 1 10V 776 P177 Selected variable for AO1 analog output ADVANCED 1 Motor speed 777 P178 Min value of AO1 selected variable ADVANCED 1500 rpm 778 P179 Max value of AO1 selected variable ADVANCED 1500 rpm 779 P180 AO1 Analog output offset ADVANCED 0 000 V 780 P181 Filter for AO1 analog output ADVANCED 0 ms 781 P182 Min AO1 out
40. BS hours Default mn O Level ADVANCED Activ This parameter can be viewed and changed only if the Data Logger ES851 is cive installed and activated R021 ENABLE Address 1241 PM 1057 Function This parameter sets the time hour to be changed C315 Minutes to be changed VELO 59 II 5 min Default 0 minutes Level ADVANCED This parameter can be viewed and changed only if the Data Logger ES851 is installed and activated RO21 ENABLE LEET 1242 PM 1058 Function This parameter sets the time minutes to be changed Active 391 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP C316 Clock Calendar Editing Command Range Default Level ADVANCED This parameter can be viewed and changed only if the Data Logger ES851 is installed and activated R021 ENABLE Address 1244 PM 1060 Active If this parameter is set to 1 all the values set in parameters C310 to C315 are written and stored to the clock calendar of the board and the measures described above are instantly changed Function Also unchanged parameters are written to CAUTION the clock calendar Make sure that unchanged parameters are correct 392 456 fica Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 47 TIMED FLAGS MENU 47 1 Overview The Timed Flag Menu includes the parameters setting the four timed flags for the inverter TFL1 4 The following data items are set for each timed flag activation tim
41. C105 M3 1105 Se C020 M1 1020 C063 M2 Motor no load power ADVANCED 1063 0 0 C106 M3 1106 C021 M1 1021 C064 M2 Motor no load current ADVANCED 1064 0 C107 M3 1107 C022 M1 1022 C065 M2 Motor stator resistance ENGINEERING 1065 See Table 76 and Table 80 C108 M3 1108 C023 M1 1023 C066 M2 Leakage inductance ENGINEERING 1066 See Table 76 and Table 80 C109 M3 1109 C024 M1 1024 C067 M2 Mutual inductance ADVANCED 1067 250 00mH C110 M3 1110 263 456 SINUS PENTA 5 SANTERNO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS 0 ms 0 ms 0 rpm 1500 rpm 90 0 Disabled 30 20 See Table 75 and Table 79 0 0 CARRARO GROUP Co25 Mi 1025 C068 M2 Rotor time constant 1068 C111 M3 1111 co26 M1 __ 1026 C069 M2 GE Pie of bus voltage low 1069 C112 M3 1112 C028 Mi 1028 C071 M2 Min motor speed 1071 C114 M3 1114 C029 Mi 1029 C072 M2 Max motor speed 1072 C115 M3 1115 C030 M1 1030 C073 M2 Flux weakening speed 4073 C116 M3 1116 C031 Mi 1031 C074 M2 Max speed alarm 1074 C117 M3 1117 C032 M1 R Ss 1032 C075 M2 ee in quadratic torque oss C118 M3 1118 C033 M1 1033 ETA e a iore C119 M3 1119 C034 M1 1034 C077 M2 Voltage Preboost for IFD 1077 C120 M3 1120 C034a
42. C151 REVERSE Input ADVANCED 1151 none C151la REVERSE B Input ADVANCED 1299 none C152 ENABLE S Input ADVANCED 1152 none C153 DISABLE Input ADVANCED 1153 none C154 Disable RESET alarms on MDI3 ADVANCED 1154 NO C155 MULTISPEED 0 Input ADVANCED 1155 MDI4 C156 MULTISPEED 1 Input ADVANCED 1156 MDI5 C157 MULTISPEED 2 Input ADVANCED 1157 none C158 MULTISPEED 3 Input ADVANCED 1158 none C159 CW CCW Input ADVANCED 1159 MDI8 C160 DCB Input ADVANCED 1160 none C161 UP Input ADVANCED 1161 none C162 DOWN Input ADVANCED 1162 none C163 RESET UP DOWN Input ADVANCED 1163 none C164 External alarm 1 Input ADVANCED 1164 none C164a External alarm 1 trip delay ADVANCED 1305 immediate C165 External alarm 2 Input ADVANCED 1165 none C165a External alarm 2 trip delay ADVANCED 1306 immediate C166 External alarm 3 Input ADVANCED 1166 none C166a External alarm 3 trip delay ADVANCED 1307 immediate C167 MultiRamp 0 Input ENGINEERING 1167 none C168 MultiRamp 1 Input ENGINEERING 1168 none C169 JOG Input ADVANCED 1169 none C170 SLAVE Input ADVANCED 1170 none C171 PID DISABLE Input ADVANCED 1171 none C171a Input for PID control selection ENGINEERING 1188 none C172 KEYPAD LOCK Input ADVANCED 1172 none C173 MOTOR 2 SEL Input ENGINEERING 1173 none C174 MOTOR 3 SEL Input ENGINEERING 1174 none C175 SPEED VAR 0 Input ENGINEERING 1175 none C176 SPEED VAR 1 Input ENGINEERING 1176 none C177 SPEED VAR 2 Input ENGINEERING 1177 none C178 PID RESET UP DOWN input ADVANCED 1178 none C179
43. DIGITAL INPUTS MENU 62 8 5 REFERENCES MENU wcssicoriscccsiccadseanstiaccodscanssnavidwoseignasacyanulasedahaa se adinadeinasedgabancs 64 8 6 OUTPUTS MENU BEE 68 8 7 TEMPERATURE MEASURES FROM PT100 MENU 70 8 8 AUTODIAGNOSTICS MENU 71 8 9 DATA LOGGER MEASURES MEM 73 8 10 DIGITAL INPUT SETTINGS MENU 75 8 11 FAULT LIST WE REN 76 8 12 PowEnOrtrsrMewu 77 9 PRODUCT MENU REN 78 9 1 e EE 78 9 2 LIST OF PARAMETER P263 AND FIRE MODE ENABLE DAagewopn 78 10 PASSWORD AND USER LEVEL MENU Q ccccescceeceecceeeseccesceeeceeeeeeeeseeeees 82 NAc OVER ENEE 82 10 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS P OOrobOoo 82 11 DISPLAY KEYPAD MENU 00 ccccecccecceeccecceeceeeceecceeeeeseesceesceeeeaseeeeeaseeseeseees 84 11 1 e TEE 84 uh e en Wal a EEN 84 11 3 KEYPAD PAGE AND LOCAL Mon 85 11 4 UsrorbapaMETERsb pGArob Gop 86 12 RAMPS MENU siiecicscaiduccdacaseatescndacvasadcdsacucstsccsrsccoctsrsndacecsctutensbeaxededesvecassancacbecsies 92 12 1 OVERVIEW ean EE 92 4 456 fic Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 12 1 1 Description of the Speed Ramps sesoansnannnnneoeennnnnnnnneneeneennnnnnnnneeeenneen 92 12 1 2 Description of the Torque bampe 95 12 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS bBOOOrobOu 96 13 INPUTS FOR REFERENCES MENU cccccceeccceeeccesceesseeeeeceeeceeeeeenseeeeeeees 104 13 1 PROCESSING SPEED TORQUE REFERENCES sssnonsosnenrnorrnerrnnrorronrrnrrenrrnrennne 104 13 2 SCALING ANALOG INPUT
44. LOC REM key again when the drive is disabled or the MDI LOC REM key if it is programmed as a pushbutton C180a Pushbutton to disable the PID and to set the speed reference directly from the Keypad page 163 456 PROGRAMMING SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP 22 2 PID Regulator Tuning Method of Ziegler and Nichols Tuning a PID regulator consists in selecting and allocating values to PID parameters in order to adjust the operation of the system to the technical requirements of the process and to the equipment restrictions One of the possible PID tuning procedures is the Method of Ziegler and Nichols This method implies the following steps 1 Set the integral action and the derivative action to zero Ti P242 0 Td P243 0 2 Assign very low values to Kp P240 then apply a little step to the reference signal setpoint selected with C285 286 287 3 Gradually increase the value of Kp until permanent oscillation is attained in the PID loop 4 Tune the parameters for a P PI or PID regulator based on the table below where Kp is the value of the proportional gain corresponding to the permanent oscillation critical gain and Te is the period of the permanent oscillation Kp P240 Ti P242 Td P243 P 0 5 Kpc PI 0 45 Kpc To 1 2 PID 0 6 Kpc T 2 T 8 4 Te P0008090 Figure 24 Permanent oscillation with Kps critical gain 164 456 PROGRAMMING INSTR
45. Leakage inductance C023 C066 C109 Mutual inductance C024 C067 C110 Rotor time constant C025 C068 C111 Figure 41 Equivalent circuit of the asynchronous machine S R 5 li I R R V 3 M 5 Where Rs Stator resistance wires included Rr Rotor resistance Als Full leakage inductance M Mutual inductance not required for control implementation S Slip t rot M Rr rotor time constant Because the motor characteristics are generally unknown the Sinus Penta is capable of automatically determining the motor characteristics see the FIRST STARTUP section and the AUTOTUNE MENU However some parameters may be manually adjusted to meet the requirements needed for special applications The parameters used for the different control algorithms are stated in the table below Table 68 Motor parameters used by control algorithms Stator resistance v v v Leakage inductance v Mutual inductance v Rotor time constant v v Used Not used Because the value of the stator resistance is used for any type of control AN NOTE always perform the autotune procedure with 1073 Motor Tune and 1074 0 All no rotation 258 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 32 1 4 V f Pattern IFD Only This group of parameters which is included in the Motor Control Menu defines the V f pattern trend of the drive when it is used as an IFD control algorithm When se
46. Level ENGINEERING Address This parameter sets T5 enable time PUNO Operation as per P216 P225 T5 Disable delay BREUCI 0 60000 0 0 6000 0 sec Default Level ENGINEERING Address This parameter sets T5 disable time See Le Operation as per P217 P226 Timers Assigned to Inputs MDI1 4 Gr 0 o 0 5 5 5 5 f No timer assigned Default 0 0 0 0 0 No timer assigned Level ENGINEERING leen 826 The first group of four digital inputs may be assigned to any of the five timers and the same timer may be assigned to multiple inputs Select zero to avoid delaying the digital inputs Setting via serial link see coding table below Function Table 37 Coding of P226 Timers assigned to digital inputs MDI 1 4 ois 5 721 bisto bis e 01 ors 6 31 oeer owa von woe voe won Coding example for P226 MDI1 Timer T2 MDI2 No timer assigned MDI3 Timer T2 MDI4 Timer T5 gt value in P226 101 010 000 010 bin 2690 dec P227 Timers Assigned to Inputs MDI5 8 0 0 0 0 5 5 5 5 0 No timer assigned Range l d itsche Default 0 0 0 0 0 No timer assigned Level ENGINEERING Address The second group of four digital inputs may be assigned to any of the five timers and the same timer may be assigned to multiple inputs Select zero to avoid delaying the digital inputs Setting via serial link see coding in P226 Function 161 456 SINUS PENTA
47. Level ENGINEERING Address 1245 Control F D This parameter enables the speed searching function The Speed Searching function is enabled in the following cases when the ENABLE contact is open and closed before time tgsqig C246 when the DC Braking command is disabled before the preset time is over see the DC BRAKING MENU when an alarm is reset with a reference other than 0 before time tSSdis Function C246 Run Limit Delay for Speed Search Range 0 3000 0 Always ON 3000 sec Default 1 1 sec Level ENGINEERING ek 1246 Control IFD Determines the maximum allowable time passing between the drive disable and enable command when the Speed Searching function is activated When the AA drive is restarted output frequency will depend on the preset acceleration ramp When C246 0 Always ON speed searching will always occur independently of the time passing between the drive disable and enable 356 456 fice ial d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP C247 Frequency Decrease Rate CSL 1 1000 1 1000 Default 10 Level ENGINEERING Address 1247 Iech FD This parameter sets the frequency decrease rate during the speed search stage The frequency decrease rate expressed in Hz s is given from the following formula fmax x C247 10 This means that when C247 100 1 the Penta drive takes 10s to go from the max frequency to OHz When C247 10 0 1 default value the
48. Main Speed Torque Reference If a speed control e g C011 Speed for Motor 1 is used the main reference is a speed reference while if a torque control is used e g C011 Torque or C011 Speed for Motor 1 but the digital input is closed for the Slave programmed with C170 the main reference of the drive is a torque reference The main reference can be one of the following e Analog digital inputs programmed as sources see parameters C143 C146 in the CONTROL METHOD MENU e PID output if C294 PID Action 1 Reference e Digital inputs programmed as Multispeed see MULTISPEED MENU only when the main reference is a speed reference 3 2 Speed Torque Limit Reference If a speed control is used e g C011 Speed for Motor 1 and a VTC or FOC algorithm is used you can program a source as an external torque limit See parameter C147 in the CONTROL METHOD MENU If a torque control is used and an external speed limit has been set up e g C011 Torque with Speed Limit for Motor 1 and a FOC algorithm is used you can program one source as an external speed limit see parameter C147 in the CONTROL METHOD MENU 3 3 PID Reference If the internal PID regulator is enabled C291 different from Disabled its reference is given by default by the sum of the three sources programmed as references see parameters C285 C287 in the PID CONFIGURATION MENU Different types of PID reference control Two PIDs and 2 zone mode are available based on the
49. P033 Deceleration Ramp in Fire Mode see the RAMPS MENU P099 Speed Fire Mode see the MULTISPEED MENU C186 MDI Enabling Fire Mode see the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU The Fire Mode is enabled when closing the MDI set through C186 The drive will use the speed reference set in P099 and the ramp times set in P032 P033 All alarms will be ignored except for the following A041 IGBT FAULT Side A IGBT Hardware Side A general alarm OVERLOAD SW Software Overcurrent OVER VOLTAGE DC bus voltage exceeding Vdc_max IGBT FAULT A Hardware Fault from IGBT Drive side A OVERLOAD HW A Hardware Overcurrent side A A053 PWMA Not ON Hardware Failure Side A IGBT cannot be fired Control Board Failure When the Fire Mode is active innumerable alarm autoresets are automatically enabled is no longer valid The asterisk appears if at least one condition requiring the activation of a protection feature occurs when the inverter is running in Fire Mode If an asterisk appears next to INVERTER OK on the display the product guarantee CAUTION 33 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 5 PROGRAMMING EXAMPLES 5 1 Overview This section illustrates some programming examples for particular functions of the Penta drive Flowcharts are used for easier reference For any detail concerning individual parameters see the relevant sections in this manual 5 2 Programming a Reference Speed Torque Reference PID S
50. P236 relates to the instant voltage value E g If a drive delivers 50V and an adjustment of 10 is implemented the drive will deliver 55V Function P237 Min Value of PID Output 10000 10000 100 00 100 00 Default 10000 100 00 Level ENGINEERING Address Function This is the min allowable value of PID regulator output For the value percent of P237 see the description of parameter P236 P237a Wake up Mode Disabled Feedback lt P237b Range 3 Feedback gt P237b Error lt P237b Error gt P237b ECT O ooed Level Address If this parameter is disabled the PID control re activates only when the PID output exceeds the value set in parameter P237 If this parameter is enabled the PID control re activates when Aa P237a 1 the Feedback value drops below the level set with P237b P237a 2 the Feedback value exceeds the level set with P237b P237a 3 the Error value drops below the level set with P237b P237a 4 the Error value exceeds the level set with P237b 171 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP P237b Wake up Level Range 10000 10000 100 00 100 00 eo Level ENGINEERING Address Function Level of the Feedback or Error signal allowing re activating the PID control see P237a PID Feedback P237a 1 Feedback lt P237b Wake Up Level P237b A TIME PID Output T gt P255 P237
51. This parameter sets the min integral time for the speed regulator SMA It may be accessed only if the min and max error thresholds are different P1304P131 for Motor P140 P141 for Motor2 P1504P151 for Motors REW GE 1 32000 0 001 32 000 Disable ms Default 500 ms Level BASIC 726 DEIER 736 746 oven ice VTC and FOC miata This parameter sets the max integral time for the speed regulator 134 456 er on Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP P128 P138 P148 Proportional Coefficient for Minimum Error IS 0 65000 0 00 650 00 Default 1000 Level BASIC Address 728 738 748 Control VTC and FOC This parameter sets the min proportional coefficient for the speed regulator aA Default value 10 if a speed error of 1 occurs the regulator will require 10 of the motor rated torque P129 P139 P149 Proportional Coefficient for Maximum Error Range 0 65000 0 00 650 00 PACUL 1000 10 00 Level BASIC Lite 729 739 749 eil VTC and FOC This parameter sets the max proportional coefficient for the speed regulator Default value 10 if a speed error of 1 occurs the regulator will require 10 of ll el the motor rated torque This parameter may be accessed only if the min and max error thresholds are different P130 P131 for Motor1 P140 P141 for Motor2 P150 P151 for Motors P130 P140 P150 Min Error Threshold Range 0 32000 0 00 320 00 Default 1 00 Level B
52. cccccesssesesssesesessseseeseueneseeeneeeenneeees 19 e Du Me EEN 19 ee VENI ABE eege eege egene EES 20 EEN AEON EE 22 1 4 PARAMETER MODIFICATION ccccccccceecscecseceeeceeseeeesuueseuueeseeesuesuuuseueeeueeeeaeueneeuens 23 1 5 PROGRAMMING THE ROOT PAGE c0ccccceeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeueeeeuueeeeeeeeeeueeeeeueueeeaneeeuauess 23 1 6 USING THE MENU KEY EEN NENNEN ENEE EEN 24 Era cs Od EH 25 1 8 RESET KEY ALARM AND CONTROL BOARD RESET ssssssetececeeeeeesesesseenaeeeeees 26 1 9 TX RX KEY DOWNLOAD UPLOAD FROM TO THERkENpAaAD 26 1 10 LOC REM KEY KEYPAD DAGES nnr nn nnmnnn 27 1 11 SAVESEN TER KEY sesccsicsacscnnctetniveottnssamcicndesmanentdae nicadecbadestaansdebiendaasacdedosaniieates 27 1 12 INDICATOR LEDS ON THE DiSptAvibtvpan 28 2 DESCRIPTION OF INPUT AND OUTPUT SIGNALS cccceecesseesessseeeeeeeees 29 3 REFERENCES AND FEEDBACKS u cccccesssesesssssessseesnesseeneseeenensuenensenaeeeenaas 30 3 1 MAIN SPEED TORQUE REFERENCE naon nnn nn nnnnn 30 3 2 SPEED TORQUE LIMIT REFERENCE 30 3 3 PID REFERENCE EEN 30 3 4 PID FEEDBACK REFERENCE cccccecccecceecceecseeeeeeeeseeeeeeueecuuseueeeuseeueueeeseuseeeaeues 30 4 PROGRAMMABLE FUNCTIONS cccccecssssecsssseensseeeesseeeeeseeeneseeeneseeenaueeeanees 31 41 AE 31 4 2 VOLTAGE FREQUENCY BATTERN nnne rnr nn nnnnn 31 4 3 SLIP COMPENSATION eeh ee Ee 31 4 4 SPEED SEARCHING EEN 31 4 5 CONTROLLED STOP IN CASE OF POWER FAI
53. hardware or virtual block thus allowing implementing more complex functionality The Virtual Digital Outputs menu may be accessed only if the user level is ADVANCED or NOTE ENGINEERING NOTE XMDI auxiliary digital outputs values from 13 to 20 in the parameters relating to the control functions can be set up only after setting XMDI O in parameter R023 28 1 1 Factory Setting MPL1 energizes when the ENABLE input is present MPL2 energizes when a fan fault trios MPL3 energizes when the Fire Mode is activated MPL4 is factory set as disabled 28 1 2 Structure of the Virtual Digital Outputs A virtual digital output is composed of two logic blocks allowing data processing before actuating the actual digital output Block 2 depends on the settings in parameters P357a P366a P375a P384a yes INPUTA Output f A B ck logic Bock set by NO parameters Output INPUTB P351 P357 IAD Logic block p setbyP357b g f A B C that tests AB gt and signal C P000658 b Figure 38 Block diagram of the virtual digital outputs MPL Operating modes set in MPL1 2 3 4 P350 P359 P368 P377 The user can select one of the following operating modes 219 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP Table 54 Digital Output Modes DISABLE The selected digital output is disabled DIGITAL The digital output depends on a selected digital signal and on the logic output function True False DOUBLE DIGITA
54. iee reference Y axis related to P074 ANE 109 0 ZE 111 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP P050 Type of Signal over REF Input 0 4 Level Address This parameter selects the type of single ended analog signal over the REF terminal in the terminal board The signal can be a voltage signal a current signal a unipolar signal or a bipolar signal 0 10 V Bipolar voltage input between 10V and 10V The detected signal is saturated between these two values 1 20 mA Bipolar current input between 20mA and 20mA The detected signal is saturated between these two values AA 2 4 20 mA Unipolar current input with min threshold between 4 mA and 20mA The detected signal is saturated between these two values Before being saturated if the detected signal is lower than 4 mA or greater than 20 mA alarms A066 or A102 trip 3 0 10 V Unipolar voltage input between OV and 10V The detected signal is saturated between these two values 4 0 20 mA Unipolar current input between 0 mA and 20mA The detected signal is saturated between these two values NOTE selecting the proper electric circuit for the analog signal processing voltage signal or j The value set in parameter P050 must match with the status of SW1 1 switch allowing current signal P051 Value of REF Input Producing Min Reference X axis 100 100 if PO50 0 10 0V 10 0V if P050 0 10V 200 200 if P050 1 20 0
55. motor autotune is required see step 6 otherwise go to step 7 Press SAVE ENTER each time a new parameter is set First remove the ENABLE command then access the AUTOTUNE MENU and set 1073 1 Motor Tune and 1074 0 All Ctrl no rotation Use the ESC key to accept changes Close the ENABLE command and wait until tune is complete Warning W32 Open Enable is displayed The drive has computed and saved the values for C022 stator resistance and C023 leakage inductance If alarm A097 Motor Wires KO trips check the motor wiring If alarm A065 Autotune KO trips this means that the ENABLE command has opened before autotune was complete In this case reset the drive sending a command from terminal MDI3 or press the RESET key in the display keypad and perform the autotune procedure again With the Autotuning function calculate the value of the leakage inductance C023 AN NOTE From the resulting value manually subtract the value in mH of the output inductance installed between the drive and the motor Set parameter C048 in the LIMITS MENU based on the maximum torque that can be generated expressed as a percentage of the motor rated torque Activate the ENABLE input terminal 15 and the START input terminal 14 and send a speed reference The RUN LED and REF LED will come on and the motor will start Make sure that the motor is rotating in the correct direction If not set parameter C014 Phase Rotation to 1 Yes o
56. negation to the AA Calculated output signal 0 FALSE a logic negation is applied 1 TRUE no negation is applied 213 456 CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege 26 MEASURE CONTROL FROM PT100 26 1 Overview This menu relates to ES847 control board It can be viewed only if R023 I O board setting PT100 see the EXPANSION BOARD CONFIGURATION MENU THE ANALOG INPUTS CAN BE LINKED TO MEASURE SENSORS AN NOTE Set DiP Switches 1 and 2 as follows for proper data acquisition from PT100 26 2 List of Parameters P318 to P325 Table 51 List of parameters P318 to P325 CHANNEL 1 MEASURE MODE 0 no input P321 CHANNEL 1 MEASURE OFFSET 0 0 C 921 P322 CHANNEL 2 MEASURE MODE 0 no input 922 P323 CHANNEL 2 MEASURE OFFSET 0 0 C 923 P324 CHANNEL 3 MEASURE MODE 0 no input 924 P325 CHANNEL 3 MESAURE OFFSET 0 0 C 925 P326 CHANNEL 4 MEASURE MODE 0 no input 926 P327 CHANNEL 4 MESAURE OFFSET 0 0 C 927 214 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS P320 Channel 1 Measure Mode REUL Default Level Address Function P321 Channel 1 Measure Offset D I REU Default Level Address Function A SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA 0 no input 1 val PT100 0 no input 0 1 ADVANCED 920 This parameter selects the type of analog signal available in terminals 27 28 in ES847 expansion board 0 no si
57. of the selected signals MINIMUM The signal having the smallest value among the selected signals is considered as the feedback MAXIMUM The signal having the largest value among the selected signals is considered as the feedback Function 2 If C179 is enabled STANDARD SUM C288 C290 or C289 C290 STANDARD DIFF C288 C290 or C289 C290 AVERAGE AVG C288 C290 or AVG C289 C290 MINIMUM MIN C288 C290 or MIN C289 C290 MAXIMUM MAX C288 C290 or MAX C289 C290 The references are always Summed with each other unless they are managed with the Source Selection see C179 375 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP Functions 5 and 6 2 Zone Mode automatically disable the Source Selection function that can be programmed with C179 In functions 5 and 6 only the references selected with C285 C286 and the feedback values selected with C288 C289 are used 2 Zone MIN The PID operates on the system with the larger algebraic error MAX C285 C288 C286 C289 This means that the system takes control of the PID having the minimum feedback in respect to its setpoint 2 Zone MAX The PID operates on the system with the smaller algebraic error MIN C285 C288 C286 C289 This means that the system takes control of the PID having the maximum feedback in respect to its reference NOTE When C171a Input for PID Control Selection is activated and the selected input is activated the 2 zone MIN or MAX mod
58. parameter C150 and vice versa see the detailed description of the parameters above C140 C141 C142 Command Source Selection 1 2 3 0 Disabled 1 Terminal Board 2 Serial Link 3 Fieldbus 4 Terminal Board B C140 C141 1 C140 C141 1 Terminal Board C142 0 C142 0 Disabled Level C140 C141 ADVANCED C142 ENGINEERING Leide 1140 1141 1142 AA Selection of the drive command source Default If the command source is set as Keypad different command sources can be set up only if the STOP or STOP B digital inputs are programmed see C150 and C150a to NOTE enable pushbutton operation or to make sure that the Source Selection function is activated see C179 If the first command source is already set and it is not a Keypad source you can set NOTE the Keypad as a second or third source only if the STOP or STOP B inputs are programmed C150 0 or C150a 0 to enable pushbutton operation or to make sure that the Source Selection function is activated see C179 If the digital input for source selection parameter C179 in the DIGITAL INPUTS NOTE MENU is set to a value other than 0 Disabled parameter C142 command source 3 selection has no effect as if it were set to 0 Disabled gt gt gt 300 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA 5 C143 C144 C145 C146 Reference 1 2 3 4 Selection 0 Disabled 1 REF 2 AIN1 3 AIN2 0 9 Bs Frequency inp
59. switching from Remote to Local command is allowed even when the drive is operating and when the running condition or reference must be maintained in Local mode This function allows switching over to LOCAL mode and allows ignoring parameters C140 to C147 and C285 to C287 see the PID CONFIGURATION MENU when the PID aller controller is enabled thus allowing setting them via KEYPAD only The following functions are still active in the hardware terminal board of the control board being used ENABLE External Alarm 1 2 3 Sel Motor n 2 Sel Motor n 3 SLAVE PID Disable and the LOCAL function itself that can be disabled at any time If the input is deactivated when the drive is disabled signals coming from different sources will activate again If the main reference of the drive is the PID output you can set C180a Type of LOC REM Contact Pushbutton and P266 Type of Keypad page in Local Mode Ref Activated Spd As a result when the Loc key is pressed and released once the drive enters the Local mode and the PID reference can be changed whereas when the Loc command is pressed and released again provided that the drive is not enabled the PID is disabled and the RPM reference can be sent to the connected motor See also the CONTROL METHOD MENU and the Keypad page and Local mode in the DISPLAY KEYPAD menu C180a Type of LOC REM Contact 0 Switch Range 0 2 1 Pushbutton 2 Pushbutton Storage Default 2 2 Pushbutton Storage L
60. this parameter represents the delay occurring between the input opening and the function deactivation Use P228 to assign timer 1 to a digital output in that case the digital output de energizing will be delayed according to the time set in P217 159 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP P218 T2 Enable delay IL o 60000 0 0 6000 0 sec Default Level ENGINEERING XT 818 This parameter sets T2 enable time SS Operation as per P216 P219 T2 Disable delay 0 0 6000 0 sec reg Default PO Level ENGINEERING Address 819 This parameter sets T2 disable time Operation as per P217 P220 TG Enable delay Range 0 0 6000 0 sec Defaut Level ENGINEERING Address This parameter sets T3 enable time Fenelon Operation as per P216 P221 T3 Disable delay BREUCI 0 60000 0 0 6000 0 sec acma rr Ion Level ENGINEERING Address 821 This parameter sets T3 disable time munaan Operation as per P217 P222 14 Enable delay Range 0 60000 0 0 6000 0 sec Default Level Address This parameter sets T4 enable time Function Operation as per P216 P223 14 Disable delay BREUCI 0 60000 0 0 6000 0 sec Default Level ENGINEERING Address This parameter sets T4 disable time SES Operation as per P217 160 456 er on Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP P224 T5 Enable delay 0 60000 0 0 6000 0 sec Default 0 0 0
61. value of this parameter s value Saturation implies an absolute value i e this parameter determines a prohibit range of the reference approx zero Example P065 100 rom and current speed reference is 500 rpm if reference drops below 100 rpm for example down to 50rpm the value of the active reference is saturated to 100 rpm until reference exceeds 100 rom again or is lower than 100 rom in that case the preset value will be assigned to the reference If also parameter PO66 is other than zero the drive disabling function is enabled if the absolute value of the current speed reference is kept in the prohibit range for a time longer than the time set in P066 reference is set to zero and the motor speed decreases following the active ramp up to zero rpm when the motor speed is equal to zero the drive will automatically deactivate The drive will automatically reactivate if the reference exceeds the value set in parameter P065 as an absolute value Parameter P065 is active in Master mode only i e when the reference is a speed reference Parameter P065 is active only when the Speed searching and Power Down functions are disabled C245 0 and C225 0 P066 START Disable delay at P065 Threshold itll O 250 0 250 sec 118 456 Default Address _ Level Function 0 Disabled ADVANCED If this parameter is other than zero and if also parameter P065 is other than zero the drive disabling
62. 0 453 456 SINUS PENTA 5 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS R00x R01x Serial Link R045 DP sel 1 VENDOR SPECIFIC 1 R001 com_slaveaddr 1 R002 com_answdelay 5 ms R003 scO_baudrate 38400 bps R004 com_4time_dela 2ms R005 ser_wdg_time 0 0s R006 parity scO 1 No 2 Stop Bit R008 cm1_slaveaddr 1 R009 cm1_answdelay 5 ms R010 sc1_baudrate 38400 bps R011 cm1_4time_delay 2ms R012 sr1_wdg_time 0 0s R013 parity sc1 1 No 2 Stop Bit R01x Fieldbus Configuration R016 fbs_wdg_time 0 ms R017a AO1_fb_sel 0 No R017b AO2_fb_sel 0 No R017c AO3_fb_sel 0 No R02x Expansion Board Settings R021 Data Logger Setting 1 NO R023 I O Board setting 0 None R02x R04x PROFIdrive Settings R025 SlaveAddr 1 R026 PZD3_O_Addr 1 Digital Inputs R027 PZD4_O Addr 0 not used R028 PZD5_O Addr 0 not used R029 PZD6_O Addr 0 not used R030 PZD7_O Addr 0 not used R031 PZD8_O Addr 0 not used R032 PZD9_O Addr 0 not used R033 PZD10_O Addr 0 not used R034 PZD3_ _ Addr 0 not used R035 PZD4_ _ Addr 0 not used R036 PZD5_ _ Addr 0 not used R037 PZD6_ _Addr 0 not used R038 PZD7_ _ Addr 0 not used R039 PZD8_ _ Addr 0 not used R040 PZD9_ _ Addr 0 not used R041 PZD3_ _ Addr 0 not used R044 DP com mode 0 DP VO R05x Daylight Saving Time RO50 DSTOn WDMM 5703 R051 DSTOn HHMM 200 R052 DSTOff WOMM 5710 R053 DSTOff HHMM 200 R11
63. 0 00 854 P255 START Disable delay with PID Out P237 ENGINEERING 0 Disabled 855 P256 PID output gradient limit ENGINEERING 1 ms 856 P257 Gain for PID measure scaling ENGINEERING 1 000 857 P260 Gain for Anti windup ENGINEERING 1 00 860 170 456 E d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP P236 Max Value of PID Output 10000 R Range Ron 100 00 100 00 Default 100 00 Level ENGINEERING Address This is the max allowable value of PID regulator output This value is expressed as a percentage its allocation depends on parameter C294 defining PID action Example if C294 0 External Out the PID regulator delivers a reference obtained based on the controlled variable and its setpoint In this case the PID output can be brought outside through an analog output The matching between P236 and the output value see the ANALOG AND FREQUENCY OUTPUTS MENU is user defined If C294 1 Reference the PID regulator output is the motor speed torque reference the system will ignore any other reference source parameter P236 is a percentage referring to the max value considered as an absolute value between the max and the min speed torque reference of the active motor If C294 2 Add Reference the percentage in P236 relates to the instant value of the speed torque reference to be adjusted If a Frequency control is used the PID regulator can be used to adjust the drive output voltage in this case
64. 0 32700s if P014 2 gt 1 s 0 327000 s if P014 3 gt 10 s Determines the time the reference takes to go from O rpm to the max preset speed considering the max value between absolute values for max speed and min speed set for the selected motor If S ramps are used the actual time the reference takes to reach constant rpm exceeds the time set in P009 for a percentage equal to P022 P023 2 Function 96 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus Penta CARRARO GROUP P010 Speed Ramp 1 Deceleration Time 0 327 00 s if PO14 0 gt 0 01 s 0 3270 0 s if PO14 0 gt 0 1 s 0 32700 s if P014 0 gt 15 0 327000 s if P014 0 gt 10s Range 0 32700 Default See Table 74 and Table 78 Level BASIC Address 610 Determines the time the reference takes to go from the max preset speed considering the max value between absolute values for max speed and min Function speed set for the selected motor to zero rpm If S ramps are used the actual time the reference takes to reach 0 speed exceeds the time set in P010 for a percentage equal to P024 P025 2 P012 Speed Ramp 2 Acceleration Time 0 327 00 s if PO14 0 gt 0 01 s 0 3270 0 s if PO14 0 gt 0 1 s 0 32700 s if P014 0 gt 1s 0 327000 s if P014 0 gt 10s Range 0 32700 E OI See Table 74 and Table 78 Level ADVANCED Address Function Same as ramp 1 see P009 NOTE Values for ramp 2 can be applied to the reference provided
65. 00 C335 TFL1 Time OFF Seconds 00 C336 TFL1 Days of the week 1000000 The timed flag TFL1 is TRUE from 8 00 00AM to 08 00 00PM every Monday Example 2 C330 TFL1 Time ON Hour 20 C331 TFL1 Time ON Minutes 00 C332 TFL1 Time ON Seconds 00 C333 TFL1 Time OFF Hour 08 C334 TFL1 Time OFF Minutes 00 C335 TFL1 Time OFF Seconds 00 C336 TFL1 Days of the week 1000000 The timed flag TFL1 is TRUE from 08 00 00PM on every Monday to 8 00 00AM on every Tuesday 393 456 CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege 47 3 List of Parameters from C330 to C357 Table 113 List of Parameters C330 C357 C330 TFL1 Time ON Hour A 0 271 C331 TFL1 Time ON Minutes ADV 0 272 C332 TFL1 Time ON Seconds AD 0 273 C333 TFL1 Time OFF Hour ADV 0 274 C334 TFL1 Time OFF Minutes ADVA 0 275 C335 TFL1 Time OFF Seconds ADVA 0 276 C336 TFL1 Days of the week ADVA 0 277 C337 TFL2 Time ON Hour ADVANCED 0 278 C338 TFL2 Time ON Minutes ADVANCED 0 279 C339 TFL2 Time ON Seconds ADVANCED 0 280 C340 TFL2 Time OFF Hour ADVANCED 0 281 C341 TFL2 Time OFF Minutes ADVANCED 0 282 C342 TFL2 Time OFF Seconds ADVANCED 0 283 C343 TFL2 Days of the week ADVANCED 0 284
66. 0s P222 T4 delay On 0 0s P223 T4 delay Off 0 0s P224 T5 delay On 0 0s P225 T5 delay Off 0 0s P226a Timer MDI1 0 P226b Timer MDI2 0 P226c Timer MDI3 0 P226d Timer MDI4 0 P227a Timer MDI5 0 P227b Timer MDI6 0 P227c Timer MDI7 0 P227d Timer MDI8 0 P228a Timer MDO1 0 P228b Timer MDO2 0 P228c Timer MDO3 0 P228d Timer MDO4 0 P229a Timer MPL1 0 P229b Timer MPL2 0 P229c Timer MPL3 0 P229d Timer MPL4 0 P23x P26x PID Parameters P236 PID Out Max 100 00 P237 PID Out Min 100 00 P237a Wake Up Mode 0 Disabled E 0 00 P238 Integ Max 100 00 P239 Der Max 100 00 P240 PID Kp 1 000 P241 PID KpMult 0 1 P242 PID Ti Tc 500 Tc P243 PID Td Tc 0 mTc P244 PID Tc 5 ms P245 PID Ref Min 0 00 P246 PID Ref Max 100 00 P247 PID Fdbk Min 0 00 P248 PID Fdbk Max 100 00 P249 PID Tup 0 00 s P250 PID Tdn 0 00 s P251 PID U Mea 1 0 15 P252 Rnd start 50 P253 Rnd stop 50 P254 Thresh Int 0 0 Refmax P255 Disab Time Disabled P256 Trate Lim ims P257 GainScale 1 000 P260 GainAWUP 1 00 P27x P30x Digital Outputs P270 Out1 Mode 3 Analog P271 Out1Sel1 A71 Speed P272 Out1Sel2 A71 Speed P273 Out1 Testi 0 gt P274 Out1 Test2 3 lt P275 D01 ValTst1 50 000 rom P276 D01 ValTst2 10 000 rom P277 Out1 Func 1 A Set B Reset P277a Out1Sel1 DO Disable P277b Out1 Func 0 A B OR C P278 Out1 Logic 1 True P279 Out2Mode 6 Brake P280 Out2Sel1 A81 Torque output P281 Out2Sel2 A71 Speed P282 Out2 Test 0 gt P283 Out2 Test2 3 lt P284 D02 ValTst1 20 000 P285 D02 Val
67. 1 A083 External Alarm 2 A084 External Alarm 3 A085 442 456 fia Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 56 5 Warnings Warning messages are displayed on the display keypad They are flashing messages that usually appear in line 1 or 2 of the first three lines of the display NOTE Warnings are neither protections nor alarms and are not stored to the fault list Some warnings simply state what s happening or suggest what to do when using the keypad However most of the warning messages are Coded warnings they are displayed with letter W followed by two digits stating which warning is active at that moment Example W 3 2 OPEN E N A B L E Warning messages are detailed in the following section 443 456 SINUS PENTA PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP 5 56 6 Warning List Table 124 Warning list W03 SEARCHING The user interface is searching the data of the next page to display W04 DATA READ KO Software warnings concerning data reading WO HOME SAVED The page displayed has been saved as the home page displayed at power on w07 DOWNLOADING The keypad is writing to the drive the WORK zone parameters saved on its own flash memory The keypad is reading from the drive the WORK zone parameters that will be Wo8 UPLOADING S saved on its own flash memory woo DOWN
68. 1 Menu Setup of control mode with speed feedback from encoder and min speed and max speed of the controlled motor C012 Yes Speed feedback from M1 encoder C028 0 rpm Min speed of motor M1 C029 1500 rom Max speed of motor M1 Control Method Menu Setup of the source of the speed feedback from encoder C143 8 Encoder Selection of reference 1 source C144 0 Disable Selection of reference 2 source C145 0 Disable Selection of reference 3 source C146 0 Disable Selection of reference 4 source References Menu Setup of the reading range for the encoder used as a speed reference P073 0 rpm Encoder input min rpm P074 750 rpm Encoder input max rpm Ramps Menu Ramps time applied to the reference are reset to maintain the desired speed variation without entering any delay value P009 0 Acceleration time 1 PO10 0 Deceleration time 1 When motor 1 reaches its max speed 750rpm the speed reference is 100 because the speed value read by the encoder used as a reference source is saturated and scaled with respect to the min rom and max rpm set in P073 P074 Because the max speed of the motor controlled by the drive is 1500 rpm C029 the speed reference is 1500 rpm 331 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 36 2 List of Parameters C189 to C199 Table 97 List of parameters C189 to C199
69. 120 C092 Tlim Ramp M2 50ms C093 fRedLimAcc M2 0 Enabled 450 456 CARRARO GROUP fis Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA C09x C12x Motor Control M3 C096 Ctrl Type M3 0 IFD C097 RefMode M3 0 Speed C098 EncEnab M3 0 No C099 v_f_mode3 TI C100 Phase Rot Mot3 0 No C101 Fmot M3 50 0 Hz C102 n mot M3 1420 rom C103 Pmot M3 IT C104 Imot M3 RN C105 Vmot M3 C106 PO M3 0 0 C107 i0 M3 0 C108 Rstat M3 NM C109 Ld M3 NM C110 Lm M3 250 00 mH C111 TauRot M3 0 ms C112 vdcFiltM3 Oms C114 nmin M3 0 rpm C115 nmax M3 1500 rpm C116 spddeflux M3 90 C117 nsa M3 Disabled C118 red_Trq3 30 0 C119 spd_redTrq3 20 C120 Preboost M3 IT C120a Boost rei pos M3 0 0 C120b Boost ref neg M3 0 0 C121 Boost0 M3 N C121a FrqBst0 M3 5 C122 Boost M3 IW C123 FrqBst M3 IW C124 AutoBst N C125 SlipComp M3 Disabled C126 DV_M3 Disabled C127 TFLM3 II C128 Vout Sat M3 100 C12x C13x Limits M3 C129 lacclim M3 150 C130 lrunlim M3 150 C131 Ideclim M3 ig C132 defilimRed M3 0 Disabled C133 Tmin M3 0 0 C134 Tmax M3 120 C135 Tlim Ramp M3 50ms C136 fRedLimAcc M3 0 Enabled C14x Control Method C140 Sel Comm 1 1 Terminals C141 Sel Comm 2 1 Terminals C142 Sel Comm 3 0 Disabled C143 Sel InRef 1 1 REF C144 Sel InRef 2 2 AIN1 C145 Sel InRef 3 0 Disabled C146 Sel InRef 4 0 Disabled C147 Sel T lim 0 Disabled C148 RemL
70. 2 is to be controlled in closed chain and that its speed value is twice the speed value of motor 1 To do so use speed of motor 1 provided with an encoder as the reference for the Penta Drive and use the speed measure of encoder B which is coaxial to the motor controlled by the drive as a speed feedback Suppose that motor 1 speed ranges from 0 to 750rpm and that motor 1 is provided with a Push Pull encoder with Single Ended outputs and that its resolution is 2048 pls rev Motor 2 is provided with an NPN encoder with Single Ended outputs its resolution is 1024 pls rev Only one Push Pull encoder can be connected to digital inputs MDI6 MDI7 so encoder NPN of motor 2 representing the speed feedback of the drive must be connected to ES836 board drive Encoder B whereas the encoder of motor 1 Push Pull used as a reference shall be connected to terminals MDI6 and MDI7 drive Encoder A Encoder Configuration is as follows Encoder Frequency Inputs Menu operating modes and encoder feature setting C189 6 A Reference B Feedback Encoder Frequency input operating mode C190 2048 pls rev Number of pls rev for Encoder A C191 1024 pls rev Number of pls rev for Encoder B C197 0 2Ch Quad Number of channels of Encoder A C198 0 2Ch Quad Number of channels of Encoder B C199 0 Fdbk No Ref No Encoder reading sign reversal 330 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP Motor Control
71. 32 1 5 Example 1 V f Pattern Parameterization Motor 1 the voltage frequency pattern is to be programmed for an asynchronous motor 400V 50Hz with a rated speed of 1500rpm up to 2000rpm Type of V f curve C013 Constant Torque Rated frequency C015 50Hz Motor rpm C016 1500rpm Rated voltage C019 400V Preboost C034 depending on the starting torque Max speed C029 2000rpm 260 456 fics Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 32 1 6 Example 2 V f Pattern Parameterization The voltage frequency pattern is to be programmed for an asynchronous motor 400V 50Hz having a rated power of 7 5 kW and arated speed of 1420 rpm with a voltage compensation depending on the motor torque Type of V f curve C013 Constant Torque Rated frequency C015 50Hz Motor rpm C016 1420rpm Rated power C017 7 5kW Rated voltage c019 400V Preboost C034 depending on the starting torque Autoboost C038 4 Voltage compensation AutoBoost results from the formula below AV C019 x C038 100 x T Tn Where T is the estimated motor torque and Tn is the rated motor torque Tn is calculated as follows Tn Pn x pole pairs 2xf C017 x pole pairs 2n x C015 Pole pairs is the integer number obtained by rounding down 60 C015 C016 The programmable parameters relating to the AutoBoost functions are the following C038 AutoBoost variable torque compensation expressed as a percentage of the motor rated voltage C
72. 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO A Tone CARRARO GROUP Figure 18 Curve voltage speed implemented by AO1 Example 2 Example 3 Table 32 Programming AO1 ABS 0 10V P176 ABS 0 10V AO1 Analog output P177 1 Speed Selected variable for AO1 analog output P178 500 rpm Min value of AO1 selected variable P179 500 rpm Max value of AO1 selected variable P180 0 000 V AO1 Analog output offset P181 0 ms Filter for AO1 analog output P182 0 0V e output value with reference to P183 10 0 V Max AO1 output value with reference to P179 Figure 19 Curve voltage speed implemented by AO1 Example 3 0 al D 7 4 6 4 5 4 a 3 2 a 4 ei r r r r 6 T r r r 1 500 400 300 200 100 0 100 200 300 400 500 rpm The programming mode above would imply a straight line passing through 500rpm OV NOTE and 500rpm 10V but based on the selected mode and considering the variable as an absolute value the min point for output AO1 will be 0 rpm 5 V 146 456 fis Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP Example 4 Table 33 Programming AO1 ABS 0 10V P176 ABS 0 10V AO1 Analog output P177 1 Speed Selected variable for AO1 analog output P178 100 rpm Min value of AO1 selected variable P179 500 rpm Max value of AO1 selected variable P180 0 000 V AO1 Analog output offset P181 0 ms Filter for AO1 analog output P182 0 0 V Min
73. 8 9 10 Figure 26 Response to the step based on the value of Kp when Ti is kept constant 166 456 fis Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP When Kp is increased the error is reduced at constant rate but the transient can also be adversely affected Adverse effects can be a longer transient with stronger oscillations due to the damping reduction or even instability This is shown in the figure below Figure 27 Response to the step when Kp is too large 22 3 2 Integral Action l Symbol Tuning function Main goal As soon as an input variance occurs Error an Ti output variance occurs The variation rate is proportional to the error magnitude Sets the tuning point eliminates the offset from the proportional action PI Regulator Response to the step Response time Small Kp Overshoot Shorter Optimum Kp Optimum Optimum Large Kp Undershoot Longer 167 456 SANTERNO INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA P000813 0 TI 0 333 CONSTANT KP Figure 28 Response to the step based on the value of Ti when Kp is kept constant The figure below represents the response of the PI regulator when the values for Kp and Ti are lower than the optimum value computed with the method of Ziegler and Nichols P0008140 Figure 29 Response to the step when the values of Kp and Ti are too small 168 456 CARRARO GROUP EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA
74. 99 rom Note The actual range depends on the selected motor because it is defined by the value set in the parameters for the motor max speed and min speed C028 C029 Motor 1 C071 C072 Motor 2 C114 C115 Motor 3 32000 integer part 99 decimal part Active only when a speed reference is used for the selected motor el 1650 integer part 1651 decimal part Value of the speed reference obtained when the motor rotates at constant speed once the preset ramp time is over M002 Speed Ramp Output 32000 99 rom 32000 Note The actual range depends on the selected motor because it is defined integer part by the value set in the parameters for the motor max speed and min speed 99 C028 C029 Motor 1 decimal part C071 C072 Motor 2 C114 C115 Motor 3 Active Active only when a speed reference is used for the selected motor el 1652 integer part 1653 decimal part AAO This is the measure of the speed value processed with respect to the ramp time 32000 integer part 99 decimal part Always active el 1654 integer part 1655 decimal part 32000 99 rpm al vlateii elai Motor speed value M006 Drive Output Frequency Range 10000 1000 0 Hz see Table 63 Active Always active Address aA Oa This is the measure of the voltage frequency output of the drive 52 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP M007 Torque Reference at
75. A PWMA1 Fault Hardware overcurrent side A Illegal XMDI in DGO Illegal configuration of XMDI in the Digital Outputs menu PWMA Not ON Option Board not in Hardware failure IGBT A power on impossible Failure in detecting preset option UO board PTC Alarm External PTC tripped PTC Short Circuit External PTC in short circuit Illegal XMDI in MPL Encoder Fault Illegal configuration of XMDI in the Virtual Digital Outputs MPL menu Error of motor speed measure NoCurrent Fault Current is zero in FOC control Ser WatchDog Watchdog tripped in serial link 0 9 pole D connector SR1 WatchDog Watchdog tripped in serial link 1 RJ45 Generic Motorola Control board failure Mains Loss AutoTune Fault No power is supplied from the mains Autotune failed REF lt 4mA REF Current input 4 20mA lower than 4mA AIN1 lt 4mA AIN2 lt 4mA AIN1 Current input 4 20mA lower than 4mA AIN2 Current input 4 20mA lower than 4mA XAIN5 lt 4mA XAIN5 Current input 4 20mA lower than 4mA Fbs WatchDog Fieldbus Watchdog tripped ms Interrupt OverTime Control board failure Parm Lost Chk Parm Lost COM1 Parameter download upload error Parameter download upload error Drive OverHeated Drive thermal protection tripped Motor OverHeated Motor thermal protection tripped Speed Alarm Motor speed too high MMI Trouble Control
76. A Flux Current 37 Sqr Wave 100 00 Square wave 38 Saw Wave 100 00 Saw wave 39 Hts Temp 100 00 C Temperature of the heatsink 40 Amb Temp 100 00 C Ambient temperature 41 49 RESERVED RESERVED 50 PT100_1 100 00 PT100 Channel 1 51 PT100 2 100 00 PT100 Channel 2 52 PT100_3 100 00 _ PT100 Channel 3 53 PT100_4 100 00 PT100 Channel 4 54 12t 100 00 Motor thermal capacity 55 XAIN4 100 00 XAIN4 Analog input 56 XAIN5 100 00 XAIN5 Analog input 57 OT Count 100000h Maintenance Operation Time Counter 58 ST Count 100000h Maintenance Supply Time Counter SINUS PENTA 143 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO A CARRARO GROUP 59 PID2 Reference 100 00 Reference at constant speed of PID2 60 PID2 Set Point 100 00 Ramped reference of PID2 61 PID2 Feedback 100 00 PID2 Feedback 62 PID2 Error 100 00 Error between PID2 reference and feedback 63 PID2 Out 100 00 Output of PID2 64 Torque Demand 100 00 Torque demand value percent 65 Actual current Iv 5000A lv Output current 66 69 RESERVED RESERVED Table 29 provides a brief description of each variable and its full scale value used to set the minimum and maximum value 20 2 1 Operating Mode of Analog and Frequency Outputs This section covers the different representation modes to be selected for the analog and frequency outputs The following modes can be used for analog outputs 0 Disabled Disabled analog outp
77. ADVANCED This parameter selects the digital signal used to calculate the value of MDO3 digital output It selects an analog variable used to calculate the value of MDO3 digital input if one of the analog operating modes is selected Digital signals and analog variables are detailed in Table 41 0 119 See Table 41 D3 Inverter Alarm ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the second digital signal used to calculate the value of MDO3 digital output It selects an analog variable used to calculate the value of digital input MDO3 if one of the analog operating modes is selected Digital signals and analog variables detailed in Table 41 203 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP P291 MDO3 Testing Variable A i d Default Level ADVANCED Y IEEE 891 This parameter defines the test to be performed for the variable detected by P289 using P293 as a comparing value oo BAR ADVANCED Address i gt ClO e gt D Wa x Function P292 MDO3 Testing Variable B SERO EO O This parameter defines the test to be performed for the variable detected by P290 Function using P294 as a comparing value 320 00 320 00 of the full scale value of selected variable A see Table 41 Level ADVANCED Address ali Us This parameter defines the comparing value with the variable selected for test A P294 MDO3 Comparing Value for Test B 320 00 320 00 32000 32000
78. AN NOTE Auxiliary virtual terminal board XMDI1 8 cannot be simulated via fieldbus and the drive is consistent thus keeping the watchdog counter reset see Alarm A070 Bit 15 must always be written 1 this means that data exchanged between the master CAUTION Communication Suspended 407 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP Word 6 Command for Digital Outputs from FIELDBUS Digital commands from FIELDBUS are the 4 lower bytes of the word Byte format Fbus CMD 1 Fbus CMD 2 Fbus CMD 3 Fbus CMD A Columns 2 and 3 state the name and position of the commands sent via fieldbus Example to control digital output 1 via fieldbus through command 4 set the parameters below in the DIGITAL OUTPUTS MENU P270 1 Digital Digital Output Mode P271 D37 Fobus CMD4 Variable A Selection P278 1 True Output Logic Level Words 7 8 9 Analog Outputs controlled by FIELDBUS Parameter R017 needs to be properly set up to distinguish which Analog Outputs are to be controlled by the Fieldbus Byte format Example R017 0112 319 analog outputs AO1 and AO2 are controlled directly by the fieldbus independently of their configuration in the ANALOG AND FREQUENCY OUTPUTS MENU The correspondence between the exchanged value and the real value in volts of the analog outputs is as follows anged value ige V rrent mA 1889 10 20 mA 1000 0 0 111 10 20 mA Word 10 PID feedback from FIELDBUS
79. ANY PAGE UPLOAD Page I Press SAVE ENTER from the UPLOAD DOWNLOAD page to confirm UPLOADING DOWNLOADING The relevant LED will come on fixed light If the SAVE ENTER key is not pressed for confirmation within 10 seconds from the selection of the UPLOAD DOWNLOAD page the starting page is automatically displayed 26 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP While UPLOADING W08 UPLOADING flashing warning appears If parameters are successfully uploaded the following warning appears W11 UPLOAD OK If not the W12 UPLOAD KO warning appears Retry parameter upload While DOWNLOADING W07 DOWNLOADING flashing warning appears If parameters are successfully downloaded the following warning appears W09 DOWNLOAD OK If not alarm A073 trips and download must be retried before restarting the drive 1 10 LOC REM Key Keypad Pages To enable the Local Remote operating mode Remote sources are command and or reference sources other than the display keypad press the LOC REM key in the display keypad or use a digital input configured as Loc Rem see C180 The LOC REM key is enabled when no digital input is configured as Loc Rem or when a digital NOTE input is configured as a Loc Rem button see C180a The LOC REM key is disabled when a digital input is configured as a Loc Rem selector switch see C180a C148 sets whether toggling between Remote mode and Local mode is activated only when the dr
80. Alarms trip when only one input signal for the terminal selected on one of the active command sources is disabled A trip delay can be programmed with parameters C164a C165a C166a C164a C165a C166a External Alarm Trip Dela 0 32000 0 32000 msec Default Instantaneous Level ADVANCED ECCESSI 1305 1306 1307 External alarm trip delay To avoid untimely alarm trip it may be necessary to set a check time for the opening of the input set as an external alarm before the alarm trips Function 317 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP C167 C168 MULTIRAMP Inputs 0 gt Inactive 1 8 MDI MDI8 9 12 MPL1 MPL4 13 16 gt TFL1 TFL4 17 24 gt XMDI1 XMDI8 Peo Inactive Level ENGINEERING Address 1167 1168 This function allows selecting up to 4 acceleration deceleration ramps Each ramp has its own programming parameters see P009 P025 RAMPS MENU These 2 functions determine which of the 4 ramps is to be selected the active value 1 or inactive value 0 of each preset input signal determines a binary number with a bit RAO logic where Multiramp 0 is the less significant bit bit O and Multiramp 1 is the most significant bit bit 1 The ramps range from 1 to 4 for the selected ramp add 1 to the binary figure obtained If one of these functions is not programmed the relevant bit is zero 0 16 BREUCI 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is fitted Table 91 Multira
81. C044 C087 C130 Current Limit at Constant Rom 0 Disabled AGULLA 400 1 0 Min peak inverter Imot 400 0 IVE a 150 Level BASIC C044 ADVANCED C087 C130 LTC ed 1044 1087 1130 el GI F D This parameter defines the current limit at constant rpm it is expressed as a dies percentage of the rated current of the selected motor When this parameter is set to 0 Disabled no limit is applied The maximum allowable value depends on the drive size C045 C088 C131 Current Limit while Decelerating 0 Disabled Tag 0 400 1 1 0 Min peak inverter Imot 400 0 DJELE See Table 74 and Table 78 Level BASIC C045 ADVANCED C088 C131 ACCES 1045 1088 1131 edu GI F D This parameter defines the current limit while decelerating it is expressed as a AA percentage of the rated current of the selected motor When this parameter is set to 0 Disabled no limit is applied The maximum allowable value depends on the drive size C046 C089 C132 Current Limit Decrease in Flux Weakening 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Yo Disabled Level ADVANCED 0 1 LCCICSJ 1046 1089 1132 Control sp This parameter enables the current limit decrease function in flux weakening The current limit is multiplied by the ratio between the motor rated torque and the frequency forced to the drive limit current limit being used Fmot Fout Function 288 456 er on Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARR
82. C245 NO Prematurely disable the manual braking command to stop DC braking If the motor is still rotating it will start idling To restart the motor following the preset acceleration ramp simply disable and enable the START command see Figure 55 Speed 8 lnc f C220 Free wheel Spdl DCB Speed Level DCB H lt f Command ON OFF Start Command ON OFF P000355 b Figure 55 Manual DCB Example 2 Motor Speed DC Braking Manual DCB Command and START Command if t1 lt t and the control algorithm is either IFD Voltage Frequency or VTC VectorTorque when the Speed Searching Function is disabled 343 456 CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege IFD Control when the Speed Searching function is enabled C245 YES Prematurely disable the manual braking command to activate the Speed Searching function When the motor speed searching occurs the motor speed is increased depending on the preset acceleration ramp see Figure 56 Speed Ipc f C220 OFF Start Command ON OFF PO00356 b Figure 56 Manual DCB Example 3 Motor Speed DC Braking and Manual DCB Command and START Command if t1 lt t the control algorithm is IFD and the Speed Searching Function is enabled 344 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 38 2 List of Parameters C215 to C224 Table 101 List of parameters C215 to C224
83. Compensation Suppose that a sinusoidal filter is installed between the drive and the motor The drive output voltage is to be adjusted to compensate voltage drop due to the filter The feedback signal may be one of the following 1 one analog input connected to a signal proportional to the RMS voltage downstream of the filter obtained by transforming and rectifying one of the phases 2 two analog inputs connected to two signals obtained by transforming two of the phases and used by the system to compute the RMS voltage see measure M051a 44 5 1 Voltage Drop Compensation Feedback from Single Analog Input Suppose that a 0 10V voltage signal proportional to the RMS voltage downstream of the filter is available and that 50Vrms correspond to 1V This signal is fed back to analog input AIN1 Suppose that the rated motor voltage C019 is 400V Set the following in the PID CONFIGURATION MENU C285 Selection of PID reference n 1 9 V out C288 Selection of PID feedback n 1 2 AIN1 C291 PID control mode 1 Normal C294 PID action 3 Add Voltage Output Set the following in the INPUTS FOR REFERENCES MENU P055 Filtering time over AIN1 3 0 10V P057 Value of AIN1 input producing max reference 10 0V Set the following in the PID PARAMETERS MENU P236 Maximum PID output 100 00 P237 Minimum PID output 0 00 P240 PID proportional constan
84. Connect end echo time out 32 Connect end idle time out 64 Connect end term expired 8 10 Status of the connection via modem No conn Dialing Connecting Connected Attempt finished No data exchange Data exchanged No data exchange Data exchanged No connection Connection ONoOaRWN 13 Ethernet Oj Oj OVO AN O 14 15 Reserved In computer networking the Internet Protocol Control Protocol IPCP is a network control protocol for establishing and configuring Internet Protocol over a Point to Point Protocol link The IPCP configures enables and disables the IP protocol modules on both ends of the point to point link 74 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP 8 10 Digital Input Settings Menu This menu allows checking the functions assigned to the digital inputs Table 9 Coding of the functions assigned to the digital inputs STOP Stop function REVERSE Startup with negative speed EN S ENABLE in safety condition DISABLE Drive disable Mel Multispeed 0 MVel1 Multispeed 1 MVel2 Multispeed 2 MVel3 Multispeed 3 Cw CCw Reversal of the direction of rotation DCB DC braking UP Reference increase DOWN Reference decrease UDReset Reset of speed setpoint due to UP DOWN command Alarm 1 Auxiliary trip 1 Alarm 2 Aux
85. Constant Speed Nm 3200 Nm Note The actual range depends on the torque limit values set for the selected motor C047 C048 Motor 1 C090 C091 Motor 2 C133 C134 Motor 3 Active Active only when a torque reference is used for the selected motor Address Range 3200 digital This is the measure of the torque reference required at constant speed and expressed in Nm M008 Torque Demand Nm 32000 Nm Note The actual range depends on the rated torque and the torque limit values set for the selected motor C047 C048 Motor 1 C090 C091 Motor 2 C133 C134 Motor 3 Active Active for VTC and FOC controls only Address Range 32000 With speed control Torque demand of the speed regulator for the type of control used With torque control Torque reference processed with respect to the preset torque ramp time M009 Torque Generated by the Motor Nm EWG 32000 32000 Nm Active Active for VTC and FOC controls only Nolet 1659 JS Approximate value of the torque produced by the connected motor M010 Torque Reference at Constant RPM 500 Note The actual range depends on the torque limit values set for the selected motor C047 C048 Motor 1 C090 C091 Motor 2 C133 C134 Motor 3 Active Active only when a torque reference is used for the selected motor Address This is the measure of the torque reference required at constant speed and expressed as a percentage of the motor
86. Default 1 Mon This parameter can be viewed and changed only if the Data Logger ES851 is installed and activated R021 ENABLE Address 1237 PM 1053 Level ADVANCED JA This parameter sets the value of the day of the week to be changed 1 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 K Active C311 Day of the Month to be changed Range 1 31 days Default Level ADVANCED This parameter can be viewed and changed only if the Data Logger ES851 is installed and activated R021 ENABLE Address 1238 PM 1054 JA This parameter sets the value of the day of the month to be changed Active 390 456 er on Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP C312 Month to be changed January February March April May June July August September 10 October 11 November 12 December 1 January 0 00 10 gt ON eG Mere Default 1 Level ADVANCED This parameter can be viewed and changed only if the Data Logger ES851 is installed and activated RO21 ENABLE Address 1239 PM 1055 slillortci This parameter sets the value of the month to be changed Active C313 Year to be changed iru 2000 2099 2000 2099 years Ao Year 2000 Level ADVANCED This parameter can be viewed and changed only if the Data Logger ES851 is installed and activated RO21 ENABLE LEI 1240 PM 1056 Function This parameter sets the value of the year to be changed Active C314 Time hours to be changed UO 23 000s
87. ENABLE command then access the AUTOTUNE MENU and set 1073 1 Motor Tune and 1074 0 All Ctrl no rotation Use the ESC key to accept changes Close the ENABLE command and wait until tune is complete Warning W32 Open Enable is displayed The drive has computed and saved the values for C022 stator resistance and C023 leakage inductance If alarm A097 Motor Wires KO trips check the motor wiring If alarm A065 Autotune KO trips this means that the ENABLE command has opened before autotune was complete In this case reset the drive sending a command from terminal MDI3 or press the RESET key in the display keypad and perform the autotune procedure again 7 Overload Set parameters in the LIMITS MENU depending on the max desired current 8 Startup Activate the ENABLE input terminal 15 and the START input terminal 14 and send a speed reference the RUN LED and REF LED will come on and the motor will start Make sure that the motor is rotating in the correct direction If not select the Engineering Level P001 and set parameter C014 Phase Rotation to 1 Yes or open the ENABLE and START inputs remove voltage from the drive and after waiting at least 5 minutes reverse two of the motor phases 43 456 SINUS PENTA 9 Possible failures 10 Additional parameter modifications 11 Reset Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP If no failure occurred go to step 10 Otherwise check the drive co
88. Flip Flop P271 Motor Speed P273 gt P275 50rpm and assign the second condition to Test B representing the Reset command P272 Motor Speed P274 lt P276 5rpm A more detailed example is given at the end of this section hile Reset Di x 1 x o 0 Inanyothercase TI Ou a ee e Reset RS x 0 x o 1 Inanyothercase TI Ou ma ea e Reset Lan x 1 PX 10 0 Inanyothercase Qm a ee e Reset ino x 0 O x i10 1 Inanyothercase Qm 186 456 fis Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP A AND B The selected digital output enables when both conditions are true A XOR B The selected digital output enables when either one condition or the other is true but not when both conditions are true at a time A NOR B The selected digital output enables when no condition is true The NOR function between two variables corresponds to the AND of the same false variables i e A NOR B A AND B Test A Test B Output EAEN A NAND B The selected digital output enables when no condition is true or when only one of the two conditions is true The NAND function between two variables corresponds to the OR of the same false variables i e AJNAND B A OR B Test 1 Test2 Output NOTE This parameter can be accessed only if the operating mode of the selected digital output is gt 2 and lt 9 Ex
89. GROUP 5 0 gt Inactive 1 8 MDI1 MDI8 9 12 MPL1 MPLA 13 16 gt TFL1 TFL4 17 24 XMDI1 XMDI8 0 16 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is fitted mo Inactive Level Address Function ADVANCED This function is used for managing the PID regulator see the PID CONFIGURATION MENU When the terminal allocated to this function is activated the PID regulator can be disabled its output and its external variable are set to zero More precisely if the PID regulator is in External Out mode C294 0 when the PID DISABLE function is enabled the PID output is set to zero and the external variable regulated by the PID regulator feedback is no longer regulated by the PID regulator itself In Reference mode the PID DISABLE function disables the PID regulator as described above and switches the reference thus becoming the main active reference again C171a Input for PID Control Selection Default Level Address Function Function Default Level Address 0 gt Inactive 1 8 MDH MDI8 9 12 MPL1 MPLA 13 16 gt TFL1 TFL4 17 24 gt XMDI1 XMDI8 Inactive 0 16 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is fitted ENGINEERING This parameter pertains to the activation of the two PIDs or the 2 zone mode see the PID CONFIGURATION MENU It allows using the PID regulator outputs in different ways and allows disabling the 2 zone mode 0 gt Inactive 1 8 MDI1 MDI8 9 12
90. Limit e asa torque limit if C147 5 Serial Link NOTE It is expressed as a percentage of the rated motor torque Reference range If C047 lt C048 then Min torque C047 Max torque C048 If C047 gt C048 then Min torque C048 Max torque C047 If used as a torque limit its minimum value is internally dropped to 0 if the minimum torque value is lt 0 FIELDBUS For a description of the Fieldbus source see the FIELDBUS CONFIGURATION MENU KEYPAD The keypad is a special reference source The keypad reference may be changed with the A and YW keys only if this reference is on a Keypad page displaying a reference in line 4 If the keypad is enabled a variation to the active reference may be added through an algebraic sum calculated by processing the other reference sources that are activated NOTE at that moment The reference variation method can be selected with parameters P067 P068 P069 and C163 This function is the same as the UP and DOWN functions from the terminal board see the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU C161 and C162 and P068 P069 in the INPUTS FOR REFERENCES MENU The LOCAL mode that can be enabled with the LOC REM key on the keypad or with NOTE the LOCAL command function from terminal board see C180 forces the keypad to become the only command and reference source thus ignoring the values set in parameters C143 C144 C145 C146 295 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP ENCODER
91. MENU e The drive checked if R023 I O Board setting is set to 0 in the EXPANSION BOARD CONFIGURATION MENU Possible cause Solution Check settings and enter correct settings Event Wrong settings 425 456 SINUS PENTA A044 SW Overcurrent Description Event Possible cause PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP 5 SW Overcurrent Immediate current limit tripped e Abrupt variations of the connected load e Output short circuit or ground short circuit e Strong electromagnetic disturbance or radiated interference If alarm A044 tripped while accelerating e Too short acceleration ramp If alarm A044 tripped while decelerating e Too short deceleration ramp e Excessive gain of the current regulator P155 or too short integral time P156 when using the FOC control algorithm e Excessive gain of the speed regulator P128 or too short integral time P126 when using the VTC control algorithm Solution A045 Bypass Circuit Fault Description Event Possible cause Solution 426 456 1 Check if the drive and the motor are properly dimensioned with respect to the connected load 2 Make sure that no short circuit is to be found between two output phases terminals U V W or between one phase and the grounding Remove voltage from the motor set IFD control and operate the drive in no load conditions 3 Check if the command signals are sent to the drive using scre
92. Manual e 8 MDI Multifunction Digital Inputs 3 of them MDI6 MDI7 MDI8 are fast acquisition inputs allowing acquiring frequency signal or encoder signals D MDI6 can be used to acquire a frequency signal called FINA if used in conjunction with MDI7 it also allows acquiring a push pull encoder signal called Encoder A D MDI8 can be used to acquire a frequency input called FINB this avoids acquiring encoder B via ES836 or ES913 option board D 4 MDO Multifunction Digital Outputs MDO1 is a Push pull output MDO2 is an Open Collector output and MDO3 4 are relay outputs Electrical ratings of the control board inputs outputs are given in the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions Manual When programming e Analog Inputs see the INPUTS FOR REFERENCES MENU Analog Outputs see the ANALOG AND FREQUENCY OUTPUTS MENU Digital Inputs see the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU Digital Inputs used as Frequency Encoder Inputs see the ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU Multifunction Digital Outputs see the DIGITAL OUTPUTS MENU configured as 4 20mA The drive is factory set with the REF input configured as 0 10V and AIN1 AIN2 inputs CAUTION SW 1 dip switches which are located on the control board must be set as follows 29 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 3 REFERENCES AND FEEDBACKS The drive references are the following e Main speed torque reference e Speed torque limit reference e PID reference e PID feedback 3 1
93. O option board is available in the VIRTUAL DIGITAL OUTPUTS MPL MENU e The drive checked if R023 I O Board setting is set to 0 in the EXPANSION BOARD CONFIGURATION MENU Wrong settings Check settings and enter correct settings A059 Encoder Fault B 430 456 Description Event Possible cause Solution Motor speed measure error During the encoder tune a speed error measure occurred with respect to the estimated speed although the sign of the measured speed is consistent with the estimated speed e Incorrect parameterization of the encoder concerning the type and number of pulses rev e Voltage removed from one of the two encoders e Incorrect mounting of the encoders e Encoder failure 1 Check that the encoder parameters are ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU 2 Check that both encoders are properly connected 3 Check mounting of the encoders 4 Using an oscilloscope check that the encoder signals are correct correct see the PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS A060 No Current Fault FOC Description Event Possible cause Solution A061 A062 Serial Link Watchdog Description Event Possible cause Solution A064 Mains Loss Description Event Possible cause Solution SINUS PENTA 5 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP The error detected in FOC control by the current loop exceeds the max allowable value The FOC control detected a current regulation error
94. P244 1000 ms the PID regulator cycle will be executed every second and the output will be refreshed every second as well 20000 20000 200 00 ENGINEERING This parameter defines the min allowable value of the PID reference The PID references are to be considered as percentage values If analog references are selected P245 relates to the minimum value of the selected analog input Example Select AIN1 analog input as the PID reference and suppose that its max and min values are 10V and 10V respectively If P245 is 50 this means that the PID reference will be saturated at 50 for voltage values lower than 5V 200 00 100 00 10000 ENGINEERING 846 This parameter defines the max allowable value of the PID reference See the description of P245 20000 20000 200 00 ENGINEERING This parameter defines the min allowable value of the PID feedback See the description of P245 P248 Max Value of PID Feedback P248 Range Default Level Address Function 20000 20000 200 00 10000 ENGINEERING 100 00 This parameter defines the max allowable value of the PID feedback See the 174 456 description of P245 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus Enta CARRARO GROUP P249 PID Reference Ramp Up Time Range 0 32700 Function of P251 Default 0 Os Level ENGINEERING Address 849 This parameter defines the ramp up time
95. P271 DO Disable D1 Inverter Run Ok D2 Inverter Ok On i D3 Inverter Ok Off P278 Selected Quantity A e Logic Vector Selection P000260 B Figure 32 DIGITAL Mode 188 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus penta CARRARO GROUP Vector Selection A P000263 B Testing Quantity B Figure 33 ANALOG Mode Selected Quantity A Selected me Quantity B Function Vector Selection B P000261 B Figure 34 DOUBLE DIGITAL Mode 189 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO eg CARRARO GROUP P270 Vector Selection A Selected Test A Function Comparting value fo est B Out Test 2 Vector Selection B Selected Test B PO00262 B Figure 35 General structure of the parameterization of a digital output 190 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 24 5 Examples This section illustrates some examples A table stating the set up of the parameters used is given for each example Parameters highlighted in grey have no effect due to their preset selection Example 1 Digital output for Inverter Alarm digital command MDO3 digital output default setting Table 43 MDO parameterization for PD Status OK P288 MDO3 Digital output mode DIGITAL P289 MDOS Variable A selection D3 Inverter Alarm MDOS3 Variable C selection DO Disabled P295a P296 MDOS Output logic level FALSE The digital output status depe
96. P304 MDO4 Function applied to the result of the two tests A Set B Reset Rising Edge P304a MDO4 Variable C selection DO Disabled P304b MDO4 Function applied to the result of f A B and C test P305 MDO4 Output logic level TRUE The digital output energizes only if no alarm trips The torque demand is greater than P302 20 00 Set The digital output de energizes if an alarm trips or if the decelerating speed is lower than the speed value set in P303 50rpm Reset Motor Speed rom A 1500 BO ee eee ee ee ie eee v Torque Out A 100 50 20 Figure 37 Electromechanical brake command example Always use the NO contact of the digital output for the electromechanical brake CAUTION command BRIDGE CRANE MENU NOTE For details about the electromechanical brake used for lifting applications see also the 193 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP Example 5 Using the PWM Function Suppose that the motor of a machine tool is controlled by a drive The tool must be lubricated based on the cutting speed At max cutting speed the electrovalve controlling lubrication must work for 0 5 sec with a frequency of 1Hz time period of 1 sec at max speed a duty cycle of 50 Ton T is required with a time period of 1 second the time when the electrovalve opens is directly proportional to the cutting speed Spd1 is the max cutting speed and dtc1 is the duty cycle requir
97. PARAMETERS MENU 23 1 Overview This menu defines the parameters of the digital regulator PID2 as well as the parameters used in 2 zone mode To activate the PID2 regulator set C291a 7 2 PID PID CONFIGURATION MENU Once activated the PID2 regulator has the same functionality and operates in line with the standard PID PID PARAMETERS MENU The output of the standard PID regulator is algebraically summed with the output of the PID2 regulator Add 200 to the parameter codes pertaining to the standard PID to obtain the relevant parameter codes for PID2 Example P236 for standard PID corresponds to P436 for PID2 To enable the 2 zone mode set C291a 5 2 Zone MIN or 6 2 Zone MAX PID CONFIGURATION MENU Once the 2 zone mode is enabled the standard PID regulator operates on the system with the larger error minimum feedback in respect to its reference 2 Zone MIN or with the smaller error maximum feedback in respect to its reference 2 Zone MAX In 2 zone mode parameters P236 P260 pertain to the system where the error results from the reference selected with C285 and from the feedback selected with C288 whilst parameters P436 P460 pertain to the system where the error results from the reference selected with C286 and from the feedback selected with C289 NOTE The PID2 regulator is disabled when operating in 2 zone mode Please refer to the block diagram in Figure 63 178 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS 23 2 Z
98. Range 10 kHz 100 kHz Default 10 kHz Level ADVANCED Address 671 This parameter selects the value of the frequency input signal for minimum Function reference or better the reference set in C028xP071a Master mode or in C047xP071a Slave mode If motor 2 is active C071 and C090 will be used instead of C028 and C047 if motor 3 is active the values set in C114 and C133 will be used P071a Percentage of Speed Min Trq Min Producing Min Reference Y axis related to P071 S IER o 1000 100 0 DAEM 1000 100 0 P072 Value of FIN Producing Max Reference X axis lued 1000 10000 10 kHz 100 kHz 8 Ce 10000 100 kHz Level ADVANCED Address HEET 713 This parameter represents the min speed percentage or the min torque percentage for a torque reference to be used for the minimum reference set with P071 EAR ADVANCED This parameter selects the value of the frequency input signal for maximum reference or better the reference set in C029xP072a Master mode or in ASe CO48xP072a Slave mode If motor 2 is active C072 and C091 will be used instead of C029 and C048 if motor 3 is active the values set in C115 and C134 will be used P072a Percentage of Speed Max Trq Max Producing Max Reference Y axis related to P072 Range Default Level ADVANCED Address This parameter represents the max speed percentage or the max torque SSe percentage for a torque reference to be used for the m
99. SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP List of Parameters P436 to P460 Table 39 List of parameters P436 to P460 SINUS PENTA P436 Max value of PID2 output ENGINEERING 100 00 1346 P437 Min value of PID2 output ENGINEERING 100 00 1347 P437a Wake up Mode ENGINEERING 0 Disabled 1282 P437b Wake up Level ENGINEERING 0 00 1283 P438 Max value of PID2 integral term ENGINEERING 100 00 1348 P439 Max value of PID2 derivative term ENGINEERING 100 00 1349 P440 PID2 proportional constant ENGINEERING 1 000 1350 P441 Multiplicative factor of P440 ENGINEERING 0 1 0 1351 P442 PID2 Integral time multiples of P444 ENGINEERING 500 Tc ms 1352 P443 PID2 Derivative time multiples of P444 ENGINEERING 0 Tc ms 1353 P444 Cycle time of PID2 regulator Tc ENGINEERING 5 ms 1354 P445 Min allowable value of PID2 reference ENGINEERING 0 00 1355 P446 Max allowable value of PID2 reference ENGINEERING 100 00 1356 P447 Min allowable value of PID2 feedback ENGINEERING 0 00 1357 P448 Max allowable value of PID2 feedback ENGINEERING 100 00 1358 P449 PID2 reference ramp up time ENGINEERING Os 1359 P450 PID2 reference ramp down time ENGINEERING Os 1360 P451 Unit of measure of PID2 ramp ENGINEERING 1 0 1s 1361 P452 PID2 ramp start rounding off ENGINEERING 50 1362 P453 PID2 ramp end rounding off ENGINEERING 50 1363 P454 Integral term activation threshold ENGINEERING 0 00 1364 P455 START Disable de
100. SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 31 CARRIER FREQUENCY MENU 31 1 Overview The Carrier Frequency Menu sets some of the PWM modulation characteristics based on the preset type of control 31 1 1 IFD Control and VTC Control The IFD and VTC control algorithms allow gaining access to all the parameters included in the Carrier Frequency menu The user can set the minimum value and the maximum value of the switching carrier frequency and the number of pulses per period used to produce the output frequency when switching from min carrier frequency to max carrier frequency synchronous modulation The silent modulation function can also be enabled C004 31 1 2 Example IFD and VTC Setting two levels of carrier frequency and the number of pulses used for synchronous modulation A lower value for carrier frequency ensures a better performance of the motor but implies higher noise levels Suppose that the connected motor has a rated speed equal to 1500rpm at 50Hz and that you need the best performance up to 200rpm and a noiseless carrier frequency at max speed 3000rpm In this case the max speed of the drive will produce an output voltage with a frequency value equal to 100HZz in proximity to this speed the carrier frequency should be at its maximum level Suppose that a model implementing max 16kHz carrier frequency is used Assign the following C001 1600Hz C002 16000Hz C003 gt C002 100HZz 160 pulses per period
101. Saturation of the reference values depends on Min Speed and Max Speed parameters speed control and on Min Torque and Max Torque parameters torque control E g Motor 1 speed C028 for min speed C029 for max speed Motor 1 torque C047 for min torque C048 for max torque 35 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP FLOWCHART B Setting P000 Write Enable P001 Eng User Level Selecting the Reference Feedback The PID Configuration menu includes the parameters selecting the reference feedback source You can set up to three sources which are summed up to each other Forcing the Reference Feedback Sources Sources Sources REF Ref Analog Input Serial Link Reference from serial link AIN1 AIN1 Analog Input Fieldbus Reference from fieldbus AIN2 AIN2 Analog Input Keypad Ref from display keypad Pulse Input Frequency Input MDI8 Feedback reference only Encoder Encoder Input lout Output current Vout Output voltage Vdc DC bus voltage Pout Output power The reference scaling is obtained through the parameters included in the Reference menu _ Each source is assigned to a parameter setting No reference scaling is required References are its min value and max value for the min max expressed as a percentage As a feedback PID Reference Feedback value reference output current lout output voltage See the PID Parameters menu Vout DC bus voltage Vdc are available which Re
102. See Table 41 Pee 21 1 MDI Enable Level ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the digital signal used to calculate the value of MPL1 digital output AAO It selects an analog variable used to calculate the value of MPL1 digital output if one of the analog operating modes is selected Digital signals and analog variables are detailed in Table 41 P352 MPL1 Selecting Variable B S IS 0 119 See Table 41 Peo rr Jop Disable Level ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the second digital signal used to calculate the value of MPL41 digital output eil It selects an analog variable used to calculate the value of MPL1 digital input if one of the analog operating modes is selected Digital signals and analog variables are detailed in Table 41 230 456 er on Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP mo Level ADVANCED Nolo l t 953 This parameter defines the test to be performed for the variable detected by P351 using P355 as a comparing value P353 MPL1 Testing Variable A e gt D Wal x Function P354 MPL1 Testing Variable B Ed Le Default Level Address This parameter defines the test to be performed for the variable detected by P352 using P356 as a comparing value 320 00 320 00 Range 32000 32000 of the full scale value of selected variable A see Table de Default Level a Address AWA This parameter defines the comparing value with the selected variable for test A
103. VTC and FOC This parameter sets the time taken by the torque limit of the selected motor to Function go to zero from max value 289 456 CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO C050 C093 C136 Frequency Decrease during Acceleration Limit PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS 0 Enabled TEIGE i 1 Disabled Default 0 Enabled Level ADVANCED Address 1050 1093 1136 Control IFD Function This parameter enables output frequency decrease during acceleration limit connected to the drive the frequency decrease can lead to strong regeneration and DC bus Setting 1 Disabled is recommended for high inertia loads When high inertia loads are A NOTE voltage oscillations 290 456 er on Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 34 CONTROL METHOD MENU 34 1 Overview Please refer to the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions Manual for the hardware NOTE description of digital inputs COMMANDS and analog inputs REFERENCES See also the INPUTS FOR REFERENCES MENU and the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU The drive is factory set to receive digital commands via the terminal board the main speed reference is sent from the REF analog input and no external limit for torque limitation is enabled The parameters in this menu allow selecting the following D The source of the drive commands digital inputs from three signal sources through parameters C140 C141 C142 which are logically matched so as to obtain an ac
104. When C274 Enabled the thermal protection function is implemented from a PTC sensor the PTC alarm A055 trips when voltage acquired by AIN2 used as a PTC signal input exceeds a preset threshold value when the characteristic temperature is attained Alarm A055 can be reset only if temperature decreases by 5 with respect to the trip temperature 42 2 Choosing the Characteristic Parameters Parameter C266 relates to the instantaneous trip current that the internal thermal protection function will begin to monitor the current The default value of 105 is a typical value and it is usually unnecessary to change it The motor thermal time is specific to the motor design and it varies between different motor manufacturers If the motor thermal time is unknown the thermal time constant C267 can be set up as described in the sections below IEC Class Maximum Locked Rotor Time Basic and Maximum Locked Rotor Time Enhanced The first method is the most simple and gives an approximate result The other two methods are more complex but give more accurate results 42 2 1 IEC Class The motor can be protected as defined in the IEC 60947 4 1 standard for the thermal overload relays If the protection class is known in order to set up the thermal protection for a certain IEC trip class the value of C267 can be entered as IEC Class C267 s 10 360 20 720 30 1080 Table 105 Suggested values for
105. a CRC that is attached to the message by sending the less significant byte as the first byte Supported Functions 03h Read Holding Register Allows reading the register state of the slave device This function does not allow the broadcast mode address 0 Additional parameters are the address of the basic digital register to be read and the output number to be read QUERY RESPONSE Slave address 03h Function Register address high Register address low Register N high Register N low Error correction Slave address 03h Function Byte number Data Data Error correction 10h Preset Multiple Register Sets the state of multiple registers for the slave device In broadcast mode address 0 the state of those registers is set in all the connected slave devices Additional parameters are the basic register address the number of registers to be set the relevant value and the number of bytes used for the data items 398 456 QUERY Slave address 10h Function Register 1 addr Hi Register 1 addr Lo Register N Hi Register N Lo Byte number Data Hi Data Lo Data Hi Data Lo Error correction Slave address 10h Function Register 1 addr Hi Register 1 addr Lo Register N Hi Register N Lo Error correction fis Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP Error Messages If a message error is detected the inverter will send a message to the master
106. alarm 7 Ifthe alarm condition persists please contact Elettronica Santerno Customer Service A RESET command must be sent to reset the alarms tripped Do one of the following e Enable the RESET signal in MDI3 terminal in the hardware terminal board e Press the RESET key on the keypad e Enable the RESET MDIS3 signal in one of the virtual terminal boards enabled as remote control sources see the CONTROL METHOD MENU To activate the Autoreset function enable parameter C255 see the AUTORESET MENU the drive will automatically try to reset the alarms tripped 422 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP 56 3 Alarm List Table 122 List of the possible alarms A001 A032 vue Control board failure A033 TEXAS VER KO Incompatible Texas Software Version A039 FLASH KO Texas Flash not programmed A040 User Fault Alarm caused by the user A041 PWMA Fault General hardware fault from IGBT side A A042 Illegal XMDI in DGI Illegal configuration of XMDI in the Digital Inputs menu A043 False Interrupt Control board failure A044 SW OverCurrent Software overcurrent A045 Bypass Circuit Fault Fault of the precharge By Pass Bypass Connector Fault Precharge By Pass connector fault UnderVoltage OverVoltage Dc bus voltage lower than Vdc_min Dc bus voltage exceeding Vdc_max RAM Fault Control board failure PWMAO Fault Hardware Fault from IGBT converter side
107. analog inputs AIN1 and AIN2 Feedback sources 15 and 16 can be selected only after setting XAIN in parameter R023 0 Disable 1 Normal 2 Reverse 0 Disable ENGINEERING This parameter defines how to compute the PID output Three computing modes are available 0 Disable 1 Normal 2 Reverse If 0 Disable is selected the PID regulator is inactive and its output is always set to zero In Normal mode the real PID output is considered If 2 Reverse is selected the output actuated by the PID regulator results from the subtraction of the max output value set in P236 from the output obtained by the PID regulator This operating mode can be used for special applications see the Keeping Fluid Level Constant Example at the end of this chapter er on Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP _ eoo C291a PID Control Mode Standard SUM Standard DIFF Average Minimum Maximum 2 Zone MIN 2 Zone MAX 2 PIDs Standard SUM i rel KO TO Default Level ENGINEERING Address 1295 This parameter sets the PID control mode Functions 0 to 4 set the processing mode of the feedback signal as detailed below 1 If C179 Input for Source Selection 0 Disabled STANDARD SUM All the selected feedback signals are summed up STANDARD DIFF The sum of the selected feedback signals is subtracted from the feedback signal programmed in C288 AVERAGE The resultant of the feedback is given from the arithmetical average
108. and reference sources Example C179 MDI To select sources MDI6 C140 To select command source number 1 Keypad C141 To select command source number 2 Fieldbus C143 To select reference source number 1 AIN1 C144 To select reference source number 2 Fieldbus If MD16 in the drive terminal board set as a selector is open the drive will consider number 1 as reference and command sources that is C140 Keypad and C143 AIN1 if it is closed number 2 will be considered C141 Fieldbus and C144 Fieldbus See also How to Manage the Reference Sources If references sources 3 and 4 C145 and C146 are not set to Disable the reference sent for these sources shall be a sum of the source selected by MD16 vector Please refer to C179 in the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU 296 456 E d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 34 1 4 Torque Limit Source The source of the Torque Limit can be selected with parameter C147 The Torque limit function is a limit of the absolute value of the torque required from the drive Torque limit lt torque lt Torque limit The torque limit references may be selected from the following 0 Source disabled 1 REF single ended analog input from terminal board 2 AIN1 differential analog input from terminal board 3 AIN2 differential analog input from terminal board see also the ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU 4 FIN frequency input from terminal board 5 Serial link with MODBU
109. can write down any custom parameters in the table provided on the last pages of this Programming Manual If an alarm trips find the cause responsible for the alarm and reset the drive Enable input MDI3 terminal 16 for some time or press the RESET on the display keypad fice ial d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 8 MEASURES MENU 8 1 Overview The Measures Menu contains the variables measured by the drive that can be used by the user In the display keypad measures are divided into subgroups The measure subgroups are the following Motor Measures Menu This menu contains the values of the speed reference at constant rpm the values of the reference being used and the speed values of the connected motor expressed in rpm the drive rated frequency the torque reference at constant rom the torque demand and the motor torque output the torque limit reference at constant speed and the torque limit being used expressed both in Nm and as a percentage of the rated torque of the selected motor the flux reference and the electrical variables measured by the drive mains side the DC bus and output PID Controller Menu This menu contains the values relating to the PID controller of the Penta drive Digital Inputs Menu This menu contains the state of the drive digital inputs and the indication of the functions programmed for the digital inputs of the Penta drive References Menu This menu contains the following values analog ref
110. ceeeseeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeeneeetenaeeeeeeeeeeseeaeeesenaeeeeseneeeeeseneeeeenaaes 192 Figure 37 Electromechanical brake command example esseessesessrisssrisesrrrserrirerirrssiinustitnttirnnstinnntitnnntetnntiunntnnnnnnnnne 193 Figure 38 Block diagram of the virtual digital outputs ML 219 Figure 39 Example of MPL functionallity ccceeeeceeceseeceeeseneeeeneeceeeeseeeeeeaensenesaeaeeeeseeseseseeaeeeseeeeseseeeeseseesenseneneeseeenes 225 Figure 40 Carrier frequency example cceeeeeeneeeneeeeeeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeesaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeessaeeseaeessaeesiaeenaas 252 Figure 41 Equivalent circuit of the asynchronous machine 258 Figure 42 Types of programmable VI CUIVES eesecceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeetenaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaeeereaaeeseseneeeeeseaeeesenaeeeesenaeeseneneeenenaaes 259 Figure 43 Torque control with speed mn eee eeeeeceeesen eee cence ener eeeeneseaeeenesenceeeagesenesaueeeseseeseeeseeeeeesaeeseneeaeeeesenes 267 Figure 44 Current limit decreased based on the Carrier frequency ecceeeceseeeeeeeeteeeeeneeeeeeeesaeeeseaeeseeeeeeeeeieeeeneeenaes 286 Figure 45 Selecting the command eources attt attunt EnAE EAEE EAEENEANEEAEEAAEENNEEAEEEE EEEn En nenne naene 292 Figure 46 Selecting the source references eeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeteeeeeeeteneeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeesaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeescaeeseeeessaeeneaeensas 296 Figure 47 Inputs that can be selected to implement control F
111. command and wait until autotune is complete warning W32 Open Enable is displayed The drive has computed and saved the values for C022 and C023 If alarm A097 Motor wires KO trips check the motor wiring If alarm A065 Autotune KO trips this means that the ENABLE command has opened before autotune was completed In this case reset the drive sending a command from terminal MDI3 or press the RESET key in the display keypad and perform the autotune procedure again First remove the ENABLE command then access the AUTOTUNE MENU and set 1073 1 Motor Tune and 1074 1 FOC Auto no rotation Use the ESC key to accept changes Close the ENABLE command and wait until autotune is complete warning W32 Open Enable is displayed The drive has computed and saved the values for P155 and P156 If alarm A065 Autotune KO trips this means that the ENABLE command has opened before autotune was completed or that the autotune algorithm failed In this case reset the drive sending a command from terminal MDI3 or press the RESET key in the display keypad and perform the autotune procedure again If the ENABLE command was not opened before autotune was over decrease by 5 the no load current value set in C021 and perform autotune again PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS 9 Tuning the rotor time constant 10 Startup 11 Speed regulator adjustment 12 Possible failures Z SANTERNO sinus PENTA CARRARO GROUP Th
112. display keypad and the Drive representation RemoteDrive integer may be a decimal figure plus unit of measure Range Level User level BASIC ADVANCED ENGINEERING Glen ModBus address which the input can be read from written to integer Control This optional field is displayed when a parameter is not active for all types of motor controls IFD VTC FOC a llortei Input description Use the ESC key to enter the value of an Ixxx input NOTE If the SAVE ENTER key is used W17 SAVE IMPOSSIBLE warning is displayed When changing a Pxxx or Cxxx parameter via the display keypad you may activate its new value immediately flashing cursor or when you quit the programming mode fixed cursor Typically numeric parameters immediately come to effect while alphanumeric parameters have a delayed effect NOTE When changing a Pxxx or Cxxx parameter via the RemoteDrive the drive will immediately NOTE use the new parameter value gt gt 0 4 4 Alarms and Warnings The last part of this User Manual covers alarms Axxx and warnings Wxxx displayed by the drive Description Possible Solution 18 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 1 USING THE DISPLAY KEYPAD UNIT 1 1 Overview This section contains several examples about navigating in the display keypad unit and the UPLOAD and DOWNLOAD functions of the programming settings of the drive when using the keypad More details about the k
113. fans are switched off only if the heatsink AAO temperature drops below the value set in C264 Set Always ON for cooling fan continuous operation The real temperature of the heatsink can be displayed in measure parameter M064 This parameter has effect only for the Penta models where fans are controlled directly by AN NOTE the drive control board F as displayed on the Product screen in the PRODUCT MENU See Table 13 and Table 14 366 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus EnTA CARRARO GROUP C265 C268 C271 Thermal Protection Activation Disabled No Derating REUE ForcedCool Self cool Default Level BASIC C265 ADVANCED C268 C271 Address 1265 1268 1271 This parameter enables the Motor Thermal Protection function Ade tad It also selects the type of thermal protection among different trip patterns C266 C269 C272 Trip Current Range Default 105 Level ADVANCED Address 1266 1269 1272 Function This parameter sets the thermal protection trip current expressed as a percentage of the rated current of motor 1 2 3 1 min 120 Imax Imot 100 1 min 120 Imax Imot 100 105 C267 C270 C273 Thermal Time Constant Range 1 10 800s Default 720 Level BASIC C267 ADVANCED C270 C273 Address 1267 1270 1273 This parameter sets the thermal time constant of the connected motor The time constant is the time within
114. function example 133 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 18 2 List of Parameters P125 to P152 Table 27 List of parameters P125 to P152 P125 Mot1 Integral time for maximum error BASIC 500 ms 725 P126 Mot1 Integral time for minimum error BASIC 500 ms 726 P128 Mot1 Prop coefficient for minimum error BASIC 10 00 728 P129 Moti Prop coefficient for maximum error BASIC 10 00 729 P130 Moti Minimum error threshold BASIC 1 00 730 P131 Mot1 Maximum error threshold BASIC 1 00 731 P135 Mot2 Integral time for maximum error BASIC 500 ms 735 P136 Mot2 Integral time for minimum error BASIC 500 ms 736 P138 Mot2 Prop coefficient for minimum error BASIC 10 00 738 P139 Mot2 Prop coefficient for maximum error BASIC 10 00 739 P140 Mot2 Min error threshold BASIC 1 00 740 P141 Mot2 Max error threshold BASIC 1 00 741 P145 Mot3 Integral time for maximum error BASIC 500 ms 745 P146 Mot3 Integral time for minimum error BASIC 500 ms 746 P148 Mot3 Prop coefficient for minimum error BASIC 10 00 748 P149 Mot3 Prop coefficient for maximum error BASIC 10 00 749 P150 Mot3 Min error threshold BASIC 1 00 750 P151 Mot3 Max error threshold BASIC 1 00 751 Symmetry regulation of NEER P152 eer Soe ENGINEERING 0 752 P125 P135 P145 Integral Time for Maximum Error RECUO CE 1 32000 0 001 32 000 Disable ms Default 500 ms KOE BASIC 725 III 735 745 eco VTC and FOC
115. in the relevant section in the Installation Instructions Manual In MOTOR CONTROL MENU set the parameter relating to the speed feedback from encoder C012 Yes Access the AUTOTUNE MENU and set parameter 1073 Select Autotune Type as Encoder Tune Use the ESC key to confirm changes Close the ENABLE command and wait until encoder tune is complete W32 Open Enable is displayed Once encoder tune is complete the display will show one of the following messages W31 Encoder Ok the speed feedback is correct If the speed detected by the encoder is opposite to the desired speed the drive will automatically reverse the feedback sign parameter C199 A059 Encoder Fault the speed detected from the encoder is not consistent with the control speed Possible causes Wrong number of pls rev of the encoder Wrong power supply of the Encoder e g 5V instead of 24V check the encoder ratings and the position of jumpers and dip switches for the encoder supply in the optional encoder board Wrong configuration of the dip switches for the encoder selection push pull or line driver encoder in the optional encoder board No connection to the encoder channel check wiring At least one Encoder channel is faulty replace the encoder First remove the ENABLE command then access the MOTOR CONTROL MENU and set 1073 1 Motor Tune and 1074 0 All Ctrl no rotation Use the ESC key to accept changes Close the ENABLE
116. installed between the drive and the motor To do this set C285 C286 C287 9 Vout as a reference and C288 C289 C290 13 Vout measured as a feedback Two properly transformed phases are to be connected to analog inputs AIN1 and AIN2 downstream of the filter so that the actual value of the voltage value delivered to the motor can be used as a feedback Only when C285 C286 or C287 are 9 Vout the value percent of the PID output is to be considered as referred to the rated voltage See Example of Filter Voltage Drop Compensation below C294 Add Reference Full The regulator output is a correction of the speed torque reference of the connected motor depending on the type of reference configured for the active motor The value percent of the PID output is managed in the same way as C294 1 Reference and is summed to the main reference For example if a motor is speed controlled with C029 1500rpm considering the PID regulator output as null the reference is 400rpm if the PID output becomes 50 the total speed setpoint is 400 1500 50 100 1150rpm In that way if the PID output is other than zero the reference generated will be other than zero as well even if the main reference is null unlike what would happen if C294 2 Add Reference 378 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 44 4 Keeping Fluid Level Constant Example Sensor Level 4 20mA Figure 67 Keeping
117. lt Max C028 C029 Mot2 lt Max C071 C072 Mot3 lt Max C114 C115 If the output is a torque reference 100 is the max absolute value between the min limit and the max limit of the torque of the active motor Moti lt max C047 C048 Mot2 lt max C090 C091 Mot3 lt max C133 C134 C294 Add Reference The PID regulator output is a correction of the speed torque reference of the active motor depending on the type of reference configured when the motor is running The percentage value of the PID output relates to the instant value of the speed torque reference For example if the speed reference of the active motor is 800rpm and the PID output is ignored if TTT this drops to 50 the overall speed setpoint will be 800 800 50 100 1200rpm Therefore the PID regulator can never reversed the reference sign C294 Add Voltage Out This configuration is active only when the control algorithm of the active motor is IFD In this case the PID regulator output is a correction of the output voltage The percentage value of the PID output relates to the instant voltage value For example if a motor is operating in IFD mode and the drive output voltage is 200V rms at 25 Hz with PID Output 0 if PID Output drops to 10 the actual voltage will be 200 200 10 100 180V This configuration may also be used for voltage drop compensation on a filter if any
118. mA 20 0 mA if P050 1 20 mA BEWE 40 200 if PO50 2 4 0mA 20 0 mA if P050 2 4 20 mA O 100 if P050 3 0 0V 10 0V if P050 3 0 10 V 0 200 if PO50 4 0 0 mA 20 0 mA if P050 4 0 20 mA Default Level ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the value for REF input signal for minimum reference or better the reference set in C028xP051a Master mode or in C047xP051a Slave mode If motor 2 is active C071 and C090 will be used instead of C028 and C047 if motor 3 is active the values set in C114 and C133 will be used Function Default Level Address This parameter represents the min speed percentage or the min torque Function percentage for a torque reference to be used for the minimum reference set with P051 112 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP P052 Value of REF Input Producing Max Reference X axis 100 100 ifPO50 0 10 00V 10 0V if PO50 0 10V 200 200 if PO50 1 20 0 mA 20 0 mA if P050 1 20 mA SCDE 40 200 if P050 2 4 0mA 20 0 mA if P050 2 4 20 mA 0 100 ifPO50 3 0 0V 10 0V if PO050 3 0 10V 0 200 if PO50 4 0 0 mA 20 0 mA if P050 4 0 20 mA Default KHE ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the value for REF input signal for maximum reference or better the reference set in CO29xP052a Master mode or in C048xP052a Slave mode If motor 2 is active C072 and C091 will be used instead of C029 and C048 if motor 3 is acti
119. no need to switch off the drive 1 9 TX RX Key Download Upload from to the Keypad Use the keypad to perform the UPLOAD parameters stored in the drive are copied to the keypad and DOWNLOAD parameters stored in the keypad are copied to the drive functions Press the TX RX key to go to the UPLOAD page press the TX RX key again to toggle between the UPLOAD and DOWNLOAD pages A Warning is displayed one among W41 to W46 when trying to DOWNLOAD NOTE parameters to a drive whose SW Version IDP PIN or current voltage classes are different from those of the drive previously used for parameter UPLOAD In that case download is not allowed The DOWNLOAD function allows the parameters stored in the keypad to be copied to the drive However parameters are not stored to the non volatile memory of the drive d NOTE To store the downloaded parameters to the non volatile memory of the drive go to the EEPROM menu and execute a Save Work command once the download procedure is complete Otherwise when power is lost the parameters downloaded to the drive are lost The TX RX key is disabled under the following conditions e no password is entered in P000 e the OPERATOR mode is activated with the MENU Key P264b OPERATOR e the drive is running In the example below you can go to the UPLOAD page from any page the upper LED starts flashing If you then press the TX RX key you can go to the UPLOAD and DOWNLOAD pages Any page
120. of the PID regulator reference from 0 to the max allowable absolute value max P245 P246 P250 PID Reference Ramp Down Time Range 0 32700 Function of P251 Default Level ENGINEERING Address This parameter defines the ramp down time of the PID regulator reference from EE max allowable value max P245 P246 to 0 P251 Unit of measure of PID Ramp Default Level Address This parameter defines the unit of measure for the PID reference ramp times Function It defines the unit of measure for the time of the third ramp of the PID reference P249 and P250 so that the allowable range becomes Os 327000s Example 0 0 01 s 0 327 00 s 1 0 1s 0 3270 0 s 2 1 0s 0 32700 s 3 10 0s 0 327000 s Factory setting the PID reference ramp is zero if a given ramp time is set up the ramp will NOTE be rounded off 50 at the beginning and at the end of the ramp See parameters P252 and P253 175 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP P252 PID Ramp Start Rounding Off Range 0 100 Default 50 50 Level ENGINEERING Address 852 This parameter sets the time period of the rounding off applied to the first stage of the ramps It is expressed as a percentage of the ramp up down time Example ramp up of 5sec P252 50 means that the speed reference is limited in acceleration for the first 2 5 sec of the ramp up NOTE When P252 is used the preset ramp time i
121. of the full scale value of selected variable B See Table 41 Default RE Level ADVANCED Address AWA This parameter defines the comparing value with the variable selected for test B 204 456 CARRARO GROUP EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA P295 MDO3 Function Applied to the Result of the 2 Tests 0 A OR B 1 A SET B RESET 2 A AND B 3 A XOR B 4 A NOR B 5 A NAND B Range 12 6 A OR B 7 A OR B 8 A AND B 9 A AND B 10 A RESET B SET RISING EDGE 11 A SET B RESET FALLING EDGE 12 A RESET B SET FALLING EDGE o a Default Level ADVANCED Address 895 This parameter determines the logic function applied to the result of the two tests allowing calculating the output value Function P295a MDO3 Selecting Variable C pose WC See Table 41 Default o DO Disable Level ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the digital signal used to calculate the value of MDO3 elle ebe digital output The digital signals that can be selected are given in Table 41 P295b MDO3 Function Applied to the Result of f A B C OO Ol ON ESET C SET RISING EDGE SET C RESET FALLING EDGE Default 1 A SET B RESET Level ADVANCED Address This parameter determines the logic function applied to the result of the two tests allowing calculating the output value Function 205 456 SINUS PENTA P296 MDO3 Output Logic Level SANTERNO INSTRUCTIONS C
122. or DC Brake if the motor is not connected to the drive or if its current value is not compatible with the drive size LEG e One cable of the motor is disconnected UE e The motor size is too small if compared to the drive size 1 Check that motor cables are properly connected to terminals U V W Solution 2 Check the motor parameters perform autotune procedure again VTC and FOC controls Event A098 Illegal Motor Reutte A disabled motor has been selected e Motor 2 is enabled but only one motor can be enabled C009 1 see the MOTOR CONTROL MENU e Motor 3 is enabled but only 1 or 2 motors can be enabled C009 1 or 2 see the MOTOR CONTROL MENU e Incorrect setting in parameter C009 e Incorrect setting of the digital input parameters enabling the selection functions for motor 2 C173 and or motor 3 C174 1 Check and enter the correct value for C009 2 Check and enter the correct value for C173 C174 Solution 3 Check the status of the digital commands for terminals C173 and C174 If remote command sources are selected check the status of the commands that have been sent Event Possible cause 438 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP A099 Sensor 2 Fault Ree Sensor 2 fault Event Power heatsink overheated with cooling fan off see also A094 and A096 Possible cause Solution Please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer Service Failure in temperature control device and o
123. output P202 Min FOUT Value of Selected Variable 32000 32000 opi pi Range Depends on the value Fe T aca of the full scale value selected through P201 Default Level ADVANCED Address dall Minimum value of the selected variable 154 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP P203 Max FOUT Value of Selected Variable 32000 32000 Si A d Range Depends on the value Ee of the full scale value selected through P201 Default Level ADVANCED Address lol lp Maximum value of the selected variable P204 Min FOUT Output Value with Reference to P202 EE 1000 10000 10 00 100 00 kHz HS CU Iess 1000 10 00 kHz Level ADVANCED Address Minimum output value obtained when the minimum value of the variable set in UTA Dons is implemented P205 Min FOUT Output Value with Reference to P203 Range 10 00 100 00 kHz Default 100 00 kHz AR ADVANCED Address Maximum output value obtained when the maximum value of the variable set in Function P203 is implemented P206 Filter for FOUT Frequency Output G IE 0 65000 E 65 000 sec Default mn lo 000 sec Level ADVANCED Xe elf 806 AAO Value of the filter time constant applied to FOUT frequency output P207 AO Gain P208 AO2 Gain P209 AO3 Gain P210 AO1 Variable MODBUS Address RESERVED P211 AO2 Variable MODBUS Address P212 AO3 Variable MODBUS Address P213 Amplitude of Sinusoida
124. parameter for AC analog output and P185 and P193 for AO2 and AO3 respectively D Mode Sets the acquisition mode of the selected variable or as an absolute value and the type voltage current for the analog output If Mode Disable a different operating mode is activated for the analog output for which the represented variable is determined by the MODBUS address set in Address and the gain value set in Gain is applied P176 Mode P207 Gain P210 Address for AO1 P184 Mode P208 Gain P211 Address for AO2 P192 Mode P209 Gain P212 Address for AO3 e Val Min Out Min Defines the minimum saturation value of the variable to be represented and the corresponding value to be assigned to the analog output For values equal to or lower than Val Min Out Min will be assigned to the selected analog output For analog outputs AO AO2 and AO3 the following parameters will be used P178 P182 P186 P194 and P190 P198 for values Val Min Out Min e Val Max Out Max Defines the maximum saturation value of the variable to be represented and the corresponding value to be assigned to the analog output For values equal to or higher than Val Max Out Max will be assigned to the selected analog output For analog outputs AO AO2 and AO3 the following parameters will be used P179 P183 P187 P195 and P191 P199 for values Val Max Out Max D Offset Defines the offset value applied to the analog output Offset is se
125. parameters C140 C141 or C142 selects the terminal board 1 The commands for the External Alarm n 1 n 2 n 3 functions are always considered for NOTE the drive terminal board only gt gt gt The LOCAL mode that can be enabled with the LOC REM key from the keypad or with the LOCAL command function from the terminal board see C180 forces the keypad as the only command source thus ignoring the values set in parameters C140 C141 C142 The following functions are therefore enabled for the hardware terminal board External Alarm n 1 n 2 n 3 Motor Sel n 2 Motor Sel n 3 SLAVE Source Selection LOCAL and the ENABLE and RESET functions are always enabled for terminals MDI2 and MDI3 The ENABLE S and DISABLE functions are enabled in LOCAL mode if at least one of parameters C140 C141 C142 is set to 1 Terminal board NOTE gt Table 82 Remote command inputs from serial link i Remote virtual terminal board Bit input 0 1 for 8 bits 1406 1019 SAAR from serial link corresponding to MDI1 MDI8 oi Bit input 0 1 for 8 bits 1407 1020 Basic Auxiliary Virtual terminal board responding to XMDI1 from serial link XMDI8 Example If C140 3 Fieldbus and C141 2 Serial link the ENABLE command is sent by closing terminal MDI2 on the terminal board and AND by forcing bit MDI2 from the serial link on input 1019 MODBUS address 1406 and bit MDI2 from Fieldbus see the FIELDBUS CONFIGURA
126. profile The torque sign defines the running direction The sign of the speed reference determines which value percent is to be used C300 is for the positive sign C300a is for the negative sign C301 C301a Pretensioning Torque Time S IER o 32000 0 32000 ms Default Level ENGINEERING Xan 1301 1309 e Mm VTC and FOC Delay time passing between the start command and the speed ramp start Function During this time the motor torque output is set in C300 C300a to keep the load suspended C302 Closed Brake Input NO contact 0 gt Inactive 0 12 1 8 MDI1 MDI8 O 20 if ES847 or ES870 is 9 12 MPL1 MPLA installed 13 16 gt TFL1 TFL4 17 24 gt XMDI1 XMDI8 Default lO 0 gt Inactive Level ENGINEERING Address Control VTC and FOC This parameter determines the digital input assigned to the mechanical brake closure feedback NO contact which closes only when the brake is engaged When the brake closure is detected after a deceleration ramp the current required for motor fluxing is injected into the motor If no digital Function input is available for the detection of the brake closure set max time in C183 in order to avoid injecting current into the motor after the deceleration ramp When the motor is not running the START command is disabled and the speed setpoint is at zero for a time longer than the one set in C183 the drive will be put on standby 385 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO TORUNN
127. rated torque Function 53 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP M011 Torque Demand 500 Note The actual range depends on the torque limit values set for the Range 500 selected motor E C047 C048 Motor 1 C090 C091 Motor 2 C133 C134 Motor 3 Active Active for VTC and FOC controls only NTT 1661 With speed control Torque demand of the speed regulator expressed as a percentage of the motor rated torque With torque control Torque reference processed with respect to the preset torque ramp time and expressed as a reference of the motor rated torque Function M012 Torque Generated by the Motor Active Active only for VTC and FOC controls Address Approximate value of the torque produced by the motor and expressed as a percentage of the NEU rated torque of the selected motor M013 Torque Limit Demand before Ramps Nm 32000 Nm Note The actual range depends on the preset torque limit values and the rated torque of the selected motor C047 C048 Motor 1 C090 C091 Motor 2 C133 C134 Motor 3 Active Active for VTC and FOC controls only Address This is the limit value for the torque at constant speed If an external torque limit is used the digital Value of this measure is the torque limit obtained at constant speed on the other hand if the torque limit is internal to the drive this value is the actual torque limit expressed in Nm 32000 Nm Note The a
128. readout in the digital input set as a reference source see the ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU and the CONTROL METHOD MENU Function M051a RMS Input from AIN1 and AIN2 REUSE 0 32000 0 00 32 00 V This measure is active only when one of parameters C288 C289 C290 13 Vout Active measured Moreover the following requirement must be met P055 P060 0 10V Address RMS voltage measure obtained from the instantaneous values of AIN1 and AIN2 if these are EE two sinusoidal voltages having the same amplitude and frequency with 120 phase shift 67 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 8 6 Outputs Menu This menu allows checking the status of the digital outputs the analog outputs and the frequency outputs located in the terminal board M056 Digital Outputs eis Bit controlled measure See Table 4 Active Always active ek 1706 Function Status of digital outputs MDO1 4 and status of the precharge contactor Table 4 Coding of Measure M056 MDO1 FOUT MDO2 MDO3 MDO4 Status of the precharge contactor OO TGo ib l AcC M056a Virtual Digital Outputs BEULI Bit controlled measure See Table 5 Active Always active Address AUO Status of virtual digital outputs MPL1 4 Table 5 Coding of Measure M056a 0 MPL1 1 MPL2 2 MPL3 3 MPL4 M056b Timed Flags BEUL Bit controlled measure See Table 6 Active Always active Ad
129. reference C190 Number of Pls Rev for Encoder A Hange 256 10000 256 10000 pls rev Default 1024 Level Address AA Defines the number of pls rev for encoder A encoder in the terminal board C191 Number of Pls Rev for Encoder B Range 256 10000 pls rev Default 1024 Level Address Function Defines the number of pls rev for encoder B encoder that can be connected to ES836 option board C192 Timeout for Speed Alarm tel o 65000 0 00 650 00 sec Default 500 A ENGINEERING Address If the speed alarm C194 is enabled and the speed error exceeds the speed threshold C193 this parameter determines the speed error timeout Even if the JUA alarm speed is disabled time set in C192 and error threshold set in C193 are used to signal a speed searching error to digital outputs set with BRAKE or LIFT mode Digital outputs are then disabled 333 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP C193 Speed Error Threshold iirc o 32000 0 32000 rpm RICH GOO ENGINEERING Address If the speed alarm C194 is enabled this parameter determines the error Puncilan threshold for the speed error timeout C192 C194 Speed Error Enable 0 Disabled EI CR O 2 1 Enabled 2 Enabled except for torque limiting Default 1 Enabled Level ENGINEERING Address 1194 This parameter enables the speed tracking error alarm A080 1 Disabled In case of speed tracking error no alarm trips T
130. reference shown in line 4 on the Keypad Page 85 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP 11 4 List of Parameters P264 to P269b Table 16 List of parameters P264 to P269b P264 Navigation mode ADVANCED 0 BY MENU 864 P264a Circular navigation ADVANCED 1 YES 865 P264b Navigation mode with the MENU key ADVANCED 0 STANDARD 512 P265 Root page ADVANCED 3 Start Up 866 P266 _ Type of Keypad page in Local Mode ADVANCED 1 Ref Activated 511 P267 Preset PID units of measure ENGINEERING 0 Disable 867 P267a Custom PID units of measure ENGINEERING 1867 P267b Preset PID2 units of measure ENGINEERING 0 Disable 861 P267c Custom PID2 units of measure ENGINEERING K l 1869 P268 Measure n 1 on Root page ADVANCED M004 Motor Spd cannot be accessed P268y Scaling of Measure n 1 on Root page ADVANCED 100 00 515 P268a Measure n 2 on Root page ADVANCED M000 Speed Ref cannot be accessed P268z Scaling of Measure n 2 on Root page ADVANCED 100 00 516 P268b Measure n 1 on Keypad page ADVANCED M006 Mot Freq cannot be accessed P268c Measure n 2 on Keypad page ADVANCED M026 Motor Current cannot be accessed P268d Measure n 3 on Keypad page ADVANCED M004 Motor Spd cannot be accessed P268e Measure n 4 on Keypad page ADVANCED M000 Speed Ref cannot be accessed P269 _ Disable LO
131. references are at OV If the main reference shall start from 50rpm that is it can generate the minimum motor speed the following parameters shall be set accordingly P051a_ Percentage of Ref_Min producing Min Reference 50 0 P056a_ Percentage of Ref_Min producing Min Reference 50 0 In that way either references at OV will generate 50 of 50rpm i e 25rpm Their sum will be worth 50rpm at a minimum as required If the whole resolution of the references is to be exploited so that e at OV for both references the minimum speed is 50rpm e at 10V for both references the maximum speed is 1500rpm then the following shall be programmed P052a_ Percentage of Ref_Max producing Max Reference 50 0 P057a_ Percentage of Ref_Max producing Max Reference 50 0 In that way each reference will range from 25 to 750rpm and their sum will range from 50 and 1500rpm as required 298 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus EnTA CARRARO GROUP Example 2 Speed references alternatively selected The two REF analog inputs are to be used as alternative speed references The following parameters shall be programmed accordingly P050 Type of Reference for REF Input 3 0 10V P051 Value of REF Input producing Min Reference 0 0V P051a_ Percentage of Ref_Min producing Min Reference 100 0 P052 Value of REF Input producing Max Reference 10 0V P052a Percenta
132. resistor is 10Q 24 kW The max continuous duty for said resistor is 62s the braking period is then compatible with that rating Otherwise a higher rated resistor should be applied Parameter setting C210 With resistor C211 30s C212 50 Factory setting assumes that no braking resistor is provided In this case C210 sets promptness with respect to variations of DC bus for the deceleration ramp slowing down in order not to overload the bus capacitor bank If C210 is set to zero in FOC control deceleration slows down when given values of the voltage bar are reached depending on the drive voltage class If C210 is gt 0 DC bus voltage is controlled by considering the derivative of the bus voltage The higher the value in C210 the lower the values for voltage variation affecting deceleration ramp times NOTE The clamp transistor is not commanded if the drive is supplied from a Regenerative source see C008 xT Regen where x can be 2 4 5 or 6 336 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 37 2 List of Parameters C210 to C213 Table 100 List of parameters C210 to C213 Deet See Table 74 C210 Automatic extension of down ramp ENCE 1210 and Table 78 C211 Max time of continuous supply ENGINEEF ING 1211 2 00sec C212 Duty Cycle Braking Ton Toff Ton ENGINEERING 1212 10 Frequency variation for overvoltage ENGINEERING C213 compensation Smart Volta
133. respect to the rated motor voltage C019 C062 C105 C037 C080 C123 Boost1 Application Frequenc Default Level Address Control Function See Table 75 and Table 79 ADVANCED 1037 1080 1123 IFD Frequency for application of voltage Boost with parameter C036 for motor 1 parameter C079 for motor 2 and parameter C122 for motor 3 This is expressed as a percentage of the motor rated frequency C015 C058 C101 275 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO TORUNN CARRARO GROUP C038 C081 C124 Autoboost Default See Table 75 and Table 79 Level ADVANCED OCES 1038 1081 1124 Control Variable torque compensation expressed as a percentage of the motor rated AAO voltage The preset value expresses the voltage increase when the motor is running at its rated torque C039 C082 C125 Slip Compensation Range 0 200 0 Disabled 200 Default O 0 Disabled Ve ADVANCED OCES 1039 1082 1125 Control IFD This parameter represents the motor rated slip expressed as a value percent If set to 0 this function is disabled Function C040 C083 C126 Voltage Drop at Rated Current REUSE 0 500 0 50 0 Default i Level ADVANCED Address 1040 1083 1126 Control IFD Defines the increase in voltage in terms of the corresponding produced frequency when the current produced by the motor is greater than or equal to the rated current For example C040 10 Voltage drop at rated current Function C013 C
134. s structure is as follows error Get Point Measure integral_status integral_status error Ki Ts Output Kp error integral_status where Kp is the proportional coefficient Ki is the integral coefficient 1 Ti where Ti is the integral time Ts is the regulator operating time ranging from 200 to 400 microseconds based on carrier frequency This parameter is automatically computed and saved when the Autotuning procedure is performed see the AUTOTUNE MENU er on Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP P158 P165 P172 Flux Regulator Proportional Constant Range 0 65000 0 00 650 00 Default 0 0 00 Level ENGINEERING 758 Address 765 772 Control FOC Kp Proportional coefficient of PI flux regulator for motor n 1 P165 and P172 relate to motors 2 and 3 The regulator s structure is as follows error Get Point Measure integral_status integral_status error Ki Ts Output Kp error integral_status where Kp is the proportional coefficient Ki is the integral coefficient 1 Ti where Ti is the integral time Ts is the regulator operating time ranging from 200 to 400 microseconds based on carrier frequency Function fi P159 P166 P173 Flux Regulator Integral Time Range 1 32000 1 0 32000 Disabled Default 33 33 ms Level ENGINEERING 759 Address 766 773 Control FOC Ti Integral time of flux regulator PI for motor n 1 P166 and P173 relate to parameters 2 an
135. selected C010 0 e The output frequency exceeds 1Hz e Parameter C225 is set higher than 0 One or more electrical connection s to the motor phases U V W is are disconnected 1 Check circuitry continuity between the drive and the motor 2 If the alarm persists please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer Service PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA 56 4 List of the DRIVECOM Alarm Codes Z SANTERNO If a PROF Idrive expansion board is used see PROFIDRIVE BOARD CONFIGURATION MENU the Sinus Penta fault codes are also coded according to the DRIVECOM communication profile The specific code is readable address 947 of the specific PROFIDRIVE PARAMETERS see PROFldrive COMMUNICATIONS BOARD USER MANUAL The DRIVECOM User Group e V is an association of international drive manufacturers universities and institutes It has set itself a goal to develop a simple integration of drives in open automation systems The DRIVECOM User Group therefore decided to standardise the communication interface for accessing drives Also visit www drivecom org Table 123 List of the DRIVECOM alarm codes Code Meaning Sinus Penta Fault 0000 No malfunction A000 1000 General malfunction NoCurrent Fault A060 AutoTune Fault A065 No Output Phase A129 2000 Current 2300
136. send a RESET command 3 If the alarm persists please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer Service External PTC resistor tripped The drive detected the opening of the PTC connected to AIN2 input R gt 3600 ohm e Opening of the PTC due to motor overheating e Incorrect wiring of PTC e Incorrect setting of SW1 hardware switch on the control board see Installation Instructions Manual 1 Allow the motor to cool then reset the alarm 2 Make sure that the PTC is correctly connected to AIN2 analog input see Installation Instructions Manual 3 Make sure that SW1 hardware switch is correctly set 429 456 SINUS PENTA A056 PTC Short Circuit Description Event Possible cause Solution A057 Illegal XMDI in MPL Description Possible cause Solution PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS 5 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP External PTC resistor short circuit Detected the short circuit of the PTC connected to AIN2 input R lt 10 ohm e Shor circuit in the PTC e Incorrect wiring of PTC e Incorrect setting of SW1 hardware switch on the control board see Installation Instructions Manual 1 Make sure that the PTC is correctly connected to AIN2 analog input see Installation Instructions Manual 2 Make sure that SW1 hardware switch is correctly set Illegal configuration of XMDI in the Virtual Digital Outputs MPL Menu e The drive checked if at least one XMDI input from ES847 or ES870 I
137. sensitive to remarkable speed errors and less sensitive to negligible speed errors Factory setting because two identical error thresholds are set only two parameters are used P126 maximum integral time and P128 minimum proportional constant The setup of min integral time and max proportional constant is enabled provided that two different error thresholds are used Example P125 100 ms Minimum integral time for maximum error P126 500 ms Integral time for minimum error P128 10 00 Proportional constant for minimum error P129 25 00 Proportional constant for maximum error P130 2 Minimum error threshold P131 20 Maximum error threshold Errors P130 For speed errors lower than or equal to 2 of the motor rated speed the speed regulator adopts parameters P126 and P128 Error P131 If the speed error exceeds the second error threshold the speed regulator adopts parameters P125 and P129 P130 lt Error lt P131 When the speed error is included between the two error thresholds the speed regulator will use coefficients that are dynamically linked with the speed error see figure below Integral coefficient 1 P126 err P130 1 P125 1 P126 P131 P130 Proportional coefficient P128 err P130 P129 P128 P131 P130 Integral Proportional P000264 B coefficient coefficient 1 P125 P129 P128 1 P126 error error P130 P131 Irom P130 P131 ees Figure 14 Dual Parameterization
138. setting in parameter C291a PID Control Mode 3 4 PID Feedback Reference The PID feedback by default is the sum of the three sources programmed as feedback see parameters C288 C290 in the PID CONFIGURATION MENU Different types of PID feedback control Two PIDs and 2 zone mode are available based on the setting in parameter C291a PID Control Mode 30 456 fice Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 4 PROGRAMMABLE FUNCTIONS 4 1 Multimotor The Sinus Penta drive provides 3 separate sets of parameters allowing configuring three control algorithms for 3 types of motors e C009 Number of configured motors 2 e C173 Digital input for Motor 2 MDI6 When MDI6 is open the parameters relating to Motor 1 are used for the motor control when MDI6 is closed the parameters relating to Motor 2 are used for the motor control see the MOTOR CONFIGURATION MENU and the MULTISPEED MENU 4 2 Voltage Frequency Pattern When using a Volt Freq IFD control algorithm e g C010 V F IFD for Motor 1 you can select different types of V f patterns see the V f Pattern IFD Only section in the MOTOR CONFIGURATION MENU 4 3 Slip Compensation When using a Volt Freq IFD control algorithm e g C010 V F IFD for Motor 1 you can set the slip compensation function for a more accurate speed control see the Slip Compensation IFD Only section in the MOTOR CONFIGURATION MENU 4 4 Speed Searching When using a Volt Freq IFD control algorit
139. speed value and the actual speed value of the connected motor 261 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 32 1 8 Torque Control VTC and FOC Only VTC and FOC controls allow controlling the drive with a torque reference instead of a speed reference To do so set 1 Torque or 2 Torque with Speed Limit FOC only in the relevant parameter C011 for motor 1 C054 for motor 2 C097 for motor 3 In this way the main reference corresponds to the motor torque demand and may range from C047 to C048 Limits Menu for motor 1 minimum and maximum torque expressed as a percentage of the motor rated torque For motors 2 and 3 the parameters relating to min and max torque C090 C091 and C133 C134 are included in the Limits Menu 2 and Limits Menu 3 Using a 0020 drive connected to a 15kW motor C048 is factory set to 120 of the motor rated torque If the max reference is applied C143 REF the torque reference will be 120 If a 7 5kW motor is connected C048 may exceed 200 torque values exceeding 200 may be obtained based on the value set in C048 The motor rated torque results from the following formula C P o where P is the rated power expressed in W and o is the rated speed of rotation expressed in radiants sec Example the rated torque of a 15kW motor at 1420rpm is equal to 15000 C 100 9 Nm 1420 27 60 The starting torque is rated torque 120 121 1 Nm 262 456 PROGRAMMI
140. submenu in the Configuration menu The following options are available parameter C225 NO The function is disabled YES After the time set in C226 Power Down start delay starting from the instant when power down occurs a deceleration ramp takes place deceleration ramp in Power Down C227 The time period of the deceleration ramp can be user defined YES V In case of power down for a time longer than C226 the motor coasts to stop so that DC bus voltage value is kept constant at C230 To do so a PI proportional integral regulator is used which is adjusted through parameter C231 proportional term and C232 integral term Alarm In case of power down when the time set in C226 is over alarm A064 trips factory setting NOTE If the mains loss deactivates the ENABLE command the motor cannot coast to stop because the ENABLE command is required for the hardware enabling of IGBTs If a drive is DC powered by a Regenerative Penta or an equivalent drive stabilizing DC bus NOTE voltage Power Down cannot occur C008 xT Regen where x can be 2 4 5 or 6 Speed A p gt t DC bus 4 Voltage C230 GJ Let AC Mains A OK gt t lt gt lt C226 Extra Power Down Delay Deceleration P000357 b Figure 57 Power Down Example 347 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP The figure above illustrates the patterns of the motor speed and the DC b
141. system takes 100s to go from the max frequency to OHz Function The maximum frequency of the connected motor is given from the following formula fmax npoles x C029 2 x 60 AN NOTE The frequency decrease rate is not dependent on the preset ramp times NOTE When the Penta drive enters the current limitation mode the time the system takes for speed searching can be longer than the preset time C248 Current Used for Speed Searchin SEULE 20 Min lpeak inverter Imot 100 20 Min lpeak inverter Imot 100 Default 75 Level ENGINEERING DEIER 1248 Control F D Determines the max current level for speed searching it is expressed as a percentage of the rated motor current 0 Last speed 0 3 1 MaxSpd Last dir i 2 MaxSpd Pos Dir 3 MaxSpd Neg Dir 0 Last speed Function Default Level ENGINEERING Address 1249 ech F D Speed Searching starts according to the value set in C249 C249 0 Last Speed Value the last speed search value generated before disabling the system is used for speed searching C249 1 MaxSpd LastDir the max speed programmed for the motor in the last direction of rotation of the connected motor is produced C249 2 MaxSpd Pos Dir the speed searching function will begin with the max speed programmed for the motor in the positive direction of rotation independently of the last frequency value produced before disabling the drive C249 3 MaxSpd Neg Dir as 2
142. that multiramp digital inputs are set up and that ramp 2 is selected see the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU P013 Speed Ramp 2 Deceleration Time 0 327 00 s if P014 0 0 01 S 0 3270 0 s if P014 0 gt 0 1 s gange ee 0 32700 s if P014 0 gt 1 s 0 327000 s if P014 0 gt 10s Default See Table 74 and Table 78 ADVANCED Address 613 Function Same as ramp 1 see P010 NOTE Values for ramp 2 can be applied to the reference provided that multiramp digital inputs are set up and that ramp 2 is selected see the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU 97 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP P014 Speed Ramps 1 and 2 Time Unit of Measure 0 0 01s 150 15 BREUCI 0 3 231s 3 gt 10s Default See Table 74 and Table 78 Level ADVANCED Yo l EEEE 614 Defines the unit of measure for the time periods for speed ramp 1 P009 and P010 for speed ramp 2 P012 and P013 and for ramps in Fire Mode P032 and P033 The allowable programmable range may be extended from 0 s to 327000s Function E o P014 1 then P009 100 this means P009 100 x0 1s 10s P014 0 then P009 100 this means P009 100 x 0 01 s 1s P014 3 then POO9 100 this means P009 100 x 10s 1000 s P015 Speed Ramp 3 Acceleration Time 0 327 00 s if PO20 0 gt 0 01 s 0 3270 0 s if PO20 0 gt 0 1s gell O 32700 0 32700 s if P020 0 gt 1s 0 327000 s if P020 0 gt 10s Default See Table 74 and Table 78 Level ADVANCED Address AAO Same as ram
143. the WORK zone 1012 input also allows restoring the factory setting values for all parameters in the WORK zone 1 Restore back up 000443 2 Save back up DEFAULT BACK UP KEYPAD 4 Restore default Download from keypad Upload to keypad 419 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO TORUNN CARRARO GROUP 55 2 List of Inputs 1009 to 1012 Table 121 List of programmable inputs 1009 to 1012 1009 Parameter save 1396 1012 EEPROM control 1399 1009 Parameter save Range 131 2466 131 2466 This is not a parameter at power on and whenever the EEPROM command is Default f executed 1009 is set to zero Level Address Allows only one parameter to be saved to EEPROM AAO The value to be saved must be the same as the value set in the Address field of the parameter concerned 1012 EEPROM Control 0 No Command 2 Restore Backup 4 Save Backup 5 Save Work 11 Restore Default This is not a parameter at power on and whenever the EEPROM command is Default executed 1012 is set to zero Level BASIC Address 1399 This parameter saves and restores the entire set of parameters that can be accessed by the user Range 0 2 4 5 11 2 Restore Backup the parameters stored in the Backup zone are copied and stored in the WORK zone They represent the new RAM parameterization the previous RAM parameters are cleared Backup gt RAM Work 4 Save Back
144. the input is set to zero whenever the drive is powered on and whenever the command is executed Level Address 1073 selects the type of tune to perform If you select 1 Motor Tune 1074 sets different types of tune for current loops flux loops and speed loops and for the estimation of the motor ratings see Motor Autotune and Adjusting Loops If you select 2 Encoder Tune you can check the correct operation of the encoder used as a speed feedback see Checking the Encoder Operation Function 1074 Type of Motor Tune 0 All Auto no rotation 1 FOC Auto no rotation 2 FOC Auto rotation 3 VTC FOC Man rotation speed 4 FOC Man no rotation current 5 FOC Man no rotation flux Default This is not a programming parameter the input is set to zero whenever the drive is powered on and whenever the command is executed Level Address 1074 selects the type of autotune to perform if 1073 1 Motor Tune see section EH Motor Autotune and Adjusting Loops No changes can be made to 1073 and 1074 when the ENABLE signal is present If you NOTE attempt to change these values when ENABLE is active W34 ILLEGAL DATA warning appears Remove the ENABLE signal to set these values and activate the ENABLE signal to begin the selected autotune process NOTE If SAVE ENTER is pressed to store the changes made to 1073 and 1074 W17 SAVE IMPOSSIBLE warning appears Use the ESC key instead 251 456 SINUS PENTA Z
145. the max allowable value of the second range 700 rpm is higher than the min allowable value of the third range 650 rpm thus forming a prohibit speed range ranging from 600 rpm to 750 rpm 129 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 16 2 List of Parameters P105 to P108 Table 25 List of parameters P105 to P108 P105 Prohibit speed 1 P106 Prohibit speed 2 P107 Prohibit speed 3 G P108 Hysteresis band of prohibit speed ranges P105 P106 P107 Prohibit Speed 1 2 3 BREUCI 0 32000 0 32000 rpm Default O O rpm Level ADVANCED 705 Address 706 707 Determines the intermediate value of the first prohibit speed range This value is to Sleeve De Considered as an absolute value i e independent of the speed reference sign P108 Hysieresis band of Prohibit Soeed Ranges Range 0 5000 0 5000 rpm asi Ines Level ADVANCED III 708 AUA Sets the semi amplitude of the prohibit speed ranges 130 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 17 REFERENCE VARIATION PERCENT MENU 17 1 Overview The Reference Variation Percent Menu allows defining the variation values of the speed torque or PID instant reference to be entered through digital inputs that have been properly programmed As per the selection of the variation percentage programmed to the reference and given by the combination of digital inputs configured with paramete
146. the second command source and the second reference source programmed in the CONTROL METHOD MENU are considered C141 for command source n 2 and C144 for reference source n 2 as well as the second reference sources and feedback sources set in the PID CONFIGURATION MENU parameter C286 for reference source n 2 and parameter C289 for feedback source n 2 If set different from 0 Disabled reference sources n 3 C145 in the CONTROL METHOD MENU and C287 and C290 in the PID CONFIGURATION MENU and reference sources 4 C146 in the CONTROL METHOD MENU are always considered as summed up to the reference source selected by the source selector CAUTION 323 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO A CARRARO GROUP C180 LOC REM Input 0 gt Inactive 9 12 MPL1 MPL4 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is fitted 13 16 gt TFL1 TFL4 17 24 XMDI1 XMDI8 Default 7 MDI7 Level ADVANCED EIS 1180 The digital input set as a source selector is considered in the drive terminal board only not in the virtual terminal boards as Fieldbus or Serial Link see Command Sources The LOCAL mode can be enabled via the relevant digital input it ignores any enabling disable delay times set via software timers or by pressing the LOC REM key located on the display keypad Factory setting allows enabling the Local mode only when the drive is not running Settings may be changed through C148 Changeover from Remote to Local Command see the CONTROL METHOD MENU
147. to P229 Table 36 List of parameters P216 to P229 T1 Enable delay d P217 T1 Disable delay 0 0 817 P218 T2 Enable delay 0 0 818 P219 T2 Disable delay 0 0 819 P220 T3 Enable delay 0 0 820 P221 T3 Disable delay 0 0 821 P222 T4 Enable delay 0 0 822 P223 T4 Disable delay 0 0 823 P224 T5 Enable delay 0 0 824 P225 T5 Disable delay 0 0 825 P226 Timer assigned EE 0 No timer assigned 826 MDI1 4 Timer assigned to inputs S e P227 MDI5 8 0 No timer assigned 827 Timer assigned to outputs e P228 MDO1 4 0 No timer assigned 828 Timer assigned to virtual e P229 outputs MPL1 4 0 No timer assigned 829 P216 D Enable delay Pi Range 0 60000 0 0 6000 0 sec Default Level Address Function P217 D Disable delay P27 BREUCI Default Level Address Function ENGINEERING This parameter sets T1 enable time Using P226 or P227 if timer T1 is assigned to a digital input having a particular function P216 represents the delay occurring between the input closure and the function activation Use P228 to assign timer 1 to a digital output in that case the digital output energizing will be delayed according to the time set in P216 0 60000 0 0 6000 0 sec ENGINEERING This parameter sets T1 disabling time Using P226 or P227 if timer T1 is assigned to a digital input having a particular function
148. torque limit values set for the selected motor C047 C048 Motor 1 C090 C091 Motor 2 C133 C134 Motor 3 Active for VTC and FOC controls only Address AA This is the torque limit value being used expressed as a percentage of the motor rated torque M017 Flux Reference Range 0 500 Active Active for VTC and FOC controls only Address aA Flux reference required and expressed in Weber Wb 55 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP M026 Output Current 0 6553 5A Note The actual range depends on the drive size BREUCI 0 65535 Active Always active Address 1676 SEA Measure of the RMS of the output current M026a Motor Thermal Capacity REUSE 0 1000 0 0 100 0 Active Always active Address Heating of the connected motor This parameter indicates the current level of the motor heating following 12t pattern set in the MOTOR THERMAL PROTECTION MENU This value is expressed as a percentage of the allowable asymptotic value Function M027 Output Voltage i 0 65535 V gange 0269933 Note The actual range depends on the drive voltage class Active Always active Address AAO Measure of the RMS of the output voltage M028 Output Power 0 6553 5 kW SE Ge Note The actual range depends on the drive size Active Always active DEKIG IG c AA Measure of the active power produced by the drive M028a Energy Consumption Range 0 1000000000 0
149. value ABS LOWER Absolute value selected variable lt comparing value ABS LOWER THAN EQUAL TO Absolute value selected variable lt comparing value NOTE This parameter can be accessed only if the operating mode of the selected digital output is gt 2 Example MPL1 P350 gt 2 Operation on variable B digital output MPL1 2 3 4 P354 P363 P372 P381 If an analog variable is selected a logic TEST is performed to obtain a TRUE FALSE Boolean signal Eight different tests are available that can be performed for selected variable B and its comparing value B see Table 55 NOTE This parameter can be accessed only if the operating mode of the selected digital output is gt 2 and lt 9 Example MPL1 2 lt P350 lt 9 Reference threshold for P351 P360 P369 P378 in MPL1 2 3 4 P355 P364 P373 P382 Defines the comparing value of Test A with the first selected variable NOTE This parameter can be accessed only if the operating mode of the selected digital output is gt 2 Example MPL1 P350 gt 2 Reference threshold for P352 P361 P370 P379 in MPL1 2 3 4 P356 P365 P374 P383 Defines the comparing value of Test B with the first selected variable NOTE This parameter can be accessed only if the operating mode of the selected digital output is gt 2 Example MPL1 P350 gt 2 221 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP MPL1 Function applied to the result of Tests A and B P357 P3
150. was active before disabling the drive output current matches with the value set in C248 Time tz Output frequency is decremented following the ramp set in C247 for rotation speed searching Time t The connected motor accelerates following the acceleration ramp 354 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Fout Bee 10 tl 12 13 Motor A Speed Inverter A disabled Reset A ON OFF Enable A ON OFF 8 P000359 b Figure 59 Speed Searching Example 2 SINUS PENTA Frequency Motor Rpm Drive Lock RESET and ENABLE during Speed Searching C245 YES due to an Alarm Trip torr lt tssdis C246 or C246 0 NOTE If the Safety at Start function is disabled C181 Inactive it is not necessary to open and close the ENABLE contact Speed searching matches with the RESET command 355 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ee CARRARO GROUP 40 2 List of Parameters C245 to C250 Table 103 List of parameters C245 to C250 Speed Searching enable G Speed Searching disable if ENABLE is open C247 Speed Searching time as deceleration 8 10 ramp ee C248 Current used for Speed Searching SEI 1248 75 C249 Speed searching starting level 1249 Last speed C250 MDI for Speed Searching enable 1 JS 1250 0 Disable C245 Speed Searching Enable Range 0 No 1 Yes Default lo 0 No
151. 0 2209 L200 Fo lt OuJU0D Z 10 0 Aad M M CARRARO GROUP 690d 290d 6209 8Z09 L109 ONU0D 1010 SANTERNO lt Figure 7 Speed Reference computing Buyjeog 66 d 06 d del al Wa co1a s0ld Wa LS d s604 0804 he Ge Mate ES es von O BRYA uoneInes SOUSIOJOY ois UoneIneS ES UOISJOAU PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS UONIBJAS 1010 Sat Q 99000d JOJOW JOJOW o o C PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS uonenen umog dn uoleinbyuoo 1010 NMod dn d er VELO SELO E g u SUT 100 S e 1600 0600 lt AH MoMo Pd u eur 1010 A 690d 290d G A SHUT OION 8709 ZY09 Lu SHUT Joo 8 E rt DOUT uoneimes uoyeinjes O1JUOD 104 ndu buijeos D SANTERNO 66 d 06 d vZ0d 120d v90d 090d 9VLO SLO Ft EVO UOISJAAU SINUS PENTA Figure 8 Torque Reference computing 106 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus penta CARRARO GROUP 13 2 Scaling Analog Inputs REF AIN1 AIN2 NOTE Please refer to the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions Manual for hardware details about analog inputs Three analog inputs are available REF AIN1 AIN2 They can be voltage inputs or current inputs switching is made possible through hardware Dip Switch SW1 and software paramet
152. 0 IFD Level BASIC 1010 Address 1053 1096 This parameter sets the type of control algorithm to be used Type of controls 0 IFD MII control 1 VTC Sensorless Vector Torque control 2 FOC Field Oriented Control V f_control allows controlling the motor by producing voltage depending on frequency It is possible to configure several types of V f patterns see V f Pattern IFD Only Sensorless vector control processes the machine equations depending on the equivalent parameters of the asynchronous machine such as stator resistance and leakage inductance C022 C023 for motor 1 C065 C066 for Function motor 2 C108 C109 for motor 3 respectively and allows separating torque control from flux control with no need to use a transducer The drive can be then controlled with a torque reference instead of a speed reference Field oriented control is a closed loop control requiring a speed transducer to detect the position of the motor shaft instant by instant The machine equations depend on the following magnetizing current obtained from no load current C021 C064 for motor 2 and C107 for motor 3 mutual inductance C024 C067 for motor 2 and C110 for motor 3 rotor time constant C025 C068 for motor 2 and C111 for motor 3 The machine equations allow separating torque control from flux the drive can be controlled with a torque reference instead of a speed reference AN NOTE FOC control requires a speed transducer such as an encode
153. 0 P074 References input Parameters for changes made using the UP and DOWN keys Parameter for JOG reference setting Parameter for drive disabling in case of reference at min value P390 P399 References from Scaling parameters for references sent from analog inputs XAIN4 S option board XAIN5 P080 P098 Multispeed eege preset multispeed values to be selected through ooo MARIUS S E P105 P108 Prohibit Speed Parameters setting prohibit speed values P115 P121 Reference Variation Parameters setting slowing down values percent to be selected Percent through digital inputs C143 C146_ Control Method _ Parameters setting the reference source C011 C028 C029 Configuration of Motor 1 Configuration of Parameter setting the Master speed mode or the Slave torque C054 C071 C072 Motor 2 mode Parameters setting the min speed or the max speed Configuration of C097 C114 C115 Motor 3 C047 C048 Limit for Motor 1 C090 C091 Limit for Motor 2 Parameters setting the min torque and the max torque C133 C134 Limit for Motor 3 The following pages contain block diagrams illustrating speed reference processing Figure 7 and torque reference processing Figure 8 Menus and parameters used are also stated 104 456 UONIE aS JOJOW SA Q 299000d H deck 105 456 SINUS PENTA UOUEUEA umMog dn OulUOD JOJON 6009 NMOG dn GLLO YLLO 2600 OuJU0D 10
154. 0 rpm P083 Spd2 0 00 rpm P085 Spd3 0 00 rpm P087 Spd4 0 00 rpm P088 Spd5 0 00 rpm P089 Spd6 0 00 rpm P090 Spd7 0 00 rpm P091 Spd8 0 00 rpm P092 Spd9 0 00 rpm P093 Spd10 0 00 rpm P094 Spd11 0 00 rpm P095 Spd12 0 00 rpm P096 Spd13 0 00 rpm P097 Spd14 0 00 rom P098 Spd15 0 00 rom P099 FireM_Spd 750 00 rpm P100 Un Meas 0 0 01 rpm P08x P09x PID Multireference P080a Mref use PID 0 Preset Ref P081a Ref 1 PID 0 00 P082a Ref 2 PID 0 00 P083a Ref 3 PID 0 00 P084a Ref 4 PID 0 00 P085a Ref 5 PID 0 00 P086a Ref 6 PID 0 00 P087a Ref 7 PID 0 00 P099a FireM_Ref PID 0 00 P10x Prohibit Speeds P105 Velbp1 0 rpm P106 Velbp2 0 rpm P107 Velbp3 0 rpm P108 Bwbps O rpm P11x P12x Var Ref P115 VarPerc1 0 0 P116 VarPerc2 0 0 P117 VarPerc3 0 0 P118 VarPerc4 0 0 P119 VarPerc5 0 0 P120 VarPerc6 0 0 P121 VarPerc7 0 0 P12x P15x Speed Loop P125 Ti min M1 0 500 s P126 Ti max M1 0 500 s P128 Kp min M1 10 00 P129 Kp max M1 10 00 P130 Err min M1 1 00 P131 Err max M1 1 00 P135 Ti min M2 0 500 s P136 Ti max M2 0 500 s P138 Kp min M2 10 00 P139 Kp max M2 10 00 P140 Err min M2 1 00 P141 Err max M2 1 00 P145 Ti min M3 0 500 s P146 Ti max M3 0 500 s P148 Kp min M3 10 00 P149 Kp max M3 10 00 P150 Err min M3 1 00 P151 Err max M3 1 00 P152 curr_symm 0 P15x P17x FOC Regulator P155 Curr_Kp M1 3 00 P156 Curr_Ti M1 20 0 ms P158 Flux_Kp M1 0 00 P159 Flux_Ti M1 33 ms P162 Curr_Kp M2 3 00 P163 Curr_Ti M2 20 0 ms P165 Flux_Kp M2 0 00 P166 Flux_Ti M2 33 ms P1
155. 00 ccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeseeaaaeeeeeeeseeaaaeeeeeeesesccaeeeeeeeeseceqaeeeeeeeeeeesnaaees 123 Table 24 List of parameters PO80a P0998 ee ce eceeeeetecce eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeaaaeeeeeeeseeeaaaeeeeeeeseeceaaeeeeeeseeeqeaeeeeeeeeeeeneieeees 127 Table 25 List of parameters P105 to GA EE 130 Table 26 List of parameters P115 to P121 eccceccccccececcccee cece eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeceaaaeeeeeeeeeceaaaeeeeeeesesceaeeeseeeeeseccueeeeeeeeseeesnaaees 132 Table 277 List of parameters P125 to P52 irrino cehesstreasaseneeseyetsaxndnacddesdepantensepeuscauesteanadanatiesd EETA Ei aE Ra Eaa 134 Table 28 List of parameters P155 to P73 DEE 137 Table 29 Variables to be selected for the Analog and Frequency Outputs c cccceeeceeeeceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeneeeeeeseneeeeeeeeeaes 143 Table 30 Programming AO1 0 10V eececeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeseeeeceaeeeeeesaeeseeescaeeeeeeeseaeeseeeescaeeseeeessaeeseaeenaas 145 Table 31 Programming AO1 ABS 0 TOV en 145 Table 32 Programming AO1 ABS 0 10V eeeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeesaaeseeeeseaeseeeesaeeseeescaeeseeeesiaeeseeeesiaeeseeeenaas 146 Table 33 Programming AO1 ABS 0 10V eeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeesaeeeaeeeseaeeeeeescaeeeeeeseaeeseeeescaeeseeeesiaeeseeeenaas 147 Table 34 Programming AO1 10 147 Table 35 List of parameters P176 to P215 oo eeeceeceseeeeeenneeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeesaeeeeesaaeeeseaeeeeeesa
156. 010 Ramp 1 a al ES BE tO P010 Deceler If the ESC key is pressed to quit the new parameter value will be acknowledged but not saved to non volatile memory and will therefore be lost at power off Press SAVE ENTER to confirm parameter alteration 22 456 fia Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 1 4 Parameter Modification Factory setting allows parameter modification The parameters included in the Parameters Menu Pxxx parameters can be changed at any moment whereas the parameters included in the Configuration Menu Cxxx Rxxx Ixxx parameters can be changed only when the motor is stopped For safer operating conditions the configuration parameters must be changed only when the drive is disabled the ENABLE command is inactive to do so P003 must be set to 0 stand by only To disable parameter changes just change P000 write enable and save its new setting POOO and P002 password are both factory set to 1 H POOO 0 an inexpert user cannot change parameter values but if POOO 1 an advanced user will be able to change the parameter values For even safer operating conditions you can change the password stored in P002 in that case you must set P000 accordingly NOTE Note down and keep at hand the value set in P002 Press the SAVE ENTER key for parameter modifications when a flashing cursor appears p
157. 019 The value set in C038 is the voltage increase when the motor is running at its rated torque C017 Pn rated power of the connected motor 32 1 7 Slip Compensation IFD Only This function allows compensating the speed decrease of the asynchronous motor when the mechanical load increases slip compensation This is available for IFD control only The parameters relating to this function are included in the Motor Control Menu Configuration Menu Table 70 Parameters setting Slip Compensation IFD Control Rated voltage Rated voltage of the connected motor voltage rating C019 C062 C105 No load power Power absorbed by the motor when no load is connected to the C020 C063 C106 motor it is expressed as a percentage of the motor rated power Stator resistance Determines the resistance of the stator phases used to compute the C022 C065 C108 power consumption due to Joule effect Activation of slip compensation If other than zero this parameter enables slip compensation and C039 C082 C125 defines its relevant value Once the drive output power has been estimated and the power losses due to the Joule effect and to the mechanical parts depending on output voltage and no load power have been subtracted mechanical power is obtained Starting from mechanical power and the value set for slip compensation C039 for motor 1 you can obtain the increase of the output frequency limiting the error between the desired
158. 038 and M039 respectively 410 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 51 EXPANSION BOARD CONFIGURATION MENU 51 1 Overview Parameters in this menu are Rxxx parameters NOTE Once saved they are active only when the drive is next switched on or when the control board is reset by holding down the RESET key for more than 5 secs 51 2 List of Parameters R021 to R023 Table 116 List of parameters R021 to R023 Data Logger setting I O board setting 551 Disable None R021 Data Logger Setting R S 1 Disable ange 2 Enable oe EEE Level Address Function This parameter enables or disables Data Logger initialization if the Data Logger board is fitted R023 I O Board Setting 0 None 1 XMDI O Range d 2 XMDI O XAIN 3 XMDI O PT100 4 XMDI O XAIN PT100 Default Level ENGINEERING Address Based on the settings in the relevant parameter this parameter enables Function controlling digital I O XMDI O analog inputs XAIN and PT100 probes located on optional control boards NOTE ES847 is required to control analog inputs XAIN and PT100 probes Either ES847 or ES870 can be used to control digital I O XMDI O 411 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP 52 PROFIDRIVE BOARD CONFIGURATION MENU 52 1 Overview This menu allows programming the PROFIdrive expansion board It can be viewed only if the PROFIdrive board is connected to th
159. 1 Q Trq_Min C133 Trq_Max C134 Saturation 20 0MA 0 0mA Figure 9 Computing Speed Analog Reference from terminal board AIN1 P000332 B 108 456 eon Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP The figures below illustrate programming examples for REF analog input if motor 1 is selected and in MASTER mode speed reference Input type C029 P052a selection M037 Saturation Input type C028 P051a selection M037 C029 P052a P000333 B Figure 10 Computing Inputs REF 1 and 2 examples The setup in the first part of the figure is as follows P050 3 P051 1V P051a 100 P052 10V P052a 100 Speed_Min C028 100 rpm Speed_Max C029 1100 rom The setup in the second part of the figure is as follows P050 3 P051 1V P051a 100 P052 10V P052a 100 Speed_Min C028 1200 rpm Gpeed Max C029 400 rpm 109 456 CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ee Analog Input Speed Saturation Input type co29 P052a 4 M037 10 0V Offset Poet P052 P000334 B Figure 11 Computing REF Input Example 3 The Setup in Figure 11 is as follows P050 0 P051 5V P051a 100 P052 8V P052a 100 Speed Mim C028 300 rpm Speed_Max C029 1450 rpm 110 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS 13 3 List of Parameters P050 to P074a Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Table 22 List of parameters P050 to P074a SINUS PENT
160. 1 FALSE Pet FALSE Level Address XMDO4 digital output logic function to apply a logic reversal negation to the Silo Calculated output signal 0 FALSE a logic negation is applied 1 TRUE no negation is applied P314 XMDOS5 Signal Selection Range See Table 41 Default Tr Level ENGINEERING Address Selects the digital signal used to calculate the value of XMDO5 digital output It selects an analog variable used to calculate the value of XMDOS5 digital input if one of the analog operating modes is selected Digital signals and analog variables are detailed in Table 41 Function P315 XMDO5 Output Logic Level BREUCI Default Level Address XMDO5 digital output logic function to apply a logic reversal negation to the AA Calculated output signal 0 FALSE a logic negation is applied 1 TRUE no negation is applied 212 456 er on Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP P316 XMDO6 Signal Selection P316 Range See Table 41 En DO Disable Level ENGINEERING Address Selects the digital signal used to calculate the value of XMDO6 digital output It selects an analog variable used to calculate the value of XMDO6 digital input if one of the analog operating modes is selected Digital signals and analog variables are detailed in Table 41 Function P317 XMDO6 Output Logic Level Range Default Level Address XMDO6 digital output logic function to apply a logic reversal
161. 1 List of parameters P318 to P325 oo cccccceccccccneee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaaneeeeeeeseeaaaeeeeeeesesceaaeeeeeeeseseneueeeeeeeeeeeesueeees 214 Table 52 Gist of parameters P330 10 E EE 217 Table 53 List of Programmable Measures for P330 D i 218 Table 54 Digital Output MODES reisir aeria aa Ried eee aai er t ee es 220 Table 55 enale n ees dE EES AER ESEEE ER AE 221 12 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP Table 56 MPL parameterization for Dry RUN Detechon eeesceeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeeneeesenaeeeeseaeeeeeeaeeesesaeeeeseeeeeeseaeeerenaeeees 226 Table 57 MPL parameterization for Pipe Fill FUNCTION eee eeeseeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeseaeeeeseaeeeeeeaaeeeseaeeeeneaeeeessnneeerenaeeees 228 Table 58 List of parameters P350 to P385 ccccccccececscceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeaaeeeeeeeseeaaaeeeeeeesesecaeeeeeeeeeececueaeeeeeeeseesnaaees 229 Table 59 Analog input hardware mode 243 Table 60 List of parameters P390 10 OO crescini enemic ianea a Eae tue SpE eie r ea E EE eS 244 Table 61 Programmable Motor Tune functions ccccecceeeeeeeeceee eee eeeteeeeaeeeeeeeeseeaaaeeeeeeeseeceaaeeeeeeeseseceaaeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeees 249 Table 62 List of inputs 1073 d TE 251 Table 63 Maximum value of the output frequency depending on the Penta setze 253 Table 64 List of parameters C001 to COOL 254 Table 65 Description of the parameters classified by motor cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeesee
162. 1 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 10 PASSWORD AND USER LEVEL MENU 10 1 Overview The Password and User Level menu allows changing the programming parameters and sets their visibility P000 enables parameter modification P001 sets the user level P002 allows to change the password set in P000 P003 conditions required to change C parameters 10 2 List of Parameters P000 to P003 Table 15 List of parameters P000 to P003 Pool Programming level BASIC 0 Basic P002 Write enable password ENGINEERING 00001 Conditions required to change C Ee pada paramen ADVANCED StandBy Fluxing 509 P000 Write Enable Factory setting is P000 1 parameter write is enabled To access parameter P000 allowing parameter write access the Password and User Level Menu from the Parameters Menu ETG 00000 No 32767 PVE a 00001 Level Cannot be accessed via serial link Parameter write via serial link is always enabled Set the correct value in P000 to enable parameter write AA e The default password for POOO is 00001 You can enter a custom password in P002 Address 82 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus PENTA CARRARO GROUP P001 User Level 0 Basic 1 Advanced Range 0 2 2 Engineering Default lO 0 Basic Level BASIC Address The inverter programming parameters are grouped by access levels based on their functions more or less comple
163. 10 00 kHz 804 P205 eee FOUT output value with reference to ADVANCED 400 00 kHz 805 P206 Filter for FOUT frequency output ADVANCED 0 ms 806 P207 AO1 Gain ADVANCED 807 P208 AO2 Gain ADVANCED 808 P209 AOS Gain ADVANCED 809 P210 AO1 Variable MODBUS address ADVANCED RESERVED 810 P211 AO2 Variable MODBUS address ADVANCED 811 P212 AO3 Variable MODBUS address ADVANCED 812 P213 Amplitude of sinusoidal analog output signal ENGINEERING 100 0 813 P214 Frequency of sinusoidal analog output signal ENGINEERING 1 00 Hz 814 P215 Frequency of saw wave analog output signal ENGINEERING 1 00 Hz 815 148 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS P176 AO1Analog Output SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA Disabled 10V 0 10V 0 20mA 4 20MA ABS 0 10V ABS 0 20mA ABS 4 20mA Default Level Address Function In the example above A01 is set as a current input Contact 1 of SW2 dip switch is open contact 2 is closed NOTE Analog outputs are set as voltage outputs by default To set them as current outputs see the DIP switch configuration and follow the instructions displayed on the keypad or refer to the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions Manual P177 Selected Variable for AO1 Analog Output Range Default Level Address Function pT 0 69 Cd See Table 29 Motor speed ADVANCED Selects the variable to be allocated to AO1 digital output P178 Min v
164. 15 BEUC 32000 32000 32000 rpm SAT o 0 00 rpm From P081 to P085 BASIC From P087 to P098 ADVANCED LELIES 681 698 This parameter sets the multispeed output speed selected through the relevant digital inputs Table 90 The multispeed value is scaled based on the unit of elle tee measure set in P100 The reference resulting from the multispeed selected through the relevant digital inputs will be computed based on the setting of parameter P080 Level P099 Fire Mode Speed Range 32000 32000 32000 rpm Default 750 00 rpm Level ENGINEERING Address Determines the value of the output speed in Fire Mode The Fire Mode speed depends on the unit of measure programmed in P100 Function 124 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus Penta CARRARO GROUP P100 Multispeed Unit of Measure WIER 0 0 01 rpm Pee 21 0 rpm Level ADVANCED Address Determines the unit of measure considered for the 15 allowable multispeed values and the Fire Mode speed in P099 Function CAUTION When changing the unit of measure of the multispeed values in P100 the preset speed values for the multispeed and Fire Mode values will be RECOMPUTED 125 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO A Tone CARRARO GROUP 15 PID MULTIREFERENCES MENU 15 1 Overview This menu includes the parameters for the utilisation and allocation of PID Multireferences from digital inputs The reference sources are based on the se
165. 2 A RESET B SET FALLING EDGE Default OR B Level ADVANCED EICH 975 Function This parameter determines the logic function applied to the result of the two tests allowing calculating the output value 0 59 Cs See Table 41 Memo D0 Disable ADVANCED 936 This parameter selects the digital signal used to calculate the value of MPL3 digital output The digital signals that can be selected are given in see Table 41 lied to the Result of f A B C SE A B O A EREEREER az m Wa m o G Wa m 4 D D Z O m el O m C ADVANCED 937 This parameter determines the logic function applied to the result of the two tests allowing calculating the output value 238 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP P376 MPL3 Output Logic Level 0 TRUE 1 FALSE Default Level ADVANCED Address MPL3 digital output logic function to apply a logic reversal negation to the gilles Calculated output signal 0 FALSE a logic negation is applied 1 TRUE no negation is applied P377 MPL4 Digital Output Mode DISABLE DIGITAL DOUBLE DIGITAL ANALOG DOUBLE ANALOG DOUBLE FULL BRAKE ABS BRAKE ABS LIFT EI rr Jr DIGITAL Level ADVANCED Address This parameter defines the operating mode of virtual digital output 4 The Funcign different operating modes are described at the beginning of this chapter P378 MPL4 Selecting Var
166. 2 santerno com info santerno com SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP REVISION INDEX The following subjects covered in this User Manual Programming Instructions R 08 have been added changed or suppressed with respect to the previous version R 07 The following parameters and measures have been added M051a_ RMS Input from AIN1 and AIN2 P269b ESC key restores previous value C035a C078a C121a Application frequency of Boost C184a Disables external torque limit during fluxing C213 Frequency increase for overvoltage compensation C250 MDI enabling speed search functionality C303 Brake activation during tracking error The following selections have been added 2 Active except for torque limit in C194 Speed tracking alarm enable 9 V out in C285 C286 C287 Selection of PID reference n 1 2 3 13 Vout measured in C288 C289 C290 Feedback of PID reference n 1 2 3 The following alarm has been introduced A129 No Output Phase The following parameter selections have been added 61 PID2 Feedback PID2 Feedback 62 PID2 Error Error between PID2 reference and feedback 65 Actual current lv lv Output Current in Table 29 A129 PID2 REF PID2 Reference A130 PID2 RMP PID2 Set Point A131 PID2 Fok PID2 Feedback A132 PID2 Err Error between PID2 reference and feedback A133 PID2 Out PID2 Output A134 Torque Demand Torque demand percent A135 Actual Current lv lv Output Current in Table 41 The following
167. 200 is not set to DISABLE MDO1digital output is used as a frequency output NOTE and any MDO1 settings in the DIGITAL OUTPUTS MENU are ignored NJO 0 144 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS 5 20 2 2 Analog Output Programming Examples SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA This section contains a description of operating examples of the analog outputs obtained with different programming modes Example 1 Table 30 Programming AO1 0 10V P176 0 10V AO1 Analog output P177 1 Speed Selected variable for AO1 analog output P178 500 rpm Min value of AO1 selected variable P179 500 rpm Max value of AO1 selected variable P180 0 000 V AO1 Analog output offset P181 0 ms Filter for AO1 analog output P182 0 0 V Min AO1 output value with reference to P178 P183 10 0 V Max AO1 output value with reference to P179 Figure 17 Curve voltage speed implemented by AO1 Example 1 500 400 300 200 100 i D 100 200 300 400 500 rpm Example 2 Table 31 Programming AO1 ABS 0 10V P176 ABS 0 10V AO Analog output P177 1 Speed Selected variable for AO1 analog output P178 0 rpm Min value of AO1 selected variable P179 500 rpm Max value of AO1 selected variable P180 0 000 V AO1 Analog output offset P181 0 ms Filter for AO1 analog output P182 0 0 V Min AO1 output value with reference to P178 P183 10 0 V Max AO1 output value with reference to P179 145
168. 23 PID Out 931 P330 Third measure from the Fieldbus P331 Fourth measure from the Fieldbus P330 Third Measure from the Fieldbus Range See Table 53 Default M012 Torque Out Level ENGINEERING Address Function Third measure exchanged via Fieldbus P331 Fourth Measure from the Fieldbus EWG See Table 53 Default M022 PID Out Level ENGINEERING Address Function Fourth measure exchanged via Fieldbus 217 456 SINUS PENTA 218 456 ON Oa P GO Ms CO ZS P SA P P P Go Go oO GO GO Go Ga GO Go Ga MMMMhMMMMMM ch eh sch ch ch sch ch bh zb ch CO OD P Go Ms OO OO d o Oo P ON eh OO OO OD d o Oo P Go M s OO OO d OO FAWN O Z SANTERNO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP Table 53 List of Programmable Measures for P330 P331 NONE M000 Speed Ref M001 dcm Spd Ref M002 Ramp Out M003 dcm Rmp Out M004 Motor Speed M005 dcm Mot Spd M006 Mot Freq M007 Torq Ref M008 Torq Demand M009 Torq Out M010 Torq Ref M011 Torgq Dem M012 Torg Out M013 T Lim Ref M014 T Lim RmpOut M015 T Lim Ref M016 T Lim RmpOut M017 Flux Ref M018 PID Ref M019 PID RmpOut M020 PID Fbk M021 PID Err M022 PID Out M023 PID Ref M024 PID Fbk M056a Virtual Dig Out M026 Mot Current M027 Out Volt M028 Power Out M029 Vbus DC M030 V Mains M031 Delay Dig IN M032 Instant Do IN M033 Term Dig IN M034 Ser Dig IN M035 Fbus Dig IN M036 Aux Dig IN M037 Analog In REF M038
169. 283 MDO2 Testing Variable B G SOO BN O Default Level ADVANCED Address This parameter defines the test to be performed for the variable detected by P281 Fuman using P285 as a comparing value P284 MDO2 Comparing Value for Test A 320 00 320 00 gangs 32000 32000 of the full scale value of selected variable A see Table 41 Default 2000 Level ADVANCED Address AWA This parameter defines the comparing value with the selected variable for test A 320 00 320 00 RENEE 32000 32000 of the full scale value of selected variable B see Table 41 Default Level ADVANCED Address AWA This parameter defines the comparing value with the selected variable for test B 201 456 CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege P286 MDO2 Function Applied to the Result of the 2 Tests oe E DO SC 599652 H AND B RESET B SET RISING EDGE SET B RESET FALLING EDGE Gg B SET FALLING EDGE Default Level ADVANCED Address This parameter determines the logic function applied to the result of the two Function e tests allowing calculating the output value P286a MDO2 Selecting Variable C Range See Table 41 Default o DO Disable BE ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the digital signal used to calculate the value of MDO2 elle digital output The digital signals that can be selected are given in Table 41 P286b MDO2 Function Applied to the Result of f
170. 304b MDO4 Function Applied to the Result of f A B C RESET C SET RISING EDGE SET C RESET FALLING EDGE RESET C SET FALLING EDGE Default Level Address This parameter determines the logic function applied to the result of the two tests allowing calculating the output value Function 208 456 EA d P SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP P305 MDO4 Output Logic Level Range Default Level ADVANCED Address MDO4 digital output logic function to apply a logic reversal negation to the Function calculated output signal 0 FALSE a logic negation is applied 1 TRUE no negation is applied 209 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 25 AUXILIARY DIGITAL OUTPUTS MENU 25 1 Overview This menu includes the parameters allowing allocating the control functions implemented via the digital inputs located on I O expansion boards This menu can be viewed only after enabling data acquisition from the expansion boards 25 2 List of Parameters P306 to P317 Table 50 List of parameters P306 to P317 P306 XMDO1 Signal selection E NEEF A Disable 906 P307 XMDO1 Output logic level ENGIN 1 True 907 P308 XMDO2 Signal selection DO Disable 908 P309 XMDO2 Output logic level a 1 True 909 P310 XMDO3 Signal selection DO Disable 910 P311 XMDO3 Output logic level 1 T
171. 326 Mea4 Type 0 Disable P327 Offset Mea4 0 P33x Fieldbus Parameters P330 fbs_meas3 M012 Torq Out P331 fbs_meas4 M022 PID Out P35x P38x MPL P350 Out1 Mode 0 Disable P351 Out1Sel1 DO Disable P352 Out1Sel2 DO Disable P353 Out1 Test1 0 gt P354 Out1 Test2 0 gt P355 D01 ValTst1 0 P356 D01 ValTst2 0 P357 Out1 Func 0 A OR B P357a Out1Sel1 DO Disable P357b Out1 Func 0 A B OR C P358 Out1 Logic 1 True P359 Out2Mode 0 Disable P360 Out2Sel1 DO Disable P361 Out2Sel2 DO Disable P362 Out2 Test1 0 gt P363 Out2 Test2 0 gt P364 D02 ValTst1 0 P365 D02 ValTst2 0 P366 Out2Func 0 A OR B P366a Out2Sel1 DO Disable P366b Out2Func 0 A B OR C P367 Out2Logic 1 True P368 Out3Mode 0 Disable P369 Out3Sel1 DO Disable P370 Out3Sel2 DO Disable P371 Out3 Test 0 gt P372 Out3 Test2 0 gt P373 D03 ValTst1 0 P374 D03 ValTst2 0 P375 Out3Func 0 A OR B P375a Out3Sel1 DO Disable P375b Out3Func 0 A B OR C P376 Out3Logic 1 True P377 Out4Mode 0 Disable P378 Out4Sel1 DO Disable P379 Out4Sel2 DO Disable P380 Out4 Test 0 gt P381 Out4 Test2 0 gt P382 D04 ValTst1 0 P383 D04 ValTst2 0 P384 Out4Func 0 A OR B P384a Out4Sel1 DO Disable P384b Out4Func 0 A B OR C P385 Out4Logic 1 True P39x Auxiliary Reference P390 XAIN4 3 0 10V P391 XAIN4MIN 0 0 V P391a XAIN4MIN_ 100 P392 XAIN4MAX 10 0 V P392a XAIN4MAX_ 100 P393 XAIN4OFFS 0 000 V P394 TauFilt XAIN4 100 ms P395 XAIN5 2 4 20mA P396 XAIN5MIN 4 0 mA P396a XAIN5MIN_ 100 P
172. 35 C342 C349 C356 Second of Deactivation of the Timed Flag TFL1 TFL2 TFL3 TFL4 Default Level ADVANCED OCES 276 283 290 297 RA Sets the second of deactivation of the timed flag TFL1 TFL2 TFL3 TFL4 395 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP C336 C343 C350 C357 Days of the Week oi the Activation of the Timed Flag TFL1 TFL2 TFL3 TFL4 Range ee 1111111b inary Default Level ADVANCED Address 277 284 291 298 Sets the second of deactivation of the timed flag TFL1 TFL2 TFL3 TFL4 Every bit corresponds to a day of the week bit 1 corresponds to Monday bit 7 corresponds to Sunday Example SA 1111100 flag TLF1 will activate every day of the week but Saturday and Sunday 0000000 the flag will never activate 1111111 the flag will activate every day 396 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 48 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS 48 1 Overview The Sinus Penta drives may be connected to other devices through a serial link This allows reading and writing the parameters accessed through the remotable display keypad Elettronica Santerno also supplies the RemoteDrive software package allowing controlling the drive through a computer connected via serial link The RemoteDrive offers the following functionality image copy keypad emulation oscilloscope functions and multifunction tester data logger history data table compiler parameter setting and data reception transmiss
173. 362 B 4 Figure 65 PID ramp reference NOTE The PID2 ramp reference control is the same but parameters P2xx are replaced with parameters P4xx Block 5 PID regulators This is the real PID regulator Its output may be disabled by an external digital command if programmed with C171 If the PID regulator is used as a reference source and P255 P455 for PID2 is not set to zero the PID output value control is enabled If the PID output equals the preset minimum value for a time longer than P255 P455 for PID2 the drive is automatically put on stand by In the last block the PID output is applied to the function defined by the PID Action parameter C294 The PID regulator structure is detailed in the diagram below block 5 Da Ko P240 P241 SG Ti P242 td P243 Integ Ma PID Out Max P256 me oo ra am nt err e e Reference PID a 4 4 i P260 t PID Out P238 Desaturation Aua PID Out Min Feedback PID Ss gt 5 dt gt P000341 B Figure 66 Details of the PID regulator structure The PID2 structure is the same as the PID structure but parameters P2xx are replaced with NOTE P4xx and parameter C291 is replaced with parameter C291b Parameters C292 and C293 are in common for PID and PID2 Block 6 Digital input for PID control selection Block 6 activates only when both PIDs are enabled C291a 2 PID or when in 2 Zone mode C291a 2 Zone MIN or 2 Zone MAX 371 4
174. 397 XAIN5MAX 20 0 mA P397a XAIN5MAX_ 100 P398 XAIN5SOFFS 0 000 mA P399 TauFilt XAIN5 100 ms P43x P46x PID2 Parameters P436 PID2 Out Max 100 00 P437 PID2 Out Min 100 00 P437a Wake Up Mode 0 Disabled e Up 0 00 P438 Integ Max 100 00 P439 Der Max 100 00 P440 PID2 Kp 1 000 P441 PID2 KpMult 0 1 P442 PID2 Ti Tc 500 Tc P443 PID2 Td Tc OmTc P444 PID2 Tc 5 ms P445 P D2 Ref Min 0 00 P446 PID2 Ref Max 100 00 P447 PID2 Fdbk Min 0 00 P448 PID2 Fdbk Max 100 00 P449 PID2 Tup 0 00 s P450 PID2 Tdn 0 00 s P451 PID2 U Mea 1 0 15 P452 Rnd start 50 P453 Rnd stop 50 P454 Thresh Int 0 0 Refmax P455 Disab Time Disabled P456 Trate Lim 1 ms P457 GainScale 1 000 P460 GainAWUP 1 00 449 456 SINUS PENTA 5 E E Ee SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS C00x C00x Carrier Freq C001 Minimun Carrier NM C002 Maximum Carrier WM C003 Pulse Number 1 24 C004 Silent Modulation a C008 VmainsNom Ir C009 Mot Numb 1 C010 Ctrl Type Mi 0 IFD C011 RefMode M1 0 Speed C012 EncEnab Mi 0 No C013 v_f_mode1 IW C014 Phase Rot Mot1 0 No C015 Fmot M1 50 0 Hz C016 n mot M1 1420 rpm C017 Pmot M1 IW C018 Imot M1 N C019 Vmot M1 C020 P0 Mi 0 0 C021 i0 M1 0 C022 Rstat M1 C023 Ld Mi IW C024 Lm M1 250 00 mH C025 TauRot M1 0 ms C026 vdcFiltM1 Oms C028 nm
175. 5 C118 Reduction in Quadratic Torque Curve Range 0 100 0 Default Level ADVANCED Address 1032 1075 1118 Control If the V f curve pattern C013 C056 C099 Quadratic this parameter defines AA the maximum voltage reduction in terms of theoretical V f pattern which is implemented at the frequency programmed in C033 C076 C119 273 456 SINUS PENTA PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP C033 C076 C119 Frequency of Maximum Reduction in Quadratic Torque Curve Range 1 100 Default Level Address Control Function ADVANCED 1033 1076 1119 If the V f curve pattern C013 C056 C099 Quadratic this parameter defines the frequency implementing the max torque reduction in terms of theoretical V f pattern set in C032 C075 C120 C034 C077 C120 Voltage Preboost for IFD BREUCI Default Level Address Control Function See Table 75 and Table 79 1034 1077 1120 Torque compensation at minimum frequency produced by the drive IFD control determines the increase of the output voltage at OHz C034a C077a C120a VTC Torque Reference for Positive Reference Default Level Address Control Function BREUCI Default Level Address Control Function 274 456 50 0 50 0 VTC control determines the increase of the torque at low rpm with a positive speed torque reference 50 0 50 0 VTC control determines the increase
176. 5 SIM card PIN Key 0000 Parameter depending on the current size Parameter depending on the voltage class 454 456 R116 Preset Connections R11x Data Logger 0 Disable PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS 58 INDEX 2 2 ZONE gtt eege iad e lee eels 178 A ALARM CODES LIST 423 441 ALARMS AND WARNINGS 0 eee 421 ALTERNATIVE COMMAND AND REFERENCE e lien 32 296 ANALOG AND FREQUENCY OUTPUTS 140 ANTEWINDUP eee e ener eee seen tenets 169 APPUICATION A 80 AUTORESET oi ccccccstecceescenetiesccecteeccciers codvactenstentieanes 359 AUTOTUNE ig eg seessbaueaggc cs cvecdescanccrs rari isai 248 AUX REFERENGES AA 243 AUXILIARY DIGITAL OUTPUTS 0 ee 210 B BRAKING RESIS TANCE eee ee eet tees 336 BRIDGE CRANE 0 cesescesccesscteeeessencrnssenscenntetes 384 C CARRIER FREOUENCN cece eee eters 252 CHANGEOVER FROM REMOTE TO LOCAL CGOMMAND cece eee tees rene teeeteeeaetees 302 COMMAND GOUDCES tee tee teeeeeetees 292 CONTROL METHODEN 291 CONTROLLED STOP IN CASE OF POWER FAILURE EE 31 CURRENT BALANCING cece tee teeeeetees 133 CW CCW INPUT sesicstcsesecctsstecstasnesscetistssaiachisscziasiaes 315 D DATA LOGGER teeter teeter eeeeeneees 73 417 DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME eee 415 DG BRAKING egener eich 31 339 DC BRAKING AT START AND NON CONDENSING FUNCTION 8 osssiccsdesseacciccsesietescessthessiscadaoataceteentaes 339 DC BRAKING AT GTOP eee ete tee eter eeeeeees 341 DC BR
177. 56 PROGRAMMING SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP In Two PIDs mode if C171a 0 Disabled the PID output is summed with the PID2 output if C171a is enabled the logic state of the configured input determines which is the output of the PID regulator to be used 0 gt PID 1 PID2 In 2 zone mode if C171a is enabled when the selected input is activated the 2 zone mode MIN or MAX is disabled In that case the PID regulator always operates on the error resulting from C285 C288 and with parameters P2xx The PID regulator output may be used as D an external output D a speed torque reference of the drive e a speed torque reference increase or if the IFD control is used the PID regulator input may be used for correcting the output voltage If the PID regulator output is the speed reference of the drive the selected speed torque ramp is applied SERIAL LINK The Serial Link source is an input from the MODBUS link the reference value shall be written by the user to the following addresses Table 109 Reference sources from serial link 1418 1031 BASIC PID Reference PID reference value Set in P267 1420 1033 BASIC PID Feedback PID feedback value Set in P267 44 3 List of Parameters C285 to C294 Table 110 List of parameters C285 to C294 C285 Selection of PID reference n 1 ENGINEERING 1285 2 AIN1 C286 Selection of PID reference n 2 ENGINEER
178. 6 38400 bps R011 Time Added to 4byte time for Serial link 1 RJ45 ENGINEERING 598 2msec R012 Watchdog Time for Serial Link 1 RJ45 SE 599 0 0sec R013 Parity Bit for Serial Link 1 RJ45 NGINEERING 600 1 Disabled 2 Stop bit R001 Drive MODBUS Address for Serial Link 0 D9 pole Range 1 247 1 247 Default 1 1 Level ENGINEERING Address 588 This parameter determines the address assigned to the drive connected through RS485 of serial link 0 9 pole male D connector Function R002 Response Delay for Serial Link 0 D9 pole Default 5 Level ENGINEERING Range 1 1000 1 1000 msec Address This parameter determines the drive response delay after a master query sent PAA through serial link 0 9 pole male D connector R003 Baud Rate for Serial Link 0 D9 pole 1200 bps 2400 bps 4800 bps 9600 bps 19200 bps 38400 bps 57600 bps Gett BEE Level ENGINEERING Address This parameter determines the baud rate expressed in bits per second for serial WER link O 9 pole male D connector 401 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO Teen CARRARO GROUP R004 Time added to 4 Byte Time for Serial Link 0 D9 pole eet 1 10000 1 10000 msec Default 2 msec Level ENGINEERING Address This parameter determines the limit time when no character is received from serial Function link 0 9 pole male D
179. 6 is NOT Used e Encoder reading Digital inputs MDI6 and MDI7 are used for reading the two channels of a 24V push pull encoder powered directly by the Sinus Penta control board see the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions Manual No function can be programmed for MDI6 and MDI7 if you attempt to program MDI6 and MDI7 alarm A082 Illegal Encoder Configuration will trip when ENABLE closes e Reading a Frequency Input Digital inputs MDI6 or MDI8 can be used If MDI6 is programmed as a frequency input FINA with C189 no other function can be programmed otherwise alarm A100 MDIE6 Illegal Configuration trips when ENABLE closes If MDI8 is programmed as a frequency input FINB with C189 no other function can be allocated to MDI8 and ES836 or ES913 option board must not be applied to the power drive otherwise alarm A101 MDI8 Illegal Configuration trips when ENABLE closes e Reading a Frequency Input and an Encoder MDI6 and MDI7 are used to read the push pull encoder and MDI8 is used to read the frequency input The following alarms may trip e A082 Illegal Encoder Configuration if additional functions are allocated to MDI6 or MDI7 e A101 MDI8 Illegal Configuration if additional functions are allocated to MDI8 or if the power drive detects the presence of ES836 or or ES913 option board 328 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 36 1 2 When Using ES836 or ES913 e Reading 1 or 2 Encoders To read one Encode
180. 62a Percentage of Speed Min Trq Min Producing Max Reference Y axis related to P062 REW CE O 1000 100 0 Detauft Hd 100 0 Tee ADVANCED KIC 701 This parameter represents the max speed percentage or the min torque percentage for a torque reference to be used for the maximum reference set with P062 Function P063 Offset over AIN2 Input 10 00 V 10 00 V if PO60 0 03 200052000 20 00 mA 20 00 mA if PO6O 1 2 4 Geteu RE ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the offset correction value of AIN2 analog signal that has Function been measured The value set is added to the signal measured before saturation or conversion its unit of measure is the same as the one of the signal selected for AIN2 analog input 117 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP P064 Filtering Time over AIN2 Input elle Cl O 65000 0 65000ms Default Level Address Function 5 ADVANCED This parameter selects the value of the filter time constant of the first command applied to AIN2 input signal when the signal saturation and conversion is over P065 Minimum Reference and START Disabling Threshold leed O 32000 0 32000 rom Address NOTE NOTE Default Function 0 Orpm ADVANCED 665 If this parameter is other than zero the current speed reference computed when processing of all active source references is over it is saturated as an absolute
181. 66 P375 P384 A logic function is applied to the two Boolean signals obtained in order to obtain the output TRUE FALSE Boolean signal Six different tests may be performed for variable A using the comparing value and variable B A OR B The selected digital output is enabled when at least one of the two conditions below is true this function also allows enabling the selected digital input based on one test only A SET B RESET Rising Edge A RESET B SET Rising Edge A SET B RESET Falling Edge A RESET B SET Falling Edge The selected digital output is activated as the output of a Flip Flop Set Reset whose inputs are signal A and signal B This function can be used in case of hysteresis The status of the input Qn depends on the previous value Qn 1 and on the result of the two tests Signals A and B are considered only when passing from 0 1 Rising Edge or 1 0 Falling Edge and may be used both as Set and Reset command Example Suppose that the output enables only when the motor speed exceeds 50rpm and disables when the motor speed drops below 5 rpm To do so assign the first condition to Test A representing the Set command for Flip Flop P351 Motor Speed P353 gt P355 50rpm and assign the second condition to Test B representing the Reset command P352 Motor Speed P354 lt P356 5rpm A more detailed example is given at the end of this section Test A Set Test B mme o1 O ee
182. 69 Curr_Kp M3 3 00 P170 Curr_Ti M3 20 0 ms P172 Flux_Kp M3 0 00 P173 Flux_Ti M3 33 ms P17x P21x Analog Outputs P176 AO1 Mode 1 10V P177 AQ1 Sel 1 Motor Speed P178 AO1 Min 1500 000 rpm P179 AO1 Max 1500 000 rom P180 AO1 Offset 0 000 V P181 AQ1 Filt 0 000 s P182 AO1 Out_min 10 0 V P183 AO1 Out_max 10 0 V P184 AO2 Mode 1 10V P185 A0O2 Sel 2 Speed Ref P186 AO2 Min 1500 000 rpm P187 AO2 Max 1500 000 rpm P188 AO2 Offset 0 000 V P189 AO2 Filt 0 000 s P190 AO2 Out_min 10 0 V P191 AO2 Out_max 10 0 V P192 AO3 Mode 1 10V P193 AO3 Sel 5 Motor Current P194 AO3 Min 0 000 A P195 AO3 Max 36 000 A P196 AO3 Offset 0 000 V P197 AO3 Filt 0 000 s P198 AO3 Out min 10 0 V P199 AO3 Out_max 10 0 V P200 PulsOut Mode 0 Disabled P201 PlsOut Sel 1 Motor Speed P202 Pls Out Min 0 rpm P203 Pls Out Max 0 rpm P204 Pls Out Fmax 10 00 kHz P205 Pls Out Fmin 100 00 kHz P206 Pls Out Filt 0 000 s P207 AO1Gain P208 AO2Gain P209 AO3Gain RESERVED P210 AO1 Address RESERVED P211 AO2Address P212 AO3Address P213 Sin Amp 100 0 P214 Sin Freq 1 00 Hz P215 Saw Freq 1 000 Hz 447 456 SINUS PENTA 5 Lee Es SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS P21x P22x Timers P216 T1 delay On 0 0s P217 T1 delay Off 0 0s P218 T2 delay On 0 0s P219 T2 delay Off 0 0s P220 T3 delay On 0 0s P221 T3 delay Off 0
183. 74 MDO1 Testing variable B ABS x lt P275 MDO1 Comparing value for Test A 100 00 rpm P276 MDO1 Comparing value for Test B 20 00 rpm P277 MDO1 Function applied to the result of the two tests A Set B Reset Rising Edge P277a MDO1 Variable C selection DO Disabled P277b MDO1 Function applied to the result of f A B and C test P278 MDO1 Output logic level TRUE Both tests are performed over the motor speed P271 P272 are set to motor speed The values of reference for the two tests are 100rpm and 20rpm the function applied is Flip Flop Set Reset and the output is considered as a true logic Test A is the Set signal of the Flip Flop and Test B is the Reset signal Motor Speed rom A 100 20 20 100 Out em mm Figure 36 Digital output for speed thresholds example 192 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP Example 4 Digital output for electromechanical brake for lifting applications programming example related to MDO4 digital output Table 46 MDO parameterization for electromechanical brake command P297 MDO4 Digital output mode ABS BRAKE P298 MDO4 Variable A selection A81 Torque Output P299 MDO4 Variable B selection A71 Speed MEA P300 MDO4 Testing variable A gt P301 MDO4 Testing variable B lt P302 MDO4 Comparing value for Test A 20 00 P303 MDO4 Comparing value for Test B 50 00 rpm
184. 9 iinei dee EENS EEe ge aa e ania eaei Ee aetna 332 Table 98 Coding Of C189 imne niner anake e Eao aAA OA AEE EE AAE EAA O EE ENEE EAEE r OA 333 RRE ee le EOIR C199 EE 335 Table 1 00 Listiof parameters C210 to C212 2 i ccxedsos cecgadedcestsedtevdieaeis Aeceevesigadesigdtencsesdec sabe a a a aei pana a a iR AER E 337 Table 101 List of parameters C215 to 324 345 Table 102 List of parameters C225 to C235 E 349 Table 103 List of parameters C245 to C249 oo ecceeeceeeneeeeeeeceneeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseseeseeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaes 356 Table 104 List of parameters C255 to C258 cecceeeceeeseeeeneeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseseeseeeseeeseeeeeieeeeieeeenes 359 Table 105 Suggested values for the motor thermal time Constant 362 Table 106 Typical datasheet for 4 pole 50HZ 400V Motors 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeeeneeetenaeeeeeeneeeeesneeeeenaeeeeneeeeeeseneeesenaeeees 363 Table 107 List of parameters C264 10374 366 Table 1 08 Listof parameters C275 to C278 c ccciscce scaesvesessestengctescsaseadedenconeites gee a aaa N eine o a aaia 368 Table 109 Reference sources from Serial mk tutit tattu tnnt innnttEAAEEEAnEEnnntEnnnnnnntennnt ennan enne 372 Table 110 List of parameters C285 to C294 oo ceccscccccssscceseneeeeeeneeecesaeeeescaaeeeesaeeeseneeeeeueeeeesecaeeeseceeeeessneeeesseeeessneeees 372 Table 111 List of parameters C300 to C802 oo eeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeseaeeeeaeeseaee
185. 999 selected through P192 Default Level ADVANCED Address AWA Offset value applied to AO3 analog output P197 Filter for AO3 Analog Output EEU 0 65000 sec 0 000 65 000 sec Eo 0o00 sec Level ADVANCED Address JWA Value of the filter time constant applied to AO3 analog output 153 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP P198 Min AO3 Output Value with Reference to P194 100 100 Eessen 200 200 10 0 10 0 V Level ADVANCED Address Minimum output value obtained when the minimum value of the variable set in GH P194 is implemented P199 Max AO3 Output Value with Reference to P195 100 100 200 200 10 0 10 0 V Function according to 20 0 20 0 mA selection of P192 Default 100 Level ADVANCED Address Maximum output value obtained when the maximum value of the variable set in P195 is implemented P200 FOUT Output in MDO1 Frequency Function 0 Disabled Range 0 2 1 Pulse 2 ABS Pulse Default lO 0 Disabled Level ADVANCED Xe ele 800 RWA Selects the operating mode of FOUT frequency output When P200 is not set to DISABLE MDO1digital output is used as a frequency output NOTE and any settings for MDO1 in the DIGITAL OUTPUTS MENU are ignored P201 Selected Variable for FOUT Frequency Output Rene See Table 29 Default Motor speed Level ADVANCED Address AA Selects the variable to be allocated to FOUT frequency
186. A P050 Type of signal over REF input ADVANCED 3 0 10V 650 P051 Value of REF input producing min reference X axis ADVANCED 0 0V 651 Percentage of Speed_Min Trq_Min producing min 5 yale reference Y axis related to P051 ADVANCED 100 0 ia P052 Value of REF input producing max reference X axis ADVANCED 10 0V 652 Percentage of Speed _Max Trq_Max producing max 5 popes reference Y axis related to P052 ee l 100 0 ES P053 Offset over REF input ADVANCED OV 653 P054 Filtering time over REF input ADVANCED 5 ms 654 P055 Type of signal over AIN1 input ADVANCED 2 4 20mA 655 P056 Value of AIN1 input producing min reference X axis ADVANCED 4 0mA 656 Percentage of Speed_Min Trq_Min producing min 5 SEN reference Y axis related to P056 Ee oor 100 0 Bie P057 Value of AIN1 input producing max reference X axis ADVANCED 20 0mA 657 Percentage of Speed Max Trq_Max producing max 8 Ge reference Y axis related to P057 ADVANGEL 100 0 679 P058 Offset over AIN1 input ADVANCED OmA 658 P059 Filtering time over AIN1 input ADVANCED 5 ms 659 P060 Type of signal over AIN2 input ADVANCED 2 4 20mA 660 P061 Value of AIN2 input producing min reference X axis ADVANCED 4 0mA 661 Percentage of Speed_Min Trq_Min producing min 5 Po6t reference Y axis related to P061 Ee 100 0 are P062 Value of AIN2 input producing max reference X axis ADVANCED 20 0mA 662 Percentage of
187. A B C RESET RISING EDGE PI SET C AND C XOR C NOR C NAND C R C R C ND C VO OR C B O A AND OU RESET C SET RISING EDGE H A B A B A B A B A B A B A B f A B O A B AB 0 f A 3 1 HABISET C RESET FALLING EDGE 2 f A RESET C SET FALLING EDGE Default A SET B RESET Level ADVANCED Address This parameter determines the logic function applied to the result of the two Function uneto tests allowing calculating the output value 202 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS P287 MDO2 Output Logic Level Range Level Function P288 MDO3 Digital Output Mode Default Level Address Function P289 MDO3 Selecting Variable A Default Level Address Function P290 MDO3 Selecting Variable B P290 Range Default Level Function SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP Default ADVANCED Address MDO2 digital output logic function to apply a logic reversal negation to the calculated output signal 0 FALSE a logic negation is applied 1 TRUE no negation is applied DISABLE DIGITAL DOUBLE DIGITAL ANALOG DOUBLE ANALOG DOUBLE FULL BRAKE ABS BRAKE ABS LIFT o SOO Fe 2 Ne DIGITAL ADVANCED This parameter defines the operating mode of digital output 3 The different operating modes are described at the beginning of this chapter lo 119 See Table 41 D3 Inverter Alarm
188. AKING COMMAND SENT FROM TERMINAL BOARD nriran eae anna a enone 342 DEB INPUT iien EEN 316 DIGITAL INPUTS 25 i2icsese025ssccsctassts cesssaisesasteyeetienacs 303 DIGITAL OUTPUT MODE eee eee eee 181 DIGITAL OUTPUTS eee eects rece teeter teeetees 180 DIGITAL PID REGULATOR 0 eee ee eee 32 DISABLE INPUT A 314 DISABLE LOC REM FWD REV KEN 90 DISABLE RESET ALARMS ON MIDI 314 DISPLAYIRENDAD teeter teeter tee teeeteeee 19 DOWNLOAD UPLOAD FROM THE KEYPAD 26 DRIVECOM vai ccs sie a ee R 441 IlrAae DI 226 E EEPROM 25 geet ege ege egene geess 419 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF THE CONNECTED MOTOR eee ee eee eeeeee 257 SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP ENABLE erecta seater 306 ENABLE Sioa astesslcteeceeecteet austell a cca 325 ENABLE S INPUT cssssscccssssssssssssssseseessesecececssen 313 ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS sccccscssssccsesoee 328 EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT OF THE ASYNCHRONOUS DEENEN 258 EE 328 EE 243 296 411 EEN 73 417 Ee ee ete ee 411 SIK 328 EXPANSION BOARD 411 EXTERNAL ALARM INPUTS 317 EXTERNAL TORQUE LIMIT sssssssssssssseessecessecceeessen 38 F FAULT LIST ege 76 FEEDBACK FROM ENGODER 39 332 FIELD BUS cccccsnccsizsacsaasainsntencsvsnecoccstedasziseasssenanetscai 404 FIRE MODE eessen 33 78 FIRE MODE ENABLE NEU 326 FIRST STARTUP ooccccsccsssssscscscssssssssssssisisseeeeeesseceeeseee 43 FLUXING AT ACTIVATION 1s 15111011011101101 12111 1a 325 FLUXING MAX TIME ett 325 EE 47 256 FOC CUR
189. AR TIMERS PAR PID PARAMETERS PAR PID2 PARAMETERS PAR DIGITAL OUTPUTS PAR AUXILIARY DIGITAL OUTPUTS PAR PT100 MEASURE SETTINGS PAR FIELDBUS PARAMETERS PAR VIRTUAL DIGITAL OUTPUTS PAR INPUTS FOR REFERENCES FROM ES847 Figure 1 Menu Tree SINUS PENTA 21 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA 5 1 3 Navigation Figure 2 Navigation example Keypad ra INVERTER OK D INVERTER OK D INVERTER OK D INVERTER OK M00 0 00rpm gt MO00 0 00rpm gt MO0 0 00rpm SE MO00 0 00rpm MO02 0 00 rpm lt MO02 0 00 rpm M02 0 00 rpm M02 0 00 rpm MEA PAR CF IDP MEA PAR CF IDP CD MEA PAR CF IDP Cu MEA PAR CF IDP MEASURE MENU PARAMETERS MENU PRODUCT MENU M Parameters P Pars that can Language selection Cannot be changed be changed when the and Inverter data motor is running MEA PAR IDP SINUS PENTA MOTOR PASSWORD AND Start Up Menu MEASURES ACCESS LEVEL Press ENTER to start MEA PAR iDP PID REGULATOR DISPLAY KEYPAD PRODUCT SS Lies Access to Ramps P009 Acceler menu Ramp 1 10 00s Navigation within Ramps Ramp 1 menu gt 10 00s Access to P010 Deceler parameter Ramp 1 modification P01 Se odification P010 59K 10 00s Parameter P010 Deceler modification P
190. ARO GROUP C047 C090 C133 Minimum Torque Range 5000 5000 500 0 500 0 Default Level ADVANCED Address 1047 1090 1133 Control VTC and FOC This parameter sets the min limit of the torque demanded by the control being used Torque is expressed as a percentage of the rated torque of the selected motor If an external torque limit is set C147 in the CONTROL METHOD MENU the values set NOTE in the parameters above represent the range of the source used for limitation they can be reduced by adjusting the external source the torque ramp times set in the RAMPS MENU will be applied to the preset limit torque reference PO26 P027 C048 C091 C134 Maximum Torque Range 5000 5000 500 0 500 0 Default Level BASIC C048 ADVANCED C091 C134 Address 1048 1091 1134 Control VTC and FOC This parameter sets the max limit of the torque demanded by the control being lldortl USEC Torque is expressed as a percentage of the rated torque of the selected motor If an external torque limit is set C147 in the CONTROL METHOD MENU the values set in the NOTE parameters above represent the range of the source used for limitation the torque ramp times set in the RAMPS MENU will be applied to the preset limit torque reference PO26 P027 C049 C092 C135 Ramp Time for Torque Limit Range 10 30000 10 30000ms Default 50 Level ADVANCED Address 1049 1092 1135 Control
191. ARRARO GROUP Default Level Address Function MDO3 digital output logic function to apply a logic reversal negation to the calculated output signal 0 FALSE a logic negation is applied 1 TRUE P297 MDO4 Digital Output Mode Default Level Address Function P298 MDO4 Selecting Variable A Range Default Level Address Function no negation is applied DISABLE DIGITAL DOUBLE DIGITAL ANALOG DOUBLE ANALOG DOUBLE FULL BRAKE ABS BRAKE ABS LIFT DIGITAL ADVANCED This parameter defines the operating mode of digital output 4 The different operating modes are described at the beginning of this chapter 0 119 See Table 41 D1 Inverter Run Ok ADVANCED This parameter selects the digital signal used to calculate the value of MDO4 digital output It selects an analog variable used to calculate the value of MDO4 digital input if one of the analog operating modes is selected P299 MDO4 Selecting Variable B REUL Default Level Address Function Digital signals and analog variables are detailed in Table 41 0 119 See Table 41 D1 Inverter Run Ok ADVANCED This parameter selects the second digital signal used to calculate the value of MDO4 digital output It selects an analog variable used to calculate the value of MDO4 digital input if one of the analog operating modes is selected Digital signals and analog variables are detailed in Table 41
192. ART waiting for START in order to start When fluxing the RUN command was not given within the max time 33 DISABLE NO START set in C183 The drive is kept disabled until the RUN command is given 445 456 SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 57 CUSTOM PARAMETERS In the table below you can write down settings that are different from the default values POOx User Level P001 AcsLev 0 Basic P003 ModCmode 1 StandBy Fluxing Product P263 Lang 1 ENGLISH P26x Display P264 ModNav 0 Menu P264a ModNavMenu 1 Yes P264b ModMenu 0 Standard P265 FirstPage 3 Start Up P266 kpd_type 1 Ref Activated P267 umis1_PID 0 Disable P267a Custom PID units of measure P268 Measure n 1 on Root M004 P268y Scaling of 100 00 page Measure n 1 on Root page P268a Measure n 2 on Root M000 P268z Scaling of 100 00 page Measure n 2 on Root page P268b Measure n 1 on M006 P268c Measure n 2 on M026 Keypad page Keypad page P268d Measure n 3 on M004 P268e Measure n 4 on M000 Keypad page Keypad page P269 DisabKey1 0 No P269a DisabKey2 0 No P269b EscKeyFunc 0 No P00x P03x Ramps P009 Tup1 IN P010 Tdn1 NM P012 Tup2 P013 Tdn2 IT P014 Un Meas1 2 IT P015 Tup3 IT P016 Tdn3 P018 Tup4 E P019 Tdn4 E P020 Un Meas3 4 IW P021a Rnd Sel1 1 On P021b Rnd Sel2 1 On P021
193. ASIC OCES 730 740 750 eoii VTC and FOC This parameter determines the min error threshold ill In case of speed errors lower than or equal to the min threshold parameters P126 and P128 will be used P131 P141 P151 Max Error Threshold Range 0 32000 0 00 320 00 Default 1 um O 1 00 Level BASIC Xo leg 731 741 751 elle VTC and FOC This parameter sets the max error threshold Silo If P130 P131 or in case of speed errors greater than or equal to the max threshold parameters P125 and P129 will be used 135 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP P152 Symmetry Regulation of Three phase Current Default Level ENGINEERING Address This parameter affects three phase current balancing lies It must be used when dissymmetry of the motor currents occurs especially when no load currents are delivered and the motor rotates at low rpm 136 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS 19 FOC REGULATORS MENU 19 1 The FOC control has the same basic structure as that of any classic field oriented control Overview NOTE NOTE Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Please refer to the MOTOR CONFIGURATION MENU as well SINUS PENTA The inner loops of FOC control are two PI current regulators having the same parameterization The first regulator controls Iq torque current the second regulator controls Id flux current Iq Torque current is computed based on the required torque set point This m
194. Analog In AIN1 M039 Analog In AIN2 M040 Ser SpdRef M041 dcm Ser SpdRef M042 Fbus SpdRef M043 dcm Fbus SpdRef M044 Ser TrqLimRef 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 M045 Fbus TrqLimRef M046 SerPID Ref M047 FbusPID Ref M048 SerPID Fbk M049 FbusPID Fbk M050 Encoder Ref M051 Freq In Ref M052 Op Time Lo M053 Op Time Hi M054 Sply Time Lo M055 Sply Time Hi M056 Digital Out M057 Freq Out M058 Analog Out AO1 M059 Analog Out AO2 M060 Analog Out AO3 M061 Aux Dig OUT M062 Amb Temp M036a Aux Ser Dig IN M064 Hts Temp M065 OP Counter M066 SP Counter M036b Aux FBus Dig IN M022a PID2 Out M069 PT100 Temp 1 M070 PT100 Temp 2 M071 PT100 Temp 3 M072 PT100 Temp 4 M026a I2t M039a Analog In XAIN4 M039b Analog In XAIN5 M018a PID2 Ref M019a PID2 RmpOut M020a PID2 Fbk M021a PID2 Err M023a PID2 Ref M024a PID2 Fbk M089 Status Mo90 Alarm fics Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 28 VIRTUAL DIGITAL OUTPUTS MPL MENU 28 1 Overview The Virtual Digital Outputs menu includes the parameters allowing configuring the virtual digital outputs MPL1 4 of the Sinus Penta drive Virtual digital outputs are logic blocks no hardware output is provided allocating more complex logic functions to outputs MDO1 4 MPL virtual outputs can be feedbacked at the input of a new block
195. Analog Output Disabled 10V 0 10V 0 20mA 4 20MA ABS 0 10V ABS 0 20mA ABS 4 20mA N INOORWMAO 152 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP NOTE see the DIP switch configuration and follow the instructions displayed on the keypad or Analog outputs are set as voltage outputs by default To set them as current outputs M i refer to the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions Manual P193 Selected Variable for AO3 Analog Output Default 5 Motor current Level ADVANCED DEITZ 793 AWA Selects the variable to be allocated to AO3 analog output P194 Min Value of AO3 Selected Variable 320 00 320 00 of the full scale value 320 00 320 00 of the full scale value Depends on the value See Table 29 selected through P193 ADVANCED Address Minimum value of the variable selected via P193 corresponding to the min Gelee output value of ACS set in P198 P195 Max Value of AO3 Selected Variable 320 00 320 00 SE S Range Depends on the value 320 00 320 00 of the full scale value selected through P193 See Table 29 Max drive current depending on the drive size see sists Table 73 and Table 77 Level ADVANCED Address Maximum value of the variable selected via P193 corresponding to the max Gadder output value of AOS set in P199 P196 AO3 Analog Output Offset 9999 9999 S IS Depends on the value 9 999 9
196. Brazil 3702 third Sunday in February Active If the first digit of the parameter is higher than or equal to 6 The first two digits WD correspond to the day of the month when the DST starts added to 60 61 corresponds to 1 91 corresponds to 31 The third and fourth digit MM indicate the start month 01 corresponds to January 12 corresponds to December Example 6110 1 October R053 DST End HHMM Hour Minutes Range 100 2400 100 2400 Default Level ENGINEERING This parameter can be viewed and changed only if the Data Logger ES851 is aoe installed and activated RO21 ENABLE Address The first digit or the first two digits if the total digits are 3 or 4 respectively correspond to the end time hours The last two digits correspond to the Silo minutes Example 200 2h 00m 2400 Oh Om midnight between the day set in R052 and the previous day 416 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 54 DATA LOGGER MENU 54 1 Overview The Data Logger menu is to be used if the Penta drive cannot dialog with the Data Logger ES851 board through the RemoteDrive software Parameter R116 imposes to ES851 the type of connection required for the communication mode being used The Data Logger menu may be accessed only if the Data Logger board is installed and if parameter R021 Data Logger setting is set to 2 ENABLE NOTE Important The complete version of the Data Logger ES851 shall be instal
197. C REM FWD REV keys ENGINEERING NO NO 869 P269b ESC Key restores previous value ENGINEERING NO 732 P264 Navigation Mode Default Level Address 0 By Menu 1 Changed Pars Only Navigation by menu is factory set and is activated whenever the Penta drive is powered on Set P264 1 Changed Pars Only to navigate only through the parameters whose default values have been changed In that case linear navigation becomes active only the parameters that have been changed are displayed in sequence Press the A and YW keys to go to a different parameter Navigation is slower if only few parameters have been changed Set P264 2 Linear to display parameters in sequence using the A and YW keys If Linear navigation is selected parameters are no longer divided into menus and submenus Function This parameter cannot be saved Navigation by menu is restored whenever the drive is powered on 86 456 er on Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP P264a Circular Navigation Default ADVANCED Address Parameter P264a is factory set to 1 YES This means that wrap navigation is activated navigation starts from the first page of the selected menu Press A to go to the next page When the last page is displayed press A again to return to the first page of the selected menu liest From the first page of the selected menu press W to go to the last page of the active menu If P264a 0 NO when the last page
198. C176 C177 SPEED VAR Inputs 0 gt Inactive 0 16 1 8 MDI MDI8 ACU o 24 if ES847 or ES870 is 9 12 MPL1 MPLA fitted 13 16 gt TEL TFL4 17 24 XMDI1 XMDI8 o Inactive Level ENGINEERING Address 1175 1176 1177 This function generates up to 7 values of variation for the active reference ranging from 100 to 100 with parameters P115 P121 The 3 functions determine which of the 7 values of the speed reference variation is aA active the active value 1 or inactive value 0 of each preset input signal determines a bit logic binary number where SPEED VAR 0 is the less significant bit bit 0 while SPEED VAR 2 is the most significant bit bit 3 as shown in Table 94 and Table 95 If one of these functions is not set up its bit is zero Table 94 Selection of the speed reference variation iation of Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit O CC EE SCH SPEED SPEED SPEED VARIATION VARIATION 2 VARIATION 1 0 Table 95 Variation of the selected speed reference MULTISPEED 0 0 0 MULTISPEED 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 MULTISPEED 2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 P115 P116 P117 P118 P119 P120 P121 If one of the functions above is not set up its bit is zero For example if C175 and C177 are INACTIVE 0 and C176 is programmed for one terminal only variation 2 corresponding to parameter P116 can be selected In any case the output speed must never exceed the max allowable
199. C344 TFL3 Time ON Hour ADVANCED 0 285 C345__ TFL3 Time ON Minutes ADVANCED 0 286 C346 TFL3 Time ON Seconds ADVANCED 0 287 C347 TFL3 Time OFF Hour ADVANCED 0 288 C348 TFL3 Time OFF Minutes ADVANCED 0 289 C349 TFL3 Time OFF Seconds ADVANCED 0 290 C350 TFL3 Days of the week ADVANCED 0 291 C351 TFL4 Time ON Hour p D 0 292 C352 TFL4 Time ON Minutes 0 293 C353 TFL4 Time ON Seconds 0 294 C354 TFL4 Time OFF Hour 0 295 C355 TFL4 Time OFF Minutes 0 296 C356 TFL4 Time OFF Seconds 0 297 C357 TFL4 Days of the week 0 298 C330 C337 C344 C351 Hour of Activation of the Timed Flag TFL1 TFL2 TFL3 TFL4 Default Level Address Function Default Level ADVANCED Gelee 272 279 286 293 RA Sets the hour of activation of the timed flag TFL1 TFL2 TFL3 TFL4 394 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus Enta CARRARO GROUP C332 C339 C346 C353 Second of Activation of the Timed Flag TFL1 TFL2 TFL3 TFL4 Range 0 59 0 59 Default 0 0 Level ADVANCED leen 273 280 287 294 RA Sets the second of activation of the timed flag TFL1 TFL2 TFL3 TFL4 C333 C340 C347 C354 Hour of Deactivation of the Timed Flag TFL1 TFL2 TFL3 TFL4 Default Level Address Function C334 C341 C348 C355 Minute of Deactivation of the Timed Flag TFL1 TFL2 TFL3 TFL4 Default Level Address Function C3
200. CED Address This parameter represents the max speed percentage or the max torque i Ulataiteyam percentage for a torque reference to be used for the maximum reference set with P074 122 456 fica Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 14 MULTISPEED MENU 14 1 Overview NOTE See also the INPUTS FOR REFERENCES MENU and the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU The Multispeed menu allows defining the values for 15 preset speed or multispeed references set in parameters P081 to P098 Their application method is set in PO80 The desired speed is selected through the digital inputs described in the previous section relating to the Digital Inputs Menu The following reference ranges that can be programmed with the parameters above 32000 rpm if multispeed unit of measure is gt P100 1 00 rpm 3200 0 rom if multispeed unit of measure is gt P100 0 10 rpm 320 00 rom if multispeed unit of measure is gt P100 0 01 rpm Use parameters C155 C156 C157 and C158 to set the digital inputs in multispeed mode Parameter P080 defines the functionality of the references set in the preset speed function PRESET SPEED EXCLUSIVE PRESET SPEED SUM SPEED If PO80 PRESET SPEED the speed reference is the value set in the preset speed which is active at that moment If digital inputs set as multispeed are all open inactive the speed reference is the reference coming from the sources selected in the Control Method Menu C143 to C146
201. Current on device output side 2310 Continuous overcurrent 2311 Continuous overcurrent No 1 SW OverCurrent A044 2312 Continuous overcurrent No 2 PWMA1 Fault A051 2320 Short circuit earth leakage PWMA Fault A041 PWMAO Fault A050 PWMA Not ON A053 3000 Voltage 3100 Mains voltage 3130 Phase failure Mains Loss A064 3200 Internal voltage 3210 Internal overvoltage OverVoltage A048 3220 Internal undervoltage UnderVoltage A047 4000 Temperature PT100 Channel 1 Fault A105 PT100 Channel 2 Fault A106 PT100 Channel 3 Fault A107 PT100 Channel 4 Fault A108 4100 Ambient 4110 Excess ambient temperature Amb Overtemp A109 4300 Drive temperature 4310 Excess drive temperature Drive OverHeated A074 HeatSink Overheated A094 5000 Device hardware 5111 U1 supply 15 V 15V Loss A087 5200 Control 5210 Measurement control ADC Not Tuned A088 5220 Computing circuit 5300 Operating unit Parm Lost Chk A072 Parm Lost COM1 A073 MMI Trouble A078 KeyPad WatchDog A081 Parm Lost COM2 A089 Parm Lost COM3 A090 5400 Power section Fan Fault A096 2nd Sensor Fault A099 5440 Contactors 5441 Contactor 1 manufacturer specific Bypass Circuit Fault A045 5442 Contactor 2 manufacturer specific Bypass Connector Fault A046 5443 Contactor 3 manufacturer specific Bypass Circuit Open A093 5500 Data storage 5510 RAM RAM Fault A049 441 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO PROGRAMMING
202. D Address This parameter selects the value for XAIN4 input signal for minimum reference Function or better the reference set in C028 xP391a Master mode or in C047xP391a Slave mode If motor 2 is active C071 and C090 will be used instead of C028 and C047 if motor 3 is active the values set in C114 and C133 will be used P391a Percentage of Speed Min Trq Min Producing Min Reference Y axis related to P391 eet 0 1000 Default 1000 Level ADVANCED Address This parameter represents the min speed percentage or the min torque ill Percentage for a torque reference to be used for the minimum reference set with P391 P392 Value of XAIN4 Input Producing Max Reference X axis MB 100 100 if P390 0 10 0V 10 0 V ifP390 0 10V ee 0 100 if P390 3 0 0V 10 0V ifP390 1 0 10V Tu O Level ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the value for XAIN4 input signal for maximum reference or Function better the reference set in CO29xP392a Master mode or in C048xP392a Slave mode If motor 2 is active C072 and C091 will be used instead of C029 and C048 if motor 3 is active the values set in C115 and C134 will be used P392a Percentage of Speed Max Trq Max Producing Max Reference Y axis related to P392 L P392a WE Default 1000 Level ADVANCED Address This parameter represents the max speed percentage or the max torque ill percentage for a torque reference to be used for the maximum reference set wi
203. D GEI 1365 1366 1367 This function allows generating up to 7 PID references that can be programmed with parameters P081a to P087a according to the operating mode selected with PO80a The 3 functions determine which is the active reference among the 7 available PID elle references the active value 1 or the inactive value 0 of each programmed input signal determines a bit logic value where MULTIREF 0 is the least significant bit bit 0 and MULTIREF 2 is the most significant bit bit 2 If one of the available functions is not programmed the value of the relevant bit is zero Table 96 Selection of PID Multireferences Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Multireference selected MULTIRFERENCE 2 MULTIRFERENCE 1 MULTIRFERENCE 0 327 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 36 ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU 36 1 Overview Three quick acquisition digital inputs are available in the Sinus Penta control board e MDI6 ECHA FINA e MDI7 ECHB e MDI8 FINB These inputs can be used as encoder reading encoder A or as frequency inputs In addition if ES836 or ES913 option board is used see the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions manual an additional encoder reading encoder B is allowed NOTE If MDI6 and MDI7 are used for encoder reading only Push Pull encoders can be used NOTE For the reversal of the encoder speed measure properly set up parameter C199 36 1 1 When ES83
204. D Configuration C285 Sel InPID 1 2 AIN1 C286 Sel InPID 2 0 Disabled C287 Sel InPID 3 0 Disabled C288 Sel Fdbk 1 PID 3 AIN2 PTC C289 Sel Fdbk 2 PID 0 Disable C290 Sel Fdbk 3 PID 0 Disable C291 PID Mode 0 Disable C291a PID Control mode 0 Standard SUM C291b PID Mode 0 Disable C292 Der Mode 0 Measure C293 PID Struct 0 No C294 PID Act 1 Reference C30x Crane C300 StartTrq ref pos 0 0 C301 t_StartTrq ref pos 0 ms C300a StartTrq ref neg 0 0 C301a t_StartTrq ref neg 0 ms C302 Brk_On 0 None C303 Brk_Off_on_track_err 1 Yes 452 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS 5 Kees ee EE EE EES SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA C31x Date and Time C310 ModWeekday 1 Monday C311 ModDay 1 C312 ModMonth 1 January C313 ModYear 0 C314 ModHour 0 C315 ModMin 0 C316 Modify Date C33x C35x Timed Flags C330 TFL1 T onh 0 C331 TFL1 Tonm 0 C332 TFL1 T ons 0 C333 TFL1 T off h 0 C334 TFL1 T off m 0 C335 TFL1 T off s 0 C336 TFL1 WeekDays 0 C337 TFL2 T onh 0 C338 TFL2 T on m 0 C339 TFL2 T ons 0 C340 TFL2 T off h 0 C341 TFL2 T off m 0 C342 TFL2 T off s 0 C343 TFL2 WeekDays 0 C344 TFL3 T on h 0 C345 TFL3 T on m 0 C346 TFL3 T ons 0 C347 TFL3 T off h 0 C348 TFL3 T off m 0 C349 TFL3 T off s 0 C350 TFL3 WeekDays 0 C351 TFL4 T onh 0 C352 TFL4 T on m 0 C353 TFL4 T ons 0 C354 TFL4 T off h 0 C355 TFL4 T off m 0 C356 TFL4 T off s 0 C357 TFL4 WeekDays
205. D MENU and the PID CONFIGURATION MENU LOCAL MODE In LOCAL mode the L CMD and L REF LEDs come on when the Local mode is active only the commands and references sent via keypad are enabled while any other control source or reference source is disabled see the CONTROL METHOD MENU the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU and the INPUTS FOR REFERENCES MENU The keypad page displayed when the LOC REM key is pressed depends on the setting of parameter P266 Type of Keypad Page in Local Mode P266 Measures Only gt Page containing 4 preset measures no reference can be changed P266 Ref Activated Line 4 in the Keypad Page enables changing the drive reference the speed reference if a speed control is activated Ref displayed the torque reference if a torque control is activated TRef displayed If the drive reference is the PID output C294 PID Action 1 Reference the PID reference is given PRef displayed Use the A and YW keys to change the reference displayed in line 4 on the Keypad Page P266 Ref Activated Spd To be used only when the drive reference depends on the PID output when a speed control is used C294 PID Action 1 Reference When the LOC REM key is pressed for the first time PRef is displayed in line 4 and the PID reference may be adjusted when the LOC REM key is pressed twice the PID is disabled and the speed reference can be changed Ref displayed Use the A and Y keys to change the
206. DGE SET C RESET FALLING EDGE RESET C SET FALLING EDGE C h S D DI DI Default BIO Level ADVANCED __ Address 933 This parameter determines the logic function applied to the result of the two tests allowing calculating the output value m gt Function 232 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP P358 MPL1 Output Logic Level Level ADVANCED Address MPL1 digital output logic function to apply a logic reversal negation to the gilles Calculated output signal 0 FALSE a logic negation is applied 1 TRUE no negation is applied P359 MPL2 Digital Output Mode DISABLE DIGITAL DOUBLE DIGITAL ANALOG DOUBLE ANALOG DOUBLE FULL BRAKE ABS BRAKE ABS LIFT EI rr Jr DIGITAL Level ADVANCED Address This parameter defines the operating mode of virtual digital output 2 The sae eu different operating modes are described at the beginning of this chapter P360 MPL2 Selecting Variable A See Table 41 Default D33 Fan Fault Level ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the digital signal used to calculate the value of MPL2 digital output elle teil It selects an analog variable used to calculate the value of MPL2 digital input if one of the analog operating modes is selected Digital signals and analog variables are detailed in Table 41 P361 MPL2 Selecting Variable B S IS 0 119 See Table 41 Pio D0
207. DI8 along with frequency input B A102 REF gt 20mA REF Current input 4 20mA or 0 20mA greater than 20mA A103 AIN1 gt 20mA AIN1 Current input 4 20mA or 0 20mA greater than 20mA A104 AIN2 gt 20mA AIN2 Current input 4 20mA or 0 20mA greater than 20mA A105 PT100 Channel 1 Fault Hardware address out of measure range of the drive A106 PT100 Channel 2 Fault Hardware address out of measure range of the drive A107 PT100 Channel 3 Fault Hardware address out of measure range of the drive A108 PT100 Channel 4 Fault Hardware address out of measure range of the drive A109 Amb Overtemp Ambient overtemperature A110 A120 te Control board failure No Output Phase Output phase disconnection A001 A032 A043 A049 A063 A071 A078 A088 A092 A110 A120 Control Board Failure ROTH Control board failure There may be several causes the board autodiagnostics file constantly checks its operating conditions Possible Strong electromagnetic disturbance or radiated interference Possible failure of the microcontroller or other circuits on the control board Reset the alarm send a RESET command somes If the alarm persists please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer Service RI d deis Incompatible Software Texas version When switched on DSP Motorola detected an incompatible version of the software downloaded to Flash Texas software version incompatible with Motorola Pasali Th
208. Disable Level ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the second digital signal used to calculate the value of MPL2 digital output ill It selects an analog variable used to calculate the value of MPL2 digital input if one of the analog operating modes is selected Digital signals and analog variables are detailed in Table 41 233 456 SINUS PENTA SANTERNO INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP 5 P362 MPL2 Testing Variable A Si le re gt D Wa 3 Default Level ADVANCED Address 362 This parameter defines the test to be performed for the variable detected by P360 using P364 as a comparing value CH A N Function P363 MPL2 Testing Variable B VE O gt D 2 Rad CH N Default Level ADVANCED Address 963 This parameter defines the test to be performed for the variable detected by P361 using P365 as a comparing value P364 MPL2 Comparing Value for Test A 320 00 320 00 Range 32000 32000 of the full scale value of selected variable A see Table 41 Default Level ADVANCED Address AWA This parameter defines the comparing value with the selected variable for test A P365 MPL2 Comparing Value for Test B 320 00 320 00 Range 32000 32000 of the full scale value of selected variable B see Table 41 Default Level ADVANCED Address AWA This parameter defines the comparing value with the selected variable for test B 234 456 EE d Z
209. EERING kleed 1014 1057 1100 ll Us Allows reversing the mechanical rotation of the connected motor DANGER When activating C014 C057 C100 the mechanical rotation of the connected motor and its load is reversed accordingly 268 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP C015 C058 C101 Rated Motor Frequenc 10 10000 1 0 Hz 1000 0 Hz Rane See upper limits in Table 64 Default _ 500 50 0 Hz Level BASIC OCES 1015 1058 1101 Control All AUA This parameter defines the rated motor frequency nameplate rating Z SANTERNO sinus penta C016 C059 C102 Rated Motor Rom Range 32000 1 32000 rom FS SEITEN 1420 1420 rpm Level BASIC Address 1016 1059 1102 melita This parameter defines the rated motor rom nameplate rating C017 C060 C103 Rated Motor Power 1 32000 0 1 3200 0 kW Upper limited to twice the default value PEW Ge See Table 76 and Table 80 Level OCES 1017 1060 1103 AA This parameter defines the rated motor power nameplate rating 0 1 3200 0A See twice the upper values in Inom column in Table 73 and Table 77 DAEM See Table 76 and Table 80 Level OCES 1018 1061 1104 AWA This parameter defines the rated motor current nameplate rating C019 C062 C105 Rated Motor Voltage 50 12000 5 0 1200 0 V 2300 for class 2T drives 230 0V for class 2T drives 4000 for class 4T drives 400 0V for class 4T drives 5750 for class 5T drives 575 0
210. ERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 12 RAMPS MENU 12 1 Overview An acceleration deceleration ramp is a function allowing linear variations of the motor speed The ramp time is the time the motor takes to reach its max speed when it starts from zero speed or the time the motor takes to reach 0 speed when decelerating Four pairs of programmable values are available Each pair defines the motor acceleration time and deceleration time The unit of measure of the basic time period is assigned to each pair of values In the Ramps menu you can set the acceleration and deceleration times for the four speed ramps available for ordinary operation for the torque ramp and the speed torque ramp in JOG mode Using two special parameters you can also set the start rounding off and the end rounding off for the acceleration ramps while two different parameters allow setting the start rounding off and the end rounding off for the deceleration ramps A fifth parameter allows selecting the ramps for the preset rounding off 12 1 1 Description of the Speed Ramps For the four speed ramps that can be selected through a combination of the digital inputs set in C167 and C168 you can set the following acceleration time deceleration time and their units of measure allowing increasing the programmable time range P009 Ramp Up Time 1 P010 Ramp Down Time 1 P012 Ramp Up Time 2 P013 Ramp Down Time 2 P014 Unit of Measure for Ramp Times 1 and 2 P015 Ramp Up Ti
211. ES836 iS NOT Used 328 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO A Hone CARRARO GROUP 36 1 2 When Using ES836 or EG 329 36 1 3 When Using Two E ee E 330 36 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS CI roCIgo0g 332 37 BRAKING UNIT AND RAMP EXTENSION MENU cccsccceecceeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 336 The FINE EE 336 37 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS C310TroCOI 337 38 DC BRAKING MENU cccccseccseeccesccceeeceseceescccuseceeeceeeccessecassceeceauseceesceescnaes 339 38 1 OVERVIEW EE 339 38 1 1 DC Braking at Start and Non condensing FUNCTION cccccceeeeesetteeeeees 339 38 1 2 DC Braking at Stop EE 341 38 1 3 DC Braking Command Sent from Terminal Board 342 38 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS C31broCO324 345 39 POWER DOWN MENU cvcdencccccccccsccctecivecccc sad cendcecsenncensaccedevenedeccsadesnatesecadededieswand 347 SE eI EE EE 347 39 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS C32broCO b 349 40 SPEED SEARCHING MENU c ccceccceeeccesceeececeeeceeeceeeseeeeeceseceaeecenseeseeeerenenees 353 40 1 OVERVIEW tegen ut gEebegiege Egeter 353 40 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS CG34broCOb n 356 41 AUTORESET MENU cc cccccceecesececeeeceeeceeeseeeeeeeseceaeeeeuseeeeeeeeeeeueeeeeeeeseenaeeeenees 359 41 1 OVERVIEW EE 359 41 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS C255 TO C258 ooo iecccccccceccuececeecceeeceeeneeeueeeueeeeaneeaeeeenes 359 42 MOTOR THERMAL PROTECTION MENU cccccceececeeeceesceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 361 AZ A HOVER VIEW ecesvtecscccosateuscntgucctiesaaieniasetsenedsadtednatendtan
212. ES847 terminal board 11 XAIN5 auxiliary differential current analog input from ES847 terminal board With factory setting only one source is enabled C143 1 C144 2 C145 0 and C146 0 Because the digital input for source selection is programmed C179 6 MDI6 see Digital Inputs Menu if this input is inactive only the REF item is selected please refer to the INPUTS FOR REFERENCES MENU If multiple reference sources are enabled by programming also C144 C145 or C146 the actual calculated reference is the algebraic sum of all the references that are enabled see How to Manage the Reference Sources REF AIN1 and AIN2 The sources called REF AIN1 and AIN2 come from the analog inputs in the terminal board and generate a reference resulting from the setting of the relevant parameters from P050 to P064 See the INPUTS FOR REFERENCES MENU for the scaling offset compensation and filtering of the reference obtained The inputs may be used as voltage or current inputs depending on the setting and the position of the relevant dip switches see the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions manual FIN The FIN source is a frequency input on terminal MDI6 FINA or MD18 FINB and it generates a reference determined by the setting of the relevant parameters from P071 to P072 allowing proper scaling see the INPUTS FOR REFERENCES MENU and the ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU SERIAL LINK The Serial Link source is an input locat
213. Failure in the relay control circuit or in the auxiliary signal circuit detecting relay closing 1 Reset the alarm send a RESET command itil 2 If the alarm persists please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer Service Reutte IGBT heatsink temperature too high IGBT power heatsink overheated even if the cooling fan is on see also A096 and A099 Ambient temperature exceeding 40 C Too high motor current Excessive carrier frequency for the application required Check ambient temperature Solution Check motor current Decrease IGBT carrier frequency see the CARRIER FREQUENCY MENU Possible A095 Illegal Drive Profile Board DOZA An illegal Drive Profile board is implemented Event Incorrect configuration of the optional Drive Profile board The Drive Profile board is configured for a different drive The Drive Profile board is not configured Faulty Drive Profile board Make sure that the Drive Profile board is correctly configured for the Sinus Penta Solution drive Replace the Drive Profile board Possible cause 437 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP A096 Fan Fault RI Oste Fan alarm Power heatsink overheated with fan locked or disconnected or faulty see also A094 and A099 Event SE Fan locked or disconnected or faulty cause Solution Replace fan A097 Motor Cables KO Description Motor not connected This protection trips during autotune
214. Function 402 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO SINUS penta CARRARO GROUP R010 Baud Rate for Serial Link 1 RJ45 1 1200 bps 2 2400 bps 3 4800 bps 4 9600 bps 5 19200 bps 6 38400 bps 7 57600 bps Default CG Level ENGINEERING Address This parameter determines the baud rate expressed in bits per second for serial BUG fink 1 RJ45 connector R011 Time Added to 4 Byte Time for Serial Link 1 RJ45 FET 110000 1 10000 msec Default 2 2 msec Level ENGINEERING Address 598 This parameter determines the time limit when no character is received from serial Function link 1 RJ45 connector and the message sent from the master to the drive is considered as complete R012 Watchdog Time for Serial Link 1 RJ45 GEI 0 60000 0 6000 0 sec Default Level ENGINEERING Address If this parameter is not set at zero it determines the time limit after which alarm Function A062 WDG Serial Link 1 Alarm trips if the drive does not receive any legal message through serial link 1 RJ45 connector R013 Parity Bit for Serial Link 1 RJ45 0 Disabled 1 Stop bit 1 Disabled 2 Stop bit 2 Even 1 Stop bit 3 Odd 1 Stop bit Range eet e Li Disabled 2 Stop bit Level Address This parameter determines whether the parity bit is used or not when creating the EE MODBUS message through serial link 1 RJ45 connector 403 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP
215. GURATION MENU M019 PID Reference after Ramps 100 00 Note The actual range depends on the max value and the min value of the PID reference set in parameters P245 P246 Always active Address Function This is the measure of the PID reference after the ramps expressed as a percentage Scaling Add is detailed in the PID PARAMETERS MENU and the PID CONFIGURATION MENU 100 00 Note The actual range depends on the max value and the min value of the PID2 reference set in parameters P445 P446 This measure is active if enabled from C291a Address This is the measure percent of the current PID reference after the ramps selected with C286 aA for the PID2 or the 2 zone mode Scaling is detailed in the PID2 PARAMETERS MENU and the PID CONFIGURATION MENU 58 456 fice ial d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP M020 PID Feedback 100 00 Note The actual range depends on the max value and the min value of the PID feedback set in parameters P247 P248 Range 10000 Active Always active Address Function This is the measure of the PID feedback expressed as a percentage Scaling is detailed in the KED PID PARAMETERS MENU and the PID CONFIGURATION MENU M020a PID2 Feedback 100 00 Note The actual range depends on the max value and the min value 10000 of the PID2 feedback set in parameters P447 P448 This measure is active if enabled from C291a Address This is the measure percent o
216. IN2 0 20mA Input SW1 3 on SW1 4 5 off PTC Input SW1 3 off SW1 4 5 on See note If AIN2 input is configured as PTC refer to the MOTOR THERMAL PROTECTION MENU to NOTE select the proper parameters Its measures are no longer valid NOTE Configurations different from the ones stated in the table above are not allowed For each analog input REF AIN1 AIN2 make sure that the mode parameter setting CAUTION P050 Goss PO60 matches with the setting of the relevant SW Dip Switches gt gt gt Scaling is obtained by setting the parameters relating to the linear function for the conversion from the value read by the analog input to the corresponding speed torque reference value The conversion function is a straight line passing through 2 points in Cartesian coordinates having the values read by the analog input in the X axis and the speed torque reference values multiplied by the reference percentage parameters in the Y axis Each point is detected through its two coordinates The ordinates of the two points are the following the value of Speed Mim or Trq_Min for the torque reference multiplied by the percentage set through P051a P056a P061a P071a P073a for the first point the value of Speed_Max or Trq_Max for the torque reference multiplied by the percentage set through P052a P057a P062a P072a P074a for the second point 107 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP Speed Min depends on the select
217. ING 1286 0 Disable C287 Selection of PID reference n 3 ENGINEERING 1287 0 Disable C288 Selection of PID feedback n 1 ENGINEERING 1288 3 AIN2 PTC C289 Selection of PID feedback n 2 ENGINEERING 1289 0 Disable C290 Selection of PID feedback n 3 ENGINEERING 1290 0 Disable C291 PID operating mode ENGINEERING 1291 0 Disable C291a PID control mode ENGINEERING 1295 ele C291b PID2 operating mode ENGINEERING 1296 1 Normal C292 ee of the variable for calculating the derivative ENGINEERING 1292 0 Measure C293 Proportional Multiplier of derivative and integral terms ENGINEERING 1293 0 NO C294 PID action ENGINEERING 1294 1 Reference 372 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP C285 C286 C287 Selection of PID Reference n 1 2 3 Disable REF AIN1 AIN2 PTC Pulse Input Serial Link Fieldbus Keypad Encoder V out 10 Up Down from MDI 11 XAIN4 12 XAIN5 C285 2 C285 2 AIN1 Default C286 0 C286 0 C287 0 C287 0 Level ENGINEERING Address 1285 1286 1287 C285 selects the first PID reference source from the PID regulator Up to three reference sources may be configured 285 C287 considered as a sum The sources are used by the PID and are expressed in percentage values with reference to their max value and min value set in the References menu If multiple reference sources are selected their sum is considered They are saturated between P246 and P245 PID reference maximum and minimum v
218. If P080 EXCLUSIVE PRESET SPEED the speed reference is the value set in the multispeed which is active at that moment If digital inputs set as multispeed are all open inactive no other reference source is considered the speed reference is zero lf PO8O SUM SPEED the speed reference value assigned to the preset speed which is active at that moment is summed up to the total amount of the speed references The reference obtained is always saturated by the parameters relating to the min speed and the max speed of the selected motor 14 2 List of Parameters P080 to P100 Table 23 List of parameters P080 to P100 P080 Multispeed function BASIC 0 Preset Speed 680 P081 Output speed Mspd1 BASIC 0 00 rpm 681 P083 Output speed Mspd2 BASIC 0 00 rpm 683 P085 Output speed Mspd3 BASIC 0 00 rpm 685 P087 Output speed Mspd4 ADVANCED 0 00 rpm 687 P088 Output speed Mspd5 ADVANCED 0 00 rpm 688 P089 Output speed Mspd6 ADVANCED 0 00 rpm 689 P090 Output speed Mspd7 ADVANCED 0 00 rpm 690 P091 Output speed Mspd8 ADVANCED 0 00 rpm 691 P092 Output speed Mspd9 ADVANCED 0 00 rpm 692 P093 Output speed Mspd10 ADVANCED 0 00 rpm 693 P094 Output speed Mspd 11 ADVANCED 0 00 rpm 694 P095 Output speed Mspd 12 ADVANCED 0 00 rpm 695 P096 Output speed Mspd 13 ADVANCED 0 00 rpm 696 P097 Output speed Mspd 14 ADVANCED 0 00 rpm 697 P098 Output speed Mspd 15 ADVANCED 0 00 rpm 698 P099 Fire Mode speed ENGINEERING 750 rpm 699
219. L The digital output depends on 2 selected digital signals on the logic function calculating the output value and on the logic output function True False ANALOG The digital output depends on a selected analog variable which is tested through Test A and Test B thus obtaining 2 digital signals starting from their value the selected logic function calculates the output value whereas the True False logic output function calculates the end value DOUBLE ANALOG The digital outputs depends on 2 selected analog variables Test A is performed for variable A whilst Test B is performed for variable B thus obtaining 2 digital signals starting from their value the selected logic function calculates the output value whereas the logic output function True False calculates the end value DOUBLE FULL As DOUBLE ANALOG or DOUBLE DIGITAL mode but both digital signals and analog variables can be selected If you select a digital signal its value TRUE or FALSE is used to calculate the selected logic function If you select an analog variable the test selected for this variable is performed and its result TRUE or FALSE is used to calculate the selected logic function BRAKE As ABS BRAKE below although the selected variables are not expressed as absolute values but depend on the selected tests ABS BRAKE The ABS BRAKE mode allows controlling the electromechanical brake of a motor used for lifting applications The ABS BRAKE mode is applied b
220. LIKIG 97 1 This parameter defines the test to be performed for the variable detected by P369 using P373 as a comparing value CH A N Function P372 MPL3 Testing Variable B EE CH AL N Default Level ADVANCED DLIKIG 972 This parameter defines the test to be performed for the variable detected by ANU P370 using P374 as a comparing value P373 MPL3 Comparing Value for Test A 320 00 320 00 Range 32000 32000 of the full scale value of selected variable A see Table 41 Default Level ADVANCED Address AWA This parameter defines the comparing value with the variable selected for test A P374 MPL3 Comparing Value for Test B 320 00 320 00 Range 32000 32000 of the full scale value of selected variable B see Table 41 Default Level ADVANCED Address AWA This parameter defines the comparing value with the variable selected for test B 237 456 SINUS PENTA P375 MPL3 Function A Z SANTERNO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP lied to the Result of the 2 Tests P375a MPL3 Selecting Variable C LP BREUCI Default Level Address Function P375b MPL3 Function Applied to the Result of f A B C Default _ Level Address Function m Toun 1 2 3 4 5 BREUCI 12 6 7 8 9 1 1 z k ooo o oe E DO SC 2 D AND B 0 A RESET B SET RISING EDGE 1 A SET B RESET FALLING EDGE
221. LOAD OK te were successfully downloaded written from the keypad to the W11 UPLOAD OK Parameters were successfully uploaded read from the drive to the keypad Wa UPLOAD KO The keypad interrupted parameter upload to the drive Parameter reading has failed w13 NO DOWNLOAD E procedure was queried but no parameter is saved to the flash W16 PLEASE WAIT Wait until the system completes the operation required W17 SAVE IMPOSSIBLE Parameter save is not allowed The keypad interrupted parameter download to the drive Parameter writing has W18 PARAMETERS LOST failed As a result not all parameters have been updated parameter inconsistency w19 NO PARAMETERS UPLOAD impossible LOAD W20 NOT NOW The required function is not available at the moment W21 CONTROL ON The required function is inhibited because the drive is running Download failed because parameters saved to keypad memory relate to a SW was DOWNLOAD VERKO version or product ID EE with the drive BW version or edie ID W24 VERIFY DATA Download preliminary operation underway the system is checking the integrity and compatibility of the parameters saved in the keypad memory W28 OPEN START Open and close the START MDI1 signal to start the drive W31 ENCODER OK Encoder tuning procedure finished the encoder is correctly connected W32 OPEN ENABLE Open and close the ENABLE MDI2 signal to enable the drive W33 WRITE IMPOSSIBLE Writing procedure impossible W34 ILLEGAL DATA Illegal value ente
222. LURE POWER DOWN sssssssssssnnnnnnsssaee 31 4 6 DC BRA ING EN 31 4 7 MOTOR THERMAL PROTECTION ssessessessnessersennunnnnrnennnsrinrrrenroninntranienrnnnonnnnnrennenn 31 4A 8 PROHIBIT SPE EEN 32 4 9 DIGITAL PID REGULATOR nsiceisciciccs deeg eege ed EE deeg 32 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO A CARRARO GROUP 4 10 BRIDGE CRANE APPLUICATION 32 4 11 SETTING TWO ALTERNATIVE COMMAND SOURCES AND REFERENCE SOURCES 32 4 12 FIRE MODE teuer eege Erde 33 5 PROGRAMMING EXAMPLES 0 c0cceecceeceecceecceceeeceesceeccnecnuseusceescneeeuseeseeneeesees 34 EN E et 34 5 2 PROGRAMMING A REFERENCE ansannnnansannnnnnnannnrnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnrnnnannnrarnnnnannnnannnnnrnrnnnt 34 5 3 CONFIGURING THE EXTERNAL TORQUE UM 38 5 4 CONFIGURING THE FEEDBACK FROM ENGCODER 39 5 5 CONFIGURING A REFERENCE FROM ENCODER aasansansnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnne 40 6 START UP MENU u 1 1 cccccsscssccseccescssecccccecccscnsscnscncccenscsscescnssccencescescnseenseneesnses 41 6 1 OF EE 41 7 FIRST STAR UP EEN 43 7 1 IFD CONTROL ALGORITHM et Eege 43 7 2 VTC CONTROL ANGER deeg gudde 45 7 3 FOC MOTOR CONTROL 0cccecceeccececcececececcecececcecceeceeeaeeececeecaecaeeseeeseceeeaeeaees 47 8 MEASURES KOEIN gbeegei geg eegen gegen 51 8 1 OVERVIEW eege EE E 51 8 2 MOTOR MEASURES MENU 52 8 3 PID REGULATOR MENU setosdccvsicnesecaredvccinnsdvettaced cee veaenenstaiemnaredanseved onedanbavedaaconecaredee 58 8 4
223. M1 G 1204 C077a M2 GE boost for positive ane C120a M3 1208 C034b M1 1205 C077b M2 Ee boost for negative 4207 C120b M3 1209 C035 M1 Se a P 1035 C078 M2 E ee at programmable 1078 C121 M3 1121 C035a M1 1027 C078a M2 Boost0 aplication frequency 1070 C121a M3 1113 C036 M1 Vol e P bi 1036 C079 M2 S Geer at programmable r 4079 C122 M3 1122 C037 M1 1037 C080 M2 Boost1 application frequency 1080 C123 M3 1123 C038 M1 1038 C081 M2 Autoboost 1081 C124 M3 1124 C039 M1 1039 C082 M2 Slip compensation 1082 C125 M3 1125 C040 M1 1040 C083 M2 Voltage drop at rated current 1083 C126 M3 1126 See Table 75 and Table 79 5 See Table 75 and Table 79 See Table 75 and Table 79 See Table 75 and Table 79 0 Disabled 0 Disabled 264 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS e SANTE RNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP C041 M1 1041 C084 M2 Fluxing ramp time 1084 See Table 74 and Table 78 C127 M3 1127 C042 M1 1042 C085 M2 Vout saturation percentage 1085 100 C128 M3 1128 C008 Rated Mains Voltage 0 200 240 V 1 2T Regen 2 380 480 V 3 481 500 V 4 4T Regen 5 500 600 V 6 5T Regen 7 600 690 V 8 6T Regen 2 380 480 V Default Level Address This parameter defines the rated voltage of the mains powering the dri
224. MDI6 otherwise alarm A100 MDI6 Illegal Configuration will trip when ENABLE closes e Reading a Frequency Input and an Encoder MDI6 Digital input FINA is used as a frequency input and Encoder B is used because ES836 or ES913 board avoids reading frequency input FINB through MDI8 If additional functions are programmed for digital input MDI6 alarm A100 MDI6 Illegal Configuration will trip when ENABLE closes If alarm A082 Illegal Encoder Configuration trips this means that the drive has not detected ES836 or ES913 board check the board wiring Parameter C189 defines whether quick acquisition digital inputs are used to read a frequency input or an encoder and if the encoder is a reference source or a feedback source In the Encoder Menu you can also do the following e define the number of pls rev for the encoder being used e enable or disable the speed alarm e define a time constant applied to read filtering e define whether encoders are read by means of quadrature channels or by channel A only while the direction of rotation will be defined by channel B ChB low level negative rotation ChB high level gt positive rotation 329 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 36 1 3 When Using Two Encoders MOTOR 1 MOTOR 2 Encoder Push Pull Encoder 2 Feedback Optional board Encoder 1 Reference MDI e MDI7 P000350 b Figure 50 Using two encoders example Suppose that motor
225. N Inany other case Qn Test A a TA In any other case Qna Test B Test A Set o E 1 1 gt 0 EE Inany other case T Test A 1 1 gt 0 EE Inany other case T 222 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP A AND B The selected digital output enables when both conditions are true A XOR B The selected digital output enables when either one condition or the other is true but not when both conditions are true at a time A NOR B The selected digital output enables when no condition is true The NOR function between two variables corresponds to the AND of the same false variables i e A NOR B A AND B Test A Test B Output p of of 1 1 0 0 o 4 0 i if o A NAND B The selected digital output enables when no condition is true or when only one of the two conditions is true The NAND function between two variables corresponds to the OR of the same false variables i e A NAND B A OR B Test 1 Test2 Output NOTE This parameter can be accessed only if the operating mode of the selected digital output is gt 2 and lt 9 Example MPL1 2 lt P350 lt 9 223 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO A Hone CARRARO GROUP Function applied to the result of f A B C for MPL1 2 3 4 P357b P366b P375b P384b Once the Boolean signal resulting from f A B is obtained an additional logic function c
226. NCED 0 f A B OR C Output logic level Digital output mode ADVANCED ADVANCED 0 FALSE 1 DIGITAL Selecting variable A ADVANCED D1 Inverter Run Ok Selecting variable B ADVANCED D1 Inverter Run Ok Testing variable A ADVANCED 0 gt Testing variable B ADVANCED 0 gt Comparing value for Test A ADVANCED 0 Comparing value for Test B ADVANCED 0 Function applied to the result of the 2 tests ADVANCED 0 A OR B Selecting variable C ADVANCED 0 Disable Function applied to the result of f A B C ADVANCED 0 f A B OR C 196 456 Output logic level ADVANCED 1 TRUE PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus PENTA CARRARO GROUP P270 MDO1 Digital Output Mode DISABLE DIGITAL DOUBLE DIGITAL ANALOG DOUBLE ANALOG DOUBLE FULL BRAKE ABS BRAKE ABS LIFT PWM MODE Default ANALOG Level ADVANCED HEI 870 This parameter defines the operating mode of digital output 1 eed The different operating modes are described at the beginning of this chapter NOTE MDO1 Digital output can be programmed only if the frequency output is not set up P200 Disable see ANALOG AND FREQUENCY OUTPUTS MENU P271 MDO1 Selecting Variable A Range 0 119 See Table 41 EEE 61 LAT Speed MEA Level Address This parameter selects the digital signal used to calculate the val
227. NG INSTRUCTIONS 32 2 5 List of Parameters C008 to C128 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Table 71 List of parameters C008 to C128 SINUS PENTA C008 Rated mains voltage BASIC 1008 2 380 480V C009 N of configured motors ENGINEERING 1 C010 Mi 1010 C053 M2 Type of control algorithm BASIC 1053 0 IFD co96 M3 1096 C011 M1 1011 C054 M2 Type of reference ADVANCED 1054 0 Speed MASTER mode C097 M3 1097 C012 M1 1012 C055 M2 Speed feedback from encoder BASIC 1055 0 No C098 M3 1098 C013 Mi 1013 C056 M2 Type of V f curve BASIC 1056 See Table 75 and Table 79 C099 M3 1099 C014 Mi 1014 C057 M2 Phase rotation ENGINEERING 1057 0 No C100 M3 1100 C015 M1 1015 C058 M2 Rated motor frequency BASIC 1058 50 0 Hz C101 M3 1101 C016 M1 1016 C059 M2 Rated motor rpm BASIC 1059 1420 rpm C102 M3 1102 C017 M1 1017 C060 M2 Rated motor power BASIC 1060 See Table 76 and Table 80 C103 M3 1103 C018 M1 1018 C061 M2 Rated motor current BASIC 1061 See Table 76 and Table 80 C104 M3 1104 C019 M1 1019 C062 M2 Rated motor voltage BASIC 1062 Depending Ge drive voltage
228. Output 3 controlled PID Feedback from 10000 FIELDBUS 10000 Word 1 Speed reference limit from FIELDBUS integer portion Word 1 of the memory map details the integer portion of the speed reference M042 in either IFD VTC or FOC mode Speed reference integer portion The speed reference from the FIELDBUS is obtained by adding the decimal portion to the integer portion see Word 2 This value is included in the global speed reference of the drive measure M000 along with the other reference sources if at least one of parameters C143 to C146 is set as 6 FieldBus The speed limit from FIELDBUS is significant if parameter C147 is set as 6 FieldBus and the type of reference of the active motor parameters C011 C054 C097 is set as 2 Torque with Speed Limit 406 456 er on Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP Word 2 Speed reference limit from FIELDBUS decimal portion Word 2 details the decimal portion of the speed reference M043 ONLY IN FOC MODE The value sent by the Master to the Sinus Penta as the decimal portion of the speed reference must be multiplied by 100 In order to send a speed reference of XXX 50rpm the low byte of the word must contain the value 5019 or 001100102 0 5019 x 100 5010 Example M042 210 M043 50 speed ref 210 50 rpm it 15 8 Speed reference decimal portion Word 3 Torque reference limit from FIELDBUS The torque reference from the FIELDBUS M045 is significa
229. P100 Multispeed unit of measure ADVANCED 2 1 0 rom 700 123 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO TORUNN CARRARO GROUP P080 Multispeed Function 0 Preset Speed Range 0 2 1 Sum Speed 2 Exclusive Preset Speed Default In 0 Preset Speed Level Address Defines the functionality of the multispeed values for the global speed reference Three functions are available e 0 Preset Speed gt the selected multispeed is the actual rom value upon limit due to min and max speed parameters for the selected motor of the motor speed reference If no multispeed is selected no digital input programmed for multispeed selection is activated or all digital inputs programmed for multispeed selection are deactivated the speed reference is the reference for the sources set in the CONTROL METHOD MENU e 1 Sum Speed the reference relating to the selected multispeed is considered as the sum of the references for the other reference sources selected in the CONTROL METHOD MENU e 2 Exclusive Preset Speed gt the selected multispeed is the actual rom value upon saturation due to min and max speed parameters for the selected motor of the motor speed reference Unlike function 0 Preset Speed if no multispeed is selected no digital input programmed for multispeed selection is activated or all digital inputs programmed for multispeed selection are deactivated the speed reference is zero P081 to P098 Output Speed Mspd n 1
230. P277 MDO1 Function A EZ SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA lied to the Result of the 2 Tests Default Level Address Function P277a MDO1 Selecting Variable C Range Default Level Address Function em ne B RESET BUR ZV DEER D o7 OoOZmMma Z0 gt SOOZZXENO E z005 el D AND B RESET B SET RISING EDGE SET B RESET FALLING EDGE RESET B SET FALLING EDGE SET B RESET ADVANCED 877 This parameter determines the logic function applied to the result of the two tests allowing calculating the output value DO Disable See Table 41 ADVANCED This parameter selects the digital signal used to calculate the value of MDO1 digital output The digital signals that can be selected are given in Table 41 P277b MDO1 Function A BREUCI Default Level Address Function lied to the Result of f A B C 0 12 RESET C SET RISING EDGE SET C RESET FALLING EDGE RESET C SET FALLING EDGE ADVANCED This parameter determines the logic function applied to the result of the two tests allowing calculating the output value 199 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP P278 MDO1 Output Logic Level 0 FALSE 1 TRUE Default Level ADVANCED Address MDO1 digital output logic function to apply a logic reversal negation to the aA Calculated output signal 0 FALSE a logic negation is applied 1 TRUE no n
231. RENT REGULATOR 1 1111101101121110112 138 FOC FLUX REGULATOR ss sss1ss111ist1i1ist1r1ia na 139 FREQUENCY OUTPUT ccccssssssssssssssssseeeeseseeceseesen 142 FUNCTIONING TIMES 71 VO OPTIONAL BOARD 243 296 Eeer 43 256 INPUTS FOR REFERENCES 1111111110110111011 104 EE 286 J ie sacra pu ai E 120 JOG INPUT ee 319 K EPA E 84 KEYPAD LOCK IWNPUT en 320 L DREES 78 EE 28 BEE 286 EIER ene Reece eerie ere ene 27 297 LOC REM INPUT o csccscscscscscsssssssssssstinseseseseseseceseeee 324 LOCAL MODE isessscssssssssssssssssssssinnsseseeesseceeceessssssssen 85 M MAIN SPEED TORQUE DEFERENGE 30 MIMINTENANGE occ ecisscscecscacecenscncchensritetecasiendacectens 368 MDI MULITPROGRAMMING ENABLE 325 MENU TREE ccscscscssssscscccsssssssssssssssssseeesesecccesssssnsven 20 455 456 SINUS PENTA METHOD OF ZIEGLER AND NICHOLS 164 MOTOR CONTROL ov essccsscsssssssssssesseccesssssnseeesecceesnn 256 MOTOR SEL INPUT cccsccsssssssssseesseccosssssseeeesseceesen 320 MOTOR THERMAL PROTECTION 31 361 Be 219 MULTIMOTOR ns sssssssissisinissrissrisnissnisnisnrsnrserrnen 31 MULTIRAMP INPUTS cccsssssssssessscccessssseeeeseeceenen 318 MULTISPEED ssssssiisnisnirnirnisnirirreirresrrsinenanena 123 MULTISPEED INPUTS j ssssssecsssscccsssssseeeecee 314 327 N NAVIGATION 5 tee tee eset 22 O OPERATION TIME COUNTER ccsssssssssesssccssssssseees 72 P PARAMETER MODIFICATION
232. RO GROUP For the optimization of the motor performance adjust parameters C021 no load current C024 mutual inductance C025 rotor time constant Consider the following C021 Too high values Lower torque especially at rated speed because most part of the voltage imposed by the drive is used to magnetize the motor instead of generating a proper motor torque C021 Too low values gt Because of the motor flux weakening higher current ratings are needed C024 Mutual inductance gt This is computed each time the no load current level is changed This is not binding for the motor control but strongly affects the correct estimation of the output torque in case of overestimation decrease C025 and vice versa C025 Optimum value To obtain the optimum value of the rotor time constant the best way consists in performing several attempts with a constant load but with different values of C025 The optimum value is the one ensuring to obtain the output torque with the lower current see M026 in the Motor Measures Menu When parameter P003 Standby Only condition required for changing C parameters you can change Cxxx parameters in the CONFIGURATION menu only when the drive is DISABLED or STOPPED whereas if P003 Standby Fluxing you can change Cxxx parameters when the motor is stopped but the drive is enabled Before changing any parameters remember that the correct code for parameter P000 must be previously set up You
233. ROUP 8 8 Autodiagnostics Menu This menu allows the user to check the functioning times and the relevant counters for maintenance purposes of the Penta drive it also allows reading out the analog channels used for temperature sensors and the relevant temperature values as well as the drive status M052 M054 Functioning Times Range 0 2147483647 0 7FFFFFFFh 0 429496729 4 sec Supply Time 1702 1703 LSWord MSWord Operation Time 1704 1705 LSWord MSWord This screen displays the ST supply time and the OT operation time The Operation Time is the activation time of the drive IGBTs Both values are expressed in 32 bits divided into two 16 bit words the low part and the high part Address Function Functioning Times M062 Ambient temperature Measure Range 32000 Active Always active Address SAO Ambient temperature measured on the surface of the control board M064 IGBT Temperature Measure Range 32000 Active Always active Address Measure of the IGBT temperature Function If the temperature readout is lt 30 0 C or gt 150 0 C warning W50 NTC Fault appears Note Not all models are provided with the NTC sensor see Table 13 in the PRODUCT MENU If this sensor is not provided the measure is forced to 32 000 corresponding to 320 0 C 71 456 CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO M065 Operation Time Counter Range 065000 0 650000h Xe el Always active
234. RRARO GROUP P266 Type of Keypad Page in Local Mode 0 Measures Only EI CR O 2 1 Ref Activated 2 Ref Activated Speed Default 1 Ref Activated Level Address ADVANCED P266 sets the type of keypad page to be displayed in Local mode If P266 0 Measures Only in Local mode the reference cannot be changed If P266 1 Ref Activated in Local mode the Keypad page containing the activated reference is displayed for example if a torque control is active the Keypad page displayed in Local mode shows the torque reference in line 4 Use the A and Y keys to change the torque reference If a speed control is active and the drive reference is the PID output C294 PID Action 1 Reference when in Local mode you should disable the PID regulator and send a speed reference from keypad to do so set P266 2 Ref Activated Speed When pressing the LOC REM key to enter the Local mode the Keypad page containing the PID reference is displayed Use the A and W keys to change the PID reference Press the LOC REM key once again when the drive is disabled to disable the PID control The Keypad page containing the speed reference is displayed Use the A and W keys to change the speed reference P267 Preset PID PID2 Units of Measure 88 456 Default Level Address Function e Table 17 0 Disable ENGINEERING 867 861 The PID PID2 reference and PID PID2 feedback are expressed as a percentage in measure
235. S REF AIN1 AN 107 13 3 LIST OF PARAMETERS PO50 TO bO AA 111 14 MULTISPEED MEIN veseccscentveccedssseadeaccadeecasducdrcacdeweswaseacusdicnanedersecpesceensdcsarteeuant 123 DN Dice e le 123 14 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS PO80 robi o0 123 15 PID MULTIREFERENCES MENU 00 ccccccceecceeeeceeeceesceesseeeeeeeeeceaseeenseeeeeeees 126 15A EENEG 126 15 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS PO80A TO bOgOoa 127 16 PROHIBIT SPEED MENU cccccceeccceeeceeceeeceeeeceseceeseeenseeeeeeeeeeeueeeeeeceeeenaes 129 H NT 129 16 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS biObTrobiOp 130 17 REFERENCE VARIATION PERCENT MENU cccccceeccseeecsescceseeeeeeeeeeeees 131 17 1 EE EE ee 131 17 2 LsrorbapaMETERsbRiibrobi i 132 18 SPEED LOOP AND CURRENT BALANCING MENU ccccccceeeeseeeceeeeees 133 18 1 EE 133 18 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS bi brobib 134 19 FOC REGULATORS MENU 0 0 2 ceccecceeecseecceececeeeceeeceeeccesseceescneeceeseceescnesceaes 137 19 1 e E 137 19 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS P155 TO PA 73 EEN 137 20 ANALOG AND FREQUENCY OUTPUTS MENU ccccceccsseescsseeseseeseeeeees 140 20 1 e TEE 140 20 1 1 Factory setting of the Analog OUt QUIS AAA 140 Ue Analog OUIDUNG E 140 20 1 3 FREQUENCY QUP ssie deien ae a E ad ASEN EE E aai 142 20 2 VARIABLES urana ae a A A aE a A A a 143 20 2 1 Operating Mode of Analog and Frequency Oufpute 144 20 2 2 Analog Output Programming Examples 1 ccceeeeeeeeetenenenenenenenenenenene
236. S protocol 6 Fieldbus fieldbus on option board 7 Keypad remotable display keypad 8 Encoder in terminal board MDI6 ECHA MDI7 ECHB or option board 9 Up Down from MDI Up down from digital inputs see C161 and C162 10 XAIN4 auxiliary differential voltage analog input from ES847 terminal board 11 XAIN5 auxiliary differential current analog input from ES847 terminal board If the reference source is disabled the torque limit results from the max absolute torque determined by the drive size and the motor size NOTE The max absolute torque is the max value ranging between the absolute values of C047 and C048 motor 1 and relevant parameters for motor 2 and motor 3 Max absolute torque Max C047 C048 Factory setting is C147 0 the reference source is disabled and the torque limit is given by the max absolute torque 34 1 5 Remote Local Mode According to factory setting switching over from the Remote mode to the Local mode can only be made when the drive is disabled The reference and command sources for the Remote mode depend on the settings of parameters C140 to C147 in the CONTROL METHOD MENU and on the settings of parameters C285 to C287 in the PID CONFIGURATION MENU When switching over from the Remote mode to the Local mode the command and reference can be sent via keypad only This is true for the switch over from the Local to the Remote mode as well Parameter C148 allows customizing the Loc R
237. S14 585 630 0 012 0 010 0 014 0 012 0 43 0 35 720 0 009 0 010 0 35 500 0524 560 0598 630 0748 710 800 1450 0 004 0 003 0 005 0 003 0 003 0 26 0 17 0 16 0964 1000 sso 1206 1340 1360 1560 2050 0 001 0 001 0 001 2100 0 001 0 001 0 001 0 16 0 16 0 10 1800 1750 2076 2000 2400 0 001 2400 0 001 0 08 285 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 33 LIMITS MENU 33 1 Overview The Limits Menu defines the current torque limits applied to the control functions IFD VTC or FOC controls selected for the three connected motors For IFD control current limits are used Three limit current levels are available which are expressed as a percentage of the motor rated current 1 Current limit while accelerating 2 Current limit at constant rom 3 Current limit while decelerating Two special parameters are also available one sets the decrease of the limit current value when the motor runs at constant power flux weakening while the other parameter disables the frequency decrease in case of acceleration current limit this is useful for inertial loads If a VTC control or a FOC control is used limits are expressed as a percentage of the rated motor torque Values set in the two parameters relating to min torque and max torque represent the limits for satura
238. SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP P366 MPL2 Function Applied to the Result of the 2 Tests AND B RESET B SET RISING EDGE SET B RESET FALLING EDGE RESET B SET FALLING EDGE Default SET B RESET ES El ADVANCED DE 966 This parameter determines the logic function applied to the result of the two tests allowing calculating the output value Function P366a MPL2 Selecting Variable C P366a seg eg See Table 41 remo DO Disable Level ADVANCED Address 934 This parameter selects the digital signal used to calculate the value of MPL2 elle ebe digital output The digital signals that can be selected are given in Table 41 P366b MPL2 Function Applied to the Result of f A B C 0 f A B OR C 1 A B SET C RESET RISING EDGE 2 f A B AND C 3 f A B XOR C 4 A B NOR C 5 A B NAND C Range 0 12 6 A OR B 7 A OR B 8 Aye B 9 A AND B 10 A E SET RISING EDGE 11 A SET B RESET FALLING EDGE 12 A RESET SET FALLING EDGE jo Default _ f A B OR C Level ADVANCED og 935 This parameter determines the logic function applied to the result of the two tests allowing calculating the output value mmm mmm EE Function 235 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP P367 MPL2 Output Logic Level Default Level ADVANCED Address MPL2 digital output logic function to apply a logic reversal negation to the gil
239. SOURCE SELECTION Input ADVANCED 1179 MDI6 C180 LOC REM Input ADVANCED 1180 MDI7 C180a Type of LOC REM contact ADVANCED 1303 pushbutton storage C181 Safety Start enable ADVANCED 1181 inactive C182 Multiprogramming enable ENGINEERING 1182 inactive C183 Max fluxing time before drive Disable ADVANCED 1183 disabled C184 Fluxing at activation only with START closed ADVANCED 1184 no C184a Disables external torque limit during fluxing ENGINEERING 1200 No C185 Stop Mode ADVANCED 1185 deceleration ramp C186 Fire Mode enabling Input ENGINEERING 1186 none 308 456 E d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP C187 Torque Limit Source Ref Disabling Input i 1187 none C188a PID Multireference 1 Input 1365 none C188b PID Multireference 2 Input 1366 none C188c PID Multireference 3 Input 1367 none If a parameter is set to zero its function is disabled otherwise the parameter value stands NOTE for the MDIx input assigned to the function Auxiliary digital inputs XMDI values from 17 to 24 in control function parameters can be NOTE set up only after setting XMDI O in parameter R023 CAUTION Set C182 1 to allocate 2 functions to the same terminal gt e gt 1006 Function Selection for MDI Control 0 gt Inactive Range 1 gt Clear all 2 Set factory default This is not a programming parameter the input is set to zero whenever the drive is powered on and whenever the command is executed
240. Selection of reference n 2 Fieldbus When MDIE6 digital input in the terminal board is open terminal 19 the command sources and reference sources n 1 are selected Keypad and AIN1 analog input control mode A When MDI6 is closed the command sources and reference sources n 2 are selected Fieldbus control mode B In the example above if C179 Disable the OR logic for the Keypad and Fieldbus is CAUTION considered whereas the Fieldbus and AIN1 control sources are considered as summed up See also parameter C179 in the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU 32 456 fia Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 4 12 Fire Mode When the digital input programmed as FIRE MODE is activated all the protecting functions of the drive are ignored so that no alarm trips when the drive is operating The Fire Mode function must be used only when it is strictly necessary such as in fire pumps to protect human lives This function must never be used to prevent alarms from tripping in domestic or industrial applications To activate the parameters relating to the Fire Mode enter the Password in the PRODUCT CAUTION NOTE MENU This Password is provided by Elettronica Santerno s Service Department The drive Serial Number is required see the Serial Number parameter in the PRODUCT MENU The following parameters can be accessed only after entering the Password enabling the Fire Mode P032 Acceleration Ramp in Fire Mode see the RAMPS MENU
241. Sleep Level TIME RUNNING P000666 b STOP Figure 30 PID Sleep and Wake up Mode when P237a is set to 1 P238 Max Value of Integral Term Range 100 00 100 00 petaut 10000 100 00 Level ENGINEERING Address This is the max allowable value of the integral term It is to be considered as Function an absolute value the output value resulting from the integral term ranges from P238 to P238 172 456 EA d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP P239 Max Value of Derivative Term Range 0 10000 100 00 100 00 Default 10000 100 00 Level ENGINEERING Address This is the max allowable value of the derivative term it is to be considered as an absolute value the output value resulting from the derivative term ranges from P239 to P239 P240 PID Proportional Constant Range 0 65000 0 65 000 Default 1 000 Level ENGINEERING Address 840 This is the value of the proportional coefficient The PID regulator will use Kp EE resulting from the product of P240 multiplied by P241 multiplicative factor P241 Multiplicative Factor of P240 Range Default Level ENGINEERING Address Multiplicative factor of the proportional coefficient This is used to obtain a wider range for the proportional coefficient used in PID regulator and ranging from 0 000 to 6500 0 Function Supposing that the default values are used for P240 and P241 the proportional coefficient
242. Speed _Max Trq_Max producing max e Wii reference Y axis related to P062 ADVANCED 100 0 gi P063 Offset over AIN2 input ADVANCED OmA 663 P064 Filtering time over AIN2 input ADVANCED 5 ms 664 P065 Minimum reference and START disabling threshold ADVANCED 0 665 P066 START disable delay at P065 threshold ADVANCED Os 666 P067 Keypad and terminal board UP DOWN ramp ADVANCED Quadratic 667 P068 Storage of UP DOWN values at Power Off ADVANCED YES 668 P068a Reset UP DOWN speed torque at Stop ADVANCED 0 NO 940 PO68b Reset UP DOWN PID at Stop ADVANCED 0 NO 941 PO68c Reset UP DOWN speed torque at Source Changeover ADVANCED 0 NO 942 PO68d Reset UP DOWN PID at Source Changeover ADVANCED 0 NO 943 P069 Range of UP DOWN reference ADVANCED 1 Unipolar 669 P070 Jog reference speed torque ADVANCED 0 670 P071 Value of FIN producing min reference X axis ADVANCED 10 kHz 671 Percentage of Speed_Min Trq_Min producing min R P071a reference Y axis related to P071 ADVA 100 0 ale P072 Value of FIN producing max reference X axis ADVANCED 100 kHz 672 Percentage of Speed _Max Trq_Max producing max 5 EH reference Y axis related to P072 oe 100 0 ae P073 Value of ECH producing min reference X axis ADVANCED 0 rpm 673 Percentage of Speed_Min Trq_Min producing min 8 parse reference Y axis related to P073 ADVA 100 0 ae P074 Value of ECH producing max reference X axis ADVANCED 1500 rpm 674 Percentage of amp Speed_Max Trq_Max producing max a W
243. Start Ok keySTART Flip Flop with Set SIART Start Ok REVERSE keySTOP CwiCCw jon gt gt n ri e signal Reference Flip Flop and Reser on Reverse Reset keyREV Reverse Reference Flip Flop Reset P000347 b Figure 48 Controlling Run and Direction when the STOP Input is not programmed 312 456 EA d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP The figure below illustrates the processing logic diagram for the START REV Cw CCw functions and the START STOP REV keys on the display keypad if the STOP function is programmed STOP PROGRAMMED C150 0 Inverter Enabled keySTART ae keySTOP START REVERSE Edge Flip Flop Edge Flip Flop Flip Flop the Reset signal Reset SZ overreading the Set Flip Flop Reset keyREV Cw CCw jon Reverse Reference Flip Flop Reset P000349 b Figure 49 Controlling Run and Direction when the STOP Input is programmed C152 ENABLE S Input 0 gt Inactive 0 16 1 8 MDI1 MDI8 9 12 gt MPL1 MPLA 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is fitted 13 16 gt TEL TFL4 17 24 XMDI1 XMDI8 SUE Inactive Level ADVANCED Address This is a safety ENABLE if this function is enabled the drive activates only if both eating ENABLE and ENABLE S inputs are active NOTE for the terminal relating to ENABLE S it will have no effect on the ENABLE S function f The ENABLE S signal cannot be delayed by software timers if a timer is programmed where
244. T RISING EDGE SET C RESET FALLING EDGE RESET C SET FALLING EDGE Ae ey oe Oo e ADVANCED This parameter determines the logic function applied to the result of the two tests allowing calculating the output value 24 1 456 CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege P385 MPL4 Output Logic Level 0 TRUE 1 FALSE Default Level Address MPL4 digital output logic function to apply a logic reversal negation to the gilles Calculated output signal 0 FALSE a logic negation is applied 1 TRUE no negation is applied 242 456 fic Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 29 INPUTS FOR REFERENCES FROM OPTIONAL BOARD This menu relates to ES847 I O expansion board It can be viewed only if R023 I O board setting XAIN see the EXPANSION BOARD CONFIGURATION MENU In addition to the analog inputs located on the control board a current analog input and a voltage analog input can be acquired if ES847 is fitted 29 1 Scaling Analog Inputs XAIN4 XAIN5 NOTE Please refer to the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions Manual for hardware details about analog inputs Two analog inputs XAIN4 XAIN5 are located on ES847 control board XAIN4 is a current input and XAIN5 is a voltage input They are both bipolar analog inputs 10V 10V or 20mA 20mA For both analog inputs parameters P390 to P399 allow setting the type of signal to be acquired offset compensation if any scaling to obtain a spe
245. TE The STOP function has priority over the START function if both inputs are active the STOP input prevails Therefore the STOP input acts as a key and as a switch NOTE The START STOP commands are ignored when the drive is disabled SS gt 310 456 er on Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP C150a STOP B Input 0 gt Inactive 1 8 MDI1 MDI8 9 12 gt MPL1 MPLA 13 16 gt TFL1 TFL4 17 24 gt XMDI1 XMDI8 Pee Inactive TORR ADVANCED Address 1298 The STOP B Input acts as the STOP Input see C150 when Terminal Board B is active 0 16 Range 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is fitted Function The STOP B is a normally closed input signal C151 REVERSE Input 0 gt Inactive 0 16 1 8 MDI1 MDI8 Range SSC 9 12 MPL1 MPLA 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is fitted 13 16 gt TFL1 TFL4 17 24 a XMDI1 XMDI8 S CH o Jrgetoe RE ADVANCED Address The REVERSE function carries out a START command but it reverses the motor direction of rotation If both the START and REVERSE inputs are active at the same time the drive is sent a STOP command If the STOP input function is not programmed C150 0 the REVERSE signal and the START input act as switches otherwise they act as keys Function If the keypad is active pressing the FWD REV key on the display keypad will also reverse the direction of rotation of the connected motor AN NOTE The reference direction of rotation can
246. TION MENU The START command may also be sent OR by forcing bit MDI1 from serial link on input 1019 or by forcing bit MDI1 from Fieldbus for the relevant variable 293 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 34 1 2 Speed Torque REFERENCE Sources The main reference is the value at constant speed to be attained by the controlled variable speed or torque M000 M007 required from the drive This reference is acquired by the drive only if the START command and the ENABLE commands are active otherwise it is ignored When the main reference is acquired by the drive START and ENABLE are active it becomes the input signal controlled by the time ramp functions that generate the speed torque reference setpoint for the connected motor The speed or torque references may come from the following command sources 0 Source disabled 1 REF single ended analog input from terminal board 2 AIN1 differential analog input from terminal board 3 AIN2 differential analog input from terminal board 4 FIN frequency input from terminal board see also the ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU 5 Seriallink with MODBUS protocol 6 Fieldbus fieldbus in option board 7 Keypad remotable display keypaqd 8 Encoder in terminal board MDI6 ECHA MDI7 ECHB or option board 9 Up Down from MDI Up down from digital inputs see C161 and C162 10 XAIN4 auxiliary differential voltage analog input from
247. Table 69 IFD control parameters for the connected motors Rated frequency Rated frequency of the connected motor frequency rating C019 cose C101 Rated voltage rated voltage of the connected motor voltage rating C019 C062 C105 V t curve type co13 cose co99 Type of V f curve applied Frequency for maximum torque reduction with quadratic curve Determines the frequency triggering torque reduction when using V f C032 C075 C118 quadratic curve Rated speed referring to torque reduction with quadratic curve C033 C076 C119 Speed actuating the torque reduction using a quadratic curve Voltage preboost Determines the voltage produced by the drive at min output frequency C034 C077 C120 fomin Voltage Boost Determines the voltage variation in respect to the rated voltage at the C035 C078 C121 frequency set in the relative parameter Boost application frequency C035a C078a C121a Determines the Boost application frequency Voltage boost 1 of torque curve Determines the voltage variation with respect to rated voltage at preset C036 C079 C122 frequency Frequency for the application of Boost 1 Determines the frequency for the application of the Boost1 at preset C037 C080 C123 frequency Autoboost Variable torque compensation expressed as a percentage of the rated C038 C081 C124 motor voltage The preset value expresses the voltage increase when the motor is running at rated torque
248. This parameter resets the partial counter for the drive operation time C276 Operation Time Threshold Range 0 650000h GE Jo Level ENGINEERING Address This parameter sets the threshold for the operation time of the drive When this time is SAA O Exceeded Warning W48 OT Over appears To reset the warning message reset the partial counter or set the counter threshold to zero C277 Supply Time Counter Reset Range 0 NO 1 YES Default E Level ENGINEERING Address AA This parameter resets the partial counter for the drive supply time C278 Supply Time Threshold IS 0 65000 0 650000h Default Level ENGINEERING Address This parameter sets the threshold for the supply time of the drive When this time is A O Exceeded Warning W49 ST Over appears To reset the warning message reset the partial counter or set the counter threshold to zero 368 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 44 PID CONFIGURATION MENU 44 1 Overview The Sinus Penta is provided with two separate PID Proportional Integral Derivative regulators allowing performing regulation loops such as pressure control delivery control etc with no need to connect external auxiliary devices The PID Configuration Menu defines configuration parameters for the two PID regulators The configuration parameters for the PID regulator can be modified only when the drive is in stand by and they set the following variables re
249. Tst2 50 000 rpm P286 Out2Func 1 A Set B Reset P286a Out2Sel1 DO Disable P286b Out2Func 0 A B OR C P287 Out2Logic 1 True P288 Out3Mode 1 Digital P289 Out3Sel1 D3 Inverter Alarm P290 Out3Sel2 D3 Inverter Alarm P291 Out3 Test1 0 gt P292 Out3 Test2 0 gt P293 D03 ValTst1 0 000 P294 D03 ValTst2 0 000 P295 Out3Func 0 A OR B P295a Out3Sel1 DO Disable P295b Out3Func 0 A B OR C P296 Out3Logic 0 False P297 Out4Mode 1 Digital P298 Out4Sel1 D1 Inverter Run Ok P299 Out4Sel2 D1 Inverter Run Ok P300 Out4 Test1 0 gt P301 Out4 Test2 0 gt P302 D04 ValTst1 0 000 P303 D04 ValTst2 0 000 P304 Out4Func 0 A OR B P304a Out4Sel1 DO Disable P304b Out4Func 0 A B OR C P305 Out4Logic 1 True 448 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS 5 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA P306 P317 Aux Digital Outputs P306 Out1Sel DO Disable P307 Out1 Logic 1 True P308 Out2Sel DO Disable P309 Out2Logic 1 True P310 Out3Sel DO Disable P311 Out3Logic 1 True P312 Out4Sel DO Disable P313 Out4Logic 1 True P314 Out5Sel DO Disable P315 Out5Logic 1 True P316 Out6Sel DO Disable P317 Out6Logic 1 True P32x PT100 Settings P320 Mea1 Type 0 Disable P321 Offset Meat 0 P322 Mea2 Type 0 Disable P323 Offset Mea2 0 P324 Mea3 Type 0 Disable P325 Offset Mea3 0 P
250. U NOTE The Start Up menu is available only if P265 3 Start Up see the DISPLAY KEYPAD MENU 24 456 INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP PROGRAMMING Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA 1 7 ESC Key Press the ESC key and to move up one level in the menu tree In the example below starting from parameter C015 in the MOTOR CONFIGURATION MENU inside the Configuration Menu you can move up to the Root page by pressing the ESC key Page C015 Parameter of Configuration Menu Motor 1 NOMI NAL o OO O a SO Root page I NVERTER OK 1500 00 0 00 MEA PAR CF When using the SAVE ENTER key to change a parameter including multiple fields ESC gt is displayed for the ESC key press ESC to move to the next field In the example below 2 programmable fields are displayed for P269 D sp oa Ss Disab Press the following keys to quit the last page displayed e ESC new values are not saved to Eeprom e SAVE ENTER new values are saved to Eeprom 25 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 1 8 RESET Key Alarm and Control Board Reset The RESET key is used to reset the drive after an alarm trips and the cause responsible for the alarm has been removed Press the RESET key for more than 5 seconds to reset the control board and reinitiate it This procedure may be useful when changes made to Rxxx parameters which activate only after resetting the equipment must immediately come to effect with
251. UCTIONS 22 3 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP P000810 0 Figure 25 Response to a system tuned with the method of Ziegler and Nichols SINUS PENTA The method of Ziegler and Nichols is not always applicable because some systems do not NOTE produce any oscillations even in presence of large proportional gains However leading a system close to instability can be very dangerous Manual Tuning of the PI Regulator The PI regulator con be manually tuned when the tuning method of Ziegler and Nichols is not applicable The sections below cover the following how the transient is affected from the proportional action when the integral action is kept constant in a PI regulator how the transient is affected from the integral action when the proportional action is kept constant in a PI regulator how the transient is affected from the derivative action in a PID regulator 22 3 1 Proportional Action P Symbol Tuning function Main goal Kp An input variance error produces an output variance proportional to the variance amplitude Changes the tuning variable based on the variable being tuned tee Response to the step Response time Small Kp Overshoot Longer Optimum Kp Optimum Optimum Large Kp Undershoot Shorter 165 456 SINUS PENTA SANTERNO INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP P000811 0 KP 0 1 CONSTANT TI 0 l i l i i i i 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
252. UNCTIONS snessnssnnsnnssnnstnseinnrnnrnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnnennnnnnennnnn 303 Figure 48 Controlling Run and Direction when the STOP Input is not programmer 312 Figure 49 Controlling Run and Direction when the STOP Input is programme 313 Figure 50 Using two encoders example eeecceeeeseeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeseaeeeeeenaeeeeseaeeeseaeeseseeeeeeseaeeessnaeeeeseneeeeeseneeeeenaaes 330 Figure 51 DEB Holdiand DOB at Startsisccccsccsssescespersccisshacicassiecucnsstecabacnaranensstesseuennscagueehies sueneasazqapeanagansgeugaesbissdassereach 339 Figure 52 DGB at start With VTC pousten tet en elise ees 340 Figure 532 Re DEE 341 Figure 54 Manual DCB Example 1 342 Figure 55 Manual DCB Example 21 343 Figure 56 Manual DCB Example 21 344 Fig re 57 Power Down Exar ple sixsisfeccess ccs ass ace Gos teed eege EEN EEN dE 347 Figure 58 Speed Searching Example 1 354 Figure 59 Speed Searching Example 21 355 Figure 60 Trip current drop depending ON speed values 0 eee eeeseeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeetenaeeeesenaeeeeeeaeeesesaeeserenaeeeeeeeeeeenaaes 361 Figure 61 Set up of parameter C267 depending on the LRC FLC ratio eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseaeeseeeeseaeeseeeeseaeeseeeenaas 364 11 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO A CARRARO GROUP Figure 62 Trip delay of alarm A075 based on the IEC Class cccccesceceeeeeeeeseneeeeeeaeeeesseeeeeseneeesenaeeeessceeeesssnseeeesaees 365 Figure 63 Structure of
253. UP 37 BRAKING UNIT AND RAMP EXTENSION MENU 37 1 Overview The Braking Resistance Menu enables the clamp transistor command and sets its max duty cycle in the drive braking resistance If no braking resistance is installed promptness of the DC bus voltage control can be adjusted in order to avoid OVERVOLTAGE alarm causing abrupt deceleration There are also some parameters that activate control actions to fight the DC voltage increase due to motor load variations To enable the clamp transistor command for the braking resistance set C210 With resistor In this operating mode when DC bus voltage exceeds a preset threshold value depending on the drive voltage class the clamp transistor closes in the braking resistor so energy in excess is dissipated to the resistor and DC bus voltage does not exceed voltage ratings The max duty cycle of the braking resistor is parameterized with C212 and C211 maximum duty cycle 100 Ton Ton Toff and maximum time of continuous supply Ton respectively If the braking resistor activation is Ton C212 when this interval is over the relevant command will be disabled for a time equal to Toff 100 C212 C211 C212 sec Example A lifting application featuring a Sinus Penta 0086 at 400V requires a braking resistor with a 50 duty cycle The braking period is 30s According to the tables in the Braking Resistors section Installation Instructions manual the applicable braking
254. V for class 5T drives 6900 for class 6T drives 690 0V for class 6T drives Default Level OCES 1019 1062 1105 UA This parameter defines the rated motor voltage nameplate rating 269 456 SINUS PENTA PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP C020 C063 C106 Motor No Load Power Range Default Level Address Function O 1000 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 ADVANCED 1020 1063 1106 This parameter defines the power absorbed by the motor at rated voltage and rated rpm when no load is connected to the motor C021 C064 C107 Motor No Load Current Range Default Level Address Function Default Level Address Function Default Level Address Function NOTE 270 456 1 100 1021 1064 1107 This parameter defines the current absorbed by the motor at rated voltage and rated rpm when no load is connected to the motor It is expressed as a percentage of the motor rated current C018 C061 C104 For a proper tuning of the current loops required for FOC control enter a value other than zero If the stator resistance is tuned 1073 1 Motor Tune 1074 0 All no rotation and the no load current parameter is zero a value for a first attempt is assigned to this parameter depending on power and pole pairs of the connected motor 0 000 32 0002 See Table 76 and Table 80 ADVANCED 1022 1065 1108 This parameter defines stator resistance Rs If a star connectio
255. VANCED 0 gt Comparing value for Test A ADVANCED 0 Comparing value for Test B ADVANCED Function applied to the result of the 2 tests ADVANCED 0 0 A OR B Selecting variable C ADVANCED 0 Disable Function applied to the result of f A B C ADVANCED 0 A B OR C Output logic level ADVANCED 1 TRUE P359 MPL2 Digital output mode ADVANCED 0 DISABLE 959 P360 MPL2 Selecting variable A ADVANCED DO DISABLE 960 P361 MPL2 Selecting variable B ADVANCED DO DISABLE 961 P362 MPL2 Testing variable A ADVANCED 0 gt 962 P363 MPL2 Testing variable B ADVANCED 0 gt 963 P364 MPL2 Comparing value for Test A ADVANCED 0 964 P365 MPL2 Comparing value for Test B ADVANCED 0 965 P366 MPL2 Function applied to the result of the 2 tests ADVANCED 0 A OR B 966 P366a__ MPL2 Selecting variable C ADVANCED 0 Disable 934 P366b MPL2 Function applied to the result of f A B C ADVANCED 0 f A B ORC 935 P367 MPL2 Output logic level ADVANCED 1 TRUE 967 Digital output mode ADVANCED 0 DISABLE Selecting variable A ADVANCED DO DISABLE Selecting variable B ADVANCED DO DISABLE Testing variable A ADVANCED 0 gt Testing variable B ADVANCED 0 gt Comparing value for Test A ADVANCED 0 Comparing value for Test B ADVANCED Function applied to the result of the 2 tes
256. Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP P228 Timers Assigned to Outputs MDO1 4 0 0 0 0 5 5 5 5 0 No timer assigned oo SS 1 5 71 75 Default 0 0 0 0 0 No timer assigned Level ENGINEERING Address The digital outputs may be assigned to any of the five timers and the same timer may be assigned to multiple outputs Select zero to avoid delaying the digital outputs Setting via serial link see coding in P226 Function P229 Timers Assigned to Virtual Outputs MPL 1 4 0 No timer assigned 0 0 0 0 5 5 5 5 1 5 T1 T5 2 Default 0 0 0 0 0 No timer assigned Level ENGINEERING Address The virtual digital outputs may be assigned to any of the five timers and the same timer may be assigned to multiple outputs Select zero to avoid delaying the virtual digital outputs Setting via serial link see coding in P226 Function 162 456 fice ial d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 22 PID PARAMETERS MENU 22 1 Overview This menu defines the parameters for the digital PID regulator integrated in the drive The PID regulator may be used to control a physical variable which is external to the drive the variable measure shall be available in the system and must be connected to the feedback input The PID regulator is used to keep the reference and the control variable constant feedback to do so the PID regulator controls three internal variables which are described
257. a percentage M047 PID Reference from Fieldbus 100 00 Note The actual range depends on the min value and the max value of the PID reference set in parameters P245 P246 BREUCI 10000 Active Always active Address NSCn AA O This is the measure of the PID reference set by the fieldbus and expressed as a percentage M048 PID Feedback from Serial Link 100 00 Note The actual range depends on the min value and the max value of the PID feedback set in parameters P247 P248 10000 Always active Address diesen This is the measure of the PID feedback set via serial link and expressed as a percentage 66 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP M049 PID Feedback from Fieldbus 100 00 Note The actual range depends on the min value and the max value of the onge 10000 PID feedback set in parameters P247 P248 Active Always active Address Silo This is the measure of the PID feedback set by the fieldbus and expressed as a percentage M050 Encoder Reference GEI 32000 Xai Always active DKCH 00 Reading of the encoder set as a reference source see the ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU and the CONTROL METHOD MENU 32000 rpm M051 Frequency Input Reference 10000 100000 Hz Range 100910000 Note The actual range depends on the frequency min value and max value set in P071 P072 Active Always active Address 1701 Frequency
258. a_ Percentage of Ref_Max producing Max Reference 100 0 C028 Min Motor Speed Orpm C029 Max Motor Speed 1500rpm C143 Selection of Reference 1 1 REF C144 Selection of Reference 2 2 AIN1 C179 MDI for Source Selection 0 Disable C179 0 Disable ensures that the main reference is the sum of the references being used If a digital input for Source selection were used either one reference would be selected as the main reference based on the input status Both REF and AIN1 references are programmed in order to meet the following requirements e at OV they are expected to generate 100 of the minimum motor speed reference C028 i e Orom e at 10V they are expected to generate 100 of the maximum motor speed reference C029 i e 1500rpm The main reference will be their sum and will start from Orpm when both references are at OV and its maximum value would be 3000rpm when both references are at 10V but it will be limited to 1500 as set by C029 as soon as the sum of the two references exceeds 1500rpm Suppose that the parameters below are to be programmed only the parameters changing with respect to the example above are given C028 Min Motor Speed 50rpm As the minimum motor speed is set to 50rpm each of the two references at OV will generate a reference equating 100 of 50rpm i e 50rom The minimum value of the main reference that is the sum of the two references will then equating 100rpm if the two
259. above Example 1a the 7 5kW motor in the table below can be approximated to have a trip class of 820 x 20 IEC Class 27 3 100 x6 The motor thermal time constant that you would select is IEC class 30 C267 1080s As an even quicker guide the IEC trip class can generally be approximated as the NOTE locked rotor time Table 106 Typical datasheet for 4 pole 50Hz 400V motors Locked Rotor Full Load Locked Rotor Output kW IEC Frame Current LRC Current FLC Time cold Rated speed FLC A LRT s rpm 0 12 63 450 0 41 E H 1415 0 18 63 460 0 58 1400 0 25 71 500 0 7 i 1400 0 37 71 500 1 03 1395 0 55 80 600 1 3 1430 0 75 80 570 1 61 1420 1 1 90S 700 2 37 1445 1 5 90L 750 3 28 1450 2 2 112M 720 4 42 1455 4 112M 660 7 85 1445 5 5 132S M 850 10 34 1465 7 5 132S M 1465 Example 1a 1b 9 2 160M 1460 11 160M 1465 15 160L 1465 18 5 180M L 1470 22 180L 1475 30 200L 1475 37 225S M 1480 45 225S M 1480 55 250S M 1480 75 250S M 1480 90 280S M 1485 110 315S M 1485 132 315S M 1485 150 315S M 1485 160 315S M 1485 185 355M L 1490 200 355M L 1490 220 355M L 1490 250 355M L 1490 Example 2 260 355M L 1490 280 355M L 1490 300 355M L 670 504 103 1490 315 355M L 670 529 92 1490 330 355M L 650 554 70 1490 363 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 42 2 3 Maximum Locked Rotor Time Enhanced If a more precise calculation is required when the ratio between LRC and FLC is
260. ack Function 376 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO sinus Penta C293 Proportional Multiplier of Derivative and Integral Terms Default Level ENGINEERING Address This parameter defines if the proportional term is used for the multiplication of Sleeve the derivative and integral terms as well 0 No means that the proportional term DOES NOT multiply the integral term C294 PID Action 0 External output 1 Reference 2 Add Reference 3 Add Voltage Out 4 Add Reference Full Default 1 Reference Level ENGINEERING Address 377 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP This parameter sets the type of implementation carried out by the PID regulator C294 External Output The PID regulator is independent of the drive operation unless a digital input is configured for PID disabling if the digital input closes the PID regulator is disabled and the output is set to zero In order to use the PID regulator output externally to the drive configure one of the analog outputs as PID Out C294 Reference The PID regulator output is the speed torque reference of the connected motor depending on the type of reference configured when the motor is running any other reference source which will be selected will be ignored If the output is a speed reference 100 corresponds to the max absolute value between min speed and max speed set for the motor being used Mott
261. acquisition digital inputs is shown in Table 98 TTT El H the encoder is used as a reference source the detected speed value will be saturated and scaled based on values set in P073 and P074 respectively minimum and maximum value for the encoder Example C189 A Reference B Unused P073 1500rpm P074 1500rpm if the encoder is used as a PID reference the reference measure is expressed as a percentage of the max value P073 P074 If a frequency input is selected its readout is saturated and scaled based on parameters P071 and P072 respectively minimum and maximum value for the frequency input 332 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP Table 98 Coding of C189 0 Not used Not used 1 EncA Feedback Not used 2 EncA Reference Not used 3 Not used EncB Feedback 4 Not used EncB Reference 5 EncA Feedback EncB Reference 6 EncA Reference EncB Feedback 7 EncA Reference and Feedback Not used 8 Not used EncB Reference and Feedback 9 MDI6 Frequency Input Not used 10 Not used MDI8 Frequency Input 11 MDI6 Frequency Input EncB Reference 12 EncA Reference MDI8 Frequency Input 13 MDI6 Frequency Input EncB Feedback 14 EncA Feedback MDI8 Frequency Input Values 7 8 the same encoder can be used both as a reference source and as a reference feedback Value 7 encoder A can be used both as a speed feedback for the motor control and as a PID regulator
262. ad of the drive where it is installed Function M100 ES851 Fault Line 4 0 No alarm 1 Parameter save fault 2 Log write error 3 FBS configuration failure 4 RS232 Modbus configuration failure 5 RS485 Modbus configuration failure 0 6 99 104 6 TCP IP stack configuration failure 99 Flash card lacking or inaccessible 100 Invalid stream access 101 TCP IP socket fault 102 Dial out connection failure 103 Control board clock failure 104 Modem initialization failure Active This measure is active only if programmed from parameter R021 Address This indicates a general alarm tripped for ES851 In case an alarm trips please contact AA ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s CUSTOMER SERVICE and mention the alarm code and name 73 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP M101 Connection Status fie Bit controlled measure See Table 8 Active This measure is active only if programmed from parameter R021 Address Status of the connections supported by ES851 Note that the COM1 serial link is RS232 by default whereas COM 2 is RS485 by default For more details please refer to the Programming Instructions manual for the Data Logger ES851 Function Table 8 Data Logger connection status AE EE Type of modem connection failure 0 None Dial KO Connect KO Authentication KO IPCP KO Modem not yet initialized Modem init KO Modem not configured Modem not dial out 16
263. age To do so force a minimum rate reference thus obtaining the minimum delivery of the pumping system Once the min rate is attained the feedback starts increasing when the filling pressure is attained the system can start operating under normal conditions Suppose that the feedback value of the pipe pressure is present at analog input AIN1 Table 57 MPL parameterization for Pipe Fill function P368 MPL3 Digital output mode DOUBLE ANALOG P369 MPL3 Selecting variable A A79 AIN1 P370 MPL3 Selecting variable B A79 AIN1 P371 MPL3 Testing variable A lt P372 MPL3 Testing variable B gt P373 MPL3 Comparing value for Test A Pressure Ee the system is P374 MPL3 Comparing value for Test B Pressure value when the system is full P375 MPL3 Function applied to the result of the 2 tests A Set B Reset P375a_ MPL3 Selecting variable C DO Disabled P375b_ MPL3 Function applied to the result of f A B C P376 MPL3 Output logic level TRUE P377 MPL4 Digital output mode DIGITAL P378 MPL4 Selecting variable A D52 MPL3 P379 MPL4 Selecting variable B P380 MPL4 Testing variable A P381 MPL4 Testing variable B P382 MPL4 Comparing value for Test A P383 MPL4 Comparing value for Test B P384 MPL4 Function applied to the result of the 2 tests P384a MPL4 Selecting variable C DO Disabled P384b MPL4 Functio
264. ain The following is the root page of the Start Up menu 1DP SINUS PE PENTA START UP MENU Press ENTER to start Press ENTER to enter the wizard Before entering the control parameters you are asked to choose a dialogue language _ Language CEE EEE EE ECEECE EE then you are asked to choose the display mode of the Start Up Menu When does th Start Up ea activate gt EE EE E Choose one of the following 1 EVERY START 2 ONLY NOW Se START UP NEVER If you select EVERY START UP the wizard appears whenever the Penta drive is powered on if you select ONLY NOW you can scroll through the menu and the wizard is disabled as soon as you quit the menu if you select NEXT START UP the menu is displayed only when the Penta drive is next started up if you select NEVER the Start Up menu is disabled 41 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO foetus Parameters included in the Start Up menu Parameter C008 C010 C012 C013 C015 C016 C017 C018 C019 co21 C028 C029 C034 P009 P010 C043 C044 C045 C048 C189 C190 C191 1073 1074 C265 C267 Description Rated mains voltage Type of control algorithm Speed feedback from encoder Type of V f pattern Rated motor frequency Rated motor rpm Rated motor power Rated motor current Rated motor voltage No load current of the motor Min motor speed Max motor speed Voltage preboost Acceleration ramp time Deceleration ramp time Cu
265. al magnetization in the rotor C185 STOP Mode Range 0 Deceleration Ramp 1 Idling Default 0 Deceleration Ramp Level ADVANCED LEET 1185 This function allows selecting whether the drive is to be deactivated with a controlled EE deceleration ramp or is left idling when the START command is open C186 Fire Mode Enable Input 0 gt Inactive 0 16 1 8 MDI1 MDI8 Range 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is 9 12 MPL1 MPLA fitted 13 16 TFL1 TFL4 17 24 XMDI1 XMDI8 Piao Inactive Level ENGINEERING Address Function This parameter allows programming a digital input to activate the Fire Mode see the Fire Mode section C187 Torque Limit Source Ref Disable Input 0 gt Inactive 0 16 1 8 MDI MDI8 Wall Cl o 24 if ES847 or ES870 is 9 12 MPL1 MPLA fitted 13 16 gt TEL TFL4 17 24 XMDI1 XMDI8 Derauit rr EE Level ADVANCED Address This function sets a digital input allowing disabling the external torque limit When the JS digital input set for C187 is active the torque limit will depend on the parameters contained in the LIMITS MENU of the active motor 326 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP C188a C188b C188c Inputs for PID MULTIREFERENCES 0 gt Inactive 1 8 MDI1 MDI8 9 12 MPL1 MPLA 13 16 gt TFL1 TFL4 17 24 XMDI1 XMDI8 Inactive 0 16 JEWO o 24 if ES847 or ES870 is fitted eo Level ADVANCE
266. al inputs ecceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeteaeeseneeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeenenees 75 Table 10 List of parameter P263 and Fire Mode Enable Password 78 Table 11 Indexes corresponding to the different models sizes of the Penta Drive 79 lTable 12 Voltage classes of HR EE teenie anes ied ieee ao ane eee 79 Table 1 Sian COntrol ue Le E 80 Table 14 Coding for fan activation sssrinin nerais ane e nin aai aaia Ea aaa areae ERa aiaa RoE ani Naai 80 Table 15 List of parameters POOO to POOS icsivssseesiecsetoesteanceccess sees Juosieee actaateecuceaceeaees exes lids ERNEEE EE en EERE ea r Ee ea En 82 Table 16 List of parameters P264 to P269 cccccccceeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeesesecaeeeeeeeeseecceeeeeeeseeeeenaaees 86 Table 17 Preset PID Units Of M aSUIEy scriitura a aa a EEE EEA eE r ei Eataa 89 Table 18 Example of a Speed Hampi 92 Table 19 List of parameters P009 to POSS ccccccceccececeneeeeeeeeeceeeaeee eee eeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeseceaaaeeesesesesecaaeeeeeeeedeeccieeeeeeeeseeeenaaees 96 Table 20 Parameters used for the Inputs for References Men 104 Table 21 Analog Input Hardware Mode 2 ccccceeeseeeeceeeeeeeeeceneaeeeeeeeseecaaaeeeeeeeseecaaeeeeeseseeccaaeeeeeeeseseceaeeeeeeeeeeeenaaees 107 Table 22 List of parameters PO50 to PO74 a oe eeeeeeeseeeeeenneeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeesesaaeeeseneeeeeeaeeesesaaeeeseaeeeeseiaeeeeseeeseneneeees 111 Table 23 List of parameters PO80 to P1
267. alue depending on the motor ratings whenever the motor autotune step 7 is performed Once a no load current value is entered in C021 the value of the parameter relating to mutual inductance C024 will be automatically computed when parameters 1073 1 Motor Tune and 1074 1 FOC Auto no rotation are set up as for current autotune C024 is computed even if no autotune procedure occurs Also set C022 resistance of one stator phase for a star connection or one third of one phase resistance for a delta connection and C023 stator leakage inductance of one phase for a star connection or one third of the leakage of one phase for a delta connection The value for C022 corresponds to half the resistance value measured with an ohm meter between two phases of the motor If values to be set for C022 and C023 are not known motor autotune is required see step 6 otherwise go to step 7 Press SAVE ENTER each time a new parameter is set 47 456 SINUS PENTA 6 Encoder TEST 7 Autotune of the stator resistance and leakage inductance 8 Autotune of the current loop NOTE 48 456 Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP The motor must run when testing the encoder Access the ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU set the source of the encoder signal used as a speed feedback Encoder A in terminal board Encoder B from ES836 or ES913 option board enter the number of pulse rev and the number of the encoder channels more details are given
268. alue of AO1 Selected Variable BREUCI Default Level Address Function 32000 32000 320 00 320 00 of the full scale Depending on the value selected value in P177 See Table 29 1500 15 00 of 10000 rpm 1500 rpm ADVANCED Minimum value of the variable selected via P177 corresponding to the min output value of AO1 set in P182 149 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP P179 Max value of AO1 Selected Variable 32000 32000 oP x S Range Depending on the value SE Si 320 00 of the full scale value selected in P177 Default 15 00 of 10000 rpm 1500 rpm Level ADVANCED Address Maximum value of the variable selected via P177 corresponding to the max output value of AO1 set in P183 Function P180 AO1 Analog Output Offset 9999 9999 Range Depending on the value 9 999 9 999 selected in P176 cof 0 000 e KC Eed ADVANCED klen 780 MT Offset value applied to AO1 analog output P181 Filter for AO1 Analog Output IS 0 65000 0 000 65 000 sec Default 0 0 000 sec Level ADVANCED Address Gq AA Value of the filter time constant applied to AO1 analog output P182 Min AO1 Output Value with Reference to P178 100 100 200 200 10 0 10 0 V Depending on the value 20 0 20 0 mA selected in P176 Default Level ADVANCED Address Minimum output value obtained when the minimum value of the variable set WSA
269. alue respectively Source 9 V out is useful when C294 3 Add Voltage out This represents the output voltage that would be implemented in the IFD control without the corrections made by the PID Reference sources 11 and 12 can be selected only after setting XAIN in parameter R023 0 10 0 12 when ES847 is fitted S ON EO O Function 373 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP C288 C289 C290 Selection of PID Feedback n 1 2 3 Default Level Address Function C291 PID Control Mode Range Default Level Address Function 374 456 Disable REF AIN1 AIN2 PTC Pulse Input Serial Link Fieldbus Keypad Encoder lout 10 Vout 11 Vdc 12 Pout 13 Vout measured 14 Tout 15 XAIN4 16 XAIN5 C288 3 AIN2 PTC C289 0 Disable C290 0 Disable 0 14 0 16 when ES847 is fitted OO OO ee O ENGINEERING 1288 1289 1290 C288 selects the first PID feedback source Up to three feedback sources can be configured among the available reference sources If multiple sources are selected their sum is considered They are saturated based on parameters P247 and P248 PID feedback maximum and minimum value respectively See also parameter C285 Feedback source 13 is useful when C294 3 Add Voltage out It represents an RMS measure of the output voltage resulting from the readout of two output phase to phase voltage values properly processed from
270. ameters relating to proportional gain P127 P128 Set equal values for P127 and P128 and increase them until overshoot takes place when the setpoint is attained Decrease P127 and P128 by approx 30 then decrease the high values set for integral time in P125 and P126 keep both values equal until an acceptable setpoint response is obtained Check to see if the motor runs smoothly at constant speed If alarm A060 Fault No Curr trips this means that the current loop is not properly tuned Follow the instructions given in step 8 and decrease the value of Ip parameter C021 in the MOTOR CONTROL MENU If the motor is noisy when starting this means that the rotor time constant is not correct Follow the instructions given in step 9 again or manually change the value of the rotor time constant parameter C025 for a smooth motor startup If no failure occurred go to step 13 Otherwise check the drive connections paying particular attention to supply voltages DC link and input reference Also check if alarm messages are displayed In the Motor Measures Menu check the speed reference M000 the reference speed processed by the ramps M002 the supply voltage of the control section M030 the DC link voltage M029 the condition of the control terminals M033 Check to see if these readouts match with the measured values 49 456 SINUS PENTA 13 Additional parameter modifications 14 Reset 50 456 Z SANTERNO ToS CARRA
271. ample MDO1 2 lt P270 lt 9 Function applied to the result of f A B C for MDO1 2 3 4 P277b P286b P295b P304b Once the Boolean signal resulting from f A B is obtained an additional logic function can be applied to obtain the output TRUE FALSE Boolean signal If parameter P277a is disabled the output of f A B goes directly to the corresponding digital output if parameter P277a is enabled the output of the output of f A B becomes one of the two inputs of the second programmed block The user can choose one of the six Boolean tests above for the first variable f A B and for the second variable C See Example 6 187 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP MDO1 2 3 4 Logic applied to MDO1 2 3 4 P278 P287 P296 P305 The logic of the Boolean signal can be reversed at the end of the processing chain The user can choose whether the logic level of the digital output is POSITIVE or NEGATIVE 0 FALSE a logic negation is applied NEGATIVE logic 1 TRUE no negation is applied POSITIVE logic NOTE This parameter can be accessed only if the operating mode of the selected digital output is other than zero Example MDO1 P27070 24 4 Programmable Operating Modes Diagrams The diagrams shown in the figures illustrate the operating structure of MDO1 digital output the remaining digital outputs MDO2 MDO3 and MDO4 will follow the same logics as implemented in the relevant parameters
272. amplitude one for all ranges In this way the speed reference value is never included in one of the preset speed ranges when decreasing if the speed reference matches with the max allowable value of a prohibit speed range the value assigned to the reference is given by the min allowable value of the speed range and vice versa when the reference is increasing The discontinuity of the speed reference has no effect on the actual speed of the connected motor because this will vary with continuity until it reaches the new rpm value of the speed reference The intermediate values of the prohibit speed ranges are to be intended as absolute values independent of the reference sign Motor A Speed a Decreasing Y Reference pA 2 P108 j A lt gt Increasing 7 A Reference Ee p Speed P105 P106 P107 Reference P000132 B Figure 12 Prohibit Speed ranges Figure 12 illustrates different trends of the speed reference when it matches with the max allowable value of a prohibit speed range when decreasing red or when it matches with the min allowable value of a prohibit speed range when increasing blue Example P105 500 rpm Prohibit speed 1 P106 650 rpm Prohibit speed 2 P107 700 rpm Prohibit speed 3 P108 50 rpm Semi amplitude of prohibit speed ranges 1 450 rpm 550 rpm 2 600 rpm 700 rpm 3 650 rpm 750 rpm In this case the second and third prohibit ranges partially match because
273. an be applied to obtain the output TRUE FALSE Boolean signal If parameter P357a is disabled the output of f A B goes directly to the corresponding digital output if parameter P357a is enabled the output of the output of f A B becomes one of the two inputs of the second programmed block The user can choose one of the six Boolean tests above for the first variable f A B and for the second variable C Logic applied to MPL1 2 3 4 P358 P367 P376 P385 The logic of the Boolean signal can be reversed at the end of the processing chain The user can choose whether the logic level of the digital output is POSITIVE or NEGATIVE 0 FALSE a logic negation is applied NEGATIVE logic 1 TRUE no negation is applied POSITIVE logic This parameter can be accessed only if the operating mode of the selected digital output is other than zero Example MPL1 P35020 NOTE Please refer to Programmable Operating Modes Diagrams relating to the digital outputs NOTE 224 456 fia Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 28 2 Operating Diagram of the Virtual Digital Outputs Virtual digital outputs are software outputs that can be used as digital inputs from the following items e digital inputs e digital outputs e auxiliary digital outputs e virtual digital outputs themselves They can be used for special functionality of the system thus avoiding loop wiring on the same control board Example It can be necess
274. an be programmed with parameters P081 P098 according to the programming mode set in P080 The 4 Multispeed functions determine which of the 15 active speed references are T active active value 1 or inactive value 0 of each preset input signal determines a bit logic binary number MULTISPEED 0 is the less significant bit bit 0 and MULTISPEED 3 is the most significant bit bit 3 If one of these functions is not set up its relevant bit is zero Table 89 Multispeed selection Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Multispeed selected MULTISPEED 3 MULTISPEED 2 MULTISPEED 1 MULTISPEED 0 314 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP Table 90 Selected Speed reference START Di 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 d MULTISPEED 0 X 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 MULTISPEED 1 X 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 Oo 0 1 1 MULTISPEED 2 X 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 Oo 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 MULTISPEED 3 X 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 X 0 1 2 3 45 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 n lol njoao lja lo lrinin j ol o nio OFM S S S S S S gt 3 3 313a s 3a s 3ais A IJITA JIAJI If one of these functions is not set up its relevant bit is zero For example if C156 and C157 are Inactive 0 while C155 and C158 are programmed to two different terminals only Multispeed 0 1 8 9 can be selected relating to the following referenc
275. and supply NOTE In the Digital Inputs menu do not set any function for MDI6 and MDI7 In the Encoder Frequency Input menu set In the Encoder Frequency Input menu set the the source for Encoder A speed reference set source for Encoder B speed reference set C189 C189 A REF B NO if also encoder B or A NO B REF if also encoder A or frequency frequency input FIN B are used see input FIN A are used see programming options for programming options for C189 in the C189 in the Encoder Frequency Input section Encoder Frequency Input section Set the number of pls rev for the encoder being Set the number of pls rev for the encoder being used parameter C191 used parameter C190 Checking the Reference Sign l If the sign for the reference from encoder is not correct you should reverse it by setting C199 FBK XX REF YES 40 456 CARRARO GROUP fica Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA 6 START UP MENU 6 1 Overview For easier startup of the Penta drive you can activate the Start Up Menu The Start Up Menu is a wizard allowing programming the main parameters for the connected motor and the parameters for PID control The parameters in this menu are the same as described in the FIRST STARTUP section The Start Up Menu is displayed when the Penta drive is first started The Start Up Menu can be reactivated at any time To do so set P265 in Start Up mode see the DISPLAY KEYPAD MENU and power on the Penta drive ag
276. ansfer in progress MENU inverter to keypad LED off FWD and REV LEDs Green S TR ke LED flashing e Total reference 0 LED on fixed Total reference of frequency speed torque is being sent e and is positive Total reference of frequency speed torque is being sent e and is negative NOTE Installation Instructions manual 28 456 L CMD LED Green Commands sent from sources other than _kevoad Al Commands sent both es from keypad and terminal board Commands sent from keypad only L REF LED Green Reference sent from sources other than keypad Reference sent both and Reference sent from _ keypad only See also the OPERATING AND REMOTING THE KEYPAD section in the Sinus Penta s fice ial d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 2 DESCRIPTION OF INPUT AND OUTPUT SIGNALS The control board of the drives of the Sinus Penta series is provided with the following inputs outputs e 3 Analog Inputs single ended REF input differential AIN1 amp AIN2 inputs that can be programmed as voltage current inputs via SW1 DIP switch see Configuration DIP switches in the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions Manual D 3 Analog Outputs that can be programmed as voltage current inputs via SW2 DIP switch see Configuration DIP switches in the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions
277. are terminal board REF AIN1 AIN2 plus two analog inputs XAIN4 XAIN5 acquired to the hardware terminal board located on ES847 option board FIN frequency input Encoder input Keypad Serial link with MODBUS communications protocol Fieldbus option board Up Down from MDI Up and Down digital inputs gt Multiple reference sources may be enabled at the same time up to 4 reference sources with parameters C143 C144 C145 C146 in this case the drive will consider the sum of all active reference as the main reference Finally a dynamic selection between two command sources and two reference sources is allowed when using the digital input configured as Source Selection see C179 291 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 34 1 1 Command Sources The drive commands may be sent from the following sources 0 Disabled 1 Terminal board A 2 Serial link with MODBUS protocol 3 Fieldbus fieldbus on option board 4 Terminal board B 5 Keypad remotable display keypad The factory setting enables only Terminal Board A C140 1 and C141 1 as a command source see also the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU Both Terminal board A and B refer to the same terminal board located on the control board but allow switching between one set of START STOP REVERSE commands sent to three terminals to a different set of commands sent to three different terminals Most commands may be delayed when enabled or disabled ref
278. ary to control the status of the hardware ENABLE contact of the system to cause an external alarm to trip when MPL1 is selected in parameter C164 DIGITAL INPUTS MENU P350 1 Digital Enable P351 D21 Enable MPL out P358 TRUE POO0660 b Figure 39 Example of MPL functionality For more details about possible configurations of the virtual digital outputs see Programmable Operating Modes Diagrams 225 456 PROGRAMMING SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Examples This section covers some examples for the supervision of pumping systems with the PID control algorithm The settings of the parameters being used are given in the tables below the parameters highlighted in grey have no effect Example 1 Dry Run Detection For most pumps especially submersible bore hole pumps it must be assured that the pump is stopped in case of dry run This is assured by the Dry Run Detection feature How Does It Work Dry run detection is based on power frequency monitoring Stop trip due to dry run is initiated under the following conditions Table 56 MPL parameterization for Dry Run Detection P359 MPL2 Digital output mode DOUBLE ANALOG P360 MPL2 Selecting variable A A77 Output Power P361 MPL2 Selecting variable B A86 PID Feedback P362 MPL2 Testing variable A lt P363 MPL2 Testing variable B lt P364 MPL2 Comparing value for Test A Min operating PWR
279. as it will normally delay other functions programmed for the same terminal 313 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP C153 DISABLE Input 0 gt Inactive 1 8 MDI1 MDI8 9 12 gt MPL1 MPLA 13 16 gt TFL1 TFL4 17 24 gt XMDI1 XMDI8 Peso CSCC Inactive Level ADVANCED KIC 1153 The DISABLE function disables the drive and overrides any ENABLE signals The DISABLE command sets the drive output voltage to zero so the motor starts idling the motor idles and stops due to friction or the mechanical load If the DISABLE function is set C153 0 to activate the drive deactivate the input signal on the terminal selected with C153 to enable the drive then activate the ENABLE function and the ENABLE S function if programmed 0 16 Range 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is fitted Function C154 Disable RESET Alarms on MDI3 Range 0 NO 1 Yes Default Level ADVANCED Address If C154 1 Yes the alarm reset function can be disabled from MDI3 that can be WEE assigned to other functions C155 C156 C157 C158 MULTISPEED Inputs 0 gt Inactive 0 16 1 8 MDI1 MDI8 Range 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is 9 12 MPL1 MPLA fitted 13 16 gt TFL1 TFL4 17 24 gt XMDI1 XMDI8 Default C155 4 C156 5 C155 MDI4 C156 S MDI5 C157 0 C158 0 C157 C158 Inactive Level ADVANCED ECES 1155 1156 1157 1158 This function generates up to 15 speed references that c
280. ated between these two values 2 4 20 mA Unipolar current input with min threshold between 4 mA and 20mA The detected signal is saturated between these two values Before being saturated if the detected signal is lower than 4 mA or greater than 20 mA alarms A068 or A104 trip 3 0 10 V Unipolar voltage input between OV and 10V The detected signal is saturated between these two values 4 0 20 mA Unipolar current input between 0 mA and 20mA The detected signal is saturated between these two values Function The value set in parameter P060 must match with the status of switches SW1 3 SW1 4 NOTE and SW1 5 allowing selecting the proper electric circuit for the analog signal processing voltage signal or current signal If the PTC thermal protection C274 is enabled the reference from AIN2 is NOTE automatically managed as a 0 10V input The only parameter enabled for the control of AIN2 is P064 P060 P061 PO61a P062 PO62a and P063 cannot be viewed and are not considered for calculations P061 Value of AIN2 Input Producing Min Reference X axis 100 100 if P060 0 10 0 V 10 0 V if PO60 0 10V 200 200 if P060 1 20 0 mA 20 0 mA if P060 1 20 mA GEUCCE 40 200 if P060 2 4 0mA 20 0 mA if PO60 2 4 20 mA 0 100 if P060 3 0 0 V 10 0V if PO60 3 0 10 V 0 200 if PO60 4 0 0 mA 20 0 mA if PO60 4 0 20 mA Default Level ADVANCED Address This parame
281. ated frequency where the maximum output frequency results from the following C002 gt 5000Hz fout_max C002 16 C002 lt 5000Hz fout_max C002 10 C002 is the maximum carrier frequency and the divisor is the min allowable number of pulses per period Table 63 Maximum value of the output frequency depending on the Penta size Max output frequency Hz 2T 4T Smaller than 0015 0015 to 0129 0150 to 0162 Greater than 0162 From 0023 to 0030 437 5Hz 0040 1000Hz and 0049 800Hz Max Output Frequency Hz 5T 6T Smaller than 0076 0076 to 0524 Greater than 0524 NOTE The maximum output frequency is limited to the speed level programmed in parameters C028 C029 32000 32000 rpm This results in Foutmax RPMmax NPole 120 EXAMPLE When using a 4 pole motor and 30 000rpm are required Fou will be 1000Hz so the performance requirements are fulfilled On the other hand if the same performance requirements are needed with an 8 pole system 30 000rpm cannot be obtained as Fou is 2000Hz As a result when using an 8 pole motor the maximum allowable programmable speed is 15 000rpm RPMoutmax Foutmax 120 number of motor poles 253 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 31 2 List of Parameters C001 to C004 Table 64 List of parameters C001 to C004 Co01 Minimum carrier frequency See Table 73 and Table 77 C002 Maximu
282. ating two different functions to the same terminal Only few preset combinations are allowed NOTE When invalid configurations are set up ILLEGAL DATA appears on the display keypad of the Penta drive C183 Max Fluxing Time Before Drive disablin Range 0 65000 0 65000 ms emo Disab EE ADVANCED Address 1183 Control VTC and FOC This function disables the drive if the fluxing time period is longer than the preset time if the ENABLE command not a RUN command is sent To restore motor fluxing disable and enable the ENABLE command or send a START command when ENABLE is closed Function AN NOTE The time set in C183 is added to the Fluxing Ramp Time set in C041 C084 C127 C184 Fluxing at Activation only with START Closed Bu O17 No 1 Yes ogo No Level ADVANCED Address 11384 Ice VTC and FOC AUA Fluxing may be carried out only when the START command is closed 325 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP C184a Disables External Torque Limit during Fluxin Range CE CAE Getau REG Level ENGINEERING cke 1200 Iech FOC During fluxing and until the fluxing setpoint is achieved the external torque limit if any programmed via C147 see CONTROL METHOD MENU is disabled Consequently only eil GIE the limits set in parameters C047 and C048 see LIMITS MENU are applied during fluxing This function limits undesired behaviour of the motor duing fluxing due to residu
283. ause the longer the time the error persists the stronger the integral action is this phenomenon is called windup In case of output saturation the integral term can reach very high values as a result the error shall have opposite sign for a long period before exiting from saturation The PID regulator of the Penta drive is provided with an Anti windup function which compensates the effect described above This Anti windup action is described below P proportional term l integral term D derivative term The output is always calculated as follows OUT lt P 1 D When output saturation occurs OUT lt OUTsat The integral term is forced based on the following lt OUTsat P D which is the Anti windup function This prevents the integral term from reaching very high values the integral term is then kept constantly in line with the saturated output value OUTsat that is present at each moment any variations of the error i e the P that allows exiting from saturation have immediate effect to the output without having to wait for a long time before discharging the integral term itself The effect of the Anti windup can be adjusted with parameter P260 if P260 lt 1 the effect is reduced and the system is less sensitive to error variations if P260 0 the effect is cancelled The value of P260 1 is correct for the applications requiring to quickly exit from saturation On the other hand reducing P260 can be useful when outp
284. aximum reference set with P072 121 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP P073 Value of ECH Producing Min Reference X axis ll Ce 32000 32000 32000 rom Default RE Level ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the value of the Encoder input for minimum reference or KSE better the reference set in C028xP073a Master mode or in C047xP073a Slave mode If motor 2 is active the values set in C071 and C090 will be used instead of C028 and C047 if motor 3 is active the values set in C114 and C133 will be used P073a Percentage of Speed Min Trq Min Producing Min Reference Y axis related to P073 elle Cd O 1000 BACU 1000 Level ADVANCED Address Function This parameter represents the max speed percentage or the min torque percentage for a torque reference to be used for the maximum reference set with P073 P074 Value of ECH Producing Max Reference X axis Range 32000 rpm DACUS 1500 1500 rpm Level ADVANCED GIE 674 This parameter selects the value of the Encoder input for maximum reference or Function better the reference set in CO29xP074a Master mode or in C048xP074a Slave mode If motor 2 is active C072 and C091 will be used instead of C029 and C048 if motor 3 is active the values set in C115 and C134 will be used P074a Percentage of Speed Max Trq Max Producing Max Reference Y axis related to P074 SEM O 1000 Default Level ADVAN
285. ay be manually tuned Display analog outputs AO1 and AO2 showing the current reference value and the current value measured Set the current regulator s parameters see the FOC REGULATORS MENU in order to reduce to a minimum the difference between the two waveforms rotation current Manual tune of the flux loop The correct parameters of the flux regulator are calculated whenever the rotor time constant value changes see 2 FOC Auto rotation 5 FOC Man no However you can manually tune the flux loop rotation flux Display analog outputs AO1 and AO2 showing the flux reference value and the flux value obtained Set the current regulator s parameters in order to reduce to a minimum the difference between the two waveforms See the FOC REGULATORS MENU NOTE If Manual tune is selected do the following to quit the function disable the ENABLE command and set 1073 0 Disable After tuning the rotor time constant whenever the time constant value is manually changed NOTE parameters P158 and P159 are adjusted based on the time constant value that has been set up 249 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP 30 2 Checking the Encoder Operation Set 1073 as Encoder Tune to check the correct operation of the encoder selected as a speed feedback see the ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU and to automatically set the correct direction of rotation Before checking the correct operation of the encoder used as a spe
286. ayed in square brackets use the A and Y keys to select a different menu Press the SAVE ENTER key to access the selected menu 84 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus penta CARRARO GROUP 11 3 Keypad Page and Local Mode Keypad To access the Keypad pages press the MENU key from the Root Page or press the LOC REM key after selecting the Local mode The measures displayed on the Keypad page can be set up through parameters P268b to P268e From the Keypad page press the SAVE ENTER key to display the Keypad Help page describing the measures displayed on the Keypad page The Keypad Help page is displayed for a few seconds If parameter P264b Navigation mode via MENU key is set to Operator navigation is locked NOTE once the Keypad Page is displayed Hold down the ESC key for a few seconds to resume navigation The following Keypad Pages are available Measures only gt four lines displaying measures only Speed line 4 shows the speed reference that can be changed with the A and YW keys Torque line 4 shows the torque reference that can be changed with the A and W keys Limit Torque gt line 4 shows the limit torque reference that can be changed with the A and Y keys PID line 4 shows the PID reference that can be changed with the A and Y keys If the Local Mode is NOT selected pressing the MENU key allows viewing only the pages containing the references sent via keypad see the CONTROL METHO
287. be C029 lt C028 gt gt gt 272 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP C029 C072 C115 Max Motor Speed 32000 see note parameter C028 DACUS 1500 Level LOCIS 1029 1072 1115 This parameter defines the maximum speed of the connected motor When references forming the global reference are at their max relative value the global liest Bi reference equals the max speed of the connected motor If C011 C054 C097 2 Torque with speed limit this parameter is used to limit the motor rotation 0 32000 rpm see note in parameter C028 In the CONTROL METHOD MENU if an external speed torque limit source C147 is selected NOTE the speed limit value set with this parameter is the upper limit that can be reduced by adjusting the external source Also the ramp times set in the RAMPS MENU P009 P025 are applied to this limit C030 C073 C116 Flux Weakening Speed 0 200 Default 90 Level ENGINEERING ACCES 1030 1073 1116 Control This parameter defines the speed value determining the motor flux weakening REESEN It is expressed as a percentage of the motor rated speed C016 C059 C102 C031 C074 C117 Max Speed Alarm 0 32000 Range Disabled 32000 rpm SE Io Disabled Level ADVANCED L d 1031 1074 1117 Function If it is not set to zero this parameter determines the speed value to be entered for the maximum speed alarm A076 C032 C07
288. be considered either as the unique active reference or as summed up to the other configured PID reference sources see example above P081a P087a PID Multireference 1 7 Range Defaut C Level ENGINEERING Address 945 949 986 987 This is the value of the PID reference selected with the corresponding combination of the digital inputs programmed as multireferences The reference is expressed in the unit of measure set with P267 see the DISPLAY KEYPAD MENU and is based on parameter P257 Gain for PID Scaling Function Example The max value for the PID feedback is 100 This value corresponds to a level of 25m in a tank When P257 0 25 100 of PID feedback corresponds to 25 metres When setting a reference level of 15 meters multireference 1 shall be set as P081a 15 0 m 127 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP P099a PID Reference in Fire Mode Range 1000 1000 1000 Default 500 50 0 Level ENGINEERING Address 988 This parameter sets the value of the PID reference when in Fire Mode The value of the PID reference depends on the scale factor set in P257 128 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 16 PROHIBIT SPEED MENU 16 1 Overview This menu allows setting prohibit speed ranges that the motor cannot maintain at constant rom due to mechanical resonance Three prohibit speed ranges are available 3 intermediate values of the speed range and their semi
289. be reversed with Cw CCw if this is set up C159 0 Both functions cause a signal reversal if they are both active they will cancel each other The keypad and the terminal board can be simultaneously activated only if the STOP NOTE C150 0 function is activated Three sources for the signal reversal are then active REVERSE Cw CCw REV key if two of them are active they will cancel each other while if all three sources are active the reference sign will be reversed When the reference sign is reversed the direction of rotation of the connected motor is not CAUTION immediately reversed the setpoint decreases to zero following the preset deceleration ramp and it increases up to the reference value having the opposite sign following the preset acceleration ramp 311 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP C151a REVERSE B Input 0 gt Inactive 0 16 1 8 MDI1 MDI8 Range E 9 12 gt MPL1 MPLA 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is fitted 13 16 gt TFL1 TFL4 17 24 a XMDI1 XMDI8 eo Inactive Level Xan 1299 The REVERSE B Input acts as the REVERSE Input see C151 when Terminal Board anuon B is active The figure below illustrates the processing logic diagram for the START REV Cw CCw functions and the START STOP REV keys on the display keypad if the STOP function is not programmed STOP Not PROGRAM C150 0 Keypad Disabled Keypad Enabled Inverter Enabled
290. below 19 456 SINUS PENTA 1 2 20 456 SANTERNO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP Menu Tree MEASURES COMMANDS PARAMETERS CONFIGURATION PRODUCT IDENTIFIER INVERTER OK INVERTER OK INVERTER OK INVERTER OK M00 0 00rpm M02 0 00 rpm MEA PAR CF IDP MO00 0 00rpm M02 0 00 rpm MEA PAR CF IDP MEASURE MENU PARAMETERS MENU M Parameters P Par that can Cannot be changed be changed when the motor is running MEA PAR MOTOR PASSWORD AND MEASURES ACCESS LEVEL se Sa MEA PAR PID REGULATOR DISPLAY KEYPAD MEA PAR DIGITAL RAMPS INPUTS MEA PAR REFERENCES INPUTS FOR REFERENCES MEA PAR OUTPUTS MULTISPEED MEA PAR PT100 PID TEMPERATURES MULTIREFERENCES MEA PAR AUTODIAGNOSTICS PROHIBIT SPEED MEA PAR DATA LOGGER REFERENCE MEASURES VARIATION PERCENT MEA PAR DIGITAL INPUTS SPEED LOOP AND SETTINGS CURRENT BALANCE MEA PAR FAULT FOC FIELD LIST ORIENTED CONTROL MEA PAR POWER OFF ANALOG OUTPUTS LIST AND FREQUENCY OUTPUTS M00 0 00rpm M02 0 00 rpm MEA PAR CF IDP MO00 0 00rpm M02 0 00 rpm MEA PAR CF IDP PRODUCT MENU Language Selection and Inverter Data IDP SINUS PENTA START UP MENU Press ENTER to start IDP PRODUCT PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO la P
291. below v Proportional term this the variable detecting the instant difference between the reference and the measured value of the physical variable to be controlled error v Integral term this is the variable keeping track of the history of the detected errors Summation of all errors v Derivative term this is the variable keeping track of the evolution of the error or the controlled variable difference between two consecutive errors or between two consecutive values of the feedbacked variable The weighted summation of these terms represents the output signal of the PID regulator The weight of these three terms may be defined by the user with the parameters below Ko P240 P241 Ti P242 td P243 integ Max Anti P238 PID Out Max P256 P236 Rate Limiter Reference PID a PID Out P238 Desaturation P237 Raten PID Out Min Feedback PID Deriv Max T P239 KLS 5 DI St at i gt KR P239 P000341 B Figure 23 PID Block Diagram In LOCAL mode the PID regulator is disabled if it is used to correct the reference or the voltage values C294 2 Add Reference or C294 3 Add Voltage out In LOCAL mode if the drive reference is the PID output C294 1 Reference and the Type parameter on the Keypad page in Local mode is P266 Ref Active Spd the PID NOTE reference can be changed by activating the Local mode from the Keypad page Press the NOTE
292. between these two values P396 Value of XAIN5 Producing Min Reference X axis 200 200 if P395 2 20 0 mA 20 0 mA if P395 2 20 mA 40 200 if P395 3 4 0mA 20 0 mA if P395 3 4 20 mA 0 200 if P395 4 0 0 mA 20 0 mA if P395 4 0 20 mA Default Level ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the value for XAIN5 input signal for minimum reference or better the reference set in C028xP396a Master mode or in C047xP396a Slave mode If motor 2 is active C071 and C090 will be used instead of C028 and C047 if motor 3 is active the values set in C114 and C133 will be used Function P396a Percentage of Speed Min Trq Min Producing Min Reference Y axis related to P396 fie 0 1000 Default 1000 Level ADVANCED Address This parameter represents the min speed percentage or the min torque ill El Percentage for a torque reference to be used for the minimum reference set with P396 246 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP P397 Value of XAIN5 Input Producing Max Reference X axis EIST 200 200 if P395 2 20 0 mA 20 0 mA if P395 2 20 mA 40 200 if P395 3 4 0mA 20 0 mA if P395 3 4 20 mA 0 200 if P395 4 0 0 mA 20 0 mA if P395 4 0 20 mA emi 200 rr L men Level ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the value for XAIN5 input signal for maximum reference or ER better the reference set in CO29xP397a Master mode or in C048xP397a S
293. board failure FOC No Encoder Tracking Error FOC control but Encoder not enabled Encoder speed tracking error KeyPad WatchDog Communication watchdog via keypad Illegal Encoder Cfg Functions programmed for MDI6 and MDI7 or encoder B selected and encoder board not detected External Alarm 1 External Alarm 2 External alarm 1 External alarm 2 External Alarm 3 External alarm 3 XAIN5 gt 20mA XAIN5 Current input 4 20mA or 0 20mA greater than 20mA A087 15V LOSS 15V Loss A088 ADC Not Tuned Control board failure A089 Parm Lost COM2 Parameter download upload error A090 Parm Lost COM3 Parameter download upload error A091 Braking Resistor Overload Overvoltage tripped with braking resistor activated due to continuous operation time exceeding the max programmed time A092 SW Version KO Control board failure 423 456 CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege A093 Bypass Circuit Open By Pass relay open A094 HeatSink Overheated IGBT heatsink temperature too high A095 Illegal Drive Profile Board Drive Profile board not correctly configured A096 Fan Fault Fault of the cooling fans A097 Motor Not Connected Motor not connected A098 Illegal Motor Selected Illegal motor selected via MDI A099 2nd Sensor Fault Fault of fan sensor 2 A100 MDIE6 Illegal Configuration Function programmed for MDI6 along with frequency input A A101 MDI8 Illegal Configuration Function programmed for M
294. by AO1 Example 21 146 Figure 19 Curve voltage speed implemented by AO1 Example 321 146 Figure 20 Curve voltage speed implemented by AO1 Example A 147 Figure 21 Curve voltage speed implemented by AO1 Example P 147 Figure 22 Using Timers ul EE 158 Figure 23 PID BlOCK Ke ET EE 163 Figure 24 Permanent oscillation with Kpe Critical gain ce eeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeetenaeeeeseeeeeeseaeeesesaeeeeseneeeeeeeneeenenaaes 164 Figure 25 Response to a system tuned with the method of Ziegler and Nichols AAA 165 Figure 26 Response to the step based on the value of Kp when Ti is kept Constant 166 Figure 27 Response to the step when K p is too large 2 eeeceeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeeneeetenaeeeeeenaeeeeeeneeesesaeeseseneeeeeeeneneeenaaes 167 Figure 28 Response to the step based on the value of Ti when Kp is kept Constant 168 Figure 29 Response to the step when the values of Kp and Ti are too Small oo eee renee eee eeeeeeeeeneeeaes 168 Figure 30 PID Sleep and Wake up Mode when P2374 is Set to 172 Figure 31 MDO DIOCK diagranns ENEE EENS ENEE EEN SNE EES 180 Figure 32 KEIER EE 188 Fig re 33 ANALOG Modes iii iann ea ei en oie Heer et Ae le RA ene eee 189 Figure 34 DOUBLE DIGITAL Mode 189 Figure 35 General structure of the parameterization of a digital output eeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeneeeeeaes 190 Figure 36 Digital output for speed thresholds example
295. c Rnd Sel3 1 On P021d Rnd Sel4 1 On P022 RndStartAcc IT P023 RndStopAcc IT P024 RndStartDec P P025 RndStopDec IT P026 T Tup 5 00 s P027 T Tdn 5 00 s P028 T Un Mea 1 Ois P029 J Tup 1s P030 J Tdn 1s P031 SpdAccReset 1 Yes P032 TupFireM IN P033 TdnFireM NM P05x P07x Reference P050 REF 3 0 10V P051 REFMIN 0 0 V P051a REFMIN_ 100 P052 REFMAX 10 0 V P052a REFMAX_ 100 P053 REFOFFS 0 000 V P054 TauFilt REF 5 ms P055 AIN1 2 4 20mA P056 AIN1MIN 4 0 mA P056a AINIMIN_ 100 P057 AIN1MAX 20 0 mA P057a AIN1MAX_ 100 P058 AIN1OFFS 0 000 mA P059 TauFilt AIN1 5 ms P060 AIN2 2 4 20mA P061 AIN2MIN 4 0 mA P061a AIN2MIN_ 100 P062 AIN2MAX 20 0 mA P062a AIN2MAX_ 100 P063 AIN2OFFS 0 000 mA P064 TauFilt AIN2 5 ms P065 SpdDisab 0 rpm P066 SpdDisabTime Os P067 U D Ramp Square P068 U D Mem 1 Yes P068a U D1 StopRes 0 No P068b U D2 StopRes 0 No P068c U D1SwSRes 0 No P068d U D2SwSRes 0 No P069 U D Range 1 Unipolar P070 Jog Ref 0 P071 PulseMin 10000 Hz P071a PulseMin_ 100 P072 PulseMax 100000 Hz P072a PulseMax_ 100 P073 EncMin 0 rpm P073a EncMin_ 100 P074 EncMax 1500 rpm P074a EncMax_ 100 446 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS 5 EE SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA P08x P10x Multispeed P080 Mspd use 0 Preset Speed P081 Spd1 0 0
296. cccccceeccteecceeceececeeeceaeceesseeeeeceseeeaeeeenseeseearenenees 415 53 1 OVERVIEW EE 415 53 2 LIST OF PARAMETRES R050 TO RO58 0 ecceecceececeeeceeeeceeeeeceneeecueeeceeeeaueeaaeeenes 415 54 DATA LOGGER MEN poccsiccicccecescacceeannendecdsdacdawantenteveniacdsdcwcsndnsdadenssedeccedeccadanueis 417 En D ee EE 417 54 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS R115 AND HIIE 417 55 EEPROM MENU EE 419 55 1 TEE 419 55 2 LIST OF INPUTS 1009 TO H EEN 420 56 ALARMS AND WARNINGS cccccceecceeecceeceeececeeeceasceeeeeeeeeceseeeeeeeeneeeseeaeenenees 421 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO A Hone CARRARO GROUP 56 1 WHAT HAPPENS WHEN A PROTECTION IpIpg 421 56 2 WHAT TO DO WHEN AN ALARM IpIpS 422 56 3 JAAS Ms eege geed 423 56 4 LIST OF THE DRIVECOM ALARM CODES 441 56 5 VWWARNINGS tee Ee 443 56 6 WApNINGLIST rnrn nnne rannan n EEan Arann nAn rennan rnern 444 567s STATE E 445 57 CUSTOM PARAMET E 446 att INDE X issienctntccinnedaananacenncennsdaanasaninecnncodannandsennsnsneinsnesenenadacansasinacenssdanmesasennnnanadesnnaes 455 10 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 0 2 Figures Figure 1 IMGMU Ee Gegen ee e 21 Figure 2 Navigation xample s cc scccicccceiessceadteccecnelecechasabenededubenegucticessuedaee sath pen suede pe AE a Aaa para A EA E a ESE a aAA paaa 22 FIQUire S DISPIAY KOY o1 E 28 Figure 4 Example OKT Sinni eaea eia e aa inst O aaa ao aaa aa arisia ieaS 93 Figure 5 Speed profile without Rounding Off and wit
297. ck Maximum Value R w S P249 PID Ramp UP Acceleration Time RW S P250 PID Ramp DOWN Deceleration Time R w S P251 Unit of Measure for PID Ramps R w S P252 Start S Curve for PID Ramps RW S P253 End S Curve for PID Ramps R W S P254 PID Out Threshold Enabling Integral Implem SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP R W S P2554nverter Disabling Time for PID Output Equal to Min Value R W S P256 Time Spent by PID Output from 0 to 100 SINUS PENTA 100 00 0 00 0 Disabled cn mm zs mu Em 0 1 v 0 e 5 me nmn zs mmm 100 00 mn lt om s 0 00 s 222 is v UI 0 0 Refmax 5 S Disabled ms i When the level of liquid in the tank exceeds the reference value set from keypad a negative error is produced Error Reference Feedback Because the complemented output computing mode is selected and because the complemented output is the speed reference the higher the error absolute value the higher the PID output value This means that the quicker the level increases the quicker the pump suction On the other hand if the level is lower than the reference a positive error is produced because the PID output is limited to 0 the pump will not activate if the PID output is equal to the min value for a timer longer than P255 1000 P244 5sec the drive is put on stand by 381 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 44 5 Example of Filter Voltage Drop
298. cond ramp is active with an acceleration ramp time of 5sec P022 50 Therefore reference acceleration is limited for the first 2 5 sec of the ramp time NOTE When using parameter P022 the preset acceleration ramp time is increased by P022 2 P023 Acceleration Ramp End Rounding Off Time Range 0 100 Default See Table 74 and Table 78 Level ADVANCED Address Function Sets the rounding off time period for the end stage of the acceleration ramp This aA parameter is expressed as a percentage of the acceleration ramp time of the active ramp NOTE When using parameter P023 the preset acceleration ramp time is increased by P023 2 100 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus Penta CARRARO GROUP P024 Deceleration Ramp Start Rounding Off Time Range O 100 0 100 Default See Table 74 and Table 78 Level ADVANCED Address See the function for P022 The only difference is that this rounding off function is applied to the first stage of a deceleration ramp NOTE When using parameter P024 the preset deceleration ramp time is increased by y P024 2 P025 Deceleration Ramp End Rounding Off Time Range 0 100 Default See Table 74 and Table 78 Level ADVANCED Address Function See the function for P023 The only difference is that this rounding off function is Feely applied to the last stage of a deceleration ramp NOTE When using parameter P025 the preset
299. connector and the message sent from the master to the drive is considered as complete R005 Watchdog Time for Serial Link 0 D9 pole Tere o 60000 0 6000 0 sec Default Level ENGINEERING Address If not set at zero this parameter determines the time limit after which alarm A061 Function WDG Serial 0 Alarm trips if the drive does not receive any legal message through serial link 0 9 pole male D connector R006 Parity Bit for Serial Link 0 D9 pole 0 Disabled 1 Stop bit 1 Disabled 2 Stop bit 2 Even 1 Stop bit 3 Odd 1 Stop bit Default nu O 1 Disabled 2 Stop bit Level Address Function BREUCI This parameter determines whether the parity bit is used or not when creating the MODBUS message through serial link 0 9 pole male D connector R008 Drive MODBUS Address for Serial Link 1 RJ45 G IE 1 247 Default 1 Level ENGINEERING Address Function This parameter determines the address assigned to the drive connected to the network through RS485 of serial link 1 RJ45 connector NOTE The display keypad connected through RJ45 connector dialogues correctly with the drive using the default values preset in the parameter set for serial link 1 RJ45 R009 Response Delay for Serial Link 1 RJ45 AEW 1 1000 1 1000 msec ail Level ENGINEERING Address This parameter determines the drive response delay after a master query sent through serial link 1 RJ45 connector
300. ction is active after resetting an alarm or after supplying the inverter this will start only if the ENABLE contact is opened and closed again 421 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP 56 2 What To Do When an Alarm Trips If a protection trips or the drive is in emergency condition the drive is locked and the motor starts idling T CAUTION Before resetting an alarm disable the ENABLE signal on terminal MDI2 to disable the CAUTION drive and to prevent the connected motor from running at uncontrolled speed Proceed as follows 1 Disable the ENABLE signal on terminal MDI2 to disable the drive and to lock the motor unless parameter C181 1 the Safety Start function is active after resetting an alarm or after supplying the drive this will start only if the ENABLE contact is open and closed 2 Ifthe motor is idling wait until it stops Check the FAULT LIST carefully for any information about the alarm tripped in order to determine the cause responsible for the alarm and its possible solutions Any information stored to the FAULT LIST is also required when contacting Elettronica Santerno s Customer Service 3 In the following sections find the relative alarm code and follow the instructions 4 Solve any external problems that may have been responsible for the protection trip 5 If the alarm tripped due to the entry of wrong parameter values set new correct values and save them 6 Reset the
301. ctive 1 8 MDI1 MDI8 9 12 MPL1 MPLA 13 16 gt TFL1 TFL4 17 24 gt XMDI1 XMDI8 Inactive 0 16 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is fitted Default 0 Ye ADVANCED LEI 1150 This parameter disables the RUN function enabled by the START command The setting of this function affects the enabling disabling mode of the RUN commana it can be enabled disabled using the START and STOP keys or the START STOP and REVERSE keys instead of the START key as an ON OFF switch factory setting If the drive is enabled alte El Press START to enable the drive RUN Press STOP to disable the drive RUN reference is set to zero so the speed or torque setpoint decreases to zero based on the preset deceleration ramp In case of preset STOP the keypad and one or more terminal boards may be enabled at a time In this case the START key and the STOP key in the display keypad are active and can enable or disable the drive RUN The STOP input is a normally closed input signal According to factory setting only the hardware terminal board selected with command source 1 C140 1 is active as a switch operated mode C150 0 To switch to the key operated mode set the STOP input C150 0 The keypad and other NOTE terminal boards may be selected in key operated mode only If the STOP input is_not programmed and the switch operated mode is active the keypad may be selected as the only command source C140 5 C141 0 C142 0 NO
302. ctual range depends on the preset torque limit values and the 32000 rated torque of the selected motor C047 C048 Motor 1 C090 C091 Motor 2 C133 C134 Motor 3 Active for VTC and FOC controls only Address AA e This is the torque limit value being used expressed in Nm 54 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP M013a Speed Limit before the Ramps Range 32000 32000 rpm Active Active for FOC only Address Limit value at constant speed of the motor speed of rotation in torque control with speed limit ganenn mode C011 2 for Motor 1 C054 C097 for Motors 2 and 3 G IE 32000 2000 rpm Xo Active for FOC only Address Current limit value of the motor speed of rotation in torque control with speed limit mode ils Vol C011 2 for Motor 1 C054 C097 for Motors 2 and 3 500 Note The actual range depends on the torque limit values set for the selected motor C047 C048 Motor 1 C090 C091 Motor 2 C133 C134 Motor 3 Goar UC Active for VTC and FOC controls only Address This is the limit value for the torque at constant speed expressed as a percentage of the rated torque of the selected motor If an external torque limit is used the value of this measure is the torque limit obtained at constant speed on the other hand if the torque limit is internal to the drive this value is the actual torque limit Function 500 Note The actual range depends on the
303. d 3 The regulator s structure is as follows error Set_Point Measure integral_status integral_status error Ki Ts Output Kp error integral_status where Kp is the proportional coefficient Ki is the integral coefficient 1 Ti where Ti is the integral time Ts is the regulator operating time ranging from 200 to 400 microseconds based on carrier frequency Function NOTE Parameters P159 P166 P173 are automatically recomputed and saved whenever the Rotor Time Constant parameter C025 is changed 139 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 20 ANALOG AND FREQUENCY OUTPUTS MENU 20 1 Overview Please refer to the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions Manual for the hardware AN NOTE description of the analog output and the frequency output or for the configuration of the dip switches for voltage current outputs NOTE MDO1 digital output is used when the frequency output is enabled P200 other than Disabled Any configuration set in the DIGITAL OUTPUTS MENU will have no effect The Sinus Penta drive allows configuring three programmable analog outputs as voltage outputs or current outputs as well as one frequency output 20 1 1 Factory setting of the Analog Outputs Analog outputs are factory set to voltage values ranging from 10V and the following variables are selected e OUTPUT MIN MAX TERMINALS OUTPUTS SELECTED VARIABLE RANGE VALUE VALUE 10 AO Speed spee
304. d of the connected motor 10V_ 1500 1500 14 AC Speed Ref pae e at constant 10V 1500 1500 12 AO3 Current of the connected motor 10V_ 0 Imax Depending on the inverter size 20 1 2 Analog Outputs As per the analog outputs the ANALOG AND FREQUENCY OUTPUTS MENU allows selecting the variable to be represented its range its acquisition mode or as an absolute value the type of analog output voltage current and the output values corresponding to the min value and the max value of the selected variable An offset value and a filtering function may also be applied to the analog outputs For the frequency output this menu contains the parameters for the selection of the represented variable its acquisition mode or as an absolute value its min value and max value and the corresponding output frequency value and a filtering function The figure below shows the typical structure of the analog outputs in particular AO1analog output and its parameter set are illustrated 140 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP Val Max Out Max P180 P179 P183 Offset P177 Selection gt DAC rs Vector Selection Val Min Out Min P178 P182 PO00338 b Figure 15 Typical structure of the Analog Outputs D Vector Selection Selects the variable to be represented through the digital analog converter DAC P177 is the selection
305. de A Event Hardware overcurrent detected by the drive output current circuit Possible cause Solution See A044 SW Overcurrent See A044 SW Overcurrent 428 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS A052 Illegal XMDI in DGO Description Event Possible cause Solution SINUS PENTA 5 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Illegal configuration of XMDI in the Digital Outputs menu e The drive checked if at least one XMDI input from ES847 or ES870 I O option board is available in the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU e The drive checked if R023 I O Board setting is set to 0 in the EXPANSION BOARD CONFIGURATION MENU Wrong settings Check settings and enter correct settings A053 Not PWONA Description Event Possible cause Solution Hardware failure IGBT A power on failure IGBT A power on controlled by Motorola microcontroller has failed Control board failure 1 Reset the alarm send a RESET command 2 If the alarm persists please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer Service A054 Option Board not in B A055 PTC Alarm Description Event Possible cause Solution Description Possible Solution ES847 or ES870 not in The control board detects no ES847 or ES870 I O expansion boards after parameter R023 I O Board Setting is set as 0 Option board not in or faulty 1 Check consistency of parameter R023 see the EXPANSION BOARD CONFIGURATION MENU 2 Reset the alarm
306. deceleration ramp time is increased by P025 2 P026 Torque Ramp Time U REUL 0 32700 Function of P028 Default 500 Level ADVANCED Address Defines the time taken by the torque reference of the selected motor to go to zero elle from max value as an absolute value between Torque min and Torque max C047 C048 for motor 1 and so on P027 Torque Ramp Time Down Range 0 32700 Function of P028 Default Level ADVANCED Address Defines the time taken by the torque reference of the selected motor to go from max aA Value to zero as an absolute value between Torque min and Torque max C047 C048 for motor 1 and so on 101 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP P028 Unit of Measure for Torque Ramp Time Default Level ADVANCED Address Defines the unit of measure for the torque ramp times See the unit of measure for function ramp 1 par P014 P029 Jog Ramp Acceleration Time Range 0 6500 0 6500 sec Default 1sec Level ADVANCED KIC 629 The preset time corresponds to the time the ramped speed torque reference takes to go from zero to the JOG speed torque value P070 Function P030 Jog Ramp Deceleration Time Range Default Level ADVANCED Address 0 6500 sec The preset time corresponds to the time the ramped speed torque reference takes to go from the JOG speed torque value P070 to zero P031 Gradient Variati
307. different from 7 2 you can refer to the graph below where the x axis shows the LRC FLC ratio and the y axis shows the multiplicative constant to be applied to the LRT to calculate the value of parameter C267 60 50 40 a 30 a C267iLRT 20 Gemen 10 emer LRC FLC P000816 0 Figure 61 Set up of parameter C267 depending on the LRC FLC ratio Example 1b When using a 7 5kW motor the multiplicative constant corresponding to an LRC FLC 8 2 is approx 46 if referring to the graph above As a result the motor thermal time constant that you would select is 27 3 x 46 C267 1257s which is a more accurate value than 1080s computed in Example 1a Example 2 The 250kW motor in Table 106 can be approximated to have a trip class of 690 x 79 IEC Class 90 85 100 x6 Because this value is not given in Table 105 the motor thermal time constant that you would select is directly C267 90 85 x 36 3260s or 90 85 x 33 2998s if the value 33 is considered resulting from Table 106 with a ratio between LRC FLC 6 9 364 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus penta CARRARO GROUP 42 3 Thermal Protection Trip Delay The graph below shows the thermal protection trip delay depending on the IEC Class and the current flowing which is supposed to be constant Parameter C266 trip current is factory set to 105
308. ditional When parameter P003 Standby Only condition required for changing C parameters you can parameter change Cxxx parameters in the CONFIGURATION menu only when the drive is DISABLED or modifications STOPPED whereas if P003 Standby Fluxing you can change Cxxx parameters when the motor is stopped but the drive is enabled Before changing any parameters remember that the correct code for parameter P000 must be previously set up You can write down any custom parameters in the table provided on the last pages of this Programming Manual 12 Reset If an alarm trips find the cause responsible for the alarm and reset the drive Enable input MDI3 terminal 16 for some time or press the RESET key on the display keypad 46 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus PENTA CARRARO GROUP 7 3 FOC Motor Control 1 Wiring 2 Power on 3 Parameter modification 4 Supply voltage 5 Motor parameters Follow the instructions stated in the Caution Statements and Installation sections in the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions Manual Power on the drive and do not close the link to the START input to prevent the motor from running Access parameter P000 Key parameter and set its code default value 00001 Use the ESC A and SAVE ENTER keys to access the programming parameters Select the Engineering access level setting POO1 Eng Also refer to the Menu Tree Set the r
309. downloading the programming parameters from the keypad to the drive Possible cade Temporary interruption to the serial link between keypad and control board Check the connection between the keypad and the control board reset the alarm and Solution perform a new upload download procedure A074 Overload DAZA Drive thermal protection tripped Event The output current has been exceeding the drive rated current for long periods e Current equal to Ipeak 20 for 3 seconds or e Current equal to Imax for 120 seconds S05 S30 2T 4T e Current equal to Imax for 60 seconds S41 S90 2T 4T and all the 5T 6T models Check the drive current output during ordinary operation M026 in the Measure Menu check the mechanical conditions of the connected load load locked overload Possible cause Solution 433 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO A Hone CARRARO GROUP A075 Motor Overheated by tYel die i eyal Motor thermal protection tripped The software motor thermal protection tripped Output current has been exceeding the motor rated current for long periods Possible e Poor mechanical conditions of the connected load cause e Wrong setting of parameters in the Thermal Protection Menu 1 Check mechanical conditions of the connected load Solution 2 Check parameters C265 C266 C267 and equivalent parameters for motors 2 and 3 in the MOTOR THERMAL PROTECTION MENU Event A076 Limit Speed The motor speed is too high
310. dress EA Status of timed flags TFL1 4 Table 6 Coding of Measure M056b 0 TEL 1 TFL2 2 TFL3 3 TFL4 68 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus PENTA CARRARO GROUP M057 Frequency Output 10000 100000 Hz Note The actual range depends on the min value and the max value of gangs 10000 100090 MDO1 digital output set as a frequency reference Values are set in P204 and P205 see ANALOG AND FREQUENCY OUTPUTS MENU Xo Always active Address This is the frequency measure produced by MDO1 digital output when set as a frequency Function output M058 AO1 Analog Output eet Active Always active Address Value percent of analog output AO referred to the preset max output value maximum GER absolute value between P182 and P183 see ANALOG AND FREQUENCY OUTPUTS MENU M059 AO2 Analog Output Range Active Always active Address Value percent of AO2 analog output referred to the preset max output value maximum EE Acte value between P190 and P191 see ANALOG AND FREQUENCY OUTPUTS MENU M060 Analog Output AO3 Range Active Always active Address Value percent of AO3 analog output referred to the preset max output value maximum BUA Alte value between P198 and P199 see ANALOG AND FREQUENCY OUTPUTS MENU M061 Auxiliary Digital Outputs Range Bit controlled measure See Table 7 Active Always active Address Function Status of the auxiliary di
311. e NOTE This parameter can be accessed only if the operating mode of the selected digital output is gt 2 Example MDO1 P270 gt 2 185 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP MDO1 Function Applied to the Result of Tests A and B P277 P286 P295 P304 A logic function is applied to the two Boolean signals obtained in order to obtain the output TRUE FALSE Boolean signal Six different tests may be performed for variable A using the comparing value and variable B A OR B The selected digital output is enabled when at least one of the two conditions below is true this function also allows enabling the selected digital input based on one test only A SET B RESET Rising Edge A RESET B SET Rising Edge A SET B RESET Falling Edge A RESET B SET Falling Edge The selected digital output is activated as the output of a Flip Flop Set Reset whose inputs are signal A and signal B This function can be used in case of hysteresis The status of the input Qn depends on the previous value Qn 1 and on the result of the two tests Signals A and B are considered only when passing from 0 gt 1 Rising Edge or 1 0 Falling Edge Signal A and signal B may be used both as Set and Reset command Example Suppose that the output enables only when the motor speed exceeds 50rpm and disables when the motor speed drops below 5 rpm To do so assign the first condition to Test A representing the Set command for
312. e Time ON deactivation time Time OFF days of the week when activation shall occur The timed flags may be used as they were digital inputs both when managing digital outputs MDO and when managing virtual digital outputs MPL It is also possible to assign the same control functions that can be associated to the other digital inputs see DIGITAL INPUTS MENU NOTE The Timed Flags Menu may be accessed only if the Data Logger board is installed even the ES851 RTC version only and if parameter RO21 Data Logger setting is set to 2 ENABLE 47 2 Examples Every time flag features 3 parameters Hour Minute Second setting the activation time of the flag itself 3 parameters Hour Minute Second setting the deactivation time of the flag itself 1 parameter setting the days of the week when the flag shall activate If the activation time precedes the deactivation time the flag will have the TRUE logic value at the activation time whilst it will have the FALSE logic value at the deactivation time in the days of the week concerned If the activation time is subsequent to the deactivation time the flag will have the TRUE logic value at the activation time whilst it will have the FALSE logic value at the deactivation time of the following day Example 1 C330 TFL1 Time ON Hour 08 C331 TFL1 Time ON Minutes 00 C332 TFL1 Time ON Seconds 00 C333 TFL1 Time OFF Hour 20 C334 TFL1 Time OFF Minutes
313. e 15RO102B1 e SINUS PENTA MULTIFUNCTION AC DRIVE USER MANUAL Programming Instructions Issued on 20 05 14 D R 08 English SW Ver 1 69x This manual is integrant and essential to the product Carefully read the instructions contained herein as they provide important hints for use and maintenance safety This product is to be used only for the purposes it has been designed to Other uses should be considered improper and dangerous The manufacturer is not responsible for possible damages caused by improper erroneous and irrational uses Elettronica Santerno is responsible for the product in its original setting Any changes to the structure or operating cycle of the product must be performed or authorized by Elettronica Santerno Elettronica Santerno assumes no responsibility for the consequences resulting by the use of non original spare parts Elettronica Santerno reserves the right to make any technical changes to this manual and to the product without prior notice If printing errors or similar are detected the corrections will be included in the new releases of the manual The information contained herein is the property of Elettronica Santerno and cannot be reproduced Elettronica Santerno enforces its rights on the drawings and catalogues according to the law SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Elettronica Santerno S p A Via della Concia 7 40023 Castel Guelfo BO Italy Tel 39 0542 489711 Fax 39 0542 48972
314. e Depends on the value 320 00 320 00 of the full scale value selected in P185 See Table 29 Default 1500 1500 rpm Level ADVANCED Address Maximum value of the variable selected via P185 corresponding to the max output value of AO2 set in P191 Function 151 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP P188 AO2 Analog Output Offset 9999 9999 Depends on the value 9 999 9 999 selected in P184 Default O 0 000 V Level ADVANCED Address elle Offset value applied to AO2 analog output P189 Filter for AO2 Analog Output Ale 0 65000 0 000 65 000 sec Default Level ADVANCED Address JWA Value of the filter time constant applied to AO2 analog output P190 Min AO2 Output Value with Reference to P186 100 100 200 200 10 0 10 0 V Depends on the value 20 0 20 0 mA selected in P184 Default 100 Level ADVANCED DLC 790 Minimum output value obtained when the minimum value of the variable set in P186 is implemented eet 10 0 V Function P191 Max AO2 Output Value with Reference to P187 100 100 200 200 10 0 10 0 V Depends on the value 20 0 20 0 mA selected in P184 ADVANCED Address Maximum output value obtained when the maximum value of the variable set in P187 is implemented Default C Level P OVANCED Address Function Sen the operating mode of AO3 analog output Function P192 AO3
315. e External Alarm function is programmed opens Solution Check external signal Possible cause RI OL Loss of 15V Event The voltage level of 15V is inadequate Possible Possible failure of the control board or other circuits in the Penta Drive Reset the alarm send a RESET command Solution If the alarm persists please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer Service 436 456 er on Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP A091 Braking Resistor Overload Overvoltage due to the overload of the braking resistor that has been operating for a EES time equal to the maximum time due to settings in C211 and C212 The braking resistance command was inhibited because the maximum ON time was expired and the energy caused by regeneration that can no longer be dissipated has led to overvoltage This application requires an intense use of the Braking Resistor for example in lifting applications where a long downstroke is required when the load is connected to the motor 1 Reset the alarm send a RESET command Te Vitel 2 If the power dissipated by the braking resistance allows for a heavier use set C211 with a greater ON time Possible Bypass relay open The control board requested the closure of the bypass relay or contactor for the short circuit of the DC link capacitor precharge resistors but no closing signal is sent auxiliary of the relay during functioning precharge already closed Possible
316. e PID2 PARAMETERS MENU and the PID CONFIGURATION MENU As for the display keypad the unit of measure can be programmed with parameters P267b P267c in the DISPLAY KEYPAD menu Function 60 456 PROGRAMMING SANTERNO SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP M024 PID Feedback Note The actual range depends on the max value and the min value of S IS 32000 the PID feedback set in parameters P247 P248 and on the gain level set in P257 Active Always active Address 1674 This is the measure of the feedback being used for the PID regulator as M020 but multiplied Function by the gain level set in P257 see also the PID PARAMETERS MENU and the PID CONFIGURATION MENU As for the display keypad the unit of measure can be programmed with parameters P267 P267a in the DISPLAY KEYPAD menu M024a PID2 Feedback Note The actual range depends on the max value and the min value Range 32000 of the PID2 feedback set in parameters P447 P448 and on the gain level set in P457 Active This measure is active if enabled from C291a Address 17338 This is the measure of the feedback being used for the PID2 regulator or the 2 zone mode as Function M020a but multiplied by the gain level set in P457 see also the PID2 PARAMETERS MENU and the PID CONFIGURATION MENU As for the display keypad the unit of measure can be programmed with parameters P267b P267c in the DISPLAY KEYPAD menu 61 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO TORUNN
317. e alarm tripped is stored to memory and will be active at next power on Regardless of the Autoreset function setup an automatic reset of the last alarm stored can be obtained when the drive is next turned on C257 Yes Undervoltage alarm A047 DC bus voltage below allowable threshold with motor running or Mains Loss alarm A064 mains loss when the motor is running and the Power Down function is disabled are not stored in the fault list when the drive is powered off factory setting To enable parameter storage set C258 to Yes 41 2 List of Parameters C255 to C258 Table 104 List of parameters C255 to C258 C255 Autoreset attempt number ENGINEERING 0 C256 Attempt counting reset time N a 300 sec C257 Alarm reset at Power On ENGINEERING 0 Disabled Enable Undervoltage and Mains BNTAIN SE DINIE pat C258 EEN De ENGINEERING 1258 0 Disabled C255 Autoreset Attempt Number SEULE O 100 0 100 Default Level ENGINEERING Address If set other than 0 this parameter enables the Autoreset function and sets the max aA allowable number of reset attempts The autoreset attempt count is reset when a time equal to the time set in C256 passes starting from the last alarm tripped C256 Attempt Counting Reset Time Seure O 1000 0 1000 sec PACIS 300 Level ENGINEERING Address Function Determines the time that passes from the last alarm tripped to reset the autoreset attempt number
318. e control board zs SS NOTE NOTE NOTE Parameters in this menu are Rxxx parameters Once changed and saved they become active only when the drive is next switched on or when its control board is reset by holding down the RESET key for more than 5 secs For the correct operation of the PROFldrive board please refer to the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions manual and to the PROFIdrive COMMUNICATIONS BOARD USER MANUAL If the PROFldrive option is present parameter C149 START Input must be assigned to value 1 MDI1 52 2 List of Parameters R025 to R045 Table 117 List of parameters R025 to R045 R025 Slave address ENGINEERING 547 1 R026 PZD3 OUT ENGINEERING 548 1 DIGITAL INPUTS R027 PZD4 OUT ENGINEERING 549 0 NOT USED R028 PZD5 OUT ENGINEERING 550 0 NOT USED R029 PZD6 OUT ENGINEERING 554 0 NOT USED R030 PZD7 OUT ENGINEERING 555 0 NOT USED R031 PZD8 OUT ENGINEERING 556 0 NOT USED R032 PZD9 OUT ENGINEERING 557 0 NOT USED R033 PZD10 OUT ENGINEERING 558 0 NOT USED R034 PZD3 IN ENGINEERING 559 0 NOT USED R035 PZD4 IN ENGINEERING 581 0 NOT USED R036 PZD5 IN ENGINEERING 582 0 NOT USED R037 PZD6 IN ENGINEERING 583 0 NOT USED R038 PZD7 IN ENGINEERING 584 0 NOT USED R039 PZD8 IN ENGINEERING 585 0 NOT USED R040 PZD9 IN ENGINEERING 586 0 NOT USED R041 PZD10 IN ENGINEERING 587 0 NOT USED R044 Drive Profile Communication Mode ENGINEERING 520 0 DP VO R045 Drive P
319. e due to an alarm tripped before the drive was reset To avoid storing the alarms tripped before the drive is switched off set parameter C257 in the Autoreset Menu The drive stores the moment when an alarm trips to the FAULT LIST supply time and operation time The drive status when the alarm tripped and some measures sampled when the alarm tripped are also stored to the Fault List The readout and storage of the fault list can be very useful to detect the cause responsible for the alarm and its possible solution see also the Fault List Menu Alarms A001 to A039 relate to the main microcontroller DSP Motorola of the control board which detected a fault on the control board itself No fault list is available for Alarms A001 to A039 and no Reset command can be sent via serial link alarms can be reset through the RESET terminal on the terminal board or the RESET key on the NOTE keypad No software for the keypad interface is available the drive parameters and measures cannot be accessed via serial link Avoid resetting alarms A033 and A039 as they trip when the flash memory is not provided with its correct software Alarms A033 and A039 can be reset only when proper software is downloaded for the the inverter flash memory Before resetting an alarm deactivate the ENABLE signal on terminal MDI2 to disable the inverter and prevent the connected motor from running at uncontrolled speed unless h CAUTION parameter C181 1 the Safety Start fun
320. e from the Sinus Penta to the Master is 100 then the actual output motor current is 10A Output Current Word 3 Motor Speed The output motor speed M004 is displayed as follows Motor Speed Words 4 amp 5 Third amp Fourth measure that may be configured with P330 amp P331 Words 4 amp 5 may be configured with P330 and P331 more details are given in the FIELDBUS PARAMETERS MENU Both words 4 amp 5 are represented as follows Mxxx represented by P330 and P331 409 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTE RNO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP Word 6 Digital Inputs Digital input status in the word bit 15 8 it 7 0 MDI3 MDI2 MDH XMDI8IXMDI7 XKMDI6 KMDI5 KMDI4 KMDI3 KMDI2 KMDI1 MDI8 MDI7 MDI6 MDI5 MDI4 RESET ENABLE START Word 7 Digital Outputs Digital output status in the word it 15 14 oit 13 8 bit7 bit6 bit 5 4 t 3 0 XMDO6 XMDO5 XMDO4 XMDO3 XMDO2 XMDO1 M MDO4 MDO3 vol CH Status of the Pre charge contactor Words 8 9 10 REF AIN1 AIN2 Analogue Signal Full scale value 16380 is a rated value corresponding to an input range of 10V This value can be changed due to automatic compensation of the tolerance of the input stage l REF AIN1 AIN2 l The measures of the analog inputs sent from the Sinus Penta to the Master are the AN NOTE unfiltered measure values detected in the A D converter output For filtered measures use M037 M
321. e is disabled and the PID always operates on the error resulting from C285 C288 Function 7 Two PIDs programming automatically disables the Source Selection function that can be programmed with C179 The two PIDs use only the signals selected with C285 C288 for PID and with C286 C289 for PID2 2 PID PID and PID2 operate in parallel the outputs of the two PIDs are matched based on the configuration of C171a If C171a 0 Disabled the outputs of the two PIDs are summed to each other If C171a is enabled the output of the PID regulator depends on the logic state of the configured input 0 gt PID 1 PID2 C291b PID2 Operating Mode 1 Normal canus i 2 Inverse Peat E Level Address This parameter sets how to calculate the PID2 output Two modes are available 1 Normal 2 Inverse In Normal mode the output of the PID regulator is the actual PID2 output If 2 Inverse is selected the error sign is reversed The Inverse operating mode can be used for special applications only see Keeping Fluid Level Constant Example Function C292 Selection of the Variable for Calculating the Derivative Term 0 Measure Range 0st 1 Error Default 0 Measure Level ENGINEERING Address This parameter sets the variable used for calculating the derivative term By default the derivative term is computed according to the feedback measure but it can also be computed according to the PID error Error Reference Feedb
322. e min speed percentage or the min torque percentage for a torque reference to be used for the minimum reference set with P057 Function P058 Offset over AIN1 Input 10 00 V 10 00 V if P055 Oor3 20 00 mA 20 00 mA if P055 1 2 4 OV GET 2000 2000 Default O KOE ADVANCED Xe leg 658 This parameter selects the offset correction value of AIN1 analog signal that has been measured The value set is added to the signal measured before saturation or conversion its unit of measure is the same as the one of the signal selected for AIN1 analog input Function P059 Filtering Time over AIN1 Input Range 0 65000 0 65000ms Default gt Level ADVANCED Address _ Function This parameter selects the value of the filter time constant of the first command applied to AIN1 input signal when the signal saturation and conversion is over 115 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP P060 Type of Signal over AIN2 Input Default Level ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the type of differential analog signal over terminals AIN2 and AIN2 in the terminal board The signal can be a voltage signal a current signal a unipolar signal or a bipolar signal 0 10 V Bipolar voltage input between 10V and 10V The detected signal is saturated between these two values 1 20 mA Bipolar current input between 20mA and 20mA The detected signal is satur
323. e motor to stop it DC current may be automatically injected at stop and or at start DC current injection may also be controlled by the terminal board All relevant parameters are included in the DC BRAKING MENU The intensity of the DC current injected is expressed as a percentage of the rated current of the active motor 38 1 1 DC Braking at Start and Non condensing Function To activate DC braking at start set C216 to YES Braking occurs after sending a START command with a speed reference other than zero before the acceleration ramp A START command may be one of the following RUN command or REV command sent via terminal board START command from keypad etc depending on the preset control mode DC braking level and duration are set in the following parameters C220 Expressed as a percentage of the rated current of the controlled motor C218 Expressed in seconds Speed loc f C220 Enable ON OFF ge Start Command ON OFF x P000352 b Figure 51 DCB Hold and DCB at Start Output speed holding and DC braking current when the DCB Hold and DCB at Start functions are active 339 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO A CARRARO GROUP The non condensing function consists in injecting DC into the motor DC current brakes the motor and heats the motor windings thus avoiding condensation This function is active only for the IFD control if C221 is other than zero and ENABLE ON For the other con
324. e parameters C150 C151 C169 If the REVERSE C15120 function is enabled it can enable disable the RUN command However if the START and REVERSE commands are both active the RUN command is disabled NOTE In this case START is interpreted as FORWARD and REVERSE as REVERSE When both Start and Reverse are active the system cannot interpret the query to be FORWARD or REVERSE If the JOG function is enabled C1690 it can enable disable the RUN command but only if the RUN command has not been previously enabled by other functions If the STOP function is enabled C15020 the RUN command may be enabled disabled only by pressing the relevant key see the description of the STOP function C150 If only the keypad is enabled as the command source press the START key located on the NOTE keypad to enable the drive RUN and press the STOP key to disable the drive RUN NOTE If C185 Free Wheel when removing the START command the drive will not carry out the deceleration ramp and will be put on stand by 305 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 35 1 2 ENABLE Terminal 15 MDI2 The ENABLE input function is assigned to terminal MDI2 and enables the drive operation It cannot be set to other terminals whereas the same terminal may be assigned to different functions The ENABLE input is always to be activated to enable the inverter operation irrespective of the control mode In order to enable the drive operati
325. e rotor time constant C025 is estimated with a special autotune procedure allowing the motor to run even in no load conditions First remove the ENABLE command then access the AUTOTUNE MENU and set 1073 1 Motor Tune and 1074 2 FOC Auto rot Use the ESC key to accept changes Close the ENABLE command and wait until autotune is over warning W32 Open Enable is displayed When autotune is complete the value obtained for the rotor time constant is automatically saved in parameter C025 If the motor cannot run in no load conditions use a first attempt value for lo that is automatically computed by the drive as described in step 7 Now that all the parameters have been set for the FOC motor control algorithm activate the ENABLE input terminal 15 and the START input terminal 14 and send a speed reference the RUN LED and REF LED will come on and the motor will start Make sure that the motor is rotating in the correct direction If not set parameter C014 Phase Rotation to 1 Yes or open the ENABLE and START inputs remove voltage from the drive and after waiting at least 5 minutes reverse two of the motor phases If overshoot occurs when the speed setpoint is attained or if a system instability is detected uneven motor operation adjust the parameters relating to the speed loop SPEED LOOP AND CURRENT BALANCING MENU Set the two parameters relating to integral time P125 P126 as Disabled and set low values for the par
326. e set in C235 is attained DC braking occurs Its duration depends on the speed value set in C235 and on DC braking parameters see the DC BRAKING MENU t C217 C235 C219 with C235 C219 equal to max 10 If power supply is restored the same conditions as described in the step above occur see Stop instead of stopping the motor the drive performs DC braking C235 Motor Speed at the End of Power Down Range 0 5000 rpm Default Level ENGINEERING Address Motor speed at the end of Power Down If C234 is set as Stand by the drive is put on stand by if C234 is set as DCB it determines DC braking Both conditions occur during the deceleration ramp due to Power Down and when the speed value set in C235 is attained Function 352 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 40 SPEED SEARCHING MENU 40 1 Overview When a command is sent to disable the drive the motor idles When the drive activates again the Speed Searching function allows the drive to reach the motor speed All parameters relating to this function are included in the Speed Searching submenu in the Configuration menu For FOC control the motor speed of rotation is always known so this function is always active and independent of the parameters of the relevant menu NOTE The Speed Searching parameters are used for IFD control only When C245 is set to YES do the following to activate the Speed Searching function open and cl
327. e wrong software was downloaded cause 1 Download the correct DSP Texas software version Souen 2 If the alarm persists please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer Service A039 Texas Flash not Programmed HOTT Texas Flash not programmed Event When switched on DSP Motorola detected that Flash Texas is not correctly programmed Possible cause A prior attempt to download DSP Texas software failed 1 Download the correct DSP Texas software version Soliter 3 If the alarm persists please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer Service 424 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP A040 User Alarm ROT Alarm trip caused by the user as a testing procedure Event The user has forced the alarm to trip Possible Value 1 was entered to address MODBUS 1400 via serial link Reset the alarm send a RESET command A041 IGBT Fault Side A RT teie General hardware fault from IGBT side A Event Power converter A generated a general alarm Possible e Electromagnetic disturbance or radiated interference e Overcurrent IGBT overtemperature IGBT fault 1 Reset the alarm send a RESET command Solution 2 If the alarm persists please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer Service A042 Illegal XMDI in DGI Rettel Illegal configuration of XMDI in the Digital Inputs menu e The drive checked if at least one XMDI input from ES847 or ES870 UO option board is available in the DIGITAL INPUTS
328. eal supply voltage for the drive You can set either mains voltage range or the DC supply stabilized by a Regenerative Penta drive To set the type of power supply for the drive access the MOTOR CONFIGURATION MENU and set configuration parameter C008 to the value corresponding to the installation concerned Set C010 Control Algorithm as FOC Field Oriented Control Set the motor ratings as follows C015 C016 C017 C018 C019 C029 fmot1 rated frequency rpmnom1 rated rom Pmot1 rated power Imot1 rated current Vmot1 rated voltage Speedmax1 max speed desired a SS LEE If the no load current of the motor is known in C021 lo set the value of lo expressed as a percentage of the motor rated current If the no load current of the motor is not known but the motor can run with no connected load start the motor at its rated speed read the current value detected by the drive parameter M026 in the Motor Measures Menu and use it as the first attempt value for lo If the connected motor must run at a higher speed than its AN NOTE rated speed flux weakening measure the no load current value of the motor at its rated speed not at its max speed If the no load current of the motor is not known and the motor cannot run in no load conditions use a first attempt value for lo that is automatically computed by the drive as described in step 7 When parameter C021 lo 0 the drive will automatically AN NOTE set a v
329. easures to be displayed on the Keypad Page Default Function NOTE Measure n 4 is available in the measure Keypad page only The reference to measure n 4 is available for the remaining Keypad pages P269 Disable LOC REM FWD REV Keys Range 0 No No 3 YES YES Default o Level ENGINEERING Address This parameter allows disabling the LOC REM and or the FWD REV key This is a bit controlled parameter bit 0 relates to LOC REM while bit 1 relates to FWD REV Set 0 to select NO set 1 to select Yes AA P269 0 both keys are enabled P269 1 the LOC REM key is disabled P269 2 gt the FWD REV key is disabled P269 3 both keys are disabled 90 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus penta CARRARO GROUP P269b ESC Key to Restore Previous Value 0 No 1 YES Default Level ENGINEERING Address The following is the effect of pressing the ESC key when changing a parameter once the SAVE ENTER key has been pressed and the value has been changed P269b 0 No press the ESC key to confirm the parameter value which is not stored to memory the new value is lost when the inverter is shut down P269b 1 YES press the ESC key to restore the previous value In both cases press the SAVE ENTER key to confirm the new value and store it to non volatile memory the new value is not lost when the inverter is shut down Function 91 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANT
330. ed the saw carrier frequency required for PWM must be 1 Hz P213 the min value must be Orpm when speed Orpm the electrovalve is disabled and max value Spd1 100 dtc1 2 Spd1 Supposing that the tool can rotate in both directions that Spd1 1500rpm and that the first digital output is used parameters are set as follows Table 47 MDO parameterization for the PWM function P270 MDO1 Digital output mode PWM MODE P271 MDO1 Variable A selection A72 Speed Ref P273 MDO1 Testing variable A gt P275 MDO1 Comparing value for Test A 3000 00 rpm P276 MDO1 Comparing value for Test B 0 0 rom P277a MDO1 Variable C selection DO Disabled TRUE 1Hz P278 MDO1 Output logic level P215 Saw signal frequency Parameter P215 in the ANALOG AND FREQUENCY OUTPUTS MENU sets the frequency of the saw wave i e the PWM frequency of the digital output In PWM mode parameter P275 sets the max value peak value of the saw wave while parameter P276 sets the min value of the saw wave The test selected with P273 is performed between the analog variable selected in P271 and the saw wave Motor Speed em a 3000 1500 A ee NN 194 456 fis Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP Example 6 Digital output indicating the READY state to a PLC supervisor using Inputs A B C This example shows how to activate a digital output based on the log
331. ed feedback enter the motor ratings and the encoder ratings NOTE Please refer to the MOTOR CONFIGURATION MENU and the ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU Once 1073 is set as Encoder Tune and the ENABLE and START commands are enabled the connected motor attains a speed of rotation of approx 150 rpm its speed of rotation is detected by the encoder then the drive is disabled The following messages can be displayed on the display keypad A059 Encoder Fault W31 Encoder OK Then the following message is always displayed W32 OPEN ENABLE If alarm A059 Encoder Fault trips in the encoder input the value measured by the drive does not match with the real speed of rotation of the motor Check that the encoder is properly set up see the ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU and wired if the Encoder B input is used check the Configuration of the dip switches located on ES836 or ES913 option board see the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions manual If W31 Encoder OK appears the speed feedback from encoder is correct In addition the autotune sets the encoder signal as feedback with parameter C199 250 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus penta CARRARO GROUP 30 3 List of Inputs 1073 1074 Table 62 List of inputs 1073 1074 1073 Type of autotune BASIC 1074 Type of motor tune BASIC 1461 1073 Type of Autotune 0 Disable Range 1 Motor Tune 2 Encoder Tune Default This is not a programming parameter
332. ed motor see parameter C028 motor 1 C071 motor 2 or C114 motor 3 Trq_Min depends on the selected motor see parameter C047 motor 1 C090 motor 2 or C133 motor 3 Speed Max depends on the selected motor see parameter C029 motor 1 C072 motor 2 or C115 motor 3 Trq_Max depends on the selected motor see parameter C048 motor 1 C091 motor 2 or C134 motor 3 The X axis values of the two points depend on the analog input REF Input Parameter P051 is the X axis value of the first point parameter P052 is the X axis value of the second point AIN1 Input Parameter P056 is the X axis value of the first point parameter P057 is the X axis value of the second point Input AIN2 Parameter P061 is the X axis value of the first point parameter P062 is the X axis value of the second point The figure below illustrates how parameters set computing the signals for speed or torque analog reference Saturation 10 0V 0 E Input Signal gt Speed Torque 10 0V M038 e Saturation Input type Ref_Max P057a selection 4 20 0mA eels 1 P056 besse P057 be Ref_Min P056a 20 0mA Offset Correction Saturation 20 0mA 2 sh Ref Min Ref Max MASTER mode Speed Speed_Min C028 Motor n 1 peed_Max C029 Saturation LSpeed_Min C071 Speed_Max C072 Speed Min C114 peed_Max C115 Teo Min C047 Trq_Max C048 Trq_Min C090 4 Trq_Max C09
333. ed on the MODBUS link the reference value must be written by the user to the addresses below 294 456 fi Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP Table 83 Reference inputs from serial link 1412 1025 BASIC Speed Speed reference limit Min speed RPM integer portion Max speed Speed reference limit 1413 1026 BASIC Speed decimal portion 99 99 RPM 100 1416 1029 BASIC Torque Torque reference limit E torque Tenths ax torque 1025 is the speed reference if at least one among parameters C143 146 is set to 5 Serial Link and the type of reference of the active motor parameters C011 C054 C097 is set to 0 Speed 1025 is the speed limit if C147 5 Serial Link and the type of reference of the active motor is set to 2 Torque with Speed Limit The range of this AN NOTE reference depends on the active Minimum Speed value and Maximum Speed value as set in parameters C028 and C029 for motor 1 and relevant parameters for motor 2 and motor 3 If C029 lt C028 then Min speed C029 Max speed C028 If C029 gt C028 then Min speed C028 Max speed C029 NOTE 1026 is the decimal portion of the speed reference in RPM and has effect in FOC motor control mode only 1029 is used e as a torque reference if at least one among parameters C143 146 is set to 5 Serial Link and the type of reference of the active motor parameters C011 C054 C097 is set to 1 Torque or 2 Torque with Speed
334. ed reference or a torque reference the signal filtering time constant Parameter P393 sets the offset of the input analog signal if P393 0 offset is zero while parameter P394 defines the filtering time constant factory setting P394 100ms The voltage signal can be bipolar 10V 10V or unipolar OV 10V The current signal can be bipolar 20mA 20mA unipolar OmA 20mA or can have a minimum offset 4mA 20mA The user will set each analog input mode in parameters P390 P395 Table 59 Analog input hardware mode Differential input Pin 11 12 XAIN4 10V Input Differential input Pin 13 14 XAIN5 20mA Input NOTE Configurations different from the ones stated in the table above are not allowed Scaling is obtained by setting the parameters relating to the linear function for the conversion from the value read by the analog input to the corresponding speed torque reference value The conversion function is a straight line passing through 2 points in Cartesian coordinates having the values read by the analog input in the X axis and the speed torque reference values in the Y axis The speed torque reference values are multiplied by the reference percent parameters P395 Each point is detected through its two coordinates The ordinates of the two points are the following the value of Speed_Min or Trq_Min for the torque reference multiplied by the percentage set with P391a P396a for the first point the va
335. eeaeeeeeeeeeseecueeeeeeeeeteeenaaees 257 Fable 66 Motor ratings aserra aa cascteqacanblissaeihnen E a A AE A E AEEA EOS 257 Table 67 Parameters of the equivalent circuit of the asynchronous machine 258 Table 68 Motor parameters used by control algorttbms AA 258 Table 69 IFD control parameters for the connected motors cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeeeseeceaueeeeeeeesseenenaees 260 Table 70 Parameters setting Slip Compensation IFD Control 261 Table 71 List of parameters C008 og 263 Table 72 Equivalence between AC mains range and DC range eccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeeeseeeeaeeseeeeeaeeteeeseneeeeaes 265 Table 73 Parameters depending on the Drive Size and Model Class 2TI94TIT 278 Table 74 Parameters depending on the Drive Size and Model Class 2T 4T IA 279 Table 75 Parameters depending on the Drive Size and Model Class 2T 4T IA 280 Table 76 Parameters depending on the Drive Size and Model Class 2T 4T 4 cccccsssccceeeseeceseeeeeeeseeeeessneeeessnneees 281 Table 77 Parameters depending on the Drive Size and Model Class 5T 6T 1 ccccsscceeesseeceeeeeeeeessaeeeessneeeessneeees 282 Table 78 Parameters depending on the Drive Size and Model Class BITTEN 283 Table 79 Parameters depending on the Drive Size and Model Class BITTEN 284 Table 80 Parameters depending on the Drive Size and Model Class 5T 6T IA 285 Table 81 List of parameters C043 to C135 erreina ernai a
336. eeaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseneeeneeeeeaes 384 Table 112 List of Parameters C310 to C31p ecceeececeseeeeneeeeneeeeaeeeeneeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeeeaeeeeaeeseaeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseneeseneeeeaes 390 Table 1135 List of Parameters tt C357 siisii eiiiai eea aea e a ea e eritrea Ete hanes 394 Table 114 List of parameters R001 to HO eee eeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeenaeeeeeeneeeeeeaaeeeseaeeseseaeeeeesaeeesenaeeseneeeeesseaeeesenaeeees 401 Table 115 List of parameters RO16 to ROV7 0 eee eeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeeneeesenaeeeeeeneeeeeeaaeeesesaeeeeseaeeeeeseaeeeseaeeseneaeeeesseaeeesenaeeees 404 Table 116 Listiof parameters RO21 to RO28 EE 411 Table 117 List of parameters R025 to R045 0 cece ceccecee eee eeeeeeneee eee eeteeeaaeeeeeeeesecaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeesesecceeeeeeeseeeesueeees 412 Table 118 List of Parameters RO50 to HO 415 Table 119 List of parameters R115 and R116 20 0 2 cececcccee cee eeeeecneeeeeeeeeeeeeaneeeeeeeseceaaaeeeeeeeseseeaaaeeeeeeseeeneaaeeeeeeeseeeeneeees 417 Table t20 Ge Ee EEN 418 Table 121 List of programmable inputs 1009 to IO 420 Table 122 List of the possible ET EE 423 13 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO Ee CARRARO GROUP Table 123 List of the DRIVECOM alarm code 441 Table 124 Warming MS EE 444 Mable A tee let eessen edel 445 14 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 0 4 How to Use this Manual 0 4 1 Overview This User Manual Programming Instructions provides any inf
337. eecueeeneeeeueeeaeeeenes 244 30 AUTOTUNE MENU WEEN 248 30 1 OVERVIEW ee 248 30 1 1 Motor Autotune and Adjusting oons 248 30 2 CHECKING THE ENCODER OPERATION c0cccceeeeceeeeececeeeeeaueesecaeeeeaaeeeecaeeeesneeees 250 30 3 LIST OF INPUTS Uert neha cnnpenicnesasicuen veupveewcanchiantoupenenntacaneunceatusensacss 251 6 456 fis Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 31 CARRIER FREQUENCY MENU 0 cccccceeecceeceeeeeceeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeceeseeeneeeeeenaes 252 81 1 e TE 252 31 1 1 IFD Control and VTC Control 252 31 1 2 Example IFD and E 252 31 1 3 FOG COMOL oain a A A E E T a a 253 31 1 4 Any Control Algorithm wis sicsciensecnenaicesncnenseanenanatanenstaapnendsnentenssnadaeneteannanstnns 253 31 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS C001 TO C004 wou cee cceec ccc eccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeas 254 32 MOTOR CONFIGURATION MENU cccecccescccescceseeeececeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseenaneeeees 256 32 1 TEE 256 32 1 1 Electrical Specifications of the Connected Motor 257 32 1 2 Motoft ee E 257 32 1 3 Parameters of the Equivalent Circuit of the Asynchronous Machine 258 32 14 VAT Pattern IFD OMY eeben 259 32 1 5 Example 1 V f Pattern Parameterization osososoneneneneeeeeeeeeeeereeeeeeereeee 260 32 1 6 Example 2 V f Pattern Parameterization ssosssononeneneneneneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 261 32 1 7 Slip Compensation IFD Only EE 261 32 1 8 Torque Control VTC and FOC OMY secicesascssies
338. eeeeeeaeeeessaeeeeeenaeeesseeesenseeees 148 Table 36 List of parameters P216 ME 159 Table 37 Coding of P226 Timers assigned to digital inputs MDI 174 161 Table 38 List of parameters P236 to P260 ccccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeteceaaaeeeeeeeseseaaaeeeeeeeseseceaaeeeeeeseeeceaeeeeeeeeteeeneeees 170 Table 39 List of parameters P436 t0 E EE 179 Table 40 Digital Output Mode 181 Table 41 List of the selectable digital inputs and analog outpute AA 182 Fable 42 Leet DIE eiGenige gege NEESS EE SEA REESEN EE 185 Table 43 MDO parameterization for PD Status OK 191 Table 44 MDO parameterization for drive RUN OK 191 Table 45 MDO parameterization for speed thresholds ceccceeeceeeeeeceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseaeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeaes 192 Table 46 MDO parameterization for electromechanical brake commande 193 Table 47 MDO parameterization for the PWM function ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeteseeeeaeeseaeeseaeeeeseeeeaeeeeeeeeaeeseeeseneeeeaes 194 Table 48 MDO parameterization for the Ready state of a PLC SUPErVISOT cecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeteaeeteeeeteaeeteneenaas 195 Table 49 List of parameters P270 to P8085 i ccieczccncesebscccases cradscesesasccte pees cnsssseteteevbceeessateceusyesn E paitaa ESENE aata Senai Ra 196 Table 50 List of parameters P306 to P317 cccccccecceeccneeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeteeeaaeeeeeeeseceaaaeeeeeeeseeeeaaeeeeeeeeseecaeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeees 210 Table 5
339. eeeeeseenarenenees 387 46 1 EE 387 46 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS CG310roCO1e 390 47 TIMED FLAGS MENU wscsiiciiccaiccccsccnticctcnccayiccatccoccnsdccevesnaaundmacwnddcetebaeanbdeeksannaden 393 47 1 e TEEN 393 AT ee NEP UES E 393 47 3 LIST OF PARAMETERS FROM CG320ToC3b 394 48 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS cccccccsccceeceeececeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeceeeeeaeecenseeeeeaeeeeuees 397 e TE 397 48 2 MODBUIG HITUPbOTOCOL 397 49 SERIAL LINKS MENU sesicisicceiccectessdcenssnccsndesacedsedoaicossuascccsnesavaecnaiseaccstsneadnddedens 400 49 1 e EE 400 49 1 1 Watchdog Alarms EN 400 49 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS R001 rob oi 401 50 FIELDBUS CONFIGURATION MENU Q cccccccceccceeceeececeeeceesceeseeeeeeeeeeeereeeees 404 50 1 e TE 404 50 1 1 Alarm A070 Communication Zuspended 404 50 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS R016 TO RO17 ou ccc ceceeeceecceceeeeeeeeeeceeeaeeeseeeeeueeneeeaneens 404 50 3 EXCHANGED PARAMETERS E 406 50 3 1 From the Master to the SINUS Denta 406 50 3 2 From the Sinus Penta to the Master 0 0 cccccceccsececneecceecctecenteeeseeseseeness 409 51 EXPANSION BOARD CONFIGURATION MENU see KKK ERKENNEN KEREN 411 Si ae cL EEN 411 51 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS R021 robO 411 52 PROFIDRIVE BOARD CONFIGURATION MENU ccccccsecccesceeeeeeeeeeneneeeees 412 52 1 OVERVIEW eelere eege 412 52 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS R025 TO R045 oo eccecccecceeceeeeceecueeueeeeseceeeueeneeaneeeeneees 412 53 DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME c
340. eet ense taeraren pinedes eana 319 SLIP COMPENSATION eect eee tee eeneeeee 31 SOURCE SELECTION INPUT nosses 323 SPEED LOOP nien aiies p teen tes 133 SPEED DAMP 92 SPEED SEARCHING 00 00 ee eee eens 31 353 SPEED VAR INPUT eee eee teeter eeeeeees 322 SPEED TORQUE LIMIT REFERENCE sssesseeeeen 30 SPEED TORQUE REFERENCE SOURCES 294 START E 305 START B INPUT eee ee eee e teeter tees teeeteeeteeeees 310 START INPUT viticcensheienteiiiinseeunatiwi es 309 STAR EE 41 STATE LIST pee eraan einen apapo pina Raa 445 STOP BINPUT inineneninen innn nenna 311 STOP INPUT ssseseeseeseerssreresrreresrnrrnrrsrrsrnsrneresrnreneene 310 STOP le RE 326 SUPPLY TIME COUNTER eee eee eee 72 SW VERSIONS 6 oiscccsccceieessescesceissesssecettescisersnteeeezieveees 80 T TIMER Srni airnn nena eas 157 TORQUE CONTROL cece ee eee 262 267 TORQUE LIMIT SOURCE ee eee eee 297 TORQUE LIMIT SOURCE REF DISABLE INPUT 326 TORQUE RAMPS eee cee eee ee tee eteee tee teeteeteees 95 TYPE OF LOC REM CONTACT 324 U UP AND DOWN INPDUTG eee eee 316 UP DOWN feces ndciassstesshreaceseet aces r E aE E 120 USER LEE civslesccscsenpesececsecesciendensacbanscnenbnn ees 82 V VIRTUAL DIGITAL OUTPUTS eee 219 VOLTAGE FREQUENCY PATTEDN 31 259 VAN 45 256 W WARNING US geeiugeegee gege geed ieu eeg gege 444 WATCHDOG 00 00 eee cee eee cece teeta eteee tees teeeteeeaeeeas 400 X KAIN EE 243 SNE E E 243
341. egation is applied DISABLE DIGITAL DOUBLE DIGITAL ANALOG DOUBLE ANALOG DOUBLE FULL BRAKE ABS BRAKE ABS LIFT PWM MODE Default Level Address This parameter defines the operating mode of digital output 2 The different EE operating modes are described at the beginning of this chapter P280 MDO2 Selecting Variable A W I O 119 See Table 41 Default In O A81 Torque Output Level Address This parameter selects the digital signal used to calculate the value of MDO2 digital output Silo It selects an analog variable used to calculate the value of MDO2 digital input if one of the analog operating modes is selected Digital signals and analog variables are detailed in Table 41 P281 MDO2 Selecting Variable B Range See Table 41 Default A71 Speed MEA Level ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the second digital signal used to calculate the value of MDO2 digital output JA It selects an analog variable used to calculate the value of MDO2 digital input if one of the analog operating modes is selected Digital signals and analog variables are detailed in Table 41 200 456 EA d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP P282 MDO2 Testing Variable A Range E LOO OI O gt D Wa 3 Default 0 COE ADVANCED Address 882 This parameter defines the test to be performed for the variable detected by P280 using P284 as a comparing value Function P
342. el ADVANCED Address Control IFD and VTC Determines the speed at the beginning of DCB at stop while decelerating C220 DCB Current Level EE O MIN Ipeak inverter Imot 100 120 EE ce inverter Imot Default Level ADVANCED Address Control IFD and VTC Determines the level of direct current injected to brake the motor It is expressed as a percentage of the rated current of the controlled motor Function C221 DCB Hold Range 0 100 SEH To Level ADVANCED Address 1221 Control IFD Determines the level of direct current injected during the Hold function To activate this function set a value other than zero in parameter C221 DC level is expressed as a percentage of the rated current of the controlled motor Function C222 C223 C224 Ramp Braking Time for DCB BREUCI 2 32000 2 32000 msec Default See Table 74 and Table 78 Level ENGINEERING Elend 1222 1223 1224 Control IFD and VTC AWA This parameter represents the time required for flux weakening before DCB 346 456 EE d CG SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 39 POWER DOWN MENU 39 1 Overview In the case of power failure the drive can be kept powered on by exploiting the kinetic energy of the motor and the load energy recovered due to motor slowing down is used to power the drive thus avoiding loosing the drive control when a black out occurs All parameters relating to the Power Down function are included in the Power Down
343. el ENGINEERING Address Function This parameter defines the time constant used for filtering the reading of the encoder used as a reference 334 456 eon Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP C197 Number of Channels of Encoder A 0 2 Quadrature Channels oe RS ed 1 Channel only Default lO 0 2 Quadrature Channels Level ENGINEERING Address This parameter defines the number of channels used for encoder A reading Factory setting is 2 Quadrature channels Speed can be read through one channel only as for phonic wheel channel 2 can define the direction of rotation low level negative rotation high level positive rotation Function C198 Number of Channels of Encoder B 0 2 Quadrature channels FENE ga 1 Channel only Default lo 0 2 Quadrature channels Level ENGINEERING Address This parameter defines the number of channels used for encoder B reading see EE parameter C197 C199 Encoder Sign Reversal Range See Table 99 Peo Ftd k NO Ref NO Level ENGINEERING Address Lille This parameter permits to reverse the speed sign measured by encoder inputs NOTE When tuning the encoder the encoder sign used as feedback is automatically adjusted to the direction of rotation of the connected motor Table 99 Coding of C199 0 Fdbk NO Ref NO 1 Fdbk YES Ref NO 2 Fdbk NO Ref YES 3 Fdbk YES Ref YES 335 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GRO
344. elected variable A see Table 41 Default Level ADVANCED Address AWA This parameter defines the comparing value with the selected variable for test A P383 MPL4 Comparing Value for Test B 320 00 320 00 Range 32000 32000 of the full scale value of selected variable B see Table 41 Default Level ADVANCED Address AWA This parameter defines the comparing value with the selected variable for test B 240 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS P384 MPL4 Function A Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP lied to the Result of the 2 Tests oe E DO SC 599652 D D AND B RESET B SET RISING EDGE SET B RESET FALLING EDGE Range Default Level Address Function P384a MPL4 Selecting Variable C Pos Default Level Address Range RESET B SET FALLING EDGE OR B ADVANCED 984 This parameter determines the logic function applied to the result of the two tests allowing calculating the output value See Table 41 DO Disable ADVANCED This parameter selects the digital signal used to calculate the value of MPL4 digital output P384b MPL4 Function A G T Default Level Address Function The digital signals that can be selected are given in Table 41 lied to the Result of f A B C O ag RESET RISING EDGE PE e CH Gao Or yuo gt zmo O O ZZx gt rn O 0 12 gt O SE Oo gt RESET C SE
345. electing variable A D51 MPL3 P379 MPL4 Selecting variable B A86 PID Feedback P380 MPL4 Testing variable A P381 MPL4 Testing variable B gt P382 MPL4 Comparing value for Test A P383 MPL4 Comparing value for Test B Min FBK value P384 MPL4 Function applied to the result of the 2 tests A Set B Reset P384a MPL4 Selecting variable C DO Disabled P384b MPL4 Function applied to the result of f A B C P385 MPL4 Output logic level See steps 1 and 2 below Virtual digital output MPL4 locks the system operation in two modes 1 Virtually connecting the output to an external alarm input P385 FALSE C164 12 MPL4 2 Disabling the PID P385 TRUE C171 12 MPL4 On the other hand when the malfunctioning signal is sent to the PLC supervisor the same parameterization in MPL4 shall be entered in the digital output concerned NOTE Min Operating PWR Min power required for the pump delivery Min FBK value the min feedback value shall be 2 P237 minimum PID When the Sleep Mode see PID PARAMETERS MENU and the Dry Run Detection mode are NOTE activated simultaneously the delay time for the Dry Run Detection mode shall be shorter than the Sleep Mode time 227 456 PROGRAMMING SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Example 2 Pipe Fill Function The PIPE FILL function avoids water hammer in irrigation pipes To avoid water hammer pipes must be filled very slowly for air drain
346. elow Example P009 10sec P021 1111 binary rounding off selected for all four ramps P022 50 P023 50 The resulting ramp up time is as follows P009 POO9 P022 P023 2 100 10 10 50 50 2 100 15 sec The effect of this rounding off can be seen in the figures below 93 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO A CARRARO GROUP The figure shows two patterns for the ramp reference The first pattern is not rounded off the second pattern has the same ramp times but different rounding off values are applied to the start end ramp up down time CAPR TT HENTE IO Tal Figure 5 Speed profile without Rounding Off and with Rounding Off 2 example In the figures above the run command is represented by the high level of the second signal Note that the time the reference takes to reach constant rom depends not only on the ramp times but also on the rounding off values you have defined 94 456 EA d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP Acceleration RESET function This parameter has effect only if S ramps are used Parameter P031 enables to reset acceleration when reference trends change Whenever a speed reference trend changes the motor acceleration is instantly set to zero and the ramp output reference will be computed considering the preset rounding off see Figure 6 The figure shows the instant when deceleration begins the rounding off value assigned to the speed reference w
347. em function so that it can be performed even when the drive is running Parameter C148 also allows setting whether the same running condition and the same reference must be maintained when switching over from the Remote to the Local mode NOTE For more details on the Loc Rem function see LOC REM Key Keypad Pages and DIGITAL INPUTS MENU 297 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 34 2 How to Manage the Reference Sources This section covers how to manage the reference sources Two examples are given along with the table including the configuration of the parameters to be used Example 1 The Speed Reference is the algebraic sum of two references Analog inputs REF and AIN1 that are supposed to be 0 10V voltage inputs are to be used as speed references The main reference will be the sum of the two references being used The end result may vary based on the parameters concerned P050 Type of Reference for REF Input 3 0 10V P051 Value of REF Input producing Min Reference 0 0V P051a_ Percentage of Ref_Min producing Min Reference 100 0 P052 Value of REF Input producing Max Reference 10 0V P052a Percentage of Ref_Max producing Max Reference 100 0 P055 Type of Signal over AIN1 input 3 0 10V P056 Value of AIN1 Input producing Min Reference 0 0V P056a_ Percentage of Ref_Min producing Min Reference 100 0 P057 Value of AIN1 input producing Max Reference 10 0V P057
348. ence variation obtained via the UP or DOWN inputs or the A and VW keys located on the display keypad The Up Down reference Speed Torque only may also be reset using different functions see PO68a P068c PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus penta CARRARO GROUP C164 C165 C166 External Alarm Inputs 0 gt Inactive 0 16 1 8 MDI1 MDI8 9 12 MPL1 MPLA 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is fitted 13 16 gt TFL1 TFL4 17 24 gt XMDI1 XMDI8 ona atv Level ADVANCED cken 1164 1165 1166 When allocating one of these 3 functions to a digital input the status of this input will ALWAYS BE CHECKED ON THE DRIVE S TERMINAL BOARD When the command contact opens the drive is locked due to an alarm tripped Parameters C164a C165a C166a allow delaying external alarms To restart the drive the digital input set as an external alarm must be closed and a Reset procedure is required Alarms tripped due to these 3 functions are A083 A084 A085 respectively This function is factory set as disabled Function The terminal board for these 3 functions is the hardware terminal board of the drive If different command sources are enabled see the CONTROL METHOD MENU the External Alarm signal command is obtained only for the hardware terminal board of the drive Therefore in order to avoid any external alarm the input signal for the active h CAUTION terminal must be active in the terminal board
349. ened cables where required see Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions manual Detect external sources for electromagnetic disturbance check wiring and make sure that antidisturbance filters are installed on the coils of contactors and electrovalves if fitted inside the cabinet 4 If necessary set longer acceleration times see the RAMPS MENU 5 If necessary set longer deceleration times see the RAMPS MENU 6 If necessary decrease the values set in the LIMITS MENU Bypass precharge Fault The drive forced to close its relay or contactor for the short circuit of the precharge resistors in DC link capacitors DC bus but it did not detect the relevant closing signal while precharging See also A046 e Disconnection of auxiliary signal e Precharge relay contactor failure 1 Reset the alarm send a RESET command 2 If the alarm persists please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer Service PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS A046 Bypass Connecior Fault Description Event Possible cause Solution A047 Undervoltage Description Possible cause Solution SINUS PENTA 5 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Precharge bypass connector fault Auxiliary signal for the closing of the bypass connector of the short circuit precharge resistor is considered as closed before the relevant closing command is sent See also A045 e Precharge bypass connector reversed e Precharge relay contactor failure
350. enu may be accessed only if the FOC control is programmed for one of the connected motors C010 2 for motor n 1 CO53 2 for motor n 2 CO96 2 for motor n 3 In Slave mode torque reference the required set point comes from the external reference in Master mode the torque set point is given by the output of the speed regulator see the SPEED LOOP AND CURRENT BALANCING MENU for the regulation of the motor speed of rotation Id Flux current results from the output of the flux regulator ensuring that the connected motor is always properly fluxed This menu allows accessing the current PI regulators and flux regulators for the FOC control 19 2 List of Parameters P155 to P173 Table 28 List of parameters P155 to P173 P155 Current regulator proportional constant Mot n 1 ENGINEERING 3 00 755 P156 Current regulator integral time Mot n 1 ENGINEERING 20 0 ms 756 P158 Flux regulator proportional constant Mot n 1 ENGINEERING 0 00 758 P159 Flux regulator integral time Mot n 1 ENGINEERING 33 ms 759 P162 Current regulator proportional constant Mot n 2 ENGINEERING 3 00 762 P163 Current regulator integral time Mot n 2 ENGINEERING 20 0 ms 763 P165 Flux regulator proportional constant Mot n 2 ENGINEERING 0 00 765 P166 Flux regulator integral time Mot n 2 ENGINEERING 33 ms 766 P169 Current regulator proportional constant Mot n 3 ENGINEERING 3 00 769 P170 Current regulator integral time Mot n 3 ENGINEERING 20 0 ms 770 P172 Flux reg
351. er to the TIMERS MENU 0 Disabled ETT KI source 1 In Local Mode the Only command source is Keypad C141 1141 Enable MDI2 source2 Extern Alarm n 1 Select p Alr 1 C164 1164 Extern Alarm n 2 Zme Se E C142 MDI2 4 Keypad te 1142 Coo 0 H H 0 D D H H B lleg 3 MDI4 MDI6 MDI7 MDIB Alr2 C165 1165 Select Extern Alarm n 3 Alr3 C166 190 P000343 b Figure 45 Selecting the command sources If the keypad is not selected as a command source or if the STOP input function is enabled C150 0 more than one command source may be enabled at a time In this case the logic function implemented by the drive for the terminals of all active command sources is the following e AND for the terminals allocated to the ENABLE ENABLE S External Alarms n 1 n 2 n 3 functions e OR for all other terminals 292 456 fics Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP If the keypad is enabled as a command source the START STOP RESET LOC REM FWD REV functions are enabled to disable LOC REM and FWD REV see parameter P269 The keypad is ignored for the processing of logic functions AND OR of the other command sources that are enabled at that moment NOTE As the ENABLE command of the hardware terminal board is a hardware safety device it NOTE enables the drive it is always active even when none of
352. erences the encoder input and the frequency input references the speed torque or reference feedback values of the PID coming from serial link or fieldbus Outputs Menu This menu contains the state of the drive digital outputs analog outputs and frequency outputs Temperatures from PT100 Menu This menu contains the temperature values detected in the first four analog channels of ES847 I O expansion board this menu is available only if ES847 is fitted Autodiagnostics Menu This menu contains the temperature values the operation time counter and the supply time counter the active alarm and the drive status Data Logger Measures Menu This menu contains the status of the type of connections serial links Ethernet and modem supported by ES851 Data Logger board this menu is available only if the Data Logger ES851 is fitted Digital Input Settings Menu This menu contains the functions assigned to the digital inputs Fault List Menu This menu contains the trip log of the last eight alarms tripped and the values of some measures being used when the alarm trip was stored PowerOff Log Menu This menu contains the value of some measures being used at the drive power off 51 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 8 2 Motor Measures Menu This menu contains speed values torque values and electrical variables measured by the drive on the mains side DC bus and output M000 Speed Reference at Constant RPM 32000
353. ers and are bipolar analog inputs 10V 10V or 20mA 20mA REF input is single ended AIN1 and AIN2 inputs are differential inputs Factory setting is as follows the main speed reference is given by REF analog input OV 10V mode only motor 1 is active Its max speed and min speed parameters are CO88 1500 rpm and C029 0 rpm respectively For the 3 analog inputs parameters P050 P064 allow setting the type of signal to be acquired offset compensation if any scaling to obtain a speed reference or a torque reference the signal filtering time constant Parameter P053 sets the offset of the input analog signal if PO53 0 offset is zero while parameter P054 defines the filtering time constant factory setting P054 5ms Type of input for each analog input Dip Switch SW1 allows setting the acquisition method of the input signal voltage signal or current signal The voltage signal can be bipolar 10V 10V or unipolar OV 10V The current signal can be bipolar 20mA 20mA unipolar OmA 20mA or can have a minimum offset 4mA 20mA The user will set each analog input mode in parameters P050 P055 P060 Table 21 Analog Input Hardware Mode 10V Input SW1 1 off Single ended input 1 2 S g HEF 0 20mA Input SW1 1 on FOSU sch 10V INPUT SW 1 2 off Differential input 5 6 AIN1 0 20mA Input SWZ on P055 10V Input SW1 3 off SW1 4 5 off Goen Differential input 7 8 A
354. es P081 P091 P092 Factory setting P080 Preset Speed if no Multispeed function is selected the active reference is the reference set according to the parameters in the INPUTS FOR REFERENCES MENU If P080 Speed Sum the selected Multispeed function adds up to the active reference the reference set according to the parameters in the INPUTS FOR REFERENCES MENU If P080 Preset Speed Esc the selected Multispeed replaces the active reference which will be ignored If no Multispeed function is selected the resulting reference is equal to zero See also the INPUTS FOR REFERENCES MENU for the reference processing sequence the Speed Decrease function and the Reference Reversal function become active downstream of the Multispeed function In Table 90 0 Inactive input NOTE 1 Active input X gt Input having no effect C159 CW CCW Input 0 gt Inactive 0 16 1 8 MDI1 MDI8 Range SE 9 12 gt MPL1 MPLA 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is fitted 13 16 gt TEL TFL4 17 24 gt XMDI1 XMDI8 ams Level ADVANCED Address The Cw CCw function reverses the active reference signal the connected motor elle eil decelerates to zero following the preset deceleration ramp then it accelerates following the preset acceleration ramp until it reaches the new reference value 315 456 SINUS PENTA C160 DCB Input Default Level Address Control Function Default Level Address Function
355. es is selected Digital signals and analog variables are detailed in Table 41 XMDO2 digital output logic function to apply a logic reversal negation to the calculated output signal 0 FALSE a logic negation is applied 1 TRUE no negation is applied P310 XMDO3 Signal Selection P30 BREUCI Default Level Address Function P311 XMDO3 Output Logic Level BREUCI Default Level Address Function DO Disable See Table 41 ENGINEERING Selects the digital signal used to calculate the value of XMDO3 digital output It selects an analog variable used to calculate the value of XMDO3 digital input if one of the analog operating modes is selected Digital signals and analog variables are detailed in Table 41 XMDO3 digital output logic function to apply a logic reversal negation to the calculated output signal 0 FALSE a logic negation is applied 1 TRUE no negation is applied 211 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP P312 XMDO4 Signal Selection Range See Table 41 Default 0 DO Disable Level ENGINEERING DEI 912 Selects the digital signal used to calculate the value of XMDO4 digital output It selects an analog variable used to calculate the value of XMDO4 digital input if one of the analog operating modes is selected Digital signals and analog variables are detailed in Table 41 Function P313 XMDO4 Output Logic Level 0 TRUE Range
356. espond at all broadcast mode Function The function related to the message may be chosen within the legal field ranging from 0 to 255 A response of the slave device to a message of the master device will simply return the function code to the master device if no error took place otherwise the most significant bit in this field is set to 1 The only functions allowed are 03h Read Holding Register and 10h Preset Multiple Register see below 397 456 PROGRAMMING SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Data The data field contains any additional information for the function being used Error Control The error control is performed through the CRC Cyclical Redundancy Check method The16 bit value of the relevant field is computed when the message is sent by the transmitter and is then re computed and checked by the receiver CRC Register is computed as follows 1 CRC Register is set to FFFFh 2 Exclusive OR is executed between CRC register and the first 8 bits of the message the result is saved to a 16 bit register 3 This register is right shifted of one place 4 If the right bit is 1 exclusive OR is executed between the 16 bit register and value 1010000000000001b 5 Steps 3 and 4 are repeated until 8 shifts are performed 6 Exclusive OR is performed between the 16 bit register and the next 8 bits of the message 7 Steps 3 to 6 are repeated until all message bytes are processed 8 The result is
357. etting XAIN in parameter R023 301 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP If the reference source is disabled the torque limit results from the max absolute torque determined by the drive size and the motor size AN NOTE The max absolute torque is the max value ranging between the absolute values of C047 and C048 motor 1 and relevant parameters for motor 2 and motor 3 Max absolute torque Max C047 C048 Factory setting the reference source is disabled C147 0 so the torque limit depends on the max absolute torque see also the INPUTS FOR REFERENCES MENU C148 Switch over from Remote to Local Command 0 StandBy Fluxing 1 Drive Running No Bumpless 2 Drive Running Commands Bumpless 3 Drive Running All Bumpless Default lo 0 StandBy or Fluxing F ENGINEERING Address The drive factory setting 0 StandBy or Fluxing allows switching over from Remote to Local mode and vice versa only when the drive is not running Different settings allowed by parameter C148 are detailed below switching from Remote to Local mode and vice versa can be performed even when the drive is running Range IER No Bumpless gt When switching from Remote to Local mode a zero speed or torque reference is sent to the drive the START button must be pressed to start the drive elei e Commands Bumpless gt When switching from Remote to Local mode a zero speed or torque reference is sen
358. eutiveceacuaestemneceiectesaudedeenateontd 361 42 2 CHOOSING THE CHARACTERISTIC PARAMETERS nsannnannnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnrrnnnnnennnnnnns 362 Fale E cal EEN 362 42 2 2 Maximum Locked Rotor Time Daeic 362 42 2 3 Maximum Locked Rotor Time Enbhanced 364 42 3 THERMAL PROTECTION TRIP D I ax 365 42 4 LIST OF PARAMETERS C2G4roCG24 366 43 MAINTENANCE MENU Q cccccceececeeeceeeceenseeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeaeeneeeeeseeeaeenenees 368 An TV TE 368 43 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS C275 TO C278 vvccccssccessccdcncnecectncnadaveaessdveassanteseneeadnewersey 368 44 PID CONFIGURATION MENU 0 ccccccceecceececeeeceeeceenseeeeeceeeeeaeeceneeeeeeeeeeeenees 369 4A dE a EE 369 44 2 OPERATION AND STRUCTURE OF THE PID H GuLarop 369 44 3 LIST OF PARAMETERS CG3p9broC3o4 372 44 4 KEEPING FLUID LEVEL CONSTANT EXAMPLE ssssssssnnnnenseeseeentrnnnnnnneeerrenn nnna 379 44 5 EXAMPLE OF FILTER VOLTAGE DROP COMPENSATION n assoisoennnnnnnonrrerrnnresrnnnne 382 44 5 1 Voltage Drop Compensation Feedback from Single Analog Input 382 44 5 2 Voltage Drop Compensation Feedback from Two Analog Inputs 383 45 BRIDGE CRANE MENU 0 cc cececcceeecteeceeeceececeeeceeseeeaeeeeeeceseceaeeeenseeeeeeueeeenees 384 8 456 ao SANTERNO sinus PENTA CARRARO GROUP 45 1 OVERVIEW EEN 384 45 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS C300 oO 384 46 DATE AND TIME MENU 0 cc ccceccceee cece ceenceeececeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeueeee
359. evel ADVANCED Address Factory setting the digital contact set as LOC REM C180 is Pushbutton based If the PID output is the main reference and P266 Type of Keypad Page in Local Mode Ref Activated Spd allowing entering the LOCAL mode when the LOC REM command is first sent thus controlling the PID reference and allowing the LOCAL dies Een mode to be maintained when the LOC REM command is sent for the second time thus disabling the PID and allowing setting a speed reference the LOC REM digital input must be set as C180a Pushbuiton If C180a 2 the logic status of LOC REM will be saved at power off and will be used when the drive is next powered on 324 456 EA d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP C181 Safe Start Range Inactive Active Default 0 Inactive Level ADVANCED Address This function enables the Safety START mode When this function is enabled and the drive is to be restarted after resetting an alarm aA open and close the ENABLE terminal This prevents the drive from RUNNING when it is turned off and on again for example after a mains loss and the START and ENABLE inputs are on NOTE If multiple terminal boards are selected with parameters C140 C141 C142 open and close the ENABLE terminal MDI2 in one of the active terminal boards to restart the drive C182 Multiprogramming Enable c182 GT o SC Inactive Active Default Inactive Level ENGINEERING Address 1182 AWA This function allows alloc
360. evssesetissiacnsinsetesnsesdextixeanenss 262 32 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS COORroCI2g 263 32 3 TABLES INCLUDING THE PARAMETERS DEPENDING ON THE DRIVE GGE 278 32 3 1 VONAOS Class 2 4 WEE 278 323 2 Volt ge Class DE WEE 282 33 LIMITS LI IS 286 Mig OVER E 286 33 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS C043 TO C135 eerste ue ee eegen 287 34 CONTROL METHOD MENU ees KE KEEN RR ENER KE KE KEEN RR KEREN KEN nnmnnn nnmnnn 291 ic e TE 291 34 1 1 Command SOUICES E 292 34 1 2 Speed Torque REFERENCE Gources 294 34 1 3 Alternative Command and Reference GourCes 296 34 1 4 Torque Limit Source 297 34 1 5 Remote LoCal Mode 00 cccccccceeceecenecceeceeecneceeeneeeneeseesseennesneensesseenneenneens 297 34 2 HOW TO MANAGE THE REFERENCE SOURCES ssssssesssesssssnnrerrirnnnresrneenrrrenrrenns 298 34 3 LIST OF PARAMETERS C140 TO C148 o cccccccccccecccceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeseueseeaneeeeas 300 35 DIGITAL INPUTS MENU cccccccecceececeeeceeeceeeeeeeseeeseceeseeeseeeeeeeeseeeneeeeeeeeeenees 303 35 1 OVERVIEW EE 303 E START eege eege eeben 305 35 1 2 ENABLE Terminal 15 MDI2 ecasecscectdessxevcevdcasoctuaxannsavesdewtieaseavesvesesvesuasath 306 35 1 3 RESET Terminal 1GMII2 307 35 2 FACTORY SETTING OF THE DIGITAL INPUTS cc ccccccecceecseeeceueessueseueeseeeeeaeesenes 307 35 3 LIST OF PARAMETERS C149 TO C188C AND IO0O6 308 36 ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU ccceceeeecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenes 328 36 1 e TE 328 36 1 1 When
361. eypad settings contrast backlight etc are given in the section covering the display keypad in the Installation Instructions Manual Details about custom navigation in the root page the measures in the Keypad page and the Root page and the custom unit of measure of the PID controller are given in the DISPLAY KEYPAD MENU in this manual When using the navigation by menu mode P264 BY MENU the structure of the menu tree that can be explored using the display keypad is described in the Menu Tree section The complete tree structure is displayed but the actual structure depends on the user level set in P001 and on the implemented programming For example if only motor 1 is programmed C009 1 the menus relating to motors 2 and 3 will not be displayed Motor 2 3 Configuration and Motor 2 3 Limit Also if the type of motor control is C010 IFD Voltage Freq the BRIDGE CRANE MENU will not be displayed When P264 Linear linear navigation the parameters displayed are no longer grouped into menus and you can scroll through all parameters using the A and W keys When P264 Modified Pars Only only the parameters having different values than the factory settings are displayed and you can scroll through all parameters using the A and YW keys The Navigation section shows how to use function keys to navigate through the parameters and to change parameter values P264 BY MENU The function keys and their functionality are described
362. f the PID2 feedback selected with C286 for the PID2 or the 2 elle teil zone mode Scaling is detailed in the PID2 PARAMETERS MENU and the PID CONFIGURATION MENU M021 PID Error 100 00 Note The actual range depends on the min and max saturation values of the reference and the feedback set in parameters P245 P246 for the reference and in P247 P248 for the feedback 10000 Loes Always active Address Function This is the measure of the PID input error expressed as a percentage 3 See also the PID PARAMETERS MENU and the PID CONFIGURATION MENU M021a PID2 Error 100 00 Note The actual range depends on the min and max saturation values of the reference and the feedback set in parameters P445 P446 for the reference and in P447 P448 for the feedback REW CE 10000 Active This measure is active if enabled from C291a Address This is the measure percent of the PID2 input error or the 2 zone mode input error difference aA between the reference selected with C286 and the feedback selected with C289 Please refer to the PID2 PARAMETERS MENU and the PID CONFIGURATION MENU 59 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP M022 PID Output 100 00 Range 10000 Note The actual range depends on the min and max saturation values of o the PID output set in parameters P236 P237 Active Always active KIC 1672 This is the measure of the output produced by the PID regulator and expre
363. f the PROFIdrive protocol 413 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP R045 DRIVE PROFILE SELECTION 0 PROFIDRIVE S IL RO 2 1 VENDOR SPECIFIC 1 2 VENDOR SPECIFIC 2 Default 1 VENDOR SPECIFIC 1 Level ENGINEERING Address This parameter sets the control mode Command and Reference for the Slave station 0 PROFIDRIVE 1 VENDOR SPECIFIC 1 2 VENDOR SPECIFIC 2 Command Reference PROFIDRIVE According to the PROFIdrive According to the protocol PROFldrive protocol VENDOR According to the PROF ldrive One to one scale of the SPECIFIC 1 protocol programmed reference VENDOR The eight low bits in the One to one scale of the SPECIFIC 2 CONTROL WORD represent the programmed reference eight digital inputs in the control board NOTE Bit 11 in the control board enables or not the Fieldbus line watchdog in any of the three control modes above provided that parameter R016 is set higher than zero The watchdog activates only after the drive has received the first legal message sent NOTE from the master see Alarm A070 Communication Suspended thus preventing alarm A070 from tripping due to different power on times between the master station and the Penta drive 414 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 53 DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME 53 1 Overview NOTE even the ES851 RTC version only and if parameter R021 Data Logger setting is set to 2 f The Daylight Saving Time me
364. f the connected motor For example if a mechanical brake takes 500ms to open after the start command the delay is due to the type of brake the motor will not be running for 500ms while the speed reference increases the preset ramp The motor then pushes against the brake and when it can rotate freely the motor torque will not match with the torque required to move the connected load If the speed setpoint is kept to zero for a given time after sending the start command considering the time required for the mechanical brake to open the motor control will implement the proper torque for the motor speed as soon as the motor can start rotating The brake closure can be controlled via a digital input that is properly set up when the drive detects the brake closure it automatically adjusts the value of the current injected into the motor to the fluxing value This is required when during the lifting stage the mechanical brake closes when the load is suspended after reaching negligible speed In that case the torque produced by the motor is capable of keeping the load hanging when the brake closes this has no effect on the speed regulator because the motor is already standstill When the brake closes no torque must be generated to keep the load hanging so the current injected into the motor drops to the value required for the motor fluxing NOTE The Bridge CRANE menu is used for VTC and FOC Control only For safety reasons the brake cl
365. ference P245 Min P246 Max refer as full scale values to the following Feedback P247 Min P248 Max Rated current of the selected motor Mot 1 C018 i Rated voltage of the selected motor Mot 1 C019 DCb Bus 1500 V 36 456 fice Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP EXAMPLE The speed of a motor is to be controlled via a 0 5 V analog input Speed range is 0 1500 rpm two digital inputs are available to increase three speed values with steps of 100rpm Setting the min and max speed The parameters for the motor min max speed are C028 0 rpm C029 1800 rpm Setting the analog reference Default setting the analog reference is sent from REF input C143 REF The speed range for the analog input must be 0 1500 rpm Default setting in the INPUTS FOR REFERENCES MENU for REF analog input P050 3 0 10 V Type of reference for REF input P051 0 0 V Min value for REF input P052 10 0 V Max value for REF input P052 is the voltage value for REF input for a speed reference of 1800rpm C029 For a speed reference of 1500rpm with 5 V P052 is to be set as follows Max speed REF 5 V C029 Vx Vx 5 V 1800rpm 1500rpm 6 V If P052 6V a speed reference of 1500rpm is set for REF with 5V Setting the reference from digital inputs Default setting two digital inputs for multispeed values Digital Inputs Menu C155 MDI4 C156 MDI5 Depending on the status of digital inputs MDI4 and MDI5
366. ference sources feedback sources and type of PID output action The programming parameters for the two PID regulators including coefficients of proportional integral and derivative terms output saturation etc are covered in the PID PARAMETERS MENU and the PID2 PARAMETERS MENU 44 2 Operation and Structure of the PID Regulator C285 287 Reference sources C17 1a selection PID EE Control gon Control Selector Selection C288 290 Feedback sources selection 2 P000360 8 Figure 63 Structure of the PID Regulator The figure above illustrates the block diagram of the PID regulator Each block is described below Block 1 PID reference sources Multiple reference sources can be selected at a time up to 3 reference sources can be selected with parameters C285 C286 C287 The resulting reference value depends on the setup in C291a see block 3 Dynamic selection is possible between two reference sources using the digital input configured as the source selector see C179 this parameter has effect only if the Two PIDs mode is activated Block 2 PID feedback sources Multiple feedback sources can be selected at a time up to 3 feedback sources can be selected with parameters C288 C289 C290 The resulting reference value depends on the setup in C291a see block 3 Dynamic selection is possible between two feedback sources using the digital input co
367. fluid level constant Example Suppose that the maximum level in the tank is to be kept at 50 and that a 4 20mA level probe is used with an output of 4mA for the min level and 20mA for the max level The PID reference is sent from keypad while the probe feedback is sent to AIN2 PTC analog input which is configured as follows R w S P060 Type of Reference for Input AIN2 PTC 2 420mA SW1 30n sel R w S P061 Reference Minimum Value for Input AIN2 PTC ag mA R w S P062 Reference Maximum Value for Input AIN2 PTC 200 mA RW S P063 Offset for Input AIN2 PTC 0 000 mA R w S P064 Filter AIN2 PTC Constant 5 ms The reference shall be saved from keypad thus avoiding setting it up again when the drive is shut off 379 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO A Hone CARRARO GROUP R w S Po68 Storage of UP DN values at Power Off 1 Yes v RW s P068a Reset of Speed Torque UP DN value at Stop 0 No R w s P068b Reset of PID UP DN value at Stop 0 No v RW sl PO68c Reset of Speed Torque UP DN value at Source Selection 0 No v R w s P068d Reset of PID UP DN value at Source Selection 0 No v R W S P069 Amplitude of UP DN and KPD Reference 1 Unipolar 7 The PID regulator action and the PID output computing mode must also be set R w s C285 Selection of Reference Type 1 PID Gau eil D w s C286 Selection of Reference Type 2 PID Disabled si R w s C287 Selection of Reference Type 3 PID Disabled sl R w s C288 Selec
368. function is enabled if the absolute value of the current speed reference is kept in the prohibit range for a time longer than the time set in P066 reference is set to zero and the motor speed decreases following the active ramp up to zero rpm when the motor speed is equal to zero the drive will automatically deactivate See also the description of parameter P065 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus penta CARRARO GROUP P067 Keypad and Terminal Board UP DOWN Ram allen O 6501 0 sec 6500s Quadratic ey hae 6501 Quadratic Level ADVANCED Address Reference may be increased or decreased with input digital signals UP and DOWN or using the A and Y keys from the keypad local mode Reference increment or decrement is obtained by adding to the current reference a quantity which will be increased or decreased with a time ramp diesel Parameter P067 indicates the ramp time to increase the reference from zero to the preset speed or torque maximum absolute value i e the max value between absolute values Spd_Min and Spd_Max or Trq_Min and Trq_Max If motor 1 is active Spd _Min C028 Spd Max C029 Trq_Min C047 Trq_Max C048 P068 Storage of UP DOWN Values at Power Off Range 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Default nu OSOS 1 Enabled Level ADVANCED Address If PO68 1 the Speed Torque or PID references added through input digital signals UP and DOWN or with the INC and DEC keys local mode are stored at t
369. ge Control ENGINEERING E 1213 0 0000 C210 Automatic Extension of Down Ramp Range 0 01 With Resistance 320 00 DAEM See Table 74 and Table 78 Level ENGINEERING III 1210 If C210 With Resistor this parameter commands enabling resistor and DC bus relating to this operating condition allowing dissipating energy regenerated from the motor If no braking resistor is used energy regenerated from the motor cannot be dissipated In this Silo condition the down ramp is extended if the variation in DC bus voltage is too rapid or exceeds certain threshold values Set a higher value in parameter C210 for a more sensitive ramp extension a lower rating of regenerated power allows obtaining longer ramps thus avoiding overvoltage Parameter C210 decreases the DC bus voltage threshold setting the ramp extension The k factor is as follows k Pout Pmax 100 C210 k ranges from 1 0 to 1 3 d NOTE The greater the k factor the lower the DC bus level setting the ramp extension For example when C210 0 2 power Pout shall exceed 5 of Pmax in order to obtain k gt 1 When C210 2 0 5 of Pmax is required to obtain k gt 1 Parameter C210 is interlocked with parameter P031 Gradient variation acceleration NOTE reset so that C210 0 01 With resistance cannot be programmed in conjunction with P031 0 No C211 Max Time of Continuous Supply for Braking Resistance GEU EA 0 32000 0 320 00 sec Default 2 00 sec Le
370. ge of Ref Max producing Max Reference 100 0 P055 Type of Signal over AIN1 input 3 0 10V P056 Value of AIN1 Input producing Min Reference 0 0V P056a_ Percentage of Ref_Min producing Min Reference 100 0 P057 Value of AIN1 input producing Max Reference 10 0V P057a_ Percentage of Ref Max producing Max Reference 100 0 C143 Selection of Reference 1 1 REF C144 Selection of Reference 2 2 AIN1 C179 MDI for Source Selection 6 MDI6 As MDI6 input is selected as reference source selection C179 the references selected via C143 and C144 are selected as the main reference depending on the input status When the input is inactive REF will be the main reference when the input is active AIN1 will be the actual reference 299 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 34 3 List of Parameters C140 to C148 Table 84 List of parameters C140 to C148 C140 Command digital input 1 1 Terminal Board C141 Command digital input 2 1 Terminal Board C142 Command digital input 3 1142 0 C143 Input reference 1 1143 1 REF C144 Input reference 2 ADVANCED 1144 2 AIN1 C145 Input reference 3 ENGINEERING 1145 0 C146 Input reference 4 ENGINEERING 1146 0 C147 Torque Limit input ENGINEERING 1147 0 Switch over from STE F C148 Remote to Local command ENGINEERING 1148 0 StandBy or Fluxing NOTE The programming range of parameters C140 C141 C142 depends on the setting of
371. gital outputs located on the expansion board Table 7 Coding of Measure M061 0 XMDO1 3 XMDO4 1 XMDO2 4 XMDO5 2 XMDO3 5 XMDO6 69 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 8 7 Temperature Measures from PT100 Menu This menu displays the temperatures detected in the first four analog channels of the expansion board Scaling complies with DIN EN 60751 for PT100 100 ohm 0 C and 0 385 ohm C ES847 Expansion Board must be fitted on the equipment See also the EXPANSION BOARD CONFIGURATION MENU M069 PT100 Measure in Channel 1 EWS 500 2600 50 0 260 0 C Active This measure is active only if programmed from parameter R023 Address Function TEMPERATURE DETECTED IN ANALOG CHANNEL 1 M070 PT100 Measure in Channel 2 Range 500 2600 50 0 260 0 C Active This measure is active only if programmed from parameter R023 Address O Temperature detected in analog channel 2 M071 PT100 Measure in Channel 3 fie 500 2600 50 0 260 0 C Active This measure is active only if programmed from parameter R023 Address elle ed Temperature detected in analog channel 3 M072 PT100 Measure in Channel 4 Range 500 2600 50 0 260 0 C Active This measure is active only if programmed from parameter R023 Address SO Temperature detected in analog channel 4 70 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO G
372. gnal is used The P parameter relating to the analog input disappears 1 val PT100 The acquired signal is transformed into degrees centigrade See Measure M069 30000 30000 300 00 300 00 ADVANCED Value of the measure offset for channel 1 an offset can be applied to the P322 Channel 2 Measure Mode Range Default Level Address Function measure to correct possible errors 0 no input 1 val PT100 This parameter selects the type of analog signal available in terminals 29 30 in ES847 expansion board 0 no signal is used The P parameter relating to the analog input disappears 1 val PT100 The acquired signal is transformed into degrees centigrade See Measure M070 P323 Channel 2 Measure Offset PS Default Level Address Function REUL 30000 30000 300 00 300 00 ADVANCED Value of the measure offset for channel 2 an offset can be applied to the measure to correct possible errors 215 456 SINUS PENTA P324 Channel 3 Measure Mode REUL Default Level Address Function P325 Channel 3 Measure Offset P325 REW Default Level Address Function PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP 0 no input 1 val PT100 0 no input 0 1 ADVANCED 924 This parameter selects the type of analog signal available in terminals 31 32 in ES847 expansion board 0 no signal is used The P parameter relating to the analog i
373. gt MPL1 MPLA 13 16 gt TFL1 TFL4 17 24 XMDI1 XMDI8 0 16 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is fitted ADVANCED This function avoids accessing parameter modification through the removable display keypad and avoids accessing the LOCAL mode by pressing the LOC REM key or by enabling the LOCAL input function C181 If the LOCAL mode is already active the LOCK command will have no effect on the LOCAL function it only avoids changing the programming parameters while it is still possible to send references and the START STOP REV JOG RESET commands via keypad If the LOCK command is active and the LOCAL mode is disabled the LOCK function prevents the LOCAL mode from activating C173 C174 MOTOR SEL Input 320 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 0 gt Inactive 0 16 1 8 MDI1 MDI8 Range SE 9 12 MPL1 MPLA 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is fitted 13 16 gt TFL1 TFL4 17 24 XMDI1 XMDI8 Peo Inactive Level ENGINEERING Address 1173 1174 This function activates motor 2 and 3 and sets the relevant programming parameters UNOL See Table 93 A different active motor can be selected only when the drive is disabled Table 93 Motor selection 0 0 Motor n 1 1 0 Motor n 2 0 1 Motor n 3 1 1 Motor n 1 NOTE When both inputs are enabled Motor 1 is selected again 321 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP C175
374. gured as Multireference are inactive the overall reference is given from AIN1 analog input selected as the first PID reference C285 For the combinations where at least one of the digital inputs configured as multireference is active the resulting reference is the sum of the value for AIN1 plus the value for the selected multireference P080a Multireference Function 1 Sum Ref 0 0 4 3 bars 0 1 5 3 bars 1 0 5 8 bars 1 1 6 8 bars 126 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP P80a 2 Exclusive Preset Ref If no Multireference is activated the overall reference is null 0 0 0 0 bars 0 1 1 0 bars 1 0 1 5 bars 1 1 2 5 bars 15 2 List of Parameters P080a to P099a Table 24 List of parameters P080a P099a P080a PID Multireference function P081a PID Multireference 1 Mref1 945 P082a PID Multireference 2 Mref2 946 P083a PID Multireference 3 Mref3 947 P084a PID Multireference 4 Mref4 948 P085a PID Multireference 5 Mref5 949 PO86a PID Multireference 6 Mref6 986 P087a PID Multireference 7 Mref7 987 P099a PID Reference in Fire Mode 988 P080a Multireference 0 Preset Ref 1 Sum Ref 2 Exclusive Preset Ref emo Io Preset Ref Level ENGINEERING Address This parameter sets if the PID reference resulting from the selection of a digital Function multireference is to
375. h Rounding Off 2 example seesseesssesresrresirerreernerrsrrrsrresrnsen 94 Figure 6 Speed profile with Acceleration Reset Yes to No Example c cccscceesceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseaeeeeaeesseeseneeeeaees 95 Figure 7 Speed Reference COMPUTING eeeceeeeeceneeeseeeseeeeeneeetaeeesaeensaesesaeecsaeeesaeesaaeesaaeenaceseaeeeesaeeeseeseaeeseeeeneeeseaes 105 Figure 8 Torque Reference COMPUTING eeeeceeeeeneeeteneeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeteaeeeeeeneeeeseaaeeeseaeeeesenaeeeeseneeesesaeesereneeeeeeeaeeeeenaaes 106 Figure 9 Computing Speed Analog Reference from terminal board AIN1 c cceecceseeeeeseeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 108 Figure 10 Computing Inputs REF 1 and 2 examples 0 eee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeesseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeieeesieeeeaes 109 Figure 11 Computing REF Input Example 21 110 Figure 12 Prohibit Speed ranGesy EE EE 129 Figure 13 Speed Control example ececeecceeeneeeeeeeceneeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseaeeesaeeseaeeeeeeseaeesseeeseaeesaeeeseaeeseeeseeeeseeseeeeeeieeeeneeeeaes 131 Figure 14 Dual Parameterization function example AAA 133 Figure 15 Typical structure of the Analog Outputs esssesseesseesteeseesitsttestteinettnetittttttttnttnstnntnnttnnttnntnnnnntunnnnnntnnenneen 141 Figure 16 Structure of the Frequency Output 142 Figure 17 Curve voltage speed implemented by AO1 Example 1 145 Figure 18 Curve voltage speed implemented
376. he active speed tracking error status is given on digital signal D32 see Table 41 2 Active In case of speed tracking error alarm A080 trips 3 Active except for torque limiting As for 2 Active but the alarm trips only if a a limiting source is set to C147 b the forced limit is lt 95 of the maximum torque value parameter C048 c The speed regulator output is in saturation mode due to the torque limit setpoints This means that if the speed error tracking is caused by the speed regulator saturation due to an external torque limit no alarm trips The tracking error is given on digital signal D32 see Table 41 Function If the speed tracking error is disabled but C303 Yes see BRIDGE CRANE MENU the time set in C192 and the error threshold in C193 are used to manage the tracking error 4 CAUTION causing deactivation of the digital outputs set in BRAKE ABS BRAKE or ABS LIFT and the activation of the electromechanical brake Vice versa when C303 No the speed tracking error keeps all digital outputs activated BRAKE ABS BRAKE or ABS LIFT C195 Filter Time Constant over Value of Feedback from Encoder IS 0 30000 5 3000 0 ms Default 50 Level ENGINEERING Address This parameter defines the time constant used for filtering the reading of the Baelen encoder used as a speed feedback C196 Filter Time Constant over Value of Reference from Encoder Range 0 30000 5 3000 0 ms Default 50 Lev
377. he digital input word always set to 1 and reset the drive control board If communications between the Master and the Slave Penta cannot be restored alarm A070 is reset after setting parameter R016 to zero and after resetting the Penta drive When the drive is next powered on resetting the alarm reset will affect the drive control board 50 2 List of Parameters R016 to R017 Table 115 List of parameters R016 to R017 R016 Fieldbus Watchdog Time ENGINEERING Analog Outputs controlled by the Fieldbus ENGINEERING R016 Fieldbus Watchdog Time G IE 0 60000 0 60000 ms Defaut Level ENGINEERING Address If not set to zero this parameter determines the time limit after which A070 Fieldbus WDG trips no legal writing is received from the fieldbus in a given time interval Function The Watchdog activates only once the drive has received the first legal message from the NOTE master as described in Alarm A070 Communication Suspended This avoids untimely activation due to different start times between the master and the drive 404 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus penta CARRARO GROUP R017 Analog Outputs Controlled by the Fieldbus 000b None 001b AO 010b AO 100b gt AO3 000b 111b binary Range 0000h 0007h hex 0 7 decimal Default Level ENGINEERING Address To select analog outputs controlled by the fieldbus select the bit corresponding to the analog ou
378. he drive power off and are added to the start reference when the drive is restarted This function allows storing he reference value obtained with UP and DOWN signals Function P068a Reset UP DOWN Speed Torque at Stop Range 0 NO 1 YES aema o dono Level ADVANCED Address If PO68a 1 Yes the Speed Torque reference sent via the UP DOWN digital signals EA or with the A and W keys in the keypad is reset whenever the START command for the drive is disabled and the deceleration ramp is finished P068b Reset UP DOWN PID at Stop Range o O OS 0 NO 1 YES camo NO Level ADVANCED DIR 941 If PO68b 1 Yes the PID reference sent via the UP DOWN digital signals or via the leie A and W keys in the keypad is reset whenever the START command for the drive is disabled and the deceleration ramp is finished 119 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP P068c Reset UP DOWN Speed Torque at Source Changeover Range 0 NO 1 YES Default 0 0 NO Level ADVANCED III 942 If PO68c 1 Yes the Speed Torque reference sent via the UP DOWN digital signals or with the A and W keys in the keypad is reset whenever switching from the Remote mode to the Local mode and vice versa using the LOC REM key or the LOC REM digital input or when a control source switches to the other using the digital input programmed in C179 MDI for source selection see the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU P068d Reset UP DOWN PID at So
379. he next field press ENTER to confirm If you use the serial link of the inverter where the Data Logger is installed the Clock Calendar is viewed in the measure parameters below To update the Clock Calendar via serial link set the new values in C310 to C315 and send the edit command C316 Parameters R050 to R053 set the rules for daylight saving time 4 Set TIME OFF Gi 29 265 Press Save Enter for gt TIME settin 201 1 JSAN 01 SAT First page of the Date and Time menu on the display keypad 3 1 S T v UO C3 1 0 Set DATE 16 29 55 Press Save Enter for DATE setting mi gt 2 011 JAN 01 SAB Second page of the Date and Time menu on the display keypad The date and time on the display keypad are represented by the measures below Time Hours Range 0 23 hours This measure is available only if the Data Logger ES851 is installed and WEE activated R021 ENABLE Address Level AAO Time hours current value 387 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP Minutes Range This measure is available only if the Data Logger ES851 is installed and activated R021 ENABLE Address 3343 Level BASIC Minutes current value Active Seconds fie Active Address Level elle e Seconds current value This measure is available only if the Data Logger ES851 is installed and activated R021 ENABLE Day of the Week
380. he preset type of reference voltage current Active Always active Address Sleeve Measure of the voltage current value detected by the drive in AIN2 analog input Function of the type of reference voltage set in P390 The numerical value always includes two decimals the unit of measure is V Active Active only if set via parameter R023 Address elle Measure of the voltage value detected by the drive in XAIN4 analog input 64 456 EA d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP M039b XAIN5 External Analog Reference Function of the preset type of Function of the type of reference current set in P395 The numerical value always includes two decimals the reference h 2 unit of measure is mA Active only if set via parameter R023 Address Sleeve Measure of the current value detected by the drive in the XAIN5 analog input 8 32000 99 rom Note The actual range depends on the selected motor because it is defined by the value set in the parameters for the max speed and min speed of the selected motor C028 C029 Motor 1 C072 C073 Motor 2 C114 C115 Motor 3 32000 integer part 99 decimal part Active Always active Iden 1690 integer part 1691 decimal part Silo This is the value of the speed reference set via serial link M042 Speed Reference from Fieldbus 32000 99 rom Note The actual range depends on the selected motor because it is defined by the va
381. he result of the 2 tests EH S Ee SES P277a MDO1 Selecting variable C ADVANCED 0 Disable 642 P277b MDO1 Function applied to the result of f A B C ADVANCED 0 f A B OR C 643 P278 MDO1 Output logic level ADVANCED 1 TRUE 878 P279 MDOz2 Digital output mode ADVANCED 6 BRAKE 879 P280 MDO2 Selecting variable A ADVANCED A81 Trq Output 880 P281 MDOz2 Selecting variable B ADVANCED A71 Speed 881 P282 MDOz2 Testing variable A ADVANCED 0 gt 882 P283 MDOz2 Testing variable B ADVANCED 3 8 883 P284 MDO2 Comparing value for Test A ADVANCED 20 884 P285 MDO2 Comparing value for Test B ADVANCED 50 rpm 885 P286 MDO2 Function applied to the result of the 2 tests ee 1 GE SES P286a MDO2 Selecting variable C ADVANCED 0 Disable 644 P286b MDO2 Function applied to the result of f A B C ADVANCED 0 f A B OR C 645 P287 MDO2 Output logic level ADVANCED 1 TRUE 887 Digital output mode ADVANCED 1 DIGITAL Selecting variable A ADVANCED D3 Inverter Alarm Selecting variable B ADVANCED D3 Inverter Alarm Testing variable A ADVANCED 0 gt Testing variable B ADVANCED 0 gt Comparing value for Test A ADVANCED 0 Comparing value for Test B ADVANCED 0 Function applied to the result of the 2 tests ADVANCED 0 A OR B Selecting variable C ADVANCED 0 Disable Function applied to the result of f A B C ADVA
382. heading BRAKING RESISTANCE MENU has been changed to BRAKING UNIT AND RAMP EXTENSION MENU The following section has been added Example of Filter Voltage Drop Compensation OTHER MANUALS MENTIONED IN THIS MANUAL The following User Manuals relating to Sinus Penta drives are mentioned in this Programming Guide 15P0102A1 SINUS PENTA Installation Guide 15N0102A1 SINUS PENTA ES821 Spare User Manual 15Q0102A00 SINUS PENTA Guide to the Regenerative Application 15Q0102A10 SINUS PENTA Guide to the Multipump Application 15Q0102A200 SINUS PENTA Guide to the Synchronous Motor Application 15P0101A1 SINUS PENTA Assembly Instructions for Modular Inverters 15G0010A1 PROF Idrive COMMUNICATIONS BOARD Installation and Programming Instructions 15G0851A100 DATA LOGGER ES851 Programming Guide 16B0901A1 Remote Drive DRIVE REMOTE CONTROL User Manual 15M0102A10 SINUS PENTA Guide for Capacitor Reforming 2 456 fica Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 0 TABLE OF CONTENTS 0 1 Chapters 0 TABLE OF CONTENTS siswiiisannsnssninnicisisiniindesscusnicanniustundedsiiiniebvensiuiabedbsinasnindksnoninst 3 hy ag eg 21s ann a Pe Ee e Pt E Ter vn nee ree Peer ae 3 02 Ge 11 0 Re EE 12 0 4 HOW TO USE THIS WIANU EEN 15 OVI EE 15 0 4 2 Special Applications Dedicated to Sinus Penta Dives 15 0 4 3 Menus and ZGubmenus 16 0 4 4 Alarms ANd Neie EE 18 1 USING THE DISPLAY KEYPAD UNIT
383. hen the gradient changes is the value set for the deceleration starting stage If parameter P031 is set to No acceleration is brought to zero before the speed reference starts decreasing then deceleration begins with the preset pattern ts w INE TA Ba a Figure 6 Speed profile with Acceleration Reset Yes to No Example 12 1 2 Description of the Torque Ramps If the control algorithm is VTC or FOC and if it is controlled by setting Torque C011 for motor 1 C054 for motor 2 and C097 for motor 3 respectively the reference is ramped based on the values set in parameter P026 torque increase ramp time P027 torque decrease ramp time and P028 unit of measure for the ramp times The ramp up time setting is the time the output torque reference takes to go from 0 to the max value as an absolute value between Torque min and Torque max of the selected motor C047 C048 for motor 1 and so on 95 456 PROGRAMMING SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP 12 2 List of Parameters P009 to P033 Table 19 List of parameters P009 to P033 See Table 74 and P009 Speed ramp 1 acceleration time BASIC Table 78 609 a See Table 74 and P010 Speed ramp 1 deceleration time BASIC Table 78 610 DESS IRE See Table 74 and P012 Speed ramp 2 accelerat
384. hm e g C010 V F IFD for Motor 1 you can set the speed searching function for the motor speed of rotation which is useful when the drive controls a motor which is already running as for motors connected to fans See the SPEED SEARCHING MENU for more details 4 5 Controlled Stop in Case of Power Failure Power Down See the POWER DOWN MENU to set a controlled stop in case of power failure 4 6 DC Braking When using a Volt Freq IFD or Vector Torque VTC control algorithm you can set DC braking at start or at stop The DCB Hold function can be set for the Volt Freq IFD function See the DC BRAKING MENU for more details 4 7 Motor Thermal Protection The Motor Thermal Protection function protects the motor against possible overloads This function can be obtained via a PTC acquired in AIN2 analog input up to 6 PTCs can be series connected or it can be a software protection implemented through an algorithm reproducing the motor thermal image See the MOTOR THERMAL PROTECTION MENU for more details For more details about using AIN2 input please refer to the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions Manual 31 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP 4 8 Prohibit Speeds Prohibit speeds are speed ranges corresponding to mechanical resonance frequencies They prevent the drive from running at the preset speed ranges See the PROHIBIT SPEED MENU for more details 4 9 Digital PID Regulator The Sinus Penta dri
385. iable A Range See Table 41 Deut Tho Level ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the digital signal used to calculate the value of MPL4 digital output elle ei bel It selects an analog variable used to calculate the value of MPLA digital input if one of the analog operating modes is selected Digital signals and analog variables are detailed in Table 41 P379 MPL4 Selecting Variable B Range See Table 41 Default o DO Disable Level ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the second digital signal used to calculate the value of MPL4 digital output OAC It selects an analog variable used to calculate the value of MPLA digital input if one of the analog operating modes is selected Digital signals and analog variables are detailed in Table 41 239 456 SINUS PENTA SANTERNO INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP 5 P380 MPL4 Testing Variable A Os On Ot er gt D Wal x Default Level ADVANCED OOIEOE 980 This parameter defines the test to be performed for the variable detected by P378 using P382 as a comparing value CH A N Function P381 MPL4 Testing Variable B VE O gt D 2 Rad CH N Default Level ADVANCED Address 98 1 This parameter defines the test to be performed for the variable detected by B EEES P379 using P383 as a comparing value P382 MPL4 Comparing Value for Test A 320 00 320 00 Range 32000 32000 of the full scale value of s
386. ic AND of 3 inputs A B C particularly the ENABLE input the ENABLE S Safety input for redundancy and the condition of Inverter Ok On An additional block applied to f A B and C is used Table 48 MDO parameterization for the Ready state of a PLC supervisor P270 MDO1 Digital output mode DOUBLE DIGITAL P271 MDO1 Variable A selection D21 MDI Enable P272 MDO1 Variable B selection D22 MDI Enable S P273 MDO1 Testing variable A P274 MDO1 Testing variable B P275 MDO1 Comparing value for Test A P276 MDO1 Comparing value for Test B P277 MDO1 Function applied to the result of the two tests A AND B P277a MDO1 Variable C selection D2 Inverter Ok On P277b MDO1 Function applied to the result of f A B and C A B AND C test P278 MDO1 Output logic level VERA 195 456 SINUS PENTA 5 SANTERNO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP 24 6 List of Parameters P270 to P305 Table 49 List of parameters P270 to P305 P270 MDO1 Digital output mode ADVANCED 3 ANALOG 870 P271 MDO1 Selecting variable A ADVANCED A71 Speed 871 P272 MDO1 Selecting variable B ADVANCED A71 Speed 872 P273 MDO1 Testing variable A ADVANCED 0 gt 873 P274 MDOt1 Testing variable B ADVANCED KR 874 P275 MDO1 Comparing value for Test A ADVANCED 50 rpm 875 P276 MDO1 Comparing value for Test B ADVANCED 10 rpm 876 SCH MDO1 Function applied to t
387. igital outputs MDO1 and MDO2 only it cannot be selected for relay digital outputs MDO3 and MDO4 The digital output becomes a low frequency PWM output with a duty cycle proportional to the value of the selected analog output See Example 5 The activation and deactivation of the outputs set as BRAKE ABS BRAKE and ABS LIFT is depending on the parameters concerned as well as on conditions related to the drive status In particular Activation Conditions to be considered in logic AND with the programmed conditions e Acceleration or pretensioning stage see BRIDGE CRANE MENU e Drive running smoothly Deactivation Conditions to be considered in logic OR with the programmed conditions e Drive not running or tripped e Tracking error condition see ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU unless parameter C303 is set to NO see BRIDGE CRANE MENU 181 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP Variable A Selected for MDO1 2 3 4 P271 P280 P289 P298 This selects the digital signal or the analog variable used for Test A set with P273 P282 P291 P300 The whole list of the selectable items and their description appears at the end of this section see Table 41 If a digital signal is selected Test A is not performed therefore the comparison value for Test A set with P275 P284 P293 P302 has no meaning NOTE This parameter can be accessed only if the operating mode of the digital output conce
388. igital outputs depends on 2 selected analog variables Test A is performed for variable A whilst Test B is performed for variable B thus obtaining 2 digital signals starting from their value the selected logic function calculates the output value whereas the logic output function True False calculates the end value DOUBLE FULL As DOUBLE ANALOG or DOUBLE DIGITAL mode but both digital signals and analog variables can be selected If you select a digital signal its value TRUE or FALSE is used to calculate the selected logic function If you select an analog variable the test selected for this variable is performed and its result TRUE or FALSE is used to calculate the selected logic function BRAKE As ABS BRAKE below although the selected variables are not expressed as absolute values but depend on the selected tests ABS BRAKE The ABS BRAKE mode allows controlling the electromechanical brake of a motor used for lifting applications The ABS BRAKE mode is applied by selecting the measured or estimated speed value A71 as the first variable and the output torque A80 as the second variable Variables are considered as absolute values See Example 4 ABS LIFT As ABS BRAKE but the brake unlocks digital output open when a given torque value is attained which is automatically determined based on the last torque value required in the previous stroke PWM MODE The PWM mode may be selected for d
389. iliary trip 2 Alarm 3 Auxiliary trip 3 MRmp0d Multiramp 0 MRmp1 Multiramp 1 JOG Jog mode SLAVE Selection of Slave Mode PID Dis PID Disable KpdLock Display keypad unit Mot 2 Selection of Motor 2 Mot 3 Selection of Motor 3 Var 0 Reference Variation 0 Var 1 Reference Variation 1 Var 2 Reference Variation 2 PID UDR PID Reference Reset due to UP DOWN commands LOCAL Selection of Local mode Brk Lock Mechanical brake locking FireM Fire Mode enabled Src Sel Reference command source switch nTlim External torque limit disable START_B START function terminals B STOP_B STOP function terminals B REVERSE B Startup with negative speed terminals B Mei PID Multireference 1 MRef1 PID Multireference 2 MRef2 PID Multireference 3 PID Csl PID Control Selection START START function ENABLE ENABLE function RESET Alarm RESET EncA Encoder A Input EncB Encoder B Input FinA FINA Frequency input FinB FINB Frequency input Multi More than one function allocated to the same input Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA 75 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 8 11 Fault List Menu Scroll the Fault List Menu to display the codes of the last eight alarms tripped Press the SAVE ENTER key to access the alarm submenu and navigate to each value measured by the drive when the alarm tripped The diagram below shows a navigation example for the Fault List Menu relating to alarm n 1 in particular Note that n 1 is the last alarm trip
390. implemented 267 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP C012 C055 C098 Speed Feedback from Encoder Defauit o o Level BASIC CESS 1012 1055 1098 o VTC and FOC This parameter enables the encoder as a speed feedback It defines the encoder characteristics and whether Encoder A MDI6 and MDI7 in the terminal board or Encoder B with option board is used as a speed feedback see the ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU Function C013 C056 C099 Type of V F Pattern 0 Constant Torque Range 0 2 1 Quadratic 2 Free Setting Default See Table 75 and Table 79 Level BASIC L it 1013 1056 1099 Control IFD Allows selecting different types of V f pattern If C013 C056 C099 Constant torque voltage at zero frequency can be selected Preboost C034 C077 C120 If C013 C056 C099 Quadratic you can select voltage at zero frequency preboost C034 C077 C120 max voltage drop with respect to the theoretical V f pattern C032 C075 C118 and the frequency allowing implementing max voltage drop C033 C076 C119 Function If C013 CO056 C099 Free Setting you can set voltage at zero frequency preboost C034 C077 C120 voltage increase to 20 of the rated frequency Boost0 C035 C078 C121 and voltage increase to a programmed frequency Boost1 C036 C079 C122 frequency for Boost C037 C080 C123 C014 C057 C100 Phase Rotation 0 No 1 Yes Default Level ENGIN
391. in M1 0 rpm C029 nmax MI 1500 rpm C030 spddeflux M1 90 C031 nsa M1 Disabled C032 red_Trq1 30 0 C033 spd_redTrq1 20 C034 Preboost M1 IW C034a Boost ret pos M1 0 0 C034b Boost ref neg M1 0 0 C035 Boost0 Mi TI C035a FrqBst0 M1 5 C036 Boost M1 D C037 FrqBst M1 IW C038 AutoBst N C039 SlipComp M1 Disabled C040 DV_M1 Disabled C041 TFLM1 C042 Vout Sat M1 100 C04x C05x Limits M1 C043 lacclim M1 150 C044 Irunlim M1 150 C045 Ideclim M1 C046 defilimRed M1 0 Disabled C047 Tmin M1 0 0 C048 Tmax M1 120 C049 Tlim Ramp M1 50ms C050 fRedLimAcc M1 0 Enabled C05x C08x Motor Control M2 C053 Ctrl Type M2 0 IFD C054 RefMode M2 0 Speed C055 EncEnab M2 0 No C056 v_f_mode2 IW C057 Phase Rot Mot2 0 No C058 Fmot M2 50 0 Hz C059 n mot M2 1420 rpm C060 Pmot M2 IN C061 Imot M2 IN C062 Vmot M2 fF C063 P0 M2 0 0 C064 i0 M2 0 C065 Rstat M2 IN C066 Ld M2 IN C067 Lm M2 250 00 mH C068 TauRot M2 0 ms C069 vdcFiltM2 Oms C071 nmin M2 0 rpm C072 nmax M2 1500 rpm C073 spddeflux M2 90 C074 nsa M2 Disabled C075 red_Trq2 30 0 C076 spd_redTrq2 20 C077 Preboost M2 IN C077a Boost ref pos M2 0 0 C077b Boost ref neg M2 0 0 C078 Boost0 M2 C078a FrqBst0 M2 5 C079 Boost M2 IW C080 FrqBst M2 IW C081 AutoBst C082 SlipComp M2 Disabled C083 DV_M2 Disabled C084 TFLM2 IN C085 Vout Sat M2 100 C08x C09x Limits M2 C086 lacclim M2 150 C087 lrunlim M2 150 C088 Ideclim M2 NM C089 defilimRed M2 0 Disabled C090 Tmin M2 0 0 C091 Tmax M2
392. ion storage from and to a computer scan function for the automatic detection of the connected inverters up to 247 connected inverters 48 2 MODBUS RTU PROTOCOL Messages and data are sent by means of standard protocol MODBUS in RTU mode This standard protocol performs control procedures using an 8 bit binary representation In RTU mode a message begins with a silence interval equal to 3 5 times the transmission time of a character If the character transmission stops for a time equal to 3 5 times the transmission time of a character the controller will consider this time interval as the end of the message Similarly a message starting with a shorter silence time is considered as part of the previous message Message Address Function Data Error control End of message beginning T1 T2 T3 T4 8 bits 8 bits n x 8 bits 16 bits T1 T2 T3 T4 Use parameter R004 TimeOut to increase the silence time interval up to max 10000ms for the systems that do not recognize standard timeouts Address The address field acknowledges any value ranging from 1 to 247 as the address of the slave peripheral device The master device queries the peripheral device specified in the address field the peripheral device will respond with a message containing its address to let the master device know which the slave source of the response is A master device query with a 0 address is addressed to all slave devices which will not r
393. ion time ADVANCED Table 78 612 P013 Speed ramp 2 deceleration time ADVANCED SR ee Ze and 613 P014 Speed ramps 1and 2 time unit of measure ADVANCED See ec D SES 614 P015 Speed ramp 3 acceleration time ADVANCED See SI ae 615 P016 Speed ramp 3 deceleration time ADVANCED See ee D ane 616 P018 Speed ramp 4 acceleration time ADVANCED See ee d and 618 P019 Speed ramp 4 deceleration time ADVANCED See ee tbe and 619 P020 Speed ramps 3 and 4 time unit of measure ADVANCED See ie Ce ang 620 P021 Selection for S ramp rounding off ADVANCED 1 On 621 P022 Acceleration S ramp start rounding off time ADVANCED See ee Ge ane 622 P023 Acceleration S ramp end rounding off time ADVANCED See ae cs and 623 P024 Deceleration S ramp start rounding off time ADVANCED See Aa Ce SS 624 P025 Deceleration S ramp end rounding off time ADVANCED See U D ane 625 P026 Torque ramp time up ADVANCED 5s 626 P027 Torque ramp time down ADVANCED 5s 627 P028 Unit of measure for torque ramp time ADVANCED 0 1s 628 P029 Jog ramp acceleration time ADVANCED 1s 629 P030 Jog ramp deceleration time ADVANCED 1s 629 P031 Gradient variation acceleration reset ADVANCED 1 YES 630 P032 Fire Mode Ramp acceleration time ENGINEERING See ce a and 632 P033 Fire Mode Ramp deceleration time ENGINEERING See ele 633 P009 Speed Ramp 1 Acceleration Time Range 0 32700 Default Level Address See Table 74 and Table 78 0 327 00s if PO14 0 gt 0 01 s 0 3270 0s if PO14 1 gt 0 1 s
394. itten to integer This optional field is displayed when a parameter is not active for all types of motor controls IFD VTC FOC Parameter description Address Control Rxxx Parameters Read Only when the drive is in Run R W when the drive is in stand by or in Run but the motor is stopped see P003 Condition required for changing C parameters in the PASSWORD AND USER LEVEL MENU Display on the display keypad and the RemoteDrive may be a decimal figure plus unit of measure Factory setting of the parameter as displayed plus unit of measure Level User level BASIC ADVANCED ENGINEERING ModBus address which the parameter can be read from written to Address integer This optional field is displayed when a parameter is not active for all types of motor controls IFD VTC FOC ill Parameter description Drive representation integer Range Factory setting of the parameter aus as represented for the drive Control NOTE switched off and switched on again or after resetting its control board by pressing the mn Unlike Cxxx parameters Rxxx parameters become active only after the drive has been RESET button for more than 5 seconds 17 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO A CARRARO GROUP Ixxx Inputs These are not parameters but inputs the values allocated to these inputs are not stored to non volatile memory Ixxx value is always 0 when the drive is powered on Display on the
395. ive is disabled or whether toggling from Remote to Local mode does not affect the drive running conditions bumpless commands but it does affect the reference You can also choose to keep running conditions and reference unaffected any command is bumpless For more details please refer to the description of parameter C148 CONTROL METHOD MENU In LOCAL mode the L CMD and L REF LEDs come on when drive references and commands are sent via display keypad the Keypad page allows changing the given reference using the A and W keys see P266 in the DISPLAY KEYPAD menu When not in LOCAL mode press the MENU key to access the Keypad pages from the root page Only the Keypad pages relating to the Keypad source will be displayed along with the Measure Keypad page Example Parameter C147 Torque Limit Reference Selection is set to Keypad From the root page press the MENU key once to display the Measure Keypad page and press the MENU key twice to display the Keypad page relating to the torque limit and allowing changing the torque limit reference using the A and W keys The Keypad page allows entering custom measures see parameters P268b to P268e in the DISPLAY KEYPAD menu From the Keypad pages press the SAVE ENTER key to access the Keypad Help page containing any details about the measures displayed in the Keypad page 1 11 SAVE ENTER Key The SAVE ENTER key allows selecting a lower level when navigating within the programming menus It al
396. l Analog Output Signal W CU Ce O 1000 0 100 0 Default 1000 Level ENGINEERING Address Function Amplitude of the sinusoidal analog output signal when Sine or Cosine variables are selected 155 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP P214 Frequency of Sinusoidal Analog Output Signal Range 0 20000 0 200 00Hz Default 100 1 00Hz Level ENGINEERING LOCION 814 Frequency of the sinusoidal analog output signal when Sine or Cosine variables are selected Function P215 Frequency of Saw Wave Analog Output Signal Range 0 20000 0 200 00Hz Default 100 Level ENGINEERING Address Frequency of saw wave analog output signal when Sine or Cosine variables are aA Selected This can be used as the carrier frequency when setting MDO1 or MDO2 in PWM mode see the example given in the DIGITAL OUTPUTS MENU 156 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP 21 TIMERS MENU 2 oh 1 Overview The Timers menu allows setting enable and disable delay times for digital inputs outputs NOTE NOTE NOTE NOTE NOTE Example 1 For the ENABLE digital input no disable delay is allowed because the logic status of the ENABLE command is used directly by the hardware activating IGBT switching when no ENABLE command is sent the output power stage is instantly deactivated The reset function for the alarms on the leading edges of MDI3 is not delayed Any auxiliary alarm set t
397. lated to P392 P393 Offset over XAIN4 input ICED oV 993 P394 Filtering time over XAIN4 input NCE 100ms 994 P395 Type of signal over XAIN5 input ADVANCED 3 4 20MA 995 P396 See of XAIN5 input producing min reference X ADVANCED 4 0mA 996 Percentage of Speed_Min Trq_Min producing min RER 8 P396a reference Y axis related to P396 ADVANCED l 100 0 CH P397 nd of XAIN5 input producing max reference X ADVANCED 20 0mA 997 Percentage of Speed_Min Trq_Min producing min E l R39ra reference Y axis related to P397 EE 100 0 ae P398 Offset over XAIN5 input ADVANCED OmA 998 P399 Filtering time over XAIN5 input ADVANCED 100 ms 999 P390 Type of Signal over XAIN4 Input Default Level ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the type of single ended analog signal over XAIN4 terminal in the terminal board The signal can be a voltage signal a unipolar signal or a bipolar signal aA O 10 V Bipolar voltage input between 10V and 10V The detected signal is saturated between these two values 1 0 10 V Unipolar voltage input between OV and 10V The detected signal is saturated between these two values 244 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus Enta CARRARO GROUP P391 Value of XAIN4 Input Producing Min Reference anye 0 100 if P390 1 0 0V 10 0V ifP390 1 0 10V eo E ES ADVANCE
398. lave mode If motor 2 is active C072 and C091 will be used instead of C029 and C048 if motor 3 is active the values set in C115 and C134 will be used P397a Percentage of Speed Max Trq Max Producing Max Reference Y axis related to P397 Range Default 1000 Level ADVANCED Address This parameter represents the max speed percentage or the max torque gilles percentage for a torque reference to be used for the maximum reference set with P397 P398 Offset over XAIN5 Input Range 20 00 mA 20 00 mA Defaut RE Level ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the offset correction value of XAIN5 analog signal that has been measured gilles The value set is added to the signal measured before saturation or conversion its unit of measure is the same as the one of the signal selected for XAIN5 analog input P399 Filtering Time over XAIN5 Input Range 0 65000 0 65000ms Default Level ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the value of the filter time constant of the first command applied to XAIN5 input signal when the signal saturation and conversion is over Function 247 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 30 AUTOTUNE MENU 30 1 Overview NOTE See the FIRST STARTUP section for tuning based on the control algorithm to be used At the end of the Autotune procedure the system automatically saves the whole NOTE parameter set of the drive Autotune must be performed only after en
399. lay with PID Out P437 ENGINEERING 0 Disabled 1284 P456 PID2 output gradient limit ENGINEERING 1 ms 1368 P457 Gain for PID2 measure scaling ENGINEERING 1 000 1369 P460 Gain for Anti Wind Up ENGINEERING 1 00 1370 Parameters P437a P437b and P455 are overridden if the Two PIDs mode is selected with NOTE summed outputs C291a 7 2 PID and C171a 0 Disabled 179 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 24 DIGITAL OUTPUTS MENU 24 1 Overview The Digital Outputs menu includes the parameters allowing configuring the drive digital outputs MDO1 MDO2 MDO3 and MDO4 NOTE The Digital Outputs menu may be accessed only if the user level is ADVANCED or ENGINEERING NOTE For a detailed hardware description of the digital outputs please refer to the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions manual NOTE MDO1 digital output can be programmed only if the frequency output is not set up P200 Disable see the ANALOG AND FREQUENCY OUTPUTS MENU NOTE XMDI digital outputs values from 13 to 20 in the parameters relating to the control functions can be set up only after setting XMDI O in parameter R023 24 2 Factory Settings The factory settings are as follows MDO1 is a zero speed relay it energizes when a preset threshold is exceeded MDO2 controls an electromechanical brake used for crane applications it energizes to release the brake MDO3 de energizes fail safe logic in case of Inverter Alarm
400. led the RTC version only is not suitable for this functionality Please refer to the Installation Instructions manual The parameters described in this menu are Rxxx parameters Once changed and saved they become active only when the drive is next switched on or when the control board is reset by holding down the RESET key for more than 5 secs NOTE The parameters set from this menu are not saved to non volatile memory of the Data CAUTION Logger board They must be confirmed and saved using the RemoteDrive software gt gt S 54 2 List of Parameters R115 and R116 Table 119 List of parameters R115 and R116 R115 SIM Card PIN BASIC 563 0000 R116 Preset Connection Status ENGINEERING 134 0 no active preset R115 SIM Card PIN elle Cl 0x0000 OxAAAA 0 9999 DAELE 0x0000 Level Address This parameter indicates the digits of the PIN of the SIM card fitted in the GSM GPRS modem The digits must be aligned left the symbol which is codified as OXA hex is intended as the number terminator Function Max 4 digits are allowed for the SIM card PIN NOTE The PIN can be composed of less than 4 digits and the symbol can be used as the PIN terminator 417 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO TORUN CARRARO GROUP R116 Preset Connection Status Line 2 Address Function This parameter indicates if preset configurations are actually set up for the types of connectio
401. les Calculated output signal 0 FALSE a logic negation is applied 1 TRUE no negation is applied P368 MPL3 Digital Output Mode DISABLE DIGITAL DOUBLE DIGITAL ANALOG DOUBLE ANALOG DOUBLE FULL BRAKE ABS BRAKE ABS LIFT Default DIGITAL Level ADVANCED Address Cost gt On ee This parameter defines the operating mode of virtual digital output 3 The Funeilen different operating modes are described at the beginning of this chapter P369 MPL3 Selecting Variable A Range See Table 41 Default D38 Fire Mode Level ADVANCED Leed 969 This parameter selects the digital signal used to calculate the value of MPL3 digital output ill It selects an analog variable used to calculate the value of MPL3 digital input if one of the analog operating modes is selected Digital signals and analog variables are detailed in Table 41 P370 MPL3 Selecting Variable B Range See Table 41 Default o DO Disable BE ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the second digital signal used to calculate the value of MPL3 digital output elle ei bel It selects an analog variable used to calculate the value of digital input MPL3 if one of the analog operating modes is selected Digital signals and analog variables are detailed in Table 41 236 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 5 P371 MPL3 Testing Variable A e JE gt D Wal x Default Level ADVANCED D
402. lue of Speed_Max or Trq_Max for the torque reference multiplied by the percentage set with P392a P397a for the second point Speed Min depends on the selected motor see parameter C028 motor 1 C071 motor 2 or C114 motor 3 Trq_Min depends on the selected motor see parameter C047 motor 1 C090 motor 2 or C133 motor 3 Speed Max depends on the selected motor see parameter C029 motor 1 C072 motor 2 or C115 motor 3 Trq_Max depends on the selected motor see parameter C048 motor 1 C091 motor 2 or C134 motor 3 The X axis values of the two points depend on the analog input XAIN4 Input Parameter P391 is the X axis of the first point parameter P392 is the X axis of the second point 243 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP XAIN5 Input Parameter P396 is the X axis of the first point parameter P397 is the X axis of the second point see also Scaling Analog Inputs REF AIN1 AIN2 29 2 List of parameters P390 to P399 Table 60 List of parameters P390 to P399 P390 Type of signal over XAIN4 input ADVANCED 1 0 10V 990 P391 ine of XAIN4 input producing min reference X ADVANCED 0 0V 991 Percentage of Speed_Min Trq_Min producing min Ep 2 P391a reference Y axis related to P391 ADVANCED 100 0 104 P392 SC of XAIN4 input producing max reference X ADVANCED 10 0V 992 P392a Percentage of Speed_Max Trq_Max producing ADVANCED 100 0 710 max reference Y axis re
403. lue set in the parameters for the max speed and min speed of the selected motor C028 C029 Motor 1 C072 C073 Motor 2 C114 C115 Motor 3 Active Always active All 1692 integer part 1693 decimal part 32000 integer part 99 decimal part JSA This is the measure of the speed reference set by the fieldbus M044 Torque Reference from Serial Link 500 0 Note The actual range depends on the torque limit value set for the selected motor C047 C048 Motor 1 C090 C091 Motor 2 C133 C134 Motor 3 Always active Address 5000 This is the measure of the torque reference set via serial link and expressed as a percentage of the rated torque of the selected motor Function 65 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP M045 Torque Reference from Fieldbus 500 0 Note The actual range depends on the torque limit values set for the selected motor C047 C048 Motor 1 C090 C091 Motor 2 C133 C134 Motor 3 Always active Address This is the measure of the torque reference set by the fieldbus and expressed as a percentage EE of the rated torque of the selected motor M046 PID Reference from Serial Link 100 00 Note The actual range depends on the min value and the max value of the PID ER 10000 reference set in parameters P245 P246 Active Always active ESA 1696 AA Oa This is the measure of the PID reference set via serial link and expressed as
404. m carrier frequency 1002 See Table 73 and Table 77 C003 Number of pulses DIN 1003 1 24 C004 Silent modulation ING 1004 See Table 73 and Table 77 The default value and the max value of carrier frequency C001 and C002 depend on the drive size To check those values see Table 73 and Table 77 C001 Minimum Carrier Frequency sni 1600 16000 Hz BREUCI Depending on the drive model SE the drive model see Table 73 AEWA See Table 73 and Table 77 ENGINEERING EIS 1001 enticing IFD and VTC AWA It represents the min value of the modulation frequency being used NOTE The min value set in C001 cannot exceed the max value set in C002 Increase the max value in C002 if you need to increase the min value and if C001 equals C002 C002 Maximum Carrier Frequenc 1600 16000 1600 16000 Hz SE Depending on the drive model Depending on the drive model see Table 73 and Table 77 IS IL See Table 73 and Table 77 PAOR ENGINEERING CIEE 1002 It represents the max value of the modulation frequency being used As per FOC control the modulation frequency set in C002 is used only if ae lalei eyai exceeding 8 kHz when the max allowable carrier frequency is gt 8kHz Otherwise the max carrier frequency allowed is used for the models implementing a carrier frequency lt 8 kHz independently of C002 NOTE The max value set in C002 cannot be lower than the min value set in C001 Decrease the min val
405. me 3 P016 Ramp Down Time 3 P018 Ramp Up Time 4 P019 Ramp Down Time 4 P020 Unit of Measure for Ramp Times 3 and 4 The set ramp time corresponds to the time the speed reference takes to reach the max speed from 0 rpm as an absolute value between min speed and max speed of the selected motor C028 and C029 for motor 1 and so on The time unit of measure may have the following values 0 gt 0 01s 1 gt 01s 2 gt 1s 310s The programmable range may be Os 327000s Example of a speed ramp Table 18 Example of a Speed Ramp 0 0 01s 0 327 00 s 1 Dis 0 3270 0 s 2 1s 0 32700 s 3 10s 0 327000 s 92 456 fi Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP The factory setting of the unit of measure is 0 1 s the ramp time is 10 sec Figure 4 Example of S ramps You can also select the rounding off and the rounding off percentage for the 4 stages of starting ramp up and the starting ramp down and for the end ramp up and the end ramp down S ramps The ramp rounding off allows reaching the reference end value with a zero tangent both while accelerating and while decelerating thus suppressing torque peaks that could damage mechanical couplings The rounding off is expressed as a percentage of the ramp time it relates to if used it allows increasing the preset ramp time by half the sum value of the two rounding off values Its effect is shown in the figures b
406. meter C192 This protection is enabled only if parameter C194 is not set at zero e Wrong setting in parameters C192 C193 C194 see the ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU Possible e Torque limit too low cause e Connected load too heavy e Encoder failure encoder mechanical joint broken down disconnection of one of the signal cables of the encoder 1 Set parameters C192 C193 correctly 2 Check torque limit value see the INPUTS FOR REFERENCES MENU and the CONTROL METHOD MENU Solution 3 Check the mechanical load 4 Make sure that the encoder works properly check its mechanical connection to the motor and check that the encoder signal cables are properly connected to the terminals A081 Keypad Watchdog De Watchdog for the communication to the keypad Communication failed when the keypad was enabled as a reference source or a Event command source or when it was in Local mode Watchdog time is equal to approx 1 6 seconds e Keypad cable disconnected e Failure of one of the two connectors of the keypad Possible e Strong electromagnetic disturbance or radiated interference cause e Keypad failure e Incorrect setting in parameters relating to serial link 1 see the SERIAL LINKS MENU 1 Check the connection of the keypad cable 2 Make sure that the keypad cable connectors are intact on both drive side and keypad side 3 Check communication parameters of serial link 1 Solution 435 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO A Ho
407. mong the allowable variables for the PID feedback electrical variables lout output current Vout output voltage Vdc DC bus voltage Pout output power and Torque NOTE out output torque only with VTC and FOC control Their percentage values relate to rated current values and rated voltage values of the selected motor and to 1500VDC respectively In Local mode the PID regulator is disabled if set as C294 2 Add Reference or 3 NOTE Add Voltage out gt gt gt Block 3 PID Control Mode This block allows applying different processing types to the feedback signals and allows enabling disabling the PID2 integrated into the system see C291a Block 4 Ramp over PID Reference A ramp may be applied to the PID references sent from block 3 The same ramp is applicable for both blocks the processed references are the ones actually used in the PID regulator The parameters of the PID reference ramp are illustrated in the figure below The initial rounding off is applied to the reference whenever a new acceleration deceleration ramp is started while the end reference is applied at the end of each ramp 370 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP P249 Ramp UP for PID reference A P250 Ramp DOWN for PID reference Ramps reference PID Reference P251 PID Ramp unit of measure k gt P252 Start S Curve for PID ramps P253 End S Curve for PID ramps P000
408. mp selection Selected Ramp Multiramp 1 Multiramp 0 1 Table 92 Selected ramp Multiramp 0 Multiramp 1 If one of these functions is not programmed its bit is zero For example if C167 is Inactive 0 and C168 is programmed for one terminal only ramp 1 or ramp 3 can be selected NOTE If the ramp rounding off function is enabled P0210 the real ramp times also depend on the values set in parameters P022 P023 P024 P025 P031 318 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS C169 JOG Input BREUCI NOTE Level Address Function Default Level Address Control Function 5 SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 0 gt Inactive 0 16 1 8 MDI1 MDI8 9 12 MPL1 MPLA 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is fitted 13 16 gt TFL1 TFL4 17 24 XMDI1 XMDI8 Inactive ADVANCED When the JOG function is enabled the motor rotates at low speed following slow ramps which are manually controlled by the user only by means of the keys in keypad If the drive is enabled ENABLE activated but is not running and if the JOG terminal is enabled the drive will run the connected motor will accelerate following a JOG ramp P029 up to the JOG speed reference P070 On the other hand if the terminal is disabled the drive will stop the connected motor will decelerate to zero speed following the JOG ramp P029 Reverse the direction of rotation of the active reference to reverse the JOG
409. n applied to the result of f A B C P385 MPL4 Output logic level TRUE P009 Acceleration time 1 Ramp for normal operation P010 Deceleration time 1 Ramp for normal operation P011 Acceleration time 2 Ramp for PIPE FILL P012 Deceleration time 2 Ramp for PIPE FILL P080 Multispeed function 0 Preset Speed P081 Output speed 1 Mspd1 Min operating speed C182 MDI Multiprogramming enable Enabled C155 MDI for multispeed 0 selection 12 MPL4 C167 MDI for multiramp 0 selection 11 MPL3 C171 MDI for PID disable 11 MPL3 It is required to feed back MPL3 output to MPLA input because every MPL in the Digital Inputs menu may be allocated to maximum 2 functions C182 Enabled see DIGITAL INPUTS MENU In that case 3 functions are required so an additional MPL is needed MN NOTE Ramp for normal function Ramp desired during normal operation Ramp for PIPE FILL Ramp desired when filling the pipes Minimum operating speed Min speed required for the correct delivery of the pump 228 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS 28 3 Z SANTERNO List of Parameters P350 to P385 CARRARO GROUP Table 58 List of parameters P350 to P385 Digital output mode ADVANCED SINUS PENTA 0 DISABLE Selecting variable A ADVANCED DO DISABLE Selecting variable B ADVANCED DO DISABLE Testing variable A ADVANCED 0 gt Testing variable B AD
410. n is disabled 1 YES No Derating The Motor Thermal Protection function is active with trip current It independent of operating speed No Derating Forced The Motor Thermal Protection function is active with trip current It depending on operating Cooled speed with fan cooled motor de rating Forced Cooling The Motor Thermal Protection function is active trip current It depends on operating speed 3 YES B Self Cooled and de rating is suitable for motors having a fan keyed to the shaft Fan on Shaft factory setting 2 YES A When C265 1 2 and 3 the motor thermal model is considered The heating of a motor is proportional to the square of the current flowing e The Motor overheated alarm A075 will trip after the time t computed based on the motor thermal model is over The alarm can be reset only after a given time depending on the thermal constant C267 of the motor thus allowing for the correct cooling of the motor Forced Fan on Cooling Shaft No Derating 000442 It 0 9It 0 8lt 0 6 lt 0 3 0 5 Nor n N mot N mot Figure 60 Trip current drop depending on speed values The graph above shows how trip current It drops depending on the generated speed based on the value set in parameter C265 361 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP NOTE The motor heating can be monitored with measure M026a This value is expressed as a percentage of the asymptotic value that can be attained
411. n is used it matches with the value of the resistance of one phase half the resistance measured between two terminals if a delta connection is used it matches with 1 3 of the resistance of one phase Autotune is always recommended 0 00 320 00mH See Table 76 and Table 80 ADVANCED 1023 1066 1109 This parameter defines the global leakage inductance of the connected motor If a star connection is used it matches with the value of the inductance of one phase if a delta connection is used it matches with 1 3 of the inductance of one phase Autotune is always recommended With the Autotuning function calculate the value of the leakage inductance C023 From the resulting value manually subtract the value in mH of the output inductance if any PROGRAMMING SANTERNO SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP C024 C067 C110 Mutual Inductance Range 0 65000 0 00 650 00mH Default 250 00mH Level ADVANCED ACCES 1024 1067 1110 This parameter defines the mutual inductance of the connected motor The approximate value of the mutual inductance results from no load current according to the formula below M Vmot Rstat lo 2xfmot lo Function Parameter C024 mutual inductance is automatically calculated based on the preset no load current value C021 whenever parameters 1073 and 1074 are set as follows AN NOTE 1073 1 Motor Tune 1074 0 All no rotation whether current loop tuning i
412. n mode if C234 Power Down Stop Mode is set as DCB C235 motor speed at the beginning of DC Braking Speed Inc f C220 DCB Speed Level Start C217 Command ON OFF P000353 b Figure 53 DCB at Stop Motor speed and DC Braking patterns when the DC BRAKING AT STOP function is active 341 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 38 1 3 DC Braking Command Sent from Terminal Board Activate the digital input set as DCB C160 to send a DC Braking command DC Braking duration is determined by the following formula t C217 nour C219 with nour C219 equal to max 10 Possible cases a t1 gt t time t1 for braking command is longer than t To restart the motor following the preset acceleration ramp when DC Braking is over just disable the DCB command and disable and enable again the START command see figure below Speed x oC f C220 Spdl DCB Speed Level DCB Ss Command ON OFF Start Command ON OFF gt PO000354 b Figure 54 Manual DCB Example 1 Motor Speed DC Braking Manual DCB Command and START Command if t1 gt t b tl lt t time t1 for braking command is shorter than t Two different cases may occur depending on the control algorithm and the setup of the motor speed searching function 342 456 CARRARO GROUP EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA IFD or VTC Control when the Speed Searching function is disabled
413. n percent n 1 ENGINEERING 0 0 715 P116 Reference variation percent n 2 ENGINEERING 0 0 716 P117 Reference variation percent n 3 ENGINEERING 0 0 717 P118 Reference variation percent n 4 ENGINEERING 0 0 718 P119 Reference variation percent n 5 ENGINEERING 0 0 719 P120 Reference variation percent n 6 ENGINEERING 0 0 720 P121 Reference variation percent n 7 ENGINEERING 0 0 721 P115 P121 Reference Variation Percent n 1 n 7 Range 1000 100 0 Default Level ENGINEERING Xe lof 715 721 These parameters define the variation percent of the current reference M000 for A speed control M007 for torque control M018 if PID control is activated to be considered as a ramp reference when selecting variation percent 1 7 132 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 18 SPEED LOOP AND CURRENT BALANCING MENU 18 1 Overview The SPEED LOOP AND CURRENT BALANCING MENU for VTC and FOC controls allows setting the parameter values of the speed regulators for the three connected motors and to manually adjust the motor current balancing see parameter P152 The speed regulator for each motor has two parameterization functions two integral terms two proportional terms and two speed error thresholds expressed as a percentage of the motor rated speed The response of the speed regulator can be dynamically linked with the speed error in this way the speed regulator will be more
414. ncy Hz Function 80 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP Serial Number Serial Number MEMA o 9999999 0 9999999 Address 1827 1828 LSWord MSWord This is the serial number of the drive The serial number is required when contacting ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s CUSTOMER SERVICE in order to activate the Fire Mode This measure is expressed in 32 bits divided into two 16 bit words the low part and the high part Fire Mode Enable Password BEUC Default Level BASIC Address 868 To enable the Fire Mode please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Function CUSTOMER SERVICE and give the Serial Number of the drive where the Fire Mode is to be activated Enter the password given by the Customer Service h CAUTION The Fire Mode Enable Password is set to 0 when the Restore Default is performed Manufacturer Manufacturer _ The name of Elettronica Santerno is displayed followed by Elettronica Santerno s AALE Website Santerno com You can also send a Modbus query message to read the product ID Product ID Range 1 65535 Address You can read the product ID from address 476 The eight high bits give the first character of the ID the eight low bits give the second character of the product ID E g for PD Penta Drive MODBUS value read from address 476 20548d 0x5044H 50H gt Character P 44H gt Character D Function 8
415. nd 10V The detected signal is saturated between these two values 1 20 mA Bipolar current input between 20mA and 20mA The detected signal is saturated between these two values 2 4 20 mA Unipolar current input with min threshold between 4 mA and 20mA The detected signal is saturated between these two values Before being saturated if the detected signal is lower than 4 mA or greater than 20 mA alarms A067 or A103 trip 3 0 10 V Unipolar voltage input between OV and 10V The detected signal is saturated between these two values 4 0 20 mA Unipolar current input between 0 mA and 20mA The detected signal is saturated between these two values Function The value set in parameter P055 must match with the status of switch SW1 2 allowing NOTE selecting the proper electric circuit for the analog signal processing voltage signal or current signal P056 Value of AIN1 Input Producing Min Reference X axis 100 100 if P055 0 10 0 V 10 0 V if P055 0 10 V 200 200 if P055 1 20 0 mA 20 0 mA if P055 1 20 mA CDs 40 200 if P055 2 4 0mA 20 0 mA if P055 2 4 20 mA 0 100 if P055 3 0 0V 10 0V if P055 3 0 10 V 0 200 if P055 4 0 0 mA 20 0 mA if P055 4 0 20 mA Default Level ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the value for AIN1 input signal for minimum reference or better the reference set in C028xP056a Master mode or in C047xP056a Slave mode If mo
416. nd the Drive representation RemoteDrive integer may be a decimal figure plus unit of measure Active Type of control IFD VTC FOC the measure is related to Address ModBus address which the measure can be read from AO Measure description Display on the display keypad and the Drive representation RemoteDrive integer may be a decimal figure plus unit of measure Factory setting of the parameter as displayed plus unit of measure User level BASIC ADVANCED ENGINEERING ModBus address which the parameter can be read from integer This optional field is displayed when a parameter is not active for all types of motor controls IFD VTC FOC Function Parameter description Factory setting of the parameter as represented for the drive Default Address Control 16 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP Cxxx Parameters Read Only when the drive is running and the motor is operating R W when the drive is in stand by or in Run but the motor is stopped see P003 in PASSWORD AND USER LEVEL MENU Display on the display keypad and the Drive representation RemoteDrive integer may be a decimal figure plus unit of measure Factory setting of the parameter as displayed plus unit of measure REW Factory setting of the parameter Default as represented for the drive Level User level BASIC ADVANCED ENGINEERING ModBus address which the parameter can be read from wr
417. nds on the Boolean variable Inverter Alarm which is TRUE only when an alarm trips This output is a fail safe contact the relay energizes if the drive is on and no alarms tripped Example 2 Digital output for Drive Run OK digital command MDO4 digital output default settin Table 44 MDO parameterization for drive Run OK P297 MDO4 Digital output mode DIGITAL P298 MDO4 Variable A selection D1 Drive Run Ok MDO3 Variable C selection DO Disabled P295a_ P305 MDO4 Output logic level TRUE The digital output status depends on the Boolean variable Drive Run Ok which is TRUE only when the drive is modulating IGBTs on 191 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP Example 3 Digital output for speed thresholds Suppose that a digital output energizes if the motor speed exceeds 100rpm as an absolute value and de energizes when the motor speed is lower than or equal to 20rpm as an absolute value Parameter P270 sets ABS mode so that the selected variables are considered as absolute values The condition greater than is selected for test A and lower than equal to is selected for test B Table 45 MDO parameterization for speed thresholds P270 MDO1 Digital output mode DOUBLE ANALOG P271 MDO1 Variable A selection A71 Speed MEA P272 MDO1 Variable B selection A71 Speed MEA P273 MDO1 Testing variable A ABS x gt P2
418. ne CARRARO GROUP A082 Encoder Configuration Functions programmed for MDI6 and MDI7 or Encoder B selected and encoder board not detected e Encoder A has been selected for speed measure or as a reference source but different digital command functions are programmed for terminals MDI6 and MDI7 e Encoder B has been selected for the speed measure or as a reference source but the control board did not detect any optional encoder board e Incorrect setting of the use of the encoders in parameter C189 Possible e Incorrect programming of digital input functions e Option board for Encoder B is not fitted has been improperly mounted or is faulty Possible connector failure 1 Check and adjust the value set in C189 see the ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU 2 Check and adjust the control function programming for digital inputs MDI6 and MDI7 see the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU 3 Check if optional encoder board is fitted and properly mounted A083 External alarm 1 A084 External alarm 2 A085 External alarm 3 The External Alarm 1 2 3 functionality has been programmed but the relevant digital input is disabled see the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU If multiple digital command sources are programmed alarms A083 A085 trip if one of the terminals in the active sources is disabled see the CONTROL METHOD MENU The cause for the alarm trip does not depend on the drive check for the reason why the contact connected to terminal MDIx where th
419. nereeeereenn nnna 188 Pa N EE eege eege Eege de 191 24 6 LsrorbapnaMETERSbR c0rob Oob 196 25 AUXILIARY DIGITAL OUTPUTS MENU cccccceeceeececeeeceeseeesseeeeeeeeeeseeenes 210 eM e YY tc Scars const aha cece nee sca Pine sd voc ttarn Su send ction ha tlensnson ede iahe Soom tat ene eas 210 25 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS P306 TO P317 ou cecccccecceeceeeeceecueeeeceeeseeseueeeeeeaeeeeseneeeneeas 210 26 MEASURE CONTROL FROM PT100 cceccceececeseceesceeseeeeeeeeseceeeeceseeeneesees 214 2B 1a COVER TEEN 214 26 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS P318 TO P3250 eccecceccsecceecceecueeeeceeeseeeeueeeeeeaeeeaseneeeneens 214 27 FIELDBUS PARAMETERS MENU ccccccceecceececeeecessceeseeeseeceseceeeeeenseeeeeeees 217 E Me ee 217 27 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS P330 TO PS8 1 cricscccccacenectcetcncenscsieuveddssavseteceneteveasncsaeudnes 217 28 VIRTUAL DIGITAL OUTPUTS MPL MENU cccccesssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 219 oka ia WEE EE 219 28 1 1 FACTORY E E 219 28 1 2 Structure of the Virtual REI 219 28 2 OPERATING DIAGRAM OF THE VIRTUAL DIGITAL OUTTPBUTS 225 28 3 LIST OF PARAMETERS P350 TO P385 avcsicnciccneccescatncsascennevervedsectucesnednaveneenencasees 229 29 INPUTS FOR REFERENCES FROM OPTIONAL BOARD c0ecceeeeeseeeeeees 243 29 1 SCALING ANALOG INPUTS XAIN4 XAIN5 uo cecceceeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeneeecueeeeeeeaseeaeeeeaes 243 29 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS P390 TO P399 eee cccecceecceececeeeceeeeeeeeeue
420. nfigured as the source selector see C179 this parameter has effect only if the Two PIDs mode is activated 369 456 CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege C285 C286 C287 Sources Piret vector 11 0 Disabled 1 Ref 2 AINI PID Reference I Sources PIDref vector C285 Ref Max P246 3 AIN2 PTC er GN PID Ref Ramps Serial Link PID Reference 2 Sources PIDref vector C286 p C2914 ek Field bus Keypad 8 Encoder PID Reference 3 Sources PIDref vector C287 Min 9 V out Ref min P245 10 UpDwn MDI 11 XAIN4 11 12 12 XAINS 13 14 C288 C289 C290 sources PIDfbk Vector 14 Disabled ec PID Feedback 1 Sources PIDfbk vector C288 Fbk Max P248 AIN2 PTC Max FIN egent PID Feedback 2 Sources PIDfbk vector C289 PID Feedback Field bus ee Keypad Encoder oat PID Feedback 3 Sources PIDfbk vector C290 Min Lag Fbk min P247 2 Pout Vout measured Torque out 5 XAIN4 11 12 1 XAINS 13 14 500044 Figure 64 Reference source and feedback source selection The signals selected in the Sources Vector are to be considered as percentage values therefore analog signals are expressed as a percentage of the preset maximum values NOTE and minimum values For example when selecting a reference source if P052 Ref max 8V and P051 Ref min 3V 100 will be considered when Ref 8V and 100 will be considered when Ref 3V A
421. nnections paying particular attention to supply voltages DC link and input reference Also check if alarm messages are displayed In the MEASURES MENU check the reference speed M001 the supply voltage to the control section M030 the DC link voltage M029 and the condition of control terminals M033 Check to see if these readouts match with the measured values When parameter P003 Standby Only condition required for changing C parameters you can change Cxxx parameters in the CONFIGURATION menu only when the drive is DISABLED or STOPPED whereas if P003 Standby Fluxing you can change Cxxx parameters when the motor is stopped but the drive is enabled Before changing any parameters remember that the correct code for parameter P000 must be previously set up You can write down any custom parameters in the table provided on the last pages of this Programming Manual If an alarm trips find the cause responsible for the alarm and reset the drive Enable input MDI3 terminal 16 for some time or press the RESET key on the display keypad Note When the IFD control algorithm is used only speed references can be set up 44 456 PROGRAMMING Z SANTERNO sinus EnTA INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP te VTC Control Algorithm 1 Wiring Follow the instructions stated in the Caution Statements and Installation sections in the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions Manual 2 Power on Power on the drive and do n
422. nnot be set to other terminals whereas the same terminal may be assigned to different functions To disable the reset function from terminal MDI3 set C154 Yes If a protection trips the drive locks the motor starts idling the motor idles and stops due to friction or the mechanical load and an alarm message is displayed see also the AUTORESET MENU and the ALARMS AND WARNINGS section Reset procedure To unlock the drive activate the RESET input for an instant or press the RESET key from the keypad When the drive unlocks and the cause responsible for the alarm has disappeared Inverter ok comes up on the screen otherwise the alarm persists and cannot be reset If set up accordingly safety parameter C181 permits to deactivate and reactivate the ENABLE signal to restart the drive once the cause responsible for the alarm has disappeared Factory setting does not reset alarms at power off Alarms are stored and displayed at NOTE next power on and the drive is locked A manual reset is then required to unlock the drive see the AUTORESET MENU If an alarm trips see the ALARMS AND WARNINGS section and reset the equipment CAUTION after detecting the cause responsible for the alarm Electrical shock hazard exists on output terminals U V W and resistive braking module II DANGER terminals B even when the drive is disabled Set C154 Yes to remove the reset function from MDI3 After that only one different NOTE f
423. nput disappears 1 val PT100 The acquired signal is transformed into degrees centigrade See Measure M071 30000 30000 300 00 300 00 ADVANCED Value of the measure offset for channel 3 an offset can be applied to the P326 Channel 4 Measure Mode Range Default Level Address Function measure to correct possible errors 0 no input 1 val PT100 0 no input 0 1 ADVANCED 926 This parameter selects the type of analog signal available in terminals 33 34 in ES847 expansion board 0 no signal is used The P parameter relating to the analog input disappears 1 val PT100 The acquired signal is transformed into degrees centigrade See Measure M072 P327 Channel 4 Measure Offset P3297 REW Default Level Address Function 30000 30000 300 00 300 00 ADVANCED Value of the measure offset for channel 4 an offset can be applied to the measure to correct possible errors 216 456 fice ial d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 27 FIELDBUS PARAMETERS MENU 27 1 Overview This menu allows selecting the Third measure and the Fourth measure from the Fieldbus The list of the selectable measures is the same as the list in the MEASURES MENU The First measure and the Second measure are fixed Output Current and Motor Speed see Exchanged P 27 2 List of Parameters P330 to P331 Table 52 List of parameters P330 to P331 ING 13 Torque Out 930
424. ns supported by ES851 R116 Preset Connections Line 4 S IL CO 20 See Table 120 SEET O noactive preset Level ENGINEERING HOIERE 134 This parameter allows forcing one of the available connecting modes to the Data Logger ES851 board The parameters used for Ethernet connections and modem connections are the ones stored in the Penta drive Configurations 19 and 20 support both dial in and dial out Function NOTE After imposing any of the preset values given in Table 120 the Data Logger is forced to Interlocked mode see the Data Logger Measures Menu Table 120 Preset connections 0 No active presetting 1 Ethernet enabled 2 PPP null modem 3 1 RS232 38400 2 no 2 4 1 RS232 38400 1 no 2 5 1 RS232 38400 2 no 20 6 1 RS232 38400 1 no 20 7 1 RS232 9600 2 no 2 8 1 RS232 9600 1 no 2 9 1 RS232 9600 2 no 20 10 1 RS232 9600 1 no 20 11 2 RS485 38400 2 no 2 12 2 RS485 38400 1 no 2 13 2 RS485 38400 2 no 20 14 2 RS485 38400 1 no 20 15 2 RS485 9600 2 no 2 16 2 RS485 9600 1 no 2 17 2 RS485 9600 2 no 20 18 2 RS485 9600 1 no 20 19 Dial Out analog modem 20 Dial Out GSM modem 418 456 CARRARO GROUP EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA 55 EEPROM MENU 55 1 Overview The drive has four different memory zones e RAM Volatile memory containing the drive s current parameterization e Default Zone Non volatile memor
425. nt if at least one of parameters C143 to C146 is set as 6 FieldBus and if the type of reference of the active motor parameters C011 C054 C097 is set as 1 Torque or as 2 Torque with Speed Limit or if the drive is in slave mode from digital input The torque limit from the FIELDBUS is significant if parameter C147 is set as 6 FieldBus The value sent by the Master to the Sinus Penta as the torque reference torque limit must be multiplied by 10 In order to send a torque reference torque limit of 50 the word must contain the value 50010 or 1111101002 50 10 x 10 50010 Torque reference limit Word 4 PID reference from FIELDBUS The PID reference M047 can be sent from the fieldbus if at least one of the parameters C285 to C287 is set as 6 Fieldbus The value sent by the Master to the Sinus Penta as the PID reference must be multiplied by 100 E g In order to send a PID reference of 50 the word must contain the value 500010 or 1111101002 50 19 x 100 500010 PID reference from FIELDBUS Word 5 Digital Inputs from FIELDBUS The virtual digital inputs via the Fieldbus are the low byte of the word bit 15 bit 14 8 it 7 0 ll wee MDI3 MDI2 MDN le Mea we MDIS MDI4 RESET ENABLE START The logic status of these bits is included in the overall status of the drive digital inputs measure M031 along with the other command sources if at least one of the parameters C140 C142 is set as 6 FieldBus
426. nu may be accessed only if the Data Logger board is installed ENABLE Parameters R050 to R053 set the DST rules for the Clock Calendar of the Data Logger or the ES851 RTC See DATE AND TIME MENU AN NOTE By setting parameters R050 and R052 to 0 the DST is not managed 53 2 List of Parametres R050 to R053 Table 118 List of Parameters R050 to R053 R050 DST Start WDMM 5703 524 R051 DST Start HHMM 200 525 R052 DST End WDMM 5710 526 R053 DST End HHMM 200 527 R050 DST Start WDMM Week Day Month goen A o 9112 0 9112 Default 5703 5703 Level ENGINEERING This parameter can be viewed and changed only if the Data Logger ES851 is installed and activated RO21 ENABLE Address 524 If the first digit of the parameter is lower than 6 The first digit W indicates the week of the month when the DST starts 1 first week 2 second week 3 third week 4 fourth week 5 last week The second digit D indicates the day of the week 1 Monday 7 Sunday The third and fourth digits MM indicate the start month 01 January 12 December Example European Union 5703 last Sunday in March USA 2703 second Sunday in March Brazil 3710 third Sunday in October Active Function If the first digit of the parameter is higher than or equal to 6 The first two digits WD correspond to the day of the month when the DST starts added to 60 61 corresponds to 1 91 co
427. o the CONTROL METHOD MENU and the TIMERS MENU Function Table 1 Coding of Measures M031 M032 0 MDI1 START 5 MDI6 ECHA FINA 1 MDI2 ENABLE 6 MDI7 ECHB 2 MDI3 RESET 7 MDI8 FINB 3 MDI4 8 ENABLE S 4 MDI5 9 ENABLE M033 Local Control Terminal Board Range _ Bit controlled measure See Table 2 Active Always active Address del State of the digital inputs in the drive terminal board M034 Control Terminals from Serial Link ee Bit controlled measure See Table 2 ect Always active Address 1684 lge State of the digital inputs in the terminal board controlled via serial link 62 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP M035 Control Terminal Board from Fieldbus Range Bit controlled measure See Table 2 Active Always active Address 1685 AWA State of the digital inputs in the terminal board controlled from fieldbus Table 2 Coding of Measures M033 M034 M035 0 MDI1 START 4 MDI5 1 MDI2 ENABLE 5 MDI6 ECHA FINA 2 MDI3 RESET 6 MDI7 ECHB 3 MDI4 7 MDI8 FINB M036 Auxiliary Digital Inputs in the Terminal Board Range Bit controlled measure See Table 3 Active Always active Address Function State of the 8 auxiliary digital inputs in ES847 or ES870 terminal board M036a Auxiliary Digital Inputs via Serial Link Bit controlled measure See Table 3 Active Always active Address Func
428. o the digital inputs is not delayed Five timers are available the use can set an enabling disable delay for each of them The same timer may also be assigned to multiple digital inputs outputs The ENABLE S function cannot be delayed The drive enable MDI1 START depends on a signal coming from a different source An activation delay of 2 seconds and a deactivation delay of 5 seconds are needed To do so set two delay times for activation and deactivation for the same timer and assign it to MDI1 START digital input In the example below timer 1 is used P216 2 0 sec Activation delay T1 P217 5 0 sec Deactivation delay T1 P226 0x0001 Timer assigned to MDI1 START 157 456 SINUS PENTA SANTERNO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP MDI MDI OFF OFF 4 gt lt gt lt P217 t Start deg Start ton lt P216 P216 Inverter Inverter ON ON OFF OFF t P000340 b The figure shows two possible operating modes Figure 22 Using Timers example onthe left application of the delay times set for the drive enabling disabling on the right the start signal persists for a shorter time than the delay set for enabling in this case the Start function is not enabled The Start function will be enabled only when MDI digital input is ON for a time longer than the time set in P216 158 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP 21 2 List of Parameters P216
429. oard except for A086 Possible cause e Failure in the current signal source 7 1 Check setting of SW1 except for A086 Solution 2 Check the current signal source 439 456 SINUS PENTA PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP A105 A106 A107 A108 _PT100 Channel 1 2 3 4 Fault Description Event Possible cause Solution j E A109 Ambient Overtemperature Description Event Possible cause Solution A105 PT100 Channel 1 fault A106 PT100 Channel 2 fault A107 PT100 Channel 3 fault A108 PT100 Channel 4 fault Hardware input out of the measure range of the drive e Wrong setting of SW1 or SW2 on optional control board ES847 e Failure in the current signal source 1 Check setting of SW1 and SW2 2 Check the current signal source The ambient temperature is too high The control board has detected a too high ambient temperature Inverter or cabinet overheated failure of control board NTC 1 Open the cabinet and check its conditions Also check measure M062 2 Reset the alarm send a RESET command 3 If the alarm persists please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer A129 No Output Phase Description Possible Cause Solution 440 456 Service No output phase The output current in one of phases U V W is close to zero whereas the other phases are properly delivering current This alarm trips only if e The IFD control is
430. oc_mode 0 StandBy Fluxing C15x C18x Digital Inputs C149 Start 1 MDI1 C149a StartB 0 None C150 Stop 0 None C150a StopB 0 None C151 Rev 0 None C151a RevB 0 None C152 Enable S 0 None C153 Disable 0 None C154 DisabReset 0 No C155 Mitsp 0 4 MDI4 C156 Mlitsp 1 5 MDI5 C157 Mltsp 2 0 None C158 Mitsp 3 0 None C159 Cw CCw 8 MDI8 C160 DCB 0 None C161 Up 0 None C162 Down 0 None C163 U D Reset 0 None C164 ExtAlrm 1 0 None C164a ExtAlr1 Delay 0 ms C165 ExtAlrm 2 0 None C165a ExtAlr2Delay 0 ms C166 ExtAlrm 3 0 None C166a ExtAlr3Delay 0 ms C167 MitRmp 0 0 None C168 MitRmp 1 0 None C169 Jog 0 None C170 Master Slave 0 None C171 PID disab 0 None C171a PID sel control 0 Disabled C172 Keypad lock 0 None C173 2nd Mot 0 None C174 3rd Mot 0 None C175 PercSpd 0 0 None C176 PercSpd 1 0 None C177 PercSpd 2 0 None C178 PlDud_res 0 None C179 SourceSel 0 MDI6 2 C180 Loc Rem 0 MDI7 C180a Loc RemType Pushbutton Storace C181 Safe Start 0 Disabled C182 MultiProg 0 Disabled C183 Tflux_dis AlwaysON C184 StartFlux 0 No C184a TrqRedFluxing 0 No C185 StartFrWheel 0 Dec Ramp C186 FireMode 0 None C187 DisabExtTlim 0 None C188a MrefPID 1 0 None C188b MrefPID 2 0 None 451 456 SINUS PENTA 5 eee ae a SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS
431. of the active menu is displayed the A key is disabled you can only view the previous pages up to the first page of the active menu by pressing the W key P264b Navigation Mode with the MENU Key 0 STANDARD Peo rr Io STANDARD Level ADVANCED Address Press the MENU key from any parameter to go to the access page of the menu containing that parameter press the MENU key again to go to the Root page press the MENU key again to go to the Keypad page If factory setting is active P264b 0 STANDARD press the MENU key from the Keypad page to go to the Root page then to the starting parameter If P264b 1 OPERATOR navigation is locked once the Keypad Page is displayed Hold down the ESC key for a few seconds to resume navigation This prevents inexpert users from navigating through the parameters stored to the keypad If the Keypad page is preset as the startup page P265 1 Measures and P264b 1 OPERATOR navigation is always locked P265 Startup Page 0 Root 1 Measures 2 Keypad 3 Start Up Pees 3 Start Up Level Range Address P265 sets the page to be displayed when the drive is turned on P265 0 the Root page is the startup page Silo P265 1 the Keypad Page displaying 4 measures only is the startup page P265 2 The Keypad page displaying a reference in line 4 is the startup page P265 3 the START UP MENU is the startup page 87 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CA
432. of the torque at low rpm with a negative speed torque reference PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus PENTA CARRARO GROUP C035 C078 C121 Voltage Boost at Programmable Frequenc Range Default Level Address Control Function 100 100 100 100 See Table 75 and Table 79 ADVANCED 1035 1078 1121 Torque compensation at preset frequency rpm with parameter C035a for motor 1 CO78a for motor 2 and C121a for motor 3 Determines the output voltage variation at preset frequency in respect to the output voltage resulting from the constant V f ratio constant voltage frequency C035a C078a C121a Boost Application Frequency Default Level Address Control SZ Function 5 ADVANCED 1027 1070 1113 IFD Application frequency of Boost programmed with parameter C035 for motor 1 C078 for motor 2 and C121 for motor 3 It is expressed as a percentage of the rated motor frequency C015 C058 C101 C036 C079 C122 Voltage Boost at Programmable Frequency Default Level Address Control Function 100 400 100 400 See Table 75 and Table 79 ADVANCED 1036 1079 1122 IFD Torque compensation at preset frequency parameter C037 for motor 1 C080 for motor 2 and C123 for motor 3 Determines how output voltage varies at preset frequency with respect to voltage obtained with a constant V f pattern constant voltage frequency It is expressed as a percentage in
433. oltage Output Set the following in the INPUTS FOR REFERENCES MENU P055 Type of reference for AIN1 input 0 10V P057 Value of AIN1 input producing max reference 8 0V PO60_ Type of reference for AIN2 input 0 10V P062 Value of AIN2 input producing max reference 8 0V Set the following in the PID PARAMETERS MENU P236 Maximum PID output 100 00 P237 Minimum PID output 0 00 P240 PID proportional constant 1 000 P242 PID integral time Disabled P245 Min value of PID reference 0 00 P246 Max value of PID reference 200 00 The selection criterion for parameters P057 and P246 is the following based on the assumption above 8Vrms on AIN1 and AIN2 correspond to 800Vrms i e 200 of the rated motor voltage set in C019 The maximum allowable threshold for parameter P246 is 200 therefore the condition P057 10 00V P247 1000 400 250 equivalent from a numeric point of view cannot be met The compensated output voltage will be Vout Vd Vmot PIDout where Vd is the voltage that would be delivered without compensation Vmot is the rated motor voltage C019 PIDout is the PID output resulting from Vref Vfbk Vmot 383 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 45 BRIDGE CRANE MENU 45 1 Overview For lifting applications it may be necessary to consider the opening closing of a mechanical brake in order to obtain a proper control o
434. ommand 4 from fieldbus Fire Mode function LOCAL Mode Constant speed reference reached Fan activation command ID42 XMDM XMDI1 Auxiliary digital input D64 Reserved Le e D65 Reserved S D66 Reserved T O D67 Reserved S D68 Reserved Le D69 Reserved S e 183 456 SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO ToS Selectable analog variables Selectable Value Full scale Value Kg Description A70 GROUND IL Analogo Vot Cid A71 Speed 10000 rpm 1 Motor speed A78 DC Vbus 10 DC link voltage A81 Torg OUT 100 00 Estimation of the torque output A88 REF A89 AIN1 100 00 A90 AIN2 Pt 100 00 100 Analog input AIN2 PTC A92 Pulseln 100 00 kHz 100 Frequency input A93 Flux REF 1 0000 Wb 10000 Flux reference at constant speed A96 Id REF 10 Current reference over axis d A104 10V Analog 10 Volt A105 10V _ Analog 10 Volt A111 A119 Reserved bb A126 XAIN5 100 00 XAIN5 analog input E A136 A139 Reserved TT 184 456 fica Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP Testing Variable A for MDO1 2 3 4 P273 P282 P291 P300 If an analog variable is selected a logic TEST is performed to obtain a TRUE FALSE Boolean signal Seven different tests are available that can be performed for selected variable A and its comparing value A Table 42 Test functions GREATER THAN Selected variable gt comparing value GREATER THAN EQUAL TO Selected va
435. on the ENABLE input is always to be activated on all NOTE f Sg active terminal boards regardless of the control mode If the ENABLE input is disabled the drive output voltage is always set to zero so the connected motor starts idling the motor idles and stops due to friction or the mechanical load In case of pulled loads e g lifting applications when the motor is idling the mechanical load could cause the motor to run at uncontrolled speed If the ENABLE input is disabled when the drive is controlling the motor it is closed with a delay time depending on the drive size This ENABLE delay starts from the instant when the input is disabled irrespective of the enable delay if any set through a software timer in MDI2 The operating mode and the logic used by the ENABLE input to enable disable the drive also depends on the programming of the ENABLE S and DISABLE functions If the IFD control is used the drive enabling also depends on the START input and the current value of the active reference if the START command is active but the reference is lower than the preset threshold the drive operation is disabled To enable this operating mode with other types of control parameters P065 and P066 must be set accordingly The drive may also be disabled by the PID regulator see parameter P255 If the ENABLE input signal is disabled for one of the active terminals the drive is instantly disabled and the motor starts idling The mo
436. on Acceleration Reset Range 0 No 1 Yes Default Level Address Defines whether acceleration is reset or not when switching from acceleration to Lilli deceleration and vice versa reference gradient For more details see the description of the speed ramps at the beginning of this section NOTE Parameter P031 is interlocked with parameter C210 Automatic extension of down ramp so that P031 0 No cannot be programmed in conjunction with C210 With resistor 102 456 er on Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP P032 Fire Mode Acceleration Ramp 0 327 00 s if P014 0 0 01 s 0 3270 0 s if P014 1 0 1 s 0 32700 s if P014 2 gt 1s 0 327000 s if P014 3 10s 0 32700 Default See Table 74 and Table 78 Level ENGINEERING Address digital This ramp is used to accelerate the motor when in Fire Mode P033 Fire Mode Deceleration Ramp 0 327 00 s if P014 0 gt 0 01 s 0 3270 0 s if P014 1 gt 0 1 s 0 32700 s if P014 2 gt 1s 0 327000 s if P014 3 4 10 s Default See Table 74 and Table 78 Level ENGINEERING Address 633 Range 0 32700 Silo This ramp is used to decelerate the motor when in Fire Mode 103 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 13 INPUTS FOR REFERENCES MENU 13 1 Processing Speed Torque References The main reference is the value at constant rpm for the controlled physical variable speed or torque M000 M007 re
437. onstant Torque Type of V f pattern C015 50 Hz Rated frequency C019 380 V Rated voltage If the drive output frequency is 25 Hz it must deliver 190V When the output current is equal to the rated current of the motor C018 the voltage actually produced is Vout 190 1 C040 100 209V C041 C084 C127 Fluxing Ramp Time Range 40 4000 40 4000 msec Default See Table 74 and Table 78 Level ENGINEERING Address 1041 1084 1127 Ell VTC and FOC allge This parameter indicates the time spent for motor fluxing 276 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP Z SANTERNO C042 C085 C0128 Vout Saturation Percentage Range 10 120 10 120 Default 100 100 Level ENGINEERING Address 1042 1085 1128 Finin voltage of the drive weakening SINUS PENTA This parameter sets the bus voltage value percent used to generate the output Changes made to this parameter affect the motor performance in terms of flux 277 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 32 3 Tables Including the Parameters Depending on the Drive Size 32 3 1 Voltage Class 2T 4T Table 73 Parameters depending on the Drive Size and Model Class 2T 4T 1 O01 01 OF O1 O1 01 01 OF o lee lt lt mim NN w SIS OO 05 S12 GI CO wn wh ol fo X N ine CO CH CO CO lt m Wel
438. or Example CONTROL METHOD MENU C143 1 REF Selection of reference 1 source C144 2 AIN1 Selection of reference 2 source C145 0 Disable Selection of reference 3 source C146 gt 0 Disable Selection of reference 4 source UTA INPUTS FOR REFERENCES MENU P050 gt 0 10V Type of reference for REF input P051 10V Value of the min reference for REF input P052 gt 10V Value of the max reference for REF input P055 gt 0 10V Type of reference for AIN1 input P056 gt 5 V Value of min reference for AIN1 input P057 gt 5V Value of max reference for AIN1 input The speed reference is the min speed set in C028 motor 1 when both REF input and AIN1 input values are lower than or equal to the minimum values set in P051 and P056 respectively The maximum allowable value as an absolute value for C028 and C029 min and max NOTE motor speed also depends on the preset max carrier frequency see Table 63 It can be max 4 times the rated speed of the connected motor The value set as the min speed is used as the saturation of the global reference the NOTE speed reference will never be lower than the value set as min speed The min speed is not respected only when the REV command or the CW CCW command NOTE are sent after setting a value for max speed exceeding the min value CO29 gt C028 for motor 1 and with the max reference to the drive The motor rpm will
439. or the Error drops below the Wake up level in P237b if P237a 1 or 3 respectively 3 when the Feedback or the Error exceeds the Wake up level in P237b if P237a 2 or 4 respectively If C294 is set as 0 External output or P255 is set to zero this function is disabled P256 PID Output Gradient Limit Range 1 65000 msec Default Level ENGINEERING Address This parameter limits the max acceleration for the PID regulator output gilles The max acceleration for the PID regulator output is equal to 100 P256 msec P257 Gain for PID Measure Scaling IS 0 32000 0 000 32 000 1 Default Level ENGINEERING Address Gain for the scaling of PID measures M023 M025 This gain has effect only on the measures above It does not affect the PID operation Function This parameter allows scaling if you want to display PID measures with a different unit of measure M023 M020 P257 M024 M021 P257 P260 Anti Wind Up Gain Range Default Level Address Value of the Anti Wind Up coefficient that freezes the integral term of the PID when its output is being saturated see Anti windup When leaving P260 1 00 Anti Wind Up is complete I lt OUTsat P D If P260 0 00 Anti Wind Up is inhibited the integral term reaches the value of P238 based on the error sign Intermediate values for P260 give intermediate effects Function 177 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 23 PID2
440. ormation required to setup and monitor the drives of the Sinus Penta series manufactured by Elettronica Santerno SpA Setup monitoring may be obtained using one of the following options e Display keypad unit e Serial link through RS485 standard port or ES822 isolated optional serial board RS485 RS232 e S851 optional Data Logger and communications board For the instructions on how to use and remote the display keypad unit please refer to the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions Manual Any information sent to from the drive via the display keypad unit may be obtained also via serial link using the RemoteDrive software application offered by Elettronica Santerno RemoteDrive allows the following functions image acquisition keypad simulation oscilloscope functions and multifunction tester data logger table compiler including history data parameter setup and data reception transmission storage from and to a calculator scan function for the automatic detection of the connected drives up to 247 drives may be connected You can also create your own dedicated software via serial communication link This manual provides any information concerning addressing Address field and scaling Range field for the drive interfacing 0 4 2 Special Applications Dedicated to Sinus Penta Drives Special software is supplied with the drives of the Sinus Penta series that can be used for particular applications The menu tree the prog
441. ose the ENABLE command before t is over C246 disable the DC Braking command before the DC braking preset time is over see the DC BRAKING MENU reset any alarm tripped with reference other than 0 before tssas is over If C250 0 Disable the Speed Searching function activates only if the programmed input is activated Speed searching does not take place when the drive turns off due to mains loss If the drive restarts after a time longer than tssas C246 frequency output is generated following the acceleration ramp and no speed searching takes place If C246 0 Always On speed searching if enabled with C245 occurs when the drive restarts RUN irrespective of the time elapsed from disabling The figures below show output frequency and motor rpm during speed searching After time t for rotor demagnetization speed searching occurs as follows see 3 steps below 353 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO A CARRARO GROUP Speed at the beginning of the speed searching function depends on the settings in C249 Fout A C247 i tl 3 lout E C248 Motor Speed Enable ON OFF 8 PO000358 b Figure 58 Speed Searching Example 1 Output Frequency and motor RPM for the Speed Searching Function C245 YES activated by the ENABLE command to lt tssais C246 or C246 0 Three stages Time t The drive output frequency corresponds to the last value which
442. osure contact must be an NO contact closed contact NOTE only when the brake is engaged In addition to parameters C300 to C302 a dedicated MDO must be set as 6 BRAKE see NOTE the DIGITAL OUTPUTS MENU gt gt gt 45 2 List of Parameters C300 to C303 Table 111 List of parameters C300 to C303 C300 Positive pretensioning torque Cmot ENGINEERING 1300 0 0 C301 Positive pretensioning torque time ENGINEERING 1301 Oms C300a Negative pretensioning torque Cmot ENGINEERING 1308 0 0 C301a a of negative pretensioning ENGINEERING 1309 Oms C302 Closed brake input NO contact ENGINEERING 1302 0 None C303 Brake activation during tracking error ENGINEERING 1304 1 Yes 384 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus EnTA CARRARO GROUP C300 C300a Pretensioning Torque Cmot REUSE 5000 5000 500 0 500 0 Default 0 0 Level ENGINEERING Address 1300 1308 ere VTC and FOC If not set to zero this parameter defines the torque value expressed as a percentage of the rated torque of the selected motor reached before the speed ramp starts after sending a START command After sending a START command the drive brings the motor torque to the level set in C300 C300a and torque is adjusted by the speed loop for the time EUA set in C301 C301a in order to keep the motor standstill Once this time has elapsed the speed ramp can start and the motor follows the required speed
443. ot close the link to the START input to prevent the motor from running 3 Parameter modification 4 Supply voltage 5 Motor parameters 6 Autotune 7 Overload 8 Startup Access parameter P000 Key parameter and set its code default value 00001 Select the Engineering access level setting P001 Eng Use the ESC A and SAVE ENTER keys to access the programming parameters Also refer to the Menu Tree Set the real supply voltage for the drive You can set either mains voltage range or the DC supply stabilized by a Regenerative Penta drive To set the type of power supply for the drive access the MOTOR CONFIGURATION MENU and set configuration parameter C008 to the value corresponding to the installation concerned Set C010 Control Algorithm as VTC Vector Torque Control Set the motor ratings as follows C015 fmot1 rated frequency C016 rpmnom1 rated rpm C017 Pmot1 rated power C018 Imot1 rated current C019 Vmot1 rated voltage C029 Speedmax1 max speed desired Also set C022 resistance of one stator phase for a star connection or one third of one phase resistance for a delta connection and C023 stator leakage inductance of one phase for a star connection or one third of the leakage of one phase for a delta connection The value for C022 corresponds to half the resistance value measured with an ohm meter between two phases of the motor If values to be set for C022 and C023 are not known
444. ower Down C225 Yes V Function C232 PI Integral Time for Automatic Deceleration 0 001 31 999 sec AGUC 1 32000 32000 Disabled Default 0 5 sec A ENGINEERING Address 1232 Integral time used in PI regulator controlling automatic deceleration in case of Power Down C225 Yes V Function 351 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP C234 Ramp Action at the End of Power Down 0 Stop S IS 0 2 1 Stand by 2 Dcb Default o 0 Stop Level ENGINEERING Address 1234 When the motor speed during Power Down attains the Power Down end value set in C235 three operating modes are possible depending on C234 programming Stop If the drive is capable of bearing DC bus voltage it will control the motor until it stops irrespective of the speed value set in C235 If power supply is restored when the deceleration ramp is over the RUN command must be disabled and enabled again to accelerate the motor If power supply is restored when the motor is still decelerating the speed of reference is forced to the motor with the preset acceleration ramp Sliepen Stand by When decelerating once the speed value set in C235 is attained the drive is put on stand by and the motor keeps decelerating motor idling H power supply is restored the same conditions as described in the step above see Stop instead of stopping the motor the drive is put on stand by DCB When decelerating once the speed valu
445. p 1 see P009 NOTE Values for ramp 3 can be applied to the reference provided that multiramp digital inputs are set up and that ramp 3 is selected see the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU P016 Speed Ramp 3 Deceleration Time 0 327 00 s if PO20 0 gt 0 01 s 0 3270 0 s if P020 0 gt 0 1 s ame 0 82700 0 32700 s if P020 0 gt 1s 0 327000 s if PO20 0 gt 10s Default See Table 74 and Table 78 Level ADVANCED Address Sillortci Same as ramp 1 see P010 NOTE Values for ramp 3 can be applied to the reference provided that multiramp digital inputs are set up and that ramp 3 is selected see the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU 98 456 EA d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP P018 Speed Ramp 4 Acceleration Time 0 327 00 s if PO20 0 gt 0 01 s 0 3270 0 s if P020 0 gt 0 1 s iL 32700 0 32700 s if P020 0 gt 1 s 0 327000 s if P020 0 gt 10s Default See Table 74 and Table 78 Level ADVANCED Address 618 Function Same as ramp 1 see P009 NOTE Values for ramp 4 can be applied to the reference provided that multiramp digital inputs are set up and that ramp 4 is selected see the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU P019 Speed Ramp 4 Deceleration Time 0 327 00 s if PO20 0 gt 0 01 s 0 3270 0 s if PO20 0 gt 0 1 s 0 32700 s if PO20 0 gt 1 s 0 327000 s if PO20 0 gt 10s 0 32700 DAEM See Table 74 and Table 78 Level ADVANCED POLES 619 Function Same as ramp 1 see P010 NOTE Values fo
446. p e Very inertial loads and a too short deceleration ramp see the RAMPS MENU KECE 6 Alarm A048 can trip even when the motor is pulled by the load eccentric load cause e lf the drive is powered directly by the bus bar the bus feeder is responsible for the alarm trip e Failure in DC bus voltage measure circuit 1 Check voltage in terminals R S T Check mains voltage value M030 and DC bus voltage value M029 Also check the values of M030 and M029 sampled in the FAULT LIST when the alarm tripped 2 In case of very inertial loads and if the alarm tripped when decelerating try to set a longer deceleration ramp If short stop times are needed or if the motor is pulled by the load activate the resistive braking unit 3 If the alarm persists please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer Service Solution A050 IGBT Fault A DZA Hardware fault from IGBT converter side A or brake overcurrent The IGBT drivers of power converter A have detected IGBT failure or overcurrent conditions in the brake circuit models S14 S22 S32 5T 6T only e Strong electromagnetic disturbance or radiated interference e Overcurrent Overtemperature IGBTs IGBT fault e Unsuitable braking resistor models S14 S22 S32 5T 6T onl 1 Reset the alarm send a RESET command Solution 2 If the alarm persists please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO s Customer Service Event Possible cause A051 Overcurrent HW A DEXA e Hardware overcurrent si
447. p178 is implemented P183 Max AO2 Output Value with Reference to P179 100 100 200 200 10 0 10 0 V Depending on the value 20 0 20 0 mA selected in P176 Default Level ADVANCED Address BEULI Maximum output value obtained when the maximum value of the variable set in P179 is implemented Function 150 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP P184 AO2 Analog Output Disabled 10V 0 10V 0 20mA 4 20mA ABS 0 10V ABS 0 20mA ABS 4 20mA Default Level ADVANCED Address AA Selects the operating mode of AO2 analog output Analog outputs are set as voltage outputs by default To set them as current outputs see AN NOTE the DIP switch configuration and follow the instructions displayed on the keypad or refer to the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions Manual P185 Selected Variable for AO2 Analog Output Bonge o 69 See Table 29 Default Reference at constant speed Level ADVANCED Address AA Selects the variable to be allocated to AO2 digital output P186 Min Value of AO2 Selected Variable 32000 32000 Range Depends on the value selected in P185 Default 1500 rpm Level ADVANCED Address 320 00 320 00 of the full scale value See Table 29 Minimum value of the variable selected via P185 corresponding to the min AAA output value of AO2 set in P190 32000 32000 Ge x Rang
448. ped and n 8 is the first alarm tripped The measures marked with Mxxx are the same measures covered in this section If the Data Logger ES851 is installed even the ES851 RTC version only and parameter R021 Data Logger is set to 2 ENABLE the date and time when the alarm has tripped are displayed instead of the Supply Time ST and the Operation Time OT respectively Navigation Example Fault List Menu 76 456 fic Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 8 12 Power Off List Menu This menu contains the measures of some characteristic variables detected at the drive power off in conjunction with the alarm if any tripped at that moment Press the SAVE ENTER key to access the submenu and navigate to the measures detected by the drive when the alarm tripped Measures and codes are the same as the ones shown in the Fault List Menu If the Data Logger ES851 is installed even the ES851 RTC version only and parameter R021 Data Logger is set to 2 ENABLE the date and time when the alarm has tripped are displayed instead of the Supply Time ST and the Operation Time OT respectively The diagram below shows a navigation example for the Power Off List Navigation Example PowerOff List Menu Save Enter Inverter OFF Mea a MOO 1452rpm MO 0 4 450rpM MO 0 8 55 3NM Inverter OFF Meal M009 bb 4Nm Esc M029 551 V d c M030 394 V ac
449. peed Reference Feedback Torque PID Ref Fdb Flowchart A Flowchart B 34 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS FLOWCHART A Seiting P000 Write Enable SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Selecting the Reference Sources P001 Eng User Level In the Motor 1 Configuration menu select the type of speed torque reference C011 The Control Method menu includes the parameters selecting the reference source You can set up to four sources which are summed up to each other For speed control and if references are to be sent also from digital inputs see the Multispeed menu Sources REF Ref Analog Input AIN1 AIN1 Analog Input AIN2 AIN2 Analog Input Pulse Input Frequency Input MDI8 Encoder Encoder Input The reference scaling is obtained through the parameters included in the Input Reference menu Each source is assigned to a parameter setting its min value and max value for the min max speed torque reference of the connected motor e g Motor 1 speed reference C028 for min speed C029 for max speed Torque reference C047 for min torque C048 for max torque Sources Serial Link Fieldbus Keypad Preset Speed Reference from serial link Reference from fieldbus Ref from display keypad Reference from digital input No reference scaling is required Speed references are expressed in rpm torque references are expressed as a percentage of the motor rated torque
450. pending on the gradient value set in C227 3 Alarm In case of power failure the A064 Mains Loss alarm trips after the time set in C226 Function NOTE If a drive is DC powered by a Regenerative Penta or an equivalent drive stabilizing DC bus voltage Power Down cannot occur C008 xT Regen where x can be 2 4 5 or 6 349 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP C226 Power Down Enable Delay Range 1 250 ms Default 10 Level ENGINEERING Address This parameter determines the Power Down delay after a mains loss is detected by Function the drive If C225 Alarm this delay is applied to the alarm tripped NOTE Setting a too long Power Down delay in case of mains loss can cause the drive to switch off C227 Stop Ramp Time in Power Down Range 1 32000 sec Default 20 Level ENGINEERING Address Determines the gradient of the deceleration ramp occurring at Power Down after the first extra deceleration stage if C225 Yes IFD Control algorithm C227 is the basic gradient for deceleration adjustment when C225 Yes V Function C228 Start Increment of Ramp Gradient in Power Down Range 1 00 100 00 Default 10 Level ENGINEERING Address Determines an increase in deceleration ramp gradient at the beginning of the Power Down function This is required to increase DC bus voltage C228 0 start deceleration is due to C227 C228 has no effect C228 100 start deceleration is 100 times fa
451. plays the name of the product PENTA and the type of product see Function example below The product name PENTA appears in the second line of the display keypad The third line shows the voltage class the size of the drive and the type of fan control In the case shown in the example the voltage class is 4T 400V the size of the drive is 0020 and the fan operation is not controlled by the drive character _ The numbers corresponding to the different models of the Penta Drive are given in the table below Table 11 Indexes corresponding to the different models sizes of the Penta Drive 0 0003 20 0023 40 0076 60 0259 80 0748 1 0004 21 0024 41 0086 61 0260 81 0749 2 0005 22 0025 42 0088 62 0290 82 0750 3 0006 23 0030 43 0113 63 0312 83 0800 4 0007 24 0032 44 0129 64 0313 84 0828 5 0008 25 0033 45 0131 65 0314 85 0831 6 0009 26 0034 46 0150 66 0366 86 0832 7 0010 27 0035 47 0162 67 0367 87 0850 8 0011 28 0036 48 0164 68 0368 88 0960 9 0012 29 0037 49 0172 69 0399 89 0964 10 0013 30 0038 50 0179 70 0401 90 0965 11 0014 31 0040 51 0180 71 0402 91 1128 12 0015 32 0042 52 0181 72 0457 92 1129 13 0016 33 0049 53 0200 73 0459 93 1130 14 0017 34 0051 54 0201 74 0523 94 1296 15 0018 35 0060 55 0202 75 0524 95 1800 16 0019 36 0062 56 0216 76 0526 96 2076 17 0020 37 0067 57 0217 77 0598 18 0021 38 0069 58 0218 78 0599 19 0022 39 0074 59 0250 79 0600 Table 12 Vol
452. put value with reference to P178 ADVANCED 10 0 V 782 P183 Max AO1 output value with reference to P179 ADVANCED 10 0V 783 P184 AO2 analog output ADVANCED 1 10V 784 2 Speed reference P185 Selected variable for AO2 analog output ADVANCED een Geo 785 P186 Min value of AO2 selected variable ADVANCED 1500 rpm 786 P187 Max value of AO2 selected variable ADVANCED 1500 rpm 787 P188 AO2 Analog output offset ADVANCED 0 000 V 788 P189 Filter for AO2 analog output ADVANCED 0 ms 789 P190 Min AO2 output value with reference to P186 ADVANCED 10 0 V 790 P191 Max AO2 output value with reference to P187 ADVANCED 10 0V 791 P192 AO3 analog output ADVANCED 2 0 10V 792 P193 Selected variable for AO3 analog output ADVANCED 5 Output current 793 P194 Min value of AO3 selected variable ADVANCED OA 794 P195_ Max value of AO3 selected variable ADVANCED Inverter Imax 795 P196 AO3 Analog output offset ADVANCED 0 000 V 796 P197 Filter for AO3 analog output ADVANCED 0 ms 797 P198 Min AO3 output value with reference to P194 ADVANCED 0 0 V 798 P199 Max AO3 output value with reference to P195 ADVANCED 10 0V 799 P200 FOUT output in MDO1 frequency ADVANCED 0 Disabled 800 P201 Selected variable for FOUT frequency output ADVANCED 1 Motor speed 801 P202 Min FOUT value of selected variable ADVANCED 0 802 P203 Max FOUT value of selected variable ADVANCED 0 803 P204 Min FOUT output value with reference to P202 ADVANCED
453. quired for the drive This reference is acquired by the drive only if the START command is active and the drive is RUNNING otherwise it is ignored The main reference is the reference at constant rom when the drive is RUNNING it will increment the speed or torque set point which will reach the main reference with a timed ramp see the RAMPS MENU The drive operating mode is factory set to MASTER with a speed reference In SLAVE mode a torque reference is used this operating mode may be configured for VTC control Vector Torque Control and FOC control Field Oriented Control only The control algorithm and the MASTER SLAVE mode can be set for each of the 3 programmable motors depending on which motor is active at that moment motor 1 motor 2 or motor 3 To enable the SLAVE mode set the following parameters to 1 or 2 C011 motor 1 C054 motor 2 C097 motor 3 The SLAVE mode may also be selected through a digital input see the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU When the main reference is acquired by the drive RUNNING on it becomes the reference for the time ramps generating the current speed torque set point for the connected motor The set up of the main reference is based on a number of parameters included in several menus Table 20 Parameters used for the Inputs for References Menu Scaling parameters for references sent from analog inputs REF AIN1 AIN2 Scaling parameters for references sent from encoder and frequency P05
454. r use ES836 option board or digital inputs MDI6 and MDI7 if a push pull encoder is used Both the option board and digital inputs MDI6 and MDI7 can be used to read two encoders at a time Use parameter C189 to set the readout of the speed measure of the controlled motor or to read reference values You can use encoder A or encoder B as a speed feedback or a reference source speed reference torque reference or PID reference Example If you want to use encoder A as a speed reference source and encoder B as a speed feedback set C189 as 6 A Ref B Fbk use P073 and P074 INPUTS FOR REFERENCES MENU to define the min speed and the max speed read for scaling and saturation of encoder A selected as a reference source in one of parameters C144 C147 CONTROL METHOD MENU set parameter C012 motor 1 to Yes to enable the Speed Feedback from Encoder function If encoder A is selected no function can be programmed for MDI6 and MDI7 otherwise alarm A082 Illegal Encoder Configuration will trip when ENABLE closes If encoder B is selected and ES836 or ES913 option board is not detected by the drive alarm A082 Illegal Encoder Configuration will trip when ENABLE closes e Reading a Frequency Input Only MDI6 digital input FINA can be used as a frequency input if MDI8 is programmed as a frequency input FINB with C189 if the option board is installed alarm A101 MDI8 Illegal Configuration trips No additional function must be assigned to
455. r cooling system A100 MDI6 Illegal Configuration DA die i eyala Function programmed to MDI6 and frequency input A as well MDI6 terminal is programmed with a digital function command and as frequency input A Incorrect programming of a command function for MDI6 because frequency input A is already set in parameter C189 FinA see the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU and the ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU Solution Check and adjust programming of the digital input functions and of parameter C189 Possible DAZA Function programmed to MDI8 and frequency input B as well MDI8 terminal is programmed with a digital function command and as frequency input B Incorrect programming of a command function for MDI8 because frequency input B is already set in parameter C189 FinB see the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU and the ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU Solution Check and adjust programming of the digital input functions and of parameter C189 Possible A102 A103 A104 A086 Current input gt 20 mA A102 REF Current input 4 20mA or 0 20mA greater than 20mA A103 AIN1 Current input 4 20mA or 0 20mA greater than 20mA A104 AIN2 Current input 4 20mA or 0 20mA greater than 20mA A086 XAIN5 Current input 4 20mA or 0 20mA greater than 20mA A current value greater than 20mA has been detected over one input REF AIN1 AIN2 XAIN5 set with the following ranges 4 20mA or 0 20mA Description Event e Wrong setting of SW1 on the control b
456. r feedback 266 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus Penta CARRARO GROUP C011 C054 C097 Type of Reference Master Slave 0 Speed MASTER mode 1 Torque SLAVE mode 2 Torque with speed limit SLAVE mode FOC onl Default lO 0 Speed MASTER mode Level ADVANCED Address 1011 1054 1097 Control VTC and FOC This parameter defines the type of reference to be used The torque control may be set up see section Torque Control VTC and FOC Only as well BREUCI When the Torque control with speed limit mode is used the drive will limit the motor rotation to the rom set in parameter C029 C072 C115 This function can be used to automatically toggle from the torque control mode AAO to the speed control mode when the torque control mode is implemented the motor speed can reach any value included in the AB area see figure below If the limit speed is attained due to particular load conditions the drive will automatically switch to the speed control BC zone The controlled torque is no longer maintained If the torque returns to its setpoint value the drive will automatically switch to the torque control again AB zone TORQUE A TORQUE CONTROL ZONE j S o A B SPEED CONTROL ZONE AB Torque Set Point BC Speed Limit C SPEED P000665 b Figure 43 Torque control with speed limit AN NOTE Mode 2 can be selected only if a FOC control is
457. r open the ENABLE and START inputs remove voltage from the drive and after waiting at least 5 minutes reverse two of the motor phases 45 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO A CARRARO GROUP 9 Speed lf overshoot occurs when the speed setpoint is attained or if a system instability is detected uneven regulator motor operation adjust the parameters relating to the speed loop SPEED LOOP AND CURRENT BALANCING MENU Set the two parameters relating to integral time P125 P126 as Disabled and set low values for the parameters relating to proportional gain P127 P128 Set equal values for P127 and P128 and increase them until overshoot takes place when the setpoint is attained Decrease P127 and P128 by approx 30 then decrease the high values set for integral time in P125 and P126 keep both values equal until an acceptable setpoint response is obtained Check to see if the motor runs smoothly at constant speed adjustment 10 Possible If no failure occurred go to step 11 Otherwise check the drive connections paying particular failures attention to supply voltages DC link and input reference Also check if alarm messages are displayed In the MEASURES MENU check the speed reference M000 the reference speed processed by the ramps M002 the supply voltage of the control section M030 the DC link voltage M029 the condition of the control terminals M033 Check to see if these readouts match with the measured values 11 Ad
458. r ramp 4 can be applied to the reference provided that multiramp digital inputs are set up and that ramp 4 is selected see the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU P020 Speed Ramps 3 and 4 Time Unit of Measure Range 0 3 DEMIE See Table 74 and Table 78 Level ADVANCED XT 620 Defines the unit of measure for the times for speed ramp 3 P015 and P016 Function and speed ramp 4 P020 and P018 The allowable programmable range may be extended from 0 s to 327000s 99 456 PROGRAMMING SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP P021 Selection for Ramp Rounding Off 0000b 1111b binary Range 0x0000 0x000F hexadecimal 0 15 Default 1111b all S ramps Level ADVANCED Address In this parameter you can select the bit corresponding to the ramp to be rounded off Example Slide P021 0011b 3 decimal gt ramps 1 and 2 are rounded off The ramp rounding off allows reaching the reference end value with a zero tangent both while accelerating and while decelerating thus suppressing torque peaks that could damage mechanical couplings 0000b no S ramps 1111b all S ramps P022 Acceleration Ramp Start Rounding Off Time Range Default Level Address 0 100 See Table 74 and Table 78 ADVANCED 622 0 100 Sets the rounding off time period for the first stage of the acceleration ramp This parameter is expressed as a percentage of the acceleration ramp time of the active ramp Example the se
459. rameter can be accessed only if the operating mode of the digital output NOTE concerned is other than zero Example MPL1 P3500 Variable B selected for MPL1 2 3 4 P352 P361 P370 P379 This selects a different digital signal or the analog variable used for Test B set with P354 P363 P372 P381 The whole list of the selectable items and their description are stated in Table 41 220 456 fic Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP If a digital signal is selected Test B is not performed therefore the comparison value for Test B set with P356 P365 P374 P383 has no meaning Parameter P352 cannot be accessed when the digital output operating mode is NOTE 1 DIGITAL or 3 ANALOG Example MPL1 P350 1 OR P350 3 Testing Variable A for MPL1 2 3 4 P353 P362 P371 P380 If an analog variable is selected a logic TEST is performed to obtain a TRUE FALSE Boolean signal Eight different tests are available that can be performed for selected variable A and its comparing value A Table 55 Test functions GREATER THAN Selected variable gt comparing value GREATER THAN EQUAL TO Selected variable gt comparing value LOWER Selected variable lt comparing value LOWER THAN EQUAL TO Selected variable lt comparing value ABS GREATER THAN Absolute value selected variable gt comparing value ABS GREATER THAN EQUAL TO Absolute value selected variable gt comparing
460. ramming mode and navigation mode of the Sinus Penta are used parameters or menus will be added removed whether required not required for the implemented application The dedicated applications implement the most common automation applications thus replacing PLCs or dedicated control boards and they reduce to a minimum the electric equipment required thus ensuring lower maintenance costs Such operating modes can be implemented through the firmware updating and or through additional interface boards The following applications are currently available PD Sinus Penta Drive standard motor control PM Sinus Penta Multipump PR Sinus Penta Regenerative In order to install your application SW and update the firmware packages of the SINUS NOTE PENTA drive you can use the Remote Drive software provided by Elettronica Santerno Please refer to the RemoteDrive s User Manual for detailed instructions Any detail concerning optional functionality is given in separate manuals covering SINUS PENTA s optional applications 15 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 0 4 3 Menus and Submenus This User Manual Programming Instructions is divided into different Menus Their sequence is the same as their display sequence in the display keypad and the RemoteDrive software Programming parameters and Measure parameters are divided into Mxxx Measures always Read Only Display on the display keypad a
461. red operation failed W35 NO WRITE CONTROL Writing procedure impossible because Control is active and the drive is running W36 ILLEGAL ADDRESS _ Illegal address entered operation failed The drive is disabled and does not acknowledge the ENABLE command because it is writing a C parameter W37 ENABLE LOCKED CAUTION The drive will start up as soon as writing is over Editing mode cannot be accessed because parameter modification is disabled mee SOONED P000 is different from P002 W39 KEYPAD DISABLED Editing mode cannot be accessed because the keypad is disabled W40 FAN FAULT Fan locked or disconnected or faulty W41 SW VERSION KO Download impossible because of different SW Versions W42 IDP KO Download impossible because of different IDPs Identification Products W43 PIN KO Download impossible because of different PINs Part Identification Numbers W44 CURRENT CLASS KO Download impossible because of different current classes W45 VOLTAGE CLASS KO Download impossible because of different voltage classes W46 DOWNLOAD KO Download impossible generic cause W48 OT Time over The preset threshold for the drive Operation Time has been exceeded W49 ST Time over The preset threshold for the drive Supply Time has been exceeded W50 NTC Fault NTC sensor for heatsink temperature disconnected or faulty 444 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS 56 7 Z SANTERNO State List CARRARO GROUP Table 125 State list
462. reference The motor starts running as soon as this terminal is activated only if the drive is enabled The RUN function will override the JOG function Therefore if the RUN function is active the JOG function is ignored If the motor is not running in SLAVE mode torque reference instead of speed reference it can rotate at JOG speed when the user activates the JOG function In SLAVE mode the JOG function is ignored if the motor is still rotating due to an active reference torque 0 gt Inactive 0 16 1 8 MDI1 MDI8 9 12 gt MPL1 MPLA 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is fitted 13 16 TFL1 TFL4 17 24 XMDI1 XMDI8 ADVANCED 1170 VTC and FOC When activating the terminal allocated to the Slave Input the main reference becomes a torque reference and the speed loop is by passed This function enables the SLAVE operating mode torque reference instead of the MASTER operating mode speed reference the Torque References and the Ramp Torques are used see the INPUTS FOR REFERENCES MENU and the RAMPS MENU This function is ignored if the operating mode selected for the active motor is the SLAVE mode i e CO11 1 or 2 motor 1 CO54 1 or 2 motor 2 CO97 1 or 2 motor 3 Commands are factory set to MASTER mode and the speed reference is selected as factory setting C011 0 C054 0 C097 0 319 456 SINUS PENTA C171 PID DISABLE Input Range PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS SANTERNO CARRARO
463. rence 4 Mot Freq 1000 0 Hz Frequency produced by the drive 5 Mot Curr 5000 0 A Current RMS 6 Out Volt 2000 0 V__ Output voltage RMS 7 OutPower 5000 0 kW Output power 8 DC Vbus 2000 0 NM DG Jpk voltage 9 Torq Ref 10000 Torque reference at constant speed 10 Torg Dem 10000 Nm Demanded torque Nm 11 Torg Out 10000 Evaluation of the torque output 12 Torg Lim 10000 Setpoint of the torque limit 13 PID Ref 100 00 PID reference at constant speed 14 PID RMP 100 00 Ramped PID reference 15 PID Err 100 00 Error between PID reference and feedback 16 PID Fok 100 00 Feedback to the PID 17 PID Out 100 00 Output of the PID 18 REF 100 00 nalog input REF 19 AIN1 100 00 nalog input AIN1 20 AIN2 PTC 100 00 nalog input AIN2 21 Enc In 10000 rpm _ Speed read by the encoder used as a reference 22 Pulseln 100 00 kHz __ Frequency input 23 Flux Ref 1 0000 Wb Flux reference at constant speed 24 Flux 1 0000 Wb Current flux reference 25 iq ref 5000 0 A Current reference in axis q 26 id ref 5000 0 A Current reference in axis d 27 iq 5000 0 A Current measure in axis q 28 id 5000 0 A Current measure in axis d 29 Volt Vo 2000 0 V__ Moltage in axis q 30 Volt Vd 2000 0 V__Moltage in axis d 31 Cosine 100 00 Cosine waveform 32 Sine 100 00 Sine waveform 33 Angle 1 0000 rad__Electric angle of delivered Vu 34 10V 10 000 V__ Moltage level 10V 35 10V 10 000 V__Moltage level 10V 36 Flux Current 5000 0
464. rent values are computed based on the no rotation rated power of the connected motor Tuning mode required for the correct operation of the control algorithms Automatic autotune of the current loop Tuning mode required for the correct operation of FOC algorithm 1 FOC Auto No If autotune of the current loop fails Alarm A065 Autotune KO trips the current no rotation loop may be manually tuned see 4 FOC Man no rotation current While autotuning the system can monitor the reference current and the current obtained in analog outputs AO2 and AO1 respectively Automatic estimation of the rotor time constant Tuning mode required for the correct operation of FOC algorithm 2 FOC Auto After entering the correct no load current value parameters C021 C064 C107 rotation for motors M1 M2 and M3 respectively and tuning the current loop the system can measure the rotor time constant for no load rotation of the connected motor up to 90 of its constant speed Manual tune of the speed loop Analog outputs AO1 and AO2 are displayed showing the speed reference and 3 VTC FOC Man the speed value obtained with the preset parameters of the speed regulator see rotation speed the SPEED LOOP AND CURRENT BALANCING MENU Set the current regulator s parameters in order to reduce to a minimum the difference between the two waveforms Manual tune of the current loop 4 FOC Man no If automatic tuning 1 FOC Auto no rotation fails the current loop m
465. repni a ea a EAT E Ra re ana aN i iE TRENE 287 Table 82 Remote command inputs from Serial LINK 0 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeneeeeenneeeeeeeeeeeeaeeesenaeeeeseaeeeeesaaeeesenaeeeeseaeeeeeseaeeesenaeeees 293 Table 83 Reference inputs from serial lik cccceseeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeceseeeeeeeeeeeeseneneeeeeeeesensenesaeseeenseeseseseaeeseneenenseneenens 295 Table 84 List of parameters C140 to CIA 300 Table 85 Unprogrammable FUNCTIONS AA 304 Table 86 Terminals used for Other Impute A 304 Table 87 Terminal board Factory Setting ceeesseeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeneeesenaeeeeeeaaeeeeeaeeeseaeeeeseaaeeeeseaeeesenaeeeeseneeeesseaeeesenaeeees 307 Table 88 List of parameters C149 to C1886 and 008 308 Table 89 Multispeed Selection sici itisnsdehs dined eh etter age eA a eee eee eee 314 Table 90 Selected Speed reference AA 315 Table 917 Multiramp selecto sissen sesira netin aaa ana A aai aa a E eaa ATENE EA E Ra e AEA aaea anaa Reia datait 318 Table 92 Selected ramp ceccccescetenceeeseeteeeeeaeeceneeseaeeceaeeseacecsaeeseaeeseaeesaeeceaeeseacesaeeseaeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeseaceseaeeeeaeeseeeseeeeaes 318 Table 932 Motor Selection ET 321 Table 94 Selection of the speed reference variatlon 322 Table 95 Variation of the selected speed reference A 322 Table 96 Selection of PID Multireferences ccccccccsescecessnceeeeeseeeeseeeeeeecnaeeececaeeeesseeeeecaeeesecaneseceneeeesseaeeessenseeessneeees 327 Table 97 List of parameters C189 to C19
466. requency control allows controlling the motor by producing voltage depending on frequency The Vector Torque Control sensorless processes the machine equations depending on the equivalent parameters of the asynchronous machine It also allows separating torque control from flux control with no need to use a transducer The Field Oriented Control is a closed chain control requiring a speed transducer to detect the position of the motor shaft instant by instant The parameter set for the selected motor is included in the Motor Control menu v Motor Configuration 1 Menu concerns motor 1 v Motor Configuration 2 Menu concerns motor 2 v Motor Configuration 3 Menu concerns motor 3 Factory setting allows configuring only one motor To access the Configuration menus of the other connected motors simply enter the number of the selected motor in C009 Number of Configured Motors in the Motor Control 1 Menu To select the connected motor use digital inputs programmed with parameters C173 and C174 Digital Input for Motor 2 Activation and Digital Input for Motor 3 Activation respectively see also the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU The parameters included in the Motor Configuration Menus are detailed in the table below 256 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS EZ D Table 65 Description of the parameters classified by motor SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA Mains rated voltage C008 Control algorithm being
467. ress A and W to change the parameter value Do one of the following to quit the editing mode e Press ESC when P269b 0 No the parameter value is used by the drive but it is not saved The value is lost when the drive is next powered on e Press ESC when P269b 1 YES the previous value is restored e Press SAVE ENTER the parameter value takes effect and is stored to non volatile memory and is not deleted when the drive is shut down Inputs Ixxx cannot be saved to non volatile memory and are automatically set to their default values Rxxx parameters become active only when the drive control board has been reset by pressing the RESET key for a few seconds or by switching off the drive 1 5 Programming the Root Page When the drive is turned on the Root page is displayed as the starting page The Root page allows you to access the main menus Measures Parameters Configuration Product ID or to shift to the Keypad pages using the MENU key Root page 4 gt MEA TI You can customise the root page using parameter P265 see the DISPLAY KEYPAD MENU 23 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO TRS CARRARO GROUP 1 6 Using the MENU Key The MENU key allows going to the next menu From the Root page press the MENU key to enable circular navigation The Keypad pages are available only if the relevant references feedback limits are activated NOTE see the CONTROL METHOD MENU and the PID CONFIGURATION MEN
468. riable gt comparing value LOWER Selected variable lt comparing value LOWER THAN EQUAL TO Selected variable lt comparing value ABS GREATER THAN Absolute value selected variable gt comparing value ABS GREATER THAN EQUAL TO Absolute value selected variable gt comparing value ABS LOWER Absolute value selected variable lt comparing value ABS LOWER THAN EQUAL TO Absolute value selected variable lt comparing value NOTE This parameter can be accessed only if the operating mode of the selected digital output AN N is gt 2 Example MDO1 P270 gt 2 Testing Variable B for MDO1 2 3 4 P274 P283 P292 P301 If an analog variable is selected a logic TEST is performed to obtain a TRUE FALSE Boolean signal Seven different tests are available that can be performed for selected variable B and its comparing value B see Table 42 NOTE This parameter can be accessed only if the operating mode of the selected digital output is gt 2 and lt 9 Example MDO1 2 lt P270 lt 9 Reference threshold for P271 P280 P289 P298 in MDO1 P275 P284 P293 P302 This defines the comparing value of Test A with the first selected variable NOTE This parameter can be accessed only if the operating mode of the selected digital output is gt 2 Example MDO1 P270 gt 2 Reference threshold for P272 P281 P290 P299 in MDO2 3 4 P276 P285 P294 P303 This defines the comparing value of Test B with the first selected variabl
469. ription of the optional optoisolated board The parameters described in this menu are Rxxx parameters NOTE Once changed and saved they become active only when the drive is next switched on or when the control board is reset by holding down the RESET key for more than 5 secs Drives of the SINUS PENTA series may be connected to peripheral devices through a serial link This enables both reading and writing of all parameters normally accessed through the display keypad Two wire RS485 is used which ensures better immunity against disturbance even on long cable paths thus reducing the communication errors Two serial links are available Serial Link 0 is provided with a 9 pole male D connector Serial Link 1 is provided with an RJ45 connector or a three phone connector connected to the display keypad NOTE The display keypad connected through RJ45 connector dialogues correctly with the drive using the default values preset in the parameter set for serial link 1 The drive will typically behave as a slave device i e it only answers to queries sent by another device A master device typically a computer is then needed to start serial communications The following items may be configured for both serial links The drive MODBUS address The drive response delay to a Master query The baud rate of the serial link expressed in bits per second The time added to the 4 byte time The serial link watchdog which is active if the rele
470. rned is other than zero Example MDO1 P27070 Variable B selected for MDO1 2 3 4 P272 P281 P290 P299 This selects a different digital signal or the analog variable used for Test B set with P274 P283 P292 P301 The whole list of the selectable items and their description appears at the end of this section see Table 41 If a digital signal is selected Test B is not performed therefore the comparison value for Test B set with P276 P285 P294 P303 has no meaning Parameter P272 cannot be accessed when the digital output operating mode is 1 NOTE DIGITAL or 3 ANALOG Example MDO1 P270 1 OR P270 3 Table 41 List of the selectable digital inputs and analog outputs Selectable digital signals BOOLEAN Selectable Value Cescription O O O O U O D4 Run ALR Drive KO alarm tripped when the drive is running D5 FwdRun Speed measured or estimated higher than 0 5 rom Speed measured or estimated lower than 0 5 rpm Selected MDI7 digital input remote OR physical MDI1 Digital input remote OR physical DELAYED by MDI timers MDI8 Digital input remote OR physical DELAYED by MDI timers ENABLE Digital input remote AND physical DELAYED by MDI timers 182 456 fis Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP D32 Trk Err Speed tracking error SetPoint Measure gt Error_Par Fault of the cooling fan ID34 FbusC1 Command 1 from fieldbus Command 2 from fieldbus Command 3 from fieldbus C
471. rofile Selection ENGINEERING 521 1 VENDOR SPECIFIC 1 412 456 er on Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP R025 SLAVE ADDRESS R025 WOEN Default Level ENGINEERING Address JWS This parameter sets the address for the PROFidrive board NOTE the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions manual and the PROFlIdrive comms board i The programmed value has effect only if the board address selectors are set to zero see User Manual R026 to R033 PZD3 10 OUT ees SOENOTUSED 1 DIGITAL INPUTS 2 AUXILIARY DIGITAL INPUTS I O expansion board 3 DIGITAL OUTPUT COMMANDS 4 TORQUE REFERENCE 5 PID REFERENCE eo PID FEEDBACK Default Dn In DIGITAL INPUTS Level ENGINEERING LI 548 550 554 558 These parameters allow selecting the inputs to be downloaded from the Master PLC lie to the drive through the eight process data items that can be mapped in the fast communication area between the Master and the Slave station R034 R041 PZD3 10 IN AETI o e Jour USEDD FOE ENGINEERING GEI 559 A 581 587 These parameters allow selecting the measures to be passed to the drive from the Master PLC through the eight process data items that can be mapped in the fast communication area between the Master and the Slave station You can select any measure from the MEASURES MENU Function R044 DRIVE PROFILE COMMUNICATION MODE Default Level 2 annn aal DICH 520 AA This parameter sets the version o
472. rrent limit while accelerating Current limit at constant rpm Current limit while decelerating Torque limit Encoder operating mode Encoder A pls rev Encoder B pls rev Autotuning selection Motor tuning selection Motor thermal protection Motor thermal time constant CARRARO GROUP Visibility only if FOC is active only if IFD is active only if FOC is active only if IFD is active only if IFD is active only if IFD is active only if IFD is active only if VTC FOC are active only if FOC is active only if FOC is active only if FOC is active only if VTC FOC are active only if VTC FOC are active only if protection is active After setting the last parameter and moving the cursor forward the following page will appear Press to quit DOWN ARROW to continue UP ARROW Press A to quit the Start up menu The default page of the system will be displayed 42 456 came S SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP 7 FIRST STARTUP SINUS PENTA For the signal wiring and power wiring please refer to the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions manual Parameter programming is detailed in the START UP MENU 7 1 IFD Control Algorithm SINUS PENTA drives are factory set with the IFD C010 control algorithm allowing the first startup of the equipment The default functions of the drive terminals are given in the table below For more details please refer to the Sinus Penta s Installation In
473. rresponds to 31 The third and fourth digit MM indicate the start month 01 corresponds to January 12 corresponds to December Example 7504 15 April 415 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP R051 DST Start HHMM Hour Minutes G IE 100 2400 100 2400 Default 200 200 Level ENGINEERING This parameter can be viewed and changed only if the Data Logger ES851 is installed and activated RO21 ENABLE Address 525 The first digit or the first two digits if the total digits are 3 or 4 respectively correspond to the start time hours The last two digits correspond to the Function minutes Example 200 2h 00m 2400 Ob Om midnight between the day set in R050 and the previous day Active R052 DST End WDMM Week Day Month Range 0 9112 0 9112 Default 5710 5710 Level ENGINEERING This parameter can be viewed and changed only if the Data Logger ES851 is installed and activated RO21 ENABLE Address 526 If the first digit of the parameter is lower than 6 The first digit W indicates the week of the month when the DST ends 1 first week 2 second week 3 third week 4 fourth week 5 last week The second digit D indicates the day of the week 1 Monday 7 Sunday The third and fourth digits MM indicate the start month 01 January 12 December Example European Union 5710 last Sunday in October Function USA 1711 first Sunday in November
474. rs C175 C177 please refer to the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU The parameters included in this menu represent seven speed torque or PID variation options to be applied to the speed reference Variation may range from 100 0 to 100 0 of the instant reference given by the addition of all the selected sources Example P115 0 0 Variation percent of reference 1 P116 50 0 Variation percent of reference 2 P117 80 0 Variation percent of reference 3 Based on the speed torque or PID variation selected through digital inputs the speed reference at constant speed will be as follows Variation 1 the current reference with no changes no effect Variation 2 the current reference increased by 50 0 Variation 3 the current reference decreased by 80 0 Whatever the speed torque reference value resulting from the application of a speed AN NOTE variation the value used to control the motor is saturated at max and min speed torque values set in the parameters relating to the selected motor Speed control example Speed P000815 B reference A P116 50 0 Reference before speed variation P117 80 0 H mt Selected speed variation A Variation 3 Variation 2 Variation 1 aa Figure 13 Speed Control example 131 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 17 2 List of Parameters P115 to P121 Table 26 List of parameters P115 to P121 P115 Reference variatio
475. rue 911 P312 XMDO4 Signal selection DO Disable 912 P313 XMDO4 Output logic level 1 True 913 P314 XMDOS Signal selection DO Disable 914 P315 XMDOS Output logic level 1 True 915 P316 XMDO6 Signal selection DO Disable 916 P317 XMDO6 Output logic level 1 True 917 P306 XMDO1 Signal Selection Range See Table 41 Peo DO Disable Level ENGINEERING Address Selects the digital signal used to calculate the value of XMDO1 digital output It selects an analog variable used to calculate the value of XMDO1 digital input if one of the analog operating modes is selected Digital signals and analog variables are detailed in Table 41 Function P307 XMDO1 Output Logic Level REU Default Level Address XMDO1 digital output logic function to apply a logic reversal negation to the Silo Calculated output signal 0 FALSE a logic negation is applied 1 TRUE no negation is applied 210 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS P308 XMDO2 Signal Selection P308 BREUCI Default Level Address Function P309 XMDO2 Output Logic Level Range Default Level Address Function 5 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA See Table 41 0 DO Disable ENGINEERING 908 Selects the digital signal used to calculate the value of XMDO2 digital output It selects an analog variable used to calculate the value of XMDO2 digital input if one of the analog operating mod
476. s e g Motor 1 C047 for min torque C048 for max torque The torque ramp set in parameters P026 P027 of the Ramps menu is assigned to the limit torque The torque ramp set in parameters P026 reference P027 of the Ramps menu is assigned to the limit torque reference 38 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS 5 4 CARRARO GROUP Configuring the Feedback from Encoder Setting e P000 Write Enable Setting the Speed P001 Eng Access Level Feedback In the Motor Control menu set C012 as a speed feedback from Encoder ENCODER A Push Pull single ended 24V encoder connected to digital inputs MDI6 and MDI7 NOTE In the Digital Inputs menu do not set any function for MDI6 and MDI7 ENCODER B Encoder acquired via option board ES836 see the Installation Instructions manual for the Configuration of the jumper and the dip switches for the encoder type and supply In the Encoder Frequency Input menu In the Encoder Frequency Input menu set set the source for Encoder A speed the source for Encoder B speed feedback feedback set C189 A FBK B NO if set C189 A NO B FBK if also encoder A also encoder B or frequency input FIN B or frequency input FIN A are used see are used see the programming options programming options for C189 in the for C189 in the Encoder Frequency Input Encoder Frequency Input section section Set the number of pls rev for the encoder
477. s 145 20 3 LIST OF PARAMETERS bBi Grob ib 148 21 TIMERS MENU 20 0 ccccccceecesececeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaseeesecnseeeesseusecuaeeeeuseeeeseseenaes 157 21 1 OVERVIEW EN 157 21 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS P216 TO P229 uo eccecceccceceeeeceecneeeeeeeeeeeeeueeeeeeaeeeseneeeneeas 159 22 PID PARAMETERS MENU sisiiccnctenntaccceniccsicesticccnacdexecccsetdawtadecenieceheaeneseceebdeactads 163 22 1 OVERVIEW EEN 163 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO A CARRARO GROUP 22 2 PID REGULATOR TUNING METHOD OF ZIEGLER ANDNCHOLS 164 22 3 MANUAL TUNING OF THE PI REGULATOR 0 c0cceecceeeceeceeeneeeeseceeeueeneeeaneeeeneees 165 22 3 1 Proportional ACHON P E 165 22 3 2 Integral Action EE 167 22 3 3 Derivative Action D EE 169 22 3 4 Tuning Actions at Constant SQCGO EE 169 22 4 ANTI WINDUP ccssosessutcvaistcvasereaantiacunteantrcsauatdataatanundhentdussuadheutddienabeotresausddeGuatantze 169 22 5 LIST OF PARAMETERS b Grob en 170 23 PID2 PARAMETERS MENU ccceccseecceeecceeeeeeeeceseceeeeeeseeeeeeceeeceaseeeseeeeeeaes 178 e Ss eee 11S EEN 178 23 2 LIST OF PARAMETERS P436 TO P4660 ccccceceeecceecneececeeeeeeecueeseeeaeeeaseaeeeaeeas 179 24 DIGITAL OUTPUTS MENU ccccccccesctscccesscessscessecsscesnsceneseneeeccecensscensecsecencseenens 180 241 TEEN 180 24 2 FACTORY SETTINGS deeg EE 180 24 3 STRUCTURE OF THE DIGITAL OUTpRuUTg 180 24 4 PROGRAMMABLE OPERATING MODES DIAGRAMS sssssssseeseenrnnnr
478. s M020 M021 M020a M021a Parameters P257 P457 allow setting a gain value to scale the PID reference and PID feedback and to obtain the following measures M023 P257 M020 M024 P257 M021 which are properly scaled Parameters P267 P267b see coding of P267 P267b sets the unit of measure for the measures above the unit of measure can also be entered in parameter P267a P267c only if P267 P267b 0 Disable Example the PID reference is 100 M020 100 if P257 0 04 and P267 1 bars the scaled measure for the PID reference is M023 4 00 bars EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP Table 17 Preset PID units of measure onze cee ren oe Customized 0 Disabled see P267a m m bar 1 bar bar ft ft mbar 2 mbar mbar m s ft s rpm gal s gal min gal h ft s ft min ai 15 F 16 Nm Nm CV 34 CV CV 17 kgm kgm ASCII 0x20 blank ASCII 0x8A 0 ASCII 0x5D ASCII 0x25 D S OTA 0x015D255B ASCII 0x5B Hange 0x20 Ox8A every byte Level ENGINEERING This is a 32 bit data item Characters are 8 bit ASCII encoded there are three 8 bit characters starting from the less significant bit Bit 24 must always be set to 1 Parameter P267a P267c is active only if P267 P267b 0 Disable and it relates to the unit of measure actually displayed in M023 M024 M023a M024a This parameter allows
479. s increased by P252 2 P253 PID Ramp End Rounding Off Range 0 100 Default 50 50 Level ENGINEERING Address 853 Function As P252 but P253 sets the rounding off applied at the end of the ramps NOTE When P253 is used the preset ramp time is increased by P253 2 P254 Integral Term Activation Threshold Range 0 0 500 0 ECHT Level ENGINEERING Address This parameter sets a threshold value below which the integrator is kept to zero It has effect only when the PID regulator is used as a reference corrector or generator In this case the threshold percentage value refers to the max speed or torque absolute value set for the active motor The integral term is not calculated when the speed or torque percentage value expressed as an absolute value is lower than the value set in P254 If P254 is set to zero the integrator is always activated Function 176 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus penta CARRARO GROUP P255 START Disable Delay with PID Out P237 mm enge O 60000 Ee Getsun P Default 0 Disabled Level ENGINEERING Address 855 This parameter sets the max time for the drive operation when the PID regulator output continuously operates at its min value P237 If this is true for a time equal to the time set in P255 the drive is automatically put on stand by until 1 the PID output value exceeds the min value if P237a Disabled 2 the Feedback
480. s performed or not C025 C068 C111 Rotor Time Constant Range 0 5000 0 5000msec Default O Level ADVANCED OCES 1025 1068 1111 ec mmm FOC This parameter defines the rotor time constant of the connected motor Function If the rotor time constant is not stated by the motor manufacturer it can be obtained through the autotune function see the FIRST STARTUP section and the AUTOTUNE MENU Whenever one of these parameters is written the drive automatically computes and saves NOTE the parameters of PI flux regulator and FOC control proportional constant for motor 1 P158 P165 for motor 2 P172 for motor 3 and integral time P159 P166 for motor 2 P173 for motor 3 C026 C069 C112 Time Constant of Bus Voltage Low pass Filter BREUCI 0 32000 0 0 3200 0 ms Default Level ENGINEERING OCES 1026 1069 1112 This parameter defines the time constant of the low pass filter of the bus voltage readout Changing this value can avoid motor oscillations especially when no load is connected to the motor Function 271 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO E CARRARO GROUP C028 C071 C114 Min Motor Speed IS 32000 32000 32000 32000 rpm Default 0 rpm Level BASIC Gebied 1028 1071 1114 This parameter defines the minimum speed of the connected motor When references forming the global reference are at their min relative value the global reference equals the min speed of the connected mot
481. setting a 3 character string to display the units of measures for the PID Measures M023 M024 M023a M024a Press the SAVE ENTER key to edit each character when a flashing cursor appears on the left of each character press A and to scroll all the characters displayed Press the ESC key to go to the next character Press SAVE ENTER to store the new parameter value NOTE See also parameter P257 P457 in the PID PARAMETERS MENU Address 1867 1869 Function 89 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP P268 P268a Measure n 1 n 2 on Root Page Range M000 M090 see the MEASURES MENU P268 M004 Motor Spd P268a M000 Speed Ref Level ADVANCED Alen Cannot be accessed via serial link These two parameters allow selecting two measures to be displayed on the Root Page Default Function P268y P268z Scaling of Measure n 1 n 2 on Root page Range 0 10000 O 100 00 Default 10000 100 00 Level ADVANCED Address 515 516 These parameters allow scaling the read out of the measures on the Root page SS which have been selected with parameters P268 and P268a P268b P268c P268d P268e Measure n 1 n 2 n 3 n 4 on Keypad Page Range M000 M090 see the MEASURES MENU P268b M006 Mot Freq P268c M026 Motor Current P268d M004 Motor Spd P268e gt M000 Speed Ref Level ADVANCED PECES Cannot be accessed via serial link These four parameters allow selecting four m
482. so allows changing a parameter value to change a parameter value press the SAVE ENTER key from the page of the parameter you want to change An example is given in Figure 2 From the Keypad pages the SAVE ENTER key allows accessing the Keypad Help page containing any details about the measures displayed in the Keypad page 27 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA 1 12 Indicator LEDs on the Display Keypad Eleven LEDs are located on the keypad along with a 4 line 16 character LCD display a buzzer and 12 function keys The display shows the parameter values the diagnostic messages and the variables processed by the drive The figure below shows the location of the indicator LEDs and their functionality Figure 3 Display keypad REF LED Green LIMIT LED Yellow Reference for speed Mo active limit AL Motor acceleration 771s or deceleration P000307 0 Voltage or current limit active frequency or torque 0 _ Reference on BRAKE LED Yellow RUN LED Green e KE Kal REF Motor not powered Motor powered but no torque idle ALARM LIMIT e Ordinary run Either one is active DC current brake IGBT braking Ramp extension Motor powered and running M LED Red Inverter OK Alarm tripped No parameter tr
483. speed even when a higher speed is required In Table 95 above NOTE 0 Inactive Input 1 Active Input 322 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP C178 PID Up Down Reset Input 0 gt Inactive 0 16 1 8 MDI1 MDI8 Range 9 12 MPL1 MPLA 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is fitted 13 16 gt TFL1 TFL4 17 24 XMDI1 XMDI8 Inactive Level ADVANCED KIC 1178 This function resets the variation of the PID reference obtained with the A and eg keys on the KEYPAD page of the user interface on the display keypad in PID mode Function e j C179 Source Selection Input 0 gt Inactive 0 16 1 8 MDI1 MDI8 Range 9 12 gt MPL1 MPLA 0 24 if ES847 or ES870 is fitted 13 16 gt TFL1 TFL4 17 24 XMDI1 XMDI8 Default Level Address The digital input set as a source selector is considered in the drive terminal board only not in the virtual terminal boards as Fieldbus or Serial Link see Command Sources When the digital input set as a source selector is open only the first command sources and references programmed in the CONTROL METHOD MENU are considered C140 command source n 1 and C143 reference source n 1 respectively as well as the first Function reference and feedback sources programmed in the PID CONFIGURATION MENU parameter C285 for reference source n 1 and C288 for feedback source n 1 When the digital input set as a source selector is closed only
484. ssed as a diesel percentage Please refer to the PID PARAMETERS MENU and the PID CONFIGURATION MENU for the scaling of the PID output M022a PID2 Output 100 00 10000 Note The actual range depends on the min and max saturation values of the PID output set in parameters P436 P437 Louis This measure is active if enabled from C291a Address This is the measure of the output produced by the PID2 regulator and expressed as a ill percentage Scaling is detailed in the PID2 PARAMETERS MENU and the PID CONFIGURATION MENU Note The actual range depends on the max value and the min value of 32000 the PID reference set in parameters P245 P246 and on the gain level set in P257 Active Always active Address This is the measure of the reference after the ramps being used for the PID regulator as M019 but multiplied by the gain level set in P257 see also the PID PARAMETERS MENU and the PID CONFIGURATION MENU As for the display keypad the unit of measure can be programmed with parameters P267 P267a in the DISPLAY KEYPAD menu M023a PID2 Reference after Ramps Note The actual range depends on the min and max values of the GEM LCeEn 32000 PID2 reference set in parameters P445 P446 and on the gain level set in P457 Louis This measure is active if enabled from C291a Address This is the measure of the reference being used for the PID2 or the 2 zone mode as M019a but multiplied by the gain level set in P457 see also th
485. ster than deceleration set in C227 start ramp C227 100 sec C228 1 00 start deceleration is zero deceleration ramp of infinite time Function C229 Improved Sensitivity of DC Bus Control Range Default Level Address Based on the DC bus voltage trend this function allows detecting mains loss in advance If the value for this coefficient is too high erroneous mains loss conditions can be detected due to a sudden drop in DC bus voltage Function 350 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO SINUS penta CARRARO GROUP C230 Voltage Level of DC Bus in Power Down 250 450 for Class 2T 400 800 for Class 4T 500 960 for Class 5T 600 1150 for Class 6T 339 for Class 2T 679 for Class 4T 380 480V Default 707 for Class 4T 481 500V 813 for Class 5T 976 for Class 6T Level ENGINEERING Address 1230 Determines the reference value for DC bus voltage in case of automatic deceleration in Power Down C225 Yes V 250 450 V for Class 2T 400 800 V for Class 4T 500 960 V for Class 5T 600 1150 V for Class 6T 339 V for Class 2T 679 V for Class 4T 880 480V 707 V for Class 4T 481 500V 813 V for Class 5T 976 V for Class 6T C231 PI Proportional Constant for Automatic Deceleration Range 0 32000 0 000 32 000 Default 50 Level ENGINEERING Address Proportional coefficient used in PI regulator controlling automatic deceleration in case of P
486. structions manual 1 Wiring Follow the instructions stated in the Caution Statements and Installation sections Installation Instructions Manual 2 Power on Power on the drive and do not close the link to the START input to prevent the motor from running 3 Parameter Access parameter P000 Key parameter and set its code default value 00001 modification Use the ESC A Y and SAVE ENTER keys to access the programming parameters Also refer to the Menu Tree 4 Supply voltage Set the real supply voltage for the drive You can set either mains voltage range or the DC supply stabilized by a Regenerative Penta drive To set the type of power supply for the drive access the MOTOR CONFIGURATION MENU and set configuration parameter C008 to the value corresponding to the installation concerned 5 Motor parameters Set C010 Control Algorithm as IFD Voltage Frequency set the motor ratings as follows C015 C016 C017 C018 C019 C029 fmot1 rated frequency repmnom1 rated rem Pmot1 rated power Imot1 rated current Vmot1 rated voltage Speedmax1 max allowable speed V ga a a E Zeen For loads with square torque with respect to the rpm centrifugal pumps fans etc set C034 preboost1 to 0 Press SAVE ENTER each time a new parameter value is set 6 Autotune For the IFD control algorithm the Autotune function is not necessary but is always recommended First remove the
487. t REVERSE S gt ww gt ENABLE S DISABLE Direction 0000 DOOD Physical XMDII inputs XMDI2 gt STARTB XMDI3 gt srors Cc a NO TIMERS MUMIS 0 vaums FOR XMDI gt MUTI e MULTISPEED 2 MULTISPEED 3 gt DCH gt UP gt DOWN gt UP DOWN Reset gt EXT ALARM I gt EXT ALARM 2 gt EXT ALARMS XMDI 6 XMDI7 XMDI8 OOOH OOOO e MULTIRAMP 0 MPLI Virtual Timers MULTIRAMP inputs gt 106 MPL2 n gt PID Disable MPL3 gt Keypad LOCK gt 2nd Motor MPL4 gt i Motor VAR SPEED 0 gt VAR SPEED gt VAR SPEED 2 oo SEQ Enable 1 gt PID UP DOWN Reset Fe_ _ _ FIRE MODE OC A r SOURCE SELECTION SER SLAVE a DISABLE EXT LIMIT TFLI Timed flags TEL2 TEL TFL4 The full processing of the digital inputs also includes the selection of other remote virtual terminal boards see the CONTROL METHOD MENU and the possibility of delaying input digital signal enable disable by means of software timers see the TIMERS MENU 303 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO A CARRARO GROUP As shown in the figure above the digital input status is displayed in measures M031 M032 M033 Measure M033 shows the current status of the 8 inputs in the local hardware terminals in the drive board The symbol L displays the logic levels for terminals M033 for inactive inputs the active inputs are marked with Meas
488. t 1 000 P242 PID integral time Disabled P245 Min value of PID reference 0 00 P246 Max value of PID reference 125 00 The selection criterion for parameters P057 and P246 is the following based on the assumption above 10V on AIN1 correspond to 500Vrms i e 125 of the rated motor voltage set in C019 The compensated output voltage will be Vout Vd Vmot PIDout where Vd is the voltage that would be delivered without compensation Vmot is the rated motor voltage C019 PIDout is the PID output resulting from Vref Vflbk Vmot 382 456 fice Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 44 5 2 Voltage Drop Compensation Feedback from Two Analog Inputs Suppose that two 10V voltage signals proportional to the instantaneous voltage of two phases downstream of the filter and that 100V correspond to 1V These signals are fed back to analog inputs AIN1 and AIN2 The rated motor voltage C019 is 400V If the voltage downstream of the filter is a sinusoidal voltage voltage sinusoids with an amplitude of 400 SQRT 2 565V at a rated frequency of 400Vrms will be obtained The signals on AIN1 and AIN2 dampened 1 100 will have an amplitude of 5 65V i e ranging within the allowable range Set the following in the PID CONFIGURATION MENU C285 Selection of PID reference n 1 9 V out C288 Selection of PID feedback n 1 13 V out measured C291 PID control mode 1 Normal C294 PID action 3 Add V
489. t in parameter P180 for AO1 analog output in parameters P188 P196 for AO2 and AOS respectively D Filter Defines the filter time constant applied to the analog output The filter time constant is set in parameter P181 for AO1 analog output in parameters P189 P197 for AO2 and AO3 respectively 141 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO EE CARRARO GROUP 20 1 3 Frequency Output When programming the frequency output the setting of MDO1 in the DIGITAL OUTPUTS MENU is disabled The figure below illustrates the structure of the frequency output Parameterization is similar to the one used for the analog outputs P200 Max Val Out Max P201 Mode P203 P205 P206 MDO1 50 duty Fout Selection Selection vector Min Val Out Min P202 P204 P000339 D Figure 16 Structure of the Frequency Output 142 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS 20 2 Variables EZ D SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP This section covers the variables that can be represented for the analog and frequency outputs Table 29 Variables to be selected for the Analog and Frequency Outputs Full scale Selection Value Value Description 0 Disable Disabled output 1 Speed 10000 rom Gpeed of the connected motor 2 Speed Ref 10000 rom Speed reference at constant speed 3 Ramp Out 10000 rom __ Ramped speed refe
490. t to the drive but the running conditions are the same as in Remote mode For example if the motor is running in Remote mode the drive still runs even in Local mode and the reference can be changed with the INC DEC key starting from zero e All Bumpless gt When switching from Remote to Local mode the drive maintains the same speed torque reference and the same running condition as in Remote mode For example if the motor is running at 1000 rom in Remote mode the drive still runs even in Local mode with a reference of 1000 rpm that can be changed with the INC DEC key starting from zero NOTE Parameter C148 affects parameters C140 to C147 and C285 to C287 see PID CONFIGURATION MENU when the PID controller is enabled 302 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 35 DIGITAL INPUTS MENU 35 1 Overview Please refer to the Sinus Penta s Installation Instructions manual for the hardware NOTE paar ea description of the digital inputs The parameters contained in this menu assign particular digital control functions to each digital input in the terminal board Each parameter has a particular function which is assigned to a given terminal on the terminal board Figure 47 Inputs that can be selected to implement control functions Physical inputs wm 8 z000S MDI2 MDI3 Timers gt Mp4 MDIS5 MDI 6 Sc gt START ES gt ENABLE Start OK S RESET gt sor g
491. tage classes of the PD Index Class _ 0 2T 1 4T 2 5T 3 6T 79 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP The type of fan control is marked by 3 characters Table 13 Fan control modes F The fan activation is controlled by the inverter S The fan operation is correct when a fan fault is detected the relevant alarm trips N A NTC sensor is fitted that acquires the heatsink temperature The fan activation threshold is set in parameter C264 Table 14 Coding for fan activation 0 1 S No Yes No 2 F Yes No No 3 FS Yes Yes No 2 P 4 N No No Yes 1 S 5 SN No Yes Yes 6 F N Yes No Yes 7 FSN Yes Yes Yes 3 N SW Application SW Application This screen displays the type of software application which is implemented in the drive e g Multipump Regenerative etc AAO See Elettronica Santerno s Catalogue about Software Accessories For the application software downloading instructions see the relevant User Manuals User SW Versions Range 0 65535 Texas 233 Address MMI 1489 Motorola 1487 This screen displays the SW versions implemented on the Penta drive Function Texas SW version of the DSP Texas MMI SW version of the display keypad Motorola SW version of Motorola microprocessor Maximum Output Power Range Address This screen displays the maximum allowable value of the drive output freque
492. ter selects the value for AIN2 input signal for minimum reference or better the reference set in CO28xP061a Master mode or in CO047xP061a Slave mode If motor 2 is active C071 and C090 will be used instead of C028 and C047 if motor 3 is active the values set in C114 and C133 will be used Function 116 456 PROGRAMMING Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP P061a Percentage of Speed Min Trq Min Producing Min Reference Y axis related to P061 REUCCE O 1000 100 0 DeU 1000 100 0 ADVANCED PXolel t y 679 This parameter represents the min speed percentage or the min torque Silke percentage for a torque reference to be used for the minimum reference set with P061 P062 Value of AIN2 Input Producing Max Reference X axis 100 100 if P060 0 10 0 V 10 0 V if P060 0 10 V 200 200 if P060 1 20 0 mA 20 0 mA if P060 1 20 mA GECCE 40 200 if PO6O 2 4 0mA 20 0 mA if P060 2 4 20 mA 0 100 if P060 3 0 0 V 10 0V if P060 3 0 10 V 0 200 if PO60 4 0 0 mA 20 0 mA if P060 4 0 20 mA Default Level ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the value for AIN2 input signal for maximum reference or Function better the reference set in CO29xP062a Master mode or in C048 xP062a Slave mode If motor 2 is active C072 and C091 will be used instead of C029 and C048 if motor 3 is active the values set in C115 and C134 will be used P0
493. tering the motor ratings or the ratings of the NOTE encoder used as a speed feedback Please refer to the MOTOR CONFIGURATION MENU and the ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU The selected motor may be tuned in order to obtain the machine ratings or the parameterization required for the correct functioning of the control algorithms The user can also check the proper operation wiring of the encoder used as a speed feedback The Autotune menu includes two programming inputs 1073 and 1074 Input 1073 allows enabling and selecting the type of autotune Input 1074 which can be programmed only if 1073 Motor Tune describes the type of autotune which is performed Because the values set in 1073 or 1074 cannot be changed once for all and are automatically reset after autotuning the ENABLE signal must be disabled and the ESC key must be used to accept the new value 30 1 1 Motor Autotune and Adjusting Loops Set 1073 as Motor Tune to enable autotune functions that can be selected with 1074 For the correct operation of the tuning algorithms enter the motor ratings and the ratings NOTE of the encoder used as a speed feedback Please refer to the MOTOR CONFIGURATION MENU and the ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU 248 456 CARRARO GROUP fia Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA Table 61 Programmable Motor Tune functions Automatic estimation of the stator resistance and the leakage inductance If no 0 all Ctrl load current C018 is zero no load cur
494. th P392 P393 Offset over XAIN4 Input Range 1000 1000 10 00 V 10 00 V Defautt o Level ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the offset correction value of the XAIN4 analog signal that has been measured aoa The value set is added to the signal measured before saturation or conversion its unit of measure is the same as the one of the signal selected for XAIN4 analog input 245 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP P394 Filtering Time over XAIN4 Input Range 0 65000ms SCHIER 100 Level ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the value of the filter time constant of the first command gilles applied to the XAIN4 input signal when the signal saturation and conversion is over P395 Type of Signal over XAIN5 Input Default Level Address This parameter selects the type of differential analog signal over terminals XAIN5 and XAIN5 in the terminal board The signal can be a current signal a unipolar signal or a bipolar signal 2 20 mA Bipolar current input between 20mA and 20mA The detected signal is saturated between these two values 3 4 20 mA Unipolar current input with min threshold between 4 mA and 20mA The detected signal is saturated between these two values Before being saturated if the detected signal is lower than 4 mA or greater than 20 mA alarms A069 or A086 trip 4 0 20 mA Unipolar current input between 0 mA and 20mA The detected signal is saturated
495. the Drive Size and Model Class 2T 4T 4 C023 C017 1 000 S05 S12 0016 4 5 15 7 0 462 3 46 9 2 17 9 0 800 6 00 0020 5 5 19 5 0 346 2 89 11 21 0 0 600 5 00 1 15 1 15 0113 0 58 0129 0 58 0150 0162 0 58 0 58 132 250 0 012 150 280 0 010 0313 0367 0402 160 200 0 17 0 14 355 315 0 010 0 008 0457 0524 220 250 0 12 0 12 355 400 0 007 0 006 280 0 09 500 0 003 0598 0748 0831 330 400 450 0 06 0 05 0 05 560 0 002 710 1200 0 002 0 09 800 1334 0 001 0 09 0964 S75 1130 1296 560 0 05 1000 1650 0 001 0 09 1800 f 1200 2050 0 001 0 06 2076 EE EC 1400 2400 0 001 0 05 281 456 SINUS PENTA 5 32 3 2 Voltage Class 5T 6T SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Table 77 Parameters depending on the Drive Size and Model Class 5T 6T 1 ol 12 S14 2 so 0201 330 420 504 2 NO 0218 360 465 558 2 NO 0259 400 560 672 2 NO 0290 450 600 720 2 NO S52 0314 500 665 798 2 NO 0368 560 720 864 2 NO 2 O 2 MININ N Ziz OJO Z Z O 2 2 2 NO 282 456 NIN MININ PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS 5 Table 78 Parameters depending on the Drive Si
496. the PID Regulator AAA 369 Figure 64 Reference source and feedback Source selection ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeeesetecenaeeeeeeeteeee 370 Figure 65 PID ramp TEterenCe so cccc ccce5 sctedtesscecetasseteneuseeeenesdsaeedvecpnrnadecestesatlee seeded easuaecepsiacdersetenedsseceeeedssteceevelaadesceee 371 Figure 66 Details of the PID regulator struchure ooo eeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeteneeeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeseaeeeeseneeeeeseaeeesesaeeeeseneeeeeeeeeeeeeaaes 371 Figure 67 Keeping fluid level constant Example secceeeseeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeetesaeeeeseneeeeeseneeesesaeesesenieeeeseeeeeenaaes 379 0 3 Tables Table 1 Coding of Measures M03 t de E 62 Table 2 Coding of Measures M033 M034 MOSS ccesssccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeseeeeescnaeeeeseneeesseeeeeeseneeeesseeeeseseeeeesenseeeeee 63 Table 3 Coding of Measures M036 MO36a MOS6D cccssceceeeeneeeeseneeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeseaeeeeeeaeeeescaeeesscaeeesssneeeessneeesee 63 Table 4 Coding of Measure EE 68 Table 5 Coding of Measure MO56a cccsesccceessseeeeeneeeeeseeeeeeseeeeecceaeeeeseaaeeesaaaeeescnaeeeseeaeeeseeaeeeesenseeessceeesssneesensneeeeoe 68 Table 6 Coding of Measure Mob 68 Table 7 Coding of Measure ONE 69 Table 8 Data Logger Connection Status cccccccceeeeeeneneeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeesecaaeeeeeeeeseeccaaeeeeeeeseeeecaeeeeeseeseneneeees 74 Table 9 Coding of the functions assigned to the digit
497. the motor thermal time constant The standard above defines a 7 2 ratio between LRC and FLC The value to be entered in C267 is then defined from the formula below C267 IEC Class x 36 If the ratio between LRC and FLC is not 7 2 please refer to the graph in Figure 61 42 2 2 Maximum Locked Rotor Time Basic If the IEC class is not known then the IEC class can be approximated by the procedure described below The following values must be known e Full Load Current FLC of the motor e Locked Rotor Current LRC e Maximum Locked Rotor Time LRT or Direct On Line DOL Start Time The FLC of the motor can be obtained directly from the nameplate on the motor The LRC and LRT must be obtained from the manufacturer or the motor datasheets The LRC also referred to as starting current or motor start up current is the current that a motor draws at start up when full voltage is applied to the terminals LRT is the time a motor can safely maintain LRC from a cold start This information might also be available as a thermal withstand curve or a thermal damage curve If this is the case then the LRC and LRT must be deduced from the curves 362 456 CARRARO GROUP er on Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA The following formula can be applied LRC x LRT IEC Class FLC x6 Once the approximated IEC class has been calculated use the motor thermal time constant C267 that corresponds to the closest IEC class from Table 105
498. tion State of the 8 auxiliary digital inputs via serial link M036b Auxiliary Digital Inputs via PROFIdrive REW Bit controlled measure See Table 3 Active Always active Address Function State of the 8 auxiliary digital inputs via PROFIdrive Table 3 Coding of Measures M036 M036a M036b 0 XMDI1 4 XMDI5 1 XMDI2 5 XMDI6 2 XMDI3 6 XMDI7 3 XMDI4 7 XMDI8 63 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 8 5 References Menu This menu contains the measures of the possible reference sources for speed torque or PID available in the terminal board analog inputs frequency inputs and encoder input and sent via serial link or fieldbus M037 REF External Analog Reference Function of the preset type of Function of the type of reference voltage current set in P050 Range reference voltage current The numerical value always includes two decimal figures the unit of measure is V or mA Xs iia Always active DI 1687 Silo Measure of the voltage current value detected by the drive in REF analog input M038 AIN1 External Analog Reference Function of the type of reference voltage current set in P055 The numerical value always includes two decimal figures the unit of measure is V or mA Address Function Function of the type of reference voltage current set in PO60 The numerical value always includes two decimals the unit of measure is V or mA Function of t
499. tion of Feedback Type 1 PID AN2 7 5 sl RW s C289 Selection of Feedback Type 2 PID 0 Disabled sl RW sl C290 Selection of Feedback Type 3 PID 0 Disabled R w s C291 PID Operating Mode Normal sl R w s C291 a PID Control Mode 0 StandarasuM v l wl ES C291b PID2 Operating Mode bh uoung sl R w s C292 Quantity Selection to Compute Derivative Term UD Measure el R W S C293 Kp Used as a Multiplier for Integral and Derivative Terms 0 No ad R W S C294 PID Operation 1 Reference EN The PID regulator parameters are defined in the PID PARAMETERS MENU This configuration limits the PID output between 0 and 100 for a proper rotation of the connected pump Set P255 1000 ts if the PID output is equal to the min value for 5 seconds the drive is put on stand by 380 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS ZS R W S P236 PID Maximum Output R W S P23 7 PID Minimum Output R W S P23 7aWake Up mode for PID R P23 b Wake Up level for PID R w S P238 Maximum Value of PID Integral Term R w sl P239 Maximum Value of PID Derivative Term R w S P240 Proportional Coefficient Value R w S P241 Proportional Term Multiplicative Factor R W S P242 ntegral Time Multiples of Tc RW sl P243 Derivative Time Multiples of Tc 1000 R w S P244 Cycle Time Te RW S P245 PID Reference Min Value R Wl S P246 PID Reference Max Value D w S P247 PID Feedback Minimum Value R w S P248 PID Feedba
500. tion of the control torque demand If an external torque limit is set C147 in the CONTROL METHOD MENU the values set in the parameters above represent the range of the source used for limitation the torque ramp times set in the RAMPS MENU will be applied to the preset limit torque reference The ramp time for torque limit can be selected C049 for motor 1 C092 for motor 2 and C135 for motor 3 for the VTC control only The Ipeak current load is available see Table 73 and Table 77 for a maximum time of 3 seconds and only if the preset carrier frequency is lower than equal to the default frequency value see Table 73 and Table 77 When operating with synchronous modulation the current peak value dynamically decreases when the output frequency increases Manually enabling disabling that function can be done only when using the IFD control with current limit parameters C043 C044 C045 When using the VTC or FOC control the system will automatically handle the maximum current value that can be used also based on the torque limit configured with C047 C048 l lim C043 C044 C045 l peak l max l nom fcarrier C001 C002 fuer f fmax Figure 44 Current limit decreased based on the carrier frequency f Max frequency for which Imax can be obtained 286 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS 33 2 List of Parameters C043 to C135 Z SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP Table 81 List of parameters C043 to C135 SINUS PENTA
501. tive M031 command set For each of these 3 parameters you can select the source of the command signals from 4 different sources D The source of the speed reference or torque reference from 4 different sources that can be selected with parameters C143 C144 C145 C146 that can be summed up together For each of these 4 parameters you can select the source of the reference signals from 9 different sources H The source of the torque limit reference through parameter C147 allowing selecting the reference source from 9 different sources Therefore you can select and enable different command sources hardware or virtual sources different speed or torque references hardware or virtual sources and enable an external torque limit The drive commands may be sent from D The hardware terminal board terminal board on the control board which is logically separated into terminal board A and terminal board B D The keypad D The virtual remote terminal board through serial link with MODBUS communications protocol D The virtual remote terminal board through Fieldbus option board Multiple terminal boards may also be enabled up to 3 terminal boards with parameters C140 C141 C142 in this case the drive will apply logic functions OR or AND to the different terminals to obtain the activated terminal board see Command Sources The following references and torque limit signals may be sent Three analog inputs acquired to the hardw
502. tor 2 is active C071 and C090 will be used instead of C028 and C047 if motor 3 is active the values set in C114 and C133 will be used Function P056a Percentage of Speed Min Trq Min Producing Min Reference Y axis related to P056 alle ed O 1000 ellie 1000 Level ADVANCED Address This parameter represents the min speed percentage or the min torque Aea percentage for a torque reference to be used for the minimum reference set with P056 114 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP P057 Value of AIN1 Input Producing Max Reference X axis 10 0 V 10 0V if P055 0 10V 20 0 mA 20 0 mA ifP055 1 20 mA 4 0mA 20 0 mA if P055 2 4 20 mA 0 100 if P055 3 0 0 V 10 0V if P055 3 0 10 V 0 200 if P055 4 0 0 mA 20 0 mA if P055 4 0 20 mA ASCII 200 20 0mMA Level ADVANCED DIKRICH 657 This parameter selects the value for AIN1 input signal for maximum reference or 100 100 if P055 0 200 200 if P055 1 leed 40 200 if P055 2 Function better the reference set in CO29xP057a Master mode or in C048xP057a Slave mode If motor 2 is active C072 and C091 will be used instead of C029 and C048 if motor 3 is active the values set in C115 and C134 will be used P057a Percentage of Speed Max Trq Max Producing Max Reference Y axis related to P057 Range 100 0 DAEM 1000 100 0 Level ADVANCED Address 678 This parameter represents th
503. tor could run at uncontrolled speed due to the activation of the mechanical load If so the mechanical load could cause uncontrolled acceleration slowing down of the connected motor CAUTION CAUTION If a protection alarm trips the drive disables and the motor starts idling If software timers are enabled for digital inputs the timer for the ENABLE signal timer NOTE active for MDI2 delays the signal enabling The ENABLE signal is always instantly disabled for the ENABLE function Toff in MDI2 is ignored The activation of the ENABLE command enables the alarms controlling the configuration NOTE S consistency of certain parameters When the ENABLE signal is shutdown C parameters cannot be changed factory setting NOTE If P003 Condition required for changing C parameters Standby Fluxing the parameters may be changed even if the drive is enabled but the motor is not running When the ENABLE signal is shutdown for VTC and FOC controls the motor is fluxed by the NOTE drive Motor fluxing is allowed only if the START contact is shutdown and C184 Yes If set accordingly safety parameter C181 prevents the drive from starting if the ENABLE NOTE signal is already active when the drive is powered on gt PPP Ee gt gt 306 456 fia Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 35 1 3 RESET Terminal 16 MDI3 The RESET function is assigned to input terminal MDIS It resets the alarms to unlock the drive operation It ca
504. tput to be controlled Example R017 0011b 3 decimal analog outputs AO1 and AO2 are controlled directly by the fieldbus irrespective of their configuration in the ANALOG AND FREQUENCY OUTPUTS MENU Function 405 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP 50 3 Exchanged Parameters The tables below state the Sinus Penta parameters exchanged via Fieldbus Each table contains 1 the parameter code its description its range its unit of measure also indicated on the display the ratio between the Sinus Penta value exchanged via Fieldbus and the represented hardware value as displayed Slee OS N B Each parameter is exchanged as an integer number with a 16 bit sign from 32768 to 32767 Bytes are exchanged in big endian mode the most significant value is stored to the smallest memory address NOTE When using an Intel based master PLC chipset then the data below will be byte swapped 50 3 1 From the Master to the Sinus Penta Ien 4 Unit Word 2 Description e a ee FIELDBUS integer portion 32000 H Speed reference limit from FIELDBUS decimal 99 99 rpm portion Po Lee meas ag se from FIELDBUS 5000 PID reference from 10000 a moa Tse sow o o 1 e aes i Command for Digital Digital Inputs from FIELDBUS Outputs from FIELDBUS po 7 Analog Output 1 controlled ap by FIELDBUS Stone Analog Output 2 controlled Analog
505. trol algorithms the non condensing function is performed by injecting current during motor fluxing Parameter C221 expressed as a percentage of the rated current of the controlled motor determines the level of direct current injected into the motor Parameters used to program this function are the following C216 enabling DCB at Start C218 setting the duration of DCB at Start C220 setting the intensity of the DC braking C221 setting the intensity of the holding current this function is active for the IFD control only DC f C220 ON OFF P000351 b Figure 52 DCB at Start with VTC Control Output Speed and DC Braking when the DCB At Start Function is active for the Vector Torque control 340 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 38 1 2 DC Braking at Stop To activate this function set C215 to YES or in Power Down mode set C234 Power Down Stop Mode as DCB DC Braking occurs after sending a stop with ramp command The speed level for DC Braking is set in C219 If the drive is in Power Down mode and C234 is set as DCB the speed level is set in C235 Power Down Stop Level The figure below illustrates the output speed and DC Braking trends when the DC Braking at Stop function is active Parameters used to program this function are the following C215 function enabling C217 braking duration C219 motor speed at the beginning of DC Braking C220 intensity of DC braking In Power Dow
506. ts ADVANCED 0 0 A OR B Selecting variable C ADVANCED 0 Disable Function applied to the result of f A B C ADVANCED 0 A B OR C Output logic level Digital output mode ADVANCED ADVANCED 1 TRUE 0 DISABLE Selecting variable A ADVANCED DO DISABLE Selecting variable B ADVANCED DO DISABLE Testing variable A ADVANCED 0 gt Testing variable B ADVANCED 0 gt Comparing value for Test A ADVANCED 0 Comparing value for Test B ADVANCED Function applied to the result of the 2 tests ADVANCED 0 0 A OR B Selecting variable C ADVANCED 0 Disable Function applied to the result of f A B C ADVANCED 0 A B OR C Output logic level ADVANCED 1 TRUE 229 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP P350 MPL1 Digital Output Mode DISABLE DIGITAL DOUBLE DIGITAL ANALOG DOUBLE ANALOG DOUBLE FULL BRAKE ABS BRAKE ABS LIFT Peat DIGITAL Level ADVANCED Address This parameter defines the operating mode of virtual digital output 1 BEER The different operating modes are described at the beginning of this chapter NOTE MPL1 Digital output can be programmed only if the frequency output is not set up P200 Disable see ANALOG AND FREQUENCY OUTPUTS MENU P351 MPL1 Selecting Variable A S IS
507. tting the type of V f pattern e g C013 for motor 1 the following curves can be used e Constant torque e Quadratic e Free setting The diagram below illustrates three types of programmable curves compared to the theoretical V f curve If C013 Constant Torque Preboost parameter C034 allows changing the starting voltage value if compared to the theoretical V f curve this allows torque compensation for losses caused by the stator impedance and a greater torque at lower revs If C013 Quadratic the drive will follow a V f pattern with a parabolic trend You can set the starting voltage value C034 the desired voltage drop if compared to the relevant constant torque use C032 and the frequency allowing implementing this torque reduction use C033 If C013 Free Setting you can program the starting voltage C034 Preboost the voltage increase C035 Boost at the programmable frequency C035a Frequency for Boost and the voltage increase C036 Boost1 at the programmable frequency C037 Frequency for Boost1 A KR A S Vn S Vn C019 C019 C034 F H cos FlHe cois FI fn fn C034 gt F Hz Figure 42 Types of programmable V f patterns The voltage produced by the drive may be changed also by setting the Automatic increase in torque curve parameter C038 for motor 1 For the description of the parameters used in the figure above see the table below 259 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP
508. tup in parameters C285 to C287 see the PID CONFIGURATION MENU The overall reference also depends on the multireferences that are already set if any or on the reduction percent of the reference itself see the REFERENCE VARIATION PERCENT MENU Configuration example PID Configuration Menu C285 Source of PID reference 1 2 AIN1 C286 Source of PID reference 2 0 Disable C287 Source of PID reference 3 0 Disable Digital Inputs Menu C188a Input for PID Multireference 1 7 MDI7 C188b Input for PID Multireference 2 8 MDI8 C188c Input for PID Multireference 3 0 Disable PID Multireferences Menu P081a PID Reference 1 Mref 1 1 0 bars P082a PID Reference 2 Mref 2 1 5 bars P083a PID Reference 3 Mref 3 2 5 bars PID Parameters Menu P257 Gain for PID scaling 0 1 When AIN1 analog input is set to 100 the pressure reference is 10 bars 100 P257 10 0 Supposing that AIN1 is set to 43 the references below are obtained based on the combination of the digital inputs configured as multireferences and based on the function allocated to parameter P080a P80a 0 Preset Ref If both digital inputs configured as Multireferences are not activated the overall reference is given from AIN1 analog input selected as the first PID reference C285 P080a Multireference Function 0 Preset Ref 4 3 bars 1 0 bars 1 5 bars 2 5 bars 0 1 0 1 P80a 1 Sum Reef If both digital inputs confi
509. ue in C001 if you need to decrease the max value and if C001 equals C002 The max value in C002 also determines the max allowable speed value for the NOTE selected motor in order to ensure a minimum number of pulses per period of frequency produced This value is 16 for maximum carrier frequency max C002 value greater than 5kHz and 10 for lower maximum carrier frequency see Table 73 and Table 77 254 456 eon Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP C003 Pulse Number 0 12 1 24 Range 0 5 2 48 3 96 4 192 5 384 Debat 1 24 BT El ENGINEERING KIC 1003 lala IFD and VTC This parameter has effect only if C001 C002 It represents the min value of pulses per period obtained when modulation frequency changes synchronous modulation Function C004 Silent Modulation Range 0 No 1 Yes Default See Table 73 and Table 77 Level ENGINEERING Address 1004 This parameter enables silent modulation The electric noise due to the switching frequency is dampened Function 255 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 32 MOTOR CONFIGURATION MENU 32 1 Overview The Sinus Penta allows configuring three different types of motors and three different types of control algorithms at the same time The three types of control algorithms are identified with the acronyms v IFD Voltage Frequency Control v VTC Vector Torque Control v FOC Field Oriented Control The Voltage F
510. ue of MDO1 digital output JA It selects an analog variable used to calculate the value of MDO1digital output if one of the analog operating modes is selected Digital signals and analog variables are detailed in Table 41 P272 MDO1 Selecting Variable B Range See Table 41 Default A71 Speed MEA ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the second digital signal used to calculate the value of MDO1 digital output eligibel It selects an analog variable used to calculate the value of MDO1 digital input if one of the analog operating modes is selected Digital signals and analog variables are detailed in Table 41 197 456 SINUS PENTA P273 MDO1 Testing Variable A Z SANTERNO Teen CARRARO GROUP Default Level Address Function Default Level Address Function Level Address Function Range Default Level Address Function 198 456 This parameter defines the test to be performed for the variable detected by P271 using P275 as a comparing value This parameter defines the test to be performed for the variable detected by P272 using P276 as a comparing value 320 00 320 00 of the full scale value of selected variable A see Table 41 320 00 320 00 32000 32000 of the full scale value of selected variable B see Table 41 ADVANCED This parameter defines the comparing value with the selected variable for test B PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS
511. ulator proportional constant Mot n 3 ENGINEERING 0 00 772 P173 Flux regulator integral time Mot n 3 ENGINEERING 33 ms 773 137 456 SINUS PENTA 5 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP P155 P162 P169 Current Regulator Proportional Constant BREUCI Default Level Address Control Function NOTE 0 65000 0 00 650 00 ENGINEERING Kp Proportional coefficient of PI current regulator Id and lq in field rotary reference for motor n 1 P162 and P169 relate to motors 2 and 3 The regulator s structure is as follows error Get Point Measure integral_status integral_status error Ki Ts Output Kp error integral_status where Kp is the proportional coefficient Ki is the integral coefficient 1 Ti where Ti is the integral time Ts is the regulator operating time ranging from 200 to 400 microseconds based on carrier frequency This parameter is automatically computed and saved when the Autotuning procedure is performed see the AUTOTUNE MENU P156 P163 P170 Current Regulator Integral Time BREUCI Default Level Address Control Function NOTE A 138 456 1 32000 1 0 32000 Disabled 200 20 0 ms ENGINEERING 756 763 motor n 2 770 motor n 3 FOC Ti Integral time of PI current regulator Id and lq in the field rotary reference for motor n 1 P166 and P170 relate to motors 2 and 3 The regulator
512. unction can be allocated to MDI3 even when multiprogramming is active see parameter C182 gt gt gt gt 35 2 Factory setting of the Digital Inputs Table 87 Terminal board Factory setting START 14 MDI1 Enables the drive RUN ENABLE 15 MDI2 Enables the drive RESET 16 MDI3 Resets the alarms tripped MULTISPEED 0 17 MDI4 Bit 0 for Multispeed selection MULTISPEED 1 18 MDI5 Bit 1 for Multispeed selection Source Sel 19 MDI6 Source Selection Loc Rem 20 MDI7 Local Remote Control Selection CwCCW 21 MDI8 Reference reversal 307 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 35 3 List of Parameters C149 to C188c and 1006 The parameters ranging from C149 to C180 and from C186 to C188c one for each command function activate single functions and set the terminal for each enabling disabling function Parameter C181 enables a safe START mode Parameter C182 enables multiple programming if compatible to the same terminal Max two functions can be programmed to the same input Table 88 List of parameters C149 to C188c and 1006 1006 Function selection for MDI control ADVANCED inactive C149 START Input ADVANCED 1149 MDI1 C149a START Input B ADVANCED 1297 none C150 STOP Input ADVANCED 1150 none C150a STOP B Input ADVANCED 1298 none
513. up the parameters in the WORK zone are saved to a copy of the alle Pl Backup zone Work gt Backup 5 Save Work the current values of the parameters stored in the RAM zone are saved to non volatile memory in the Work zone All the parameters are saved with this command RAM Work 11 Restore Default factory setting values are restored for all parameters each factory setting value is stored to non volatile memory in the Work zone Default RAM gt Work 420 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 56 ALARMS AND WARNINGS CAUTION Ia protection trips or the drive enters the emergency mode the drive is locked and the motor starts idling 56 1 What Happens When a Protection Trips NOTE Before operating the drive in emergency conditions carefully read this section and the following section What To Do When an Alarm Trips The drive alarms are detailed below When a protection alarm trips the ALARM LED on the keypad comes on the page displayed on the keypad is the root page of the FAULT LIST the FAULT LIST is refreshed when using the Drive Profile board the drive reports faults as hexadecimal values which are assigned and coded according to the DRIVECOM specification See Table 125 SLE In factory setting when the drive is switched on after an alarm has tripped which has not been reset it is kept in emergency condition If the drive is in emergency mode when switched on this could b
514. urce Changeover Range 0 NO 1 YES emo NO Level ADVANCED DIER 943 If PO68d 1 Yes the PID reference sent via the UP DOWN digital signals or with the A and W keys in the keypad is reset whenever switching from the Remote SA mode to the Local mode and vice versa using the LOC REM key or the LOC REM digital input or when a control source switches to the other using the digital input programmed in C179 MDI for source selection see the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU P069 Range of UP DOWN Reference Range 0 Bipolar 1 Unipolar Default 1 Unipolar Level ADVANCED Address If PO69 1 the quantity added via the UP DOWN digital signals or with the A and V keys Local mode is unipolar i e it is positive only and has a min value equal to zero For bipolar quantities the added quantity may be negative Function P070 JOG reference Speed Torque Range Default Level ADVANCED Address Value of the JOG reference For speed control the percentage of the jog reference relates to the maximum speed value of the selected motor max value as an aA absolute value between min and max speed parameters in case of torque control the percentage of the jog reference relates to the max torque value of the selected motor max value as an absolute value between min and max torque limit 120 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Z SANTERNO sinus penta CARRARO GROUP P071 Value of FIN Producing Min Reference X axis
515. ure M032 shows the current status of the virtual terminal board obtained by processing all active terminal boards It includes 10 signals with two additional signals with respect to the local hardware terminal board e Inputs MDI1 MDI8 are obtained with the logic OR of the input signals for all active terminals e The ENABLE input is obtained with the logic AND of the input signals for terminal MDI2 in all active terminal boards e The ENABLE S input is obtained with the logic AND of the terminals selected for this function in all active terminal boards Measure M031 is similar to M032 but it displays the status of the terminal board obtained after delaying the input signals of M032 using special timers The drive uses this terminal board to acquire digital commands Some functions cannot be programmed but they are assigned to special terminals Table 85 Unprogrammable functions ENABLE MDI2 RESET MDI3 can be disabled if C154 Yes Some terminals in the local hardware terminal board can also be used for different functions Table 86 Terminals used for other inputs MDI6 ECHA channel A of encoder A in the terminal board MDI7 ECHB channel B of encoder A in the terminal board MDI8 FIN frequency input 304 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 35 1 1 START The START function may be assigned to a digital input MDI1 8 to an auxiliary digital input XMDI1 8 to a virtual digital o
516. us voltage in case of mains loss In the example above power supply is restored before the drive turns off and before the deceleration ramp is over so the motor accelerates with the preset acceleration ramp If power supply is restored during the deceleration ramp in Power Down the connected motor accelerates following the selected acceleration ramp A speed value for the end of Power Down can be set in C235 the desired operating mode at stop can be set in C234 When the motor speed attains the end level of Power Down the following functions can be selected in parameter C234 Stop The drive will control the motor until it stops down independently of the value set in C235 when the motor stops and power supply is restored the RUN command must be disabled and enabled again to accelerate the motor DCB When the speed of the Power Down end set in C235 is attained DC braking occurs If power supply is restored during DC braking the RUN command must be disabled and enabled again to accelerate the motor Stand By When the speed of the Power Down end set in C235 is attained the drive is in stand by if power supply is restored when the drive is in stand by the RUN command must be disabled and enabled again to accelerate the motor 348 456 EE d Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 39 2 List of Parameters C225 to C235 Table 102 List of parameters C225 to C235
517. used C010 C053 C096 Type of reference being used speed torque Co11 C054 C097 Availability of the speed feedback from C012 C055 C098 encoder Electric ratings of the motor C015 C025 C058 C068 C101 C111 Max speed and min speed required speed at the beginning of flux weakening C028 C031 C071 C074 C114 C117 max speed alarm threshold and enabling C099 C118 V f pattern parameters C013 C032 C038 C056 C075 C081 C124 Slip compensation activation C039 C082 C125 Drop in rated current voltage C040 C083 C126 Fluxing ramp time C041 C084 C127 The parameters that can be modified depend on the type of control that has been selected 32 1 1 Electrical Specifications of the Connected Motor This group of parameters can be divided into two subunits the first subunit includes the motor ratings the second subunit includes the parameters of the equivalent circuit of the asynchronous machine being used 32 1 2 Motor Ratings Table 66 Motor ratings Rated frequency C015 C058 C101 Rated rpm C016 C059 C102 Rated power C017 C060 C103 Rated current C018 C061 C104 Rated voltage C019 C062 C105 No load power C020 C063 C106 No load current C021 C064 C107 257 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO A CARRARO GROUP 32 1 3 Parameters of the Equivalent Circuit of the Asynchronous Machine Table 67 Parameters of the equivalent circuit of the asynchronous machine Stator resistance C022 C065 C108
518. used in the PID regulator is unitary in case an error of 1 occurs between the reference and the controlled variable the proportional term representing one of the three values of the regulator output will be 1 P242 PID Integral Time Multiples of P244 Range 0 65000 0 Disabled 65000 Tc ms Default 500 To ms Level ENGINEERING Address Ti constant dividing the integral term of PID regulator Ki 1 Ti 1 P242 Ts It is expressed in sampling time units Ts see P244 If this parameter is set to zero the integral action is cancelled Function P243 PID Derivative Time Multiples of P244 Range 0 65000 0 65 000 Tc ms Default Level ENGINEERING Address Constant multiplying the derivative term of PID regulator If this parameter is set to zero the derivative action is disabled Function 173 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP P244 Cycle Time of PID Regulator Tc Pi Range Default Level Address Function P245 Min Value of PID Reference Se BREUCI Default Level Address Function P246 Max Value of PID Reference GEWG Default Level Address P247 Min Value of PID Feedback Pi BREUCI Default Level Address Function 20000 20000 5 65000 0 65000 ms 5 ENGINEERING This parameter sets the cycle time of PID regulator It is expressed in ms multiples of 5 only Example if
519. ut 6 7 8 0 11 if ES847 is in Serial Link Fieldbus Keypad Encoder 9 UpDown from MDI 10 XAIN4 11 XAIN5 Meee C143 1 C144 2 C143 1 REF C144 2 AIN1 C145 C146 0 C145 C146 0 Disabled Level Address Function C147 Torque Limit Input REWI 10 XAIN4 Geen 1 XAIN5 Default C143 C144 ADVANCED C145 C146 ENGINEERING 1143 1144 1145 1146 This parameter selects the sources for the speed or torque reference The reference resulting from the sum of the selected sources represents the drive speed or torque reference If the PID action has been set as reference C294 1 Reference the drive speed or torque references shall only be given by the PID output and not by the sources set in C143 C146 Reference sources 10 and 11 can be selected only after setting XAIN in parameter R023 Disabled REF AIN1 AIN2 Frequency input Serial Link Fieldbus Keypad Encoder UpDown from MDI OONDARWNM O e J Disabled Level Dee EEN 1147 el VTC and FOC Function If a speed control with FOC or VTC control algorithms is used an external torque limit can be used Parameter C147 selects the Torque Limit source The torque ramp times set in PO26 P027 will be applied to the torque limit reference source that has been selected The external torque limit may be disabled by closing the digital input set with C187 Limiting sources 10 and 11 can be selected only after s
520. ut enables a RESERVED operating mode 1 10V The analog output is set as a voltage output and the possible min and max output values range from 10V The selected variable has a positive or negative sign 2 0 10V The analog output is set as a voltage output and the possible min and max output values range from 0 to 10V The selected variable has a positive or negative sign 3 0 20mA The analog output is set as a current output and the possible min and max output values range from 0 to 20mA The selected variable has a positive or negative sign 4 4 20mA The analog output is set as a current output and the possible min and max output values range from 4 to 20mA The selected variable has a positive or negative sign ABS 0 10V As 0 10V output mode but the selected variable is considered as an absolute value ABS 0 20mA As 0 20mA output mode but the selected variable is considered as an absolute value ABS 4 20mA As 4 20mA output mode but the selected variable is considered as an absolute value Always check the min and max values of the outputs programmed in the relevant NOTE parameters Three operating modes can be selected for the Frequency Output 0 Disabled The output frequency is disabled 1 Pulse Out MDO1 Digital Output is programmed as a frequency output The selected variable has a positive or negative sign 2 ABS Pulse Out As Pulse Out but the selected variable is considered as an absolute value When P
521. ut variations are to be avoided for negligible error variations 169 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS CARRARO GROUP 22 5 List of Parameters P236 to P260 Table 38 List of parameters P236 to P260 P236 Max value of PID output ENGINEERING 100 00 836 P237 Min value of PID output ENGINEERING 100 00 837 P237a Wake up Mode ENGINEERING 0 Disabled 858 P237b Wake up Level ENGINEERING 0 00 859 P238 Max value of PID integral term ENGINEERING 100 00 838 P239 Max value of PID derivative term ENGINEERING 100 00 839 P240 PID proportional constant ENGINEERING 1 000 840 P241 Multiplicative factor of P240 ENGINEERING 0 1 0 841 P242 PID Integral time multiples of P244 ENGINEERING 500 Tc ms 842 P243 PID Derivative time multiples of P244 ENGINEERING 0 Tc ms 843 P244 Cycle time of PID regulator Tc ENGINEERING 5 ms 844 P245 Min value of PID reference ENGINEERING 0 00 845 P246 Max value of PID reference ENGINEERING 100 00 846 P247 Min value of PID feedback ENGINEERING 0 00 847 P248 Max value of PID feedback ENGINEERING 100 00 848 P249 PID reference ramp up time ENGINEERING Os 849 P250 PID reference ramp down time ENGINEERING Os 850 P251 Unit of measure of PID ramp ENGINEERING 1 0 1s 851 P252 PID ramp start rounding off ENGINEERING 50 852 P253 PID ramp end rounding off ENGINEERING 50 853 P254 Integral term activation threshold ENGINEERING
522. utput MPL1 4 or to a timed flag TFL1 4 The input programming is set via parameter C149 To enable the Start input set the control modes via terminal board factory setting The START command can also be sent from the display keypad The programmed input Enable Disable can be delayed via special timers The START input function is assigned to MDI1 terminal by default but it can be assigned to other terminals as well The same terminal programmed as START may be allocated to different functions as well The motor stop mode C185 can be programmed When removing the START command the following motor stop modes can activate the motor stops following a deceleration ramp or starts idling the motor is fluxed VTC FOC only when the START command is shut down and the ENABLE is not closed C184 When START is active and when ENABLE is active as well the RUN command is enabled the speed or torque setpoint increases proportionally to the preset ramp until it reaches the active reference IFD control in order to enable the RUN command the main speed reference must be other than zero When START is inactive but ENABLE is active the RUN command is disabled the reference is set to zero and the speed or torque setpoint decreases down to zero depending on the preset deceleration ramp The way the START enables or disables the RUN command also depends on the setup of other functions in particular the STOP REVERSE and JOG functions se
523. vant parameter is not set at 0 The type of parity used for serial communications PNAWN 49 1 1 Watchdog Alarms The Watchdog alarms determined by the serial link may be the following e A061 Serial alarm n 0 WDG e A062 Serial alarm n 1 WDG e A081 Keypad Watchdog The first two alarms trip when no legal message is sent from the serial link to the drive for a time longer than the time set in the relevant watchdog parameters these alarms are active only if parameters R005 or R012 are set other than zero The third alarm trips only if the display keypad used as a reference command source detects a communication loss for a time longer than 2 seconds 400 456 eo Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 49 2 List of Parameters R001 to R013 Table 114 List of parameters R001 to R013 R001 Drive MODBUS Address for Serial Link 0 D9 pole E 1 R002 Response Delay for Serial Link 0 D9 pole 589 5msec R003 Baud Rate for Serial Link 0 D9 pole 590 6 38400 bps R004 Time added to 4byte time for Serial Link 0 D9 pole 591 2msec R005 Watchdog time for Serial Link 0 D9 pole 592 0 0sec R006 Parity Bit for Serial Link 0 D9 pole R008 Drive MODBUS address for Serial Link 1 RJ45 593 1 Disabled 2 Stop bit 595 1 R009 Response Delay for Serial Link 1 RJ45 l 596 5 msec R010 Baud Rate for Serial Link 1 RJ45 GER G 597
524. ve the values set in C115 and C134 will be used P052a Percentage of Speed Max Trq Max Producing Max Reference Y axis related to P052 Po52a Ren onge BDA EULS 1000 Level ADVANCED Address This parameter represents the max speed percentage or the max torque aA percentage for a torque reference to be used for the maximum reference set with P052 P053 Offset over REF Input 10 00 V 10 00 V if P050 Oor3 mm 20 00 mA 20 00 mA if P050 1 2 4 Default EW ADVANCED Address This parameter selects the offset correction value of the REF analog signal that has been measured The value set is added to the signal measured before saturation or conversion its unit of measure is the same as the one of the signal selected for REF analog input Function P054 Filtering Time over REF Input EWG O 65000 0 65000ms Default 5 Level ADVANCED ele 654 This parameter selects the value of the filter time constant of the first command applied to the REF input signal when the signal saturation and conversion is over Function 113 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP P055 Type of Signal over AIN1 Input 0 4 Level Address This parameter selects the type of differential analog signal over terminals AIN1 and AIN1 in the terminal board The signal can be a voltage signal a current signal a unipolar signal or a bipolar signal 0 10 V Bipolar voltage input between 10V a
525. ve thus allowing obtaining voltage ranges to be used for the drive operation The value set in this parameter depends on the Drive voltage class To supply the drive via a non stabilized DC source the corresponding AC voltage range must be used see Table 72 DO NOT USE xT Regen settings in this case Function Table 72 Equivalence between AC mains range and DC range SC 280 338 Vdc 2002240 Vac 380 480 Vac 481 500 Vac 530 678 Vdc 680 705 Vdc 500 600 Vac 705 810 Vdc 600 690 Vac 810 970 Vdc Select xT Regen where x relates to the voltage class of the drive if the drive is DC supplied through a regenerative Sinus Penta or a different drive used to stabilize the DC bus to a higher level than the stabilization level obtained when rectifying the 3 phase mains NOTE C009 N of Configured Motors coo9 Range C Default 1 Level ENGINEERING Address This parameter determines the number of motors to be configured The active motor is selected through digital inputs programmed with C173 and C174 see the DIGITAL INPUTS MENU The programming parameters of the Motor Control 2 Menu can be accessed only if C009 2 or 3 the programming parameters of the Motor Control 3 Menu can be accessed only if C009 3 Function 265 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP C010 C053 C096 Type of Control Algorithm 0 IFD Range 1 VTC 2 FOC Default Pa
526. ve is provided with a digital PID proportional integral derivative regulator that can be used to implement the following Analog output Main reference of the drive Speed Torque reference Correction of the main reference Correction of the output voltage only for Volt Freq IFD control See the PID PARAMETERS MENU and the PID CONFIGURATION MENU for more details 4 10 Bridge Crane Application For lifting applications such as a bridge crane it may be useful to consider the actual time required to release the safety electromechanical brake the delay between the electrical command and the actual opening of the brake and the closure of the electromechanical brake For a detailed description of the benefits offered by the parameters relating to lifting applications see the BRIDGE CRANE MENU 4 11 Setting Two Alternative Command Sources and Reference Sources You can set a digital input as a selector switch allowing selecting two alternative control sources and reference sources Example A selector switch is required to select control mode B the drive references and commands are sent via fieldbus and control mode A the drive reference is sent via AIN1 analog input and commands are sent via keypad The following parameters shall be set up accordingly C179 MDI for source selection MDI6 C140 Selection of control source n 1 Keypad C141 Selection of control source n 2 Fieldbus C143 Selection of reference n 1 AIN1 C144
527. vel ENGINEERING Address This parameter determines the max continuous operating time required for the braking AA resistance If the braking resistance is used for a time C211 without being activated the braking resistance command is automatically disabled for a time of inactivity set in C212 337 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ToS CARRARO GROUP C212 Duty Cycle Braking Ton Toff Ton Range 0 100 0 100 Default 10 10 Level ENGINEERING Address 1212 C212 Ton Ton Toff 100 This parameter determines the operating duty cycle allowed for the braking resistance It is expressed as a percentage and defines the time of inactivity of the braking resistance when it is continuously operating for the max time set in C211 Function C213 Frequency Variation for Overvoltage Compensation Smart Voltage Control Range 0 10000 0 0000 1 0000 Default o 0 Se Level ENGINEERING Address 1213 007a i0 E F D When a value gt 0 is set a term resulting from C213 derivative_voltage_DC expressed in V s is summed up to the frequency currently set for the motor In that way when DC voltage sudden variations occur due to sudden load torque variations the output frequency is promptly adjusted to avoid overvoltage Function 338 456 er on Z SANTERNO SINUS PENTA CARRARO GROUP 38 DC BRAKING MENU 38 1 Overview When the IFD or VTC control algorithm are used DC current can be injected into th
528. which the calculated thermal stage has reached 63 of Function its final value The motor attains its thermal time constant when it operates in constant load conditions for a time equal to approx 5 times the constant set in this parameter 720s corresponding to IEC Class 20 C274 PTC Thermal Protection Enable Range o 1 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Default Disabled ADVANCED Address 1274 Function This parameter enables the PTC probe AIN2 analog input If the PTC thermal protection C274 is enabled the reference from AIN2 is automatically AN NOTE managed as a 0 10V input The only parameter enabled for the control of AIN2 is P064 P060 P061 P062 and P063 cannot be viewed and are not considered for calculations 367 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP 43 MAINTENANCE MENU 43 1 Overview The Maintenance menu allows setting partial counters for the drive Operation Time OT and Supply Time ST When the preset time is reached a warning message appears W48 OT Time over and W49 ST Time over respectively 43 2 List of Parameters C275 to C278 Table 108 List of parameters C275 to C278 C275 Operation time counter reset C276 Operation time threshold 1276 Oh C277 Supply time counter reset 1277 NO C278 Supply time threshold 1278 Oh C275 Operation time counter reset Range 1 YES Default Level ENGINEERING Address ell UsI
529. x functions Some menus or some parts of menus are not displayed when a given access level Silo is selected When the BASIC access level is selected once the inverter parameterization is correct navigation is easier as only frequently accessed parameters are displayed The User Level is stated for each parameter P002 Password for Write Enable lee 00001 32767 00001 32767 RSC les 00001 Level ENGINEERING Address 510 Once write is enabled after entering the correct password in P000 you can use parameter P002 to enter a custom password Function CAUTION The new password allowing parameter write enable is the value entered in P002 Note it down and keep it handy P003 Conditions for C Parameter Modifications 0 Stand by only 1 StandBy Fluxing Default 1 StandBy Fluxing Level ADVANCED Address Factory setting allows C parameters to be programmed even when the inverter is enabled However the motor must be stopped If P003 0 Stand by only C parameters can be changed only when the inverter is disabled This parameter also affects the behaviour of the digital inputs for LOC REM and motor selection when those inputs change they produce their effect only when C parameters are allowed to be changed according to the value in P003 Function CAUTION If P003 1 StandBy Fluxing when changing a C parameter the drive automatically disables stops modulating and the motor starts idling NOTE If C010
530. y selecting the measured or estimated speed value A71 as the first variable and the output torque A80 as the second variable Variables are considered as absolute values ABS LIFT As ABS BRAKE but the brake unlocks digital output open when a given torque value is attained which is automatically determined based on the last torque value required in the previous stroke The activation and deactivation of the outputs set as BRAKE ABS BRAKE and ABS LIFT is depending on the parameters concerned as well as on conditions related to the drive status In particular Activation Conditions to be considered in logic AND with the programmed conditions e Acceleration or pretensioning stage see BRIDGE CRANE MENU e Drive running smoothly Deactivation Conditions to be considered in logic OR with the programmed conditions e Drive not running or tripped e Tracking error condition see ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU unless parameter C303 is set to NO see BRIDGE CRANE MENU Variable A Selected for MPL1 2 3 4 P351 P360 P369 P378 Selects the digital signal or the analog variable used for Test A set with P353 P362 P371 P380 The whole list of the selectable items and their description are stated in Table 41 If a digital signal is selected Test A is not performed therefore the comparison value for Test A set with P355 P364 P373 P382 has no meaning This pa
531. y that cannot be accessed by the user containing the factory setting of the drive parameters e Work Zone Non volatile memory where customized parameters are saved Whenever the drive is reset this parameterization is loaded to the RAM e Back up Zone gt Non volatile memory storing a new drive parameterization Back up parameters are modified only when the user explicitly saves the back up zone Any parameter can be changed by the user The drive will immediately use the new parameter value The user may save the parameter value in the Work zone If no new value is saved for a given parameter the drive will use the parameter value stored in the Work zone when next turned on e Pxxx parameters can be written at any moment e According to factory setting Cxxx parameters may be written even when the drive in on stand by or fluxing when the motor is not running see P003 to modify them when the ENABLE command is disabled terminal MDI2 open e Rxxx parameters have the same features as Cxxx parameters but the new parameter value once written and saved will be used only at next power on To use the new parameter value immediately turn the drive off and on or press the RESET key for at least 5 seconds The Work zone may be copied to the Backup zone through 1012 included in the Eeprom menu and described in the section below 1012 input also allows copying the Backup zone to the WORK zone in order to restore the parameter values stored in
532. ze and Model Class 5T 6T 2 SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA C041 C045 C222 C084 C088 C223 M3 C127 C131 C224 0003 300 150 0004 300 150 12 S14 0006 300 150 0012 300 150 0 2 0 2 0019 300 150 0 2 0021 300 150 50 0 2 300 150 50 300 150 50 300 150 300 150 80 300 150 80 0 2 300 150 80 0 2 soo 150 100 0 2 300 150 100 1 O 1 0 1 0088 300 150 150 10 10 On 10 0 1 0 2 32 0131 300 150 SC 10 10 On 10 0 1 0 2 0164 300 150 200 10 10 On 10 0 1 0 2 0172 300 150 200 10 10 On 10 0 1 2 450 100 200 450 100 220 450 100 250 450 100 450 100 250 250 450 100 250 450 100 250 450 100 450 100 250 250 450 100 250 450 100 250 450 100 250 100 100 100 100 100 450 250 450 250 100 100 100 100 100 100 Off Off 100 100 100 1800 450 100 250 2076 450 100 250 100 100 Off 100 283 456 SINUS PENTA Z SANTERNO ege CARRARO GROUP Table 79 Parameters depending on the Drive Size and Model Class 5T 6T 3 C035 C036 C078 C079 C121 C122 0 0 CONST 0 CONST 284 456 PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS SANTERNO CARRARO GROUP SINUS PENTA Table 80 Parameters depending on the Drive Size and Model Class 5T 6T 4 12

SINUS PENTA USER MANUAL

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents